munotes®

Alternate Dispute Resolution Notes | B.A. LL.B. (Five Year Course) Semester 7 | Mumbai University | munotes

Official Notes by munotes.in

Alternate Dispute Resolution

B.A. LL.B. (FIVE YEAR COURSE) · SEMESTER 7

Strictly as per the revised CBCS syllabus of the University of Mumbai

For students of the University of Mumbai and all its affiliated law colleges

Open the book ↓

Alternate Dispute Resolution

Copyright © 2026 munotes.in. All rights reserved.

Written and first published by munotes.in, 2026.

This book is free for individual students to read at munotes.in. No part of it may be reproduced, distributed, stored, translated or used for institutional or classroom purposes in any form without a prior written licence from munotes.in.

Licensing and permissions: contact@munotes.in

The text of statutes and of judgments reproduced in this book is in the public domain under section 52(1)(q) of the Copyright Act 1957. The commentary, arrangement, examples and questions are the original work of munotes.in.

munotes is an independent, student-run platform. It is not affiliated with, endorsed by, or officially connected to the University of Mumbai. Course names and university references describe the students and syllabus the material relates to.

munotes.in

Contents

Module I Legal services, Lok Adalats and Permanent Lok Adalats (Legal Services Authorities Act 1987)

  1. What Alternative Dispute Resolution Is, and Why a Law Student Studies It 1
  2. The Right to Free Legal Aid: Article 39A and the Cases That Made It Real 7
  3. The Legal Services Authorities Act 1987: Its Shape, Its Commencement and Its Definitions 13
  4. The National Legal Services Authority and the Supreme Court Committee 18
  5. The State Legal Services Authority and the High Court Legal Services Committee 23
  6. The District Legal Services Authority and the Taluk Legal Services Committee 28
  7. Who Is Entitled to Legal Services, and on What Test 33
  8. What 'Legal Services' Actually Means, and How a Person Applies for Them 39
  9. Paying for It: Grants, the Three Funds, Accounts and Audit 44
  10. Lok Adalats: What They Are, and How One Is Organised 48
  11. How a Case Reaches a Lok Adalat: Cognizance, Reference and Pre-Litigation Matters 54
  12. The Award of a Lok Adalat: A Decree That Cannot Be Appealed 59
  13. The Powers of a Lok Adalat, and the Court Fee That Comes Back 66
  14. Permanent Lok Adalats: The Forum for Public Utility Services 71
  15. How a Permanent Lok Adalat Decides, and Why It May Decide at All 76
  16. Para-Legal Training, Legal Literacy and Legal Services Clinics 83
  17. Lok Adalats in Practice: National Lok Adalats, Mobile and Continuous Sittings 89
  18. The Rest of the Act: Public Servants, Good Faith, Overriding Effect, Rules and Regulations 94

Module II The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996: domestic arbitration

  1. The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996: Where It Came From and How It Is Built 99
  2. Definitions, and How Far Part I Reaches 104
  3. Written Communications, Waiver of the Right to Object, and the Limit on Judicial Intervention 110
  4. The Arbitration Agreement: What Makes One, and What Breaks One 115
  5. Section 8: When a Court Must Send the Parties to Arbitration 120
  6. Arbitrability: What Cannot Be Sent to Arbitration at All 124
  7. Section 9: Interim Measures by the Court, Before, During and After 128
  8. How Many Arbitrators, and How They Are Appointed 132
  9. Independence and Impartiality: The Fifth and Seventh Schedules 137
  10. Challenging an Arbitrator, and What Happens When One Cannot Act 143
  11. Section 16: The Tribunal Rules on Its Own Jurisdiction 147
  12. Section 17: Interim Measures by the Tribunal, and How They Are Enforced 151
  13. Conducting the Arbitration: Equal Treatment, Procedure, Place, Commencement and Language 156
  14. Pleadings, Hearings, and What Happens When a Party Does Not Turn Up 161
  15. Experts Appointed by the Tribunal, and Court Assistance in Taking Evidence 166
  16. What Law the Tribunal Applies, and How a Panel Decides 170
  17. Time Limits for the Award, and the Fast Track Procedure 175
  18. Section 30: Settling During an Arbitration, and the Award on Agreed Terms 180
  19. The Arbitral Award: Form, Contents, Reasons, Interest and Costs 185
  20. Termination of Proceedings, Correction, Interpretation and Additional Awards 190
  21. Section 34: Setting Aside an Award, and What 'Public Policy' Now Means 195
  22. Finality and Enforcement: Section 36 and the Automatic Stay That Was Abolished 202
  23. Section 37: Which Orders Can Be Appealed, and Which Cannot 207
  24. Deposits, Lien, Death, Insolvency, Jurisdiction, Confidentiality and Limitation 211
  25. Part IA: The Arbitration Council of India, In Force but Not in Existence 217
  26. Part IV: Rules, Repeals, and the Section the Supreme Court Struck Down 222
  27. The Schedules: Grounds of Ineligibility, Fees, and the One That Was Deleted 226

Module III Foreign awards, conciliation, mediation, negotiation and counselling

  1. Foreign Awards: Why Part II Has Two Chapters, and What a Convention Does 231
  2. New York Convention Awards: Definition, Reference to Arbitration, and When an Award Binds 236
  3. Section 48: The Grounds for Refusing a Foreign Award, and the Narrow Public Policy Test 241
  4. Enforcing a Foreign Award in India: Procedure, Appeals and Savings 248
  5. Geneva Convention Awards: The Older Scheme, and Why It Still Sits in the Act 253
  6. Conciliation: What It Is, and How Proceedings Begin 259
  7. The Conciliator's Role, and How a Conciliation Is Conducted 264
  8. The Settlement Agreement: How It Is Made, and Why It Is as Good as an Award 270
  9. Confidentiality, Termination, Costs, and What the Conciliator May Never Do Afterwards 275
  10. Mediation: What It Is, and How It Differs from Conciliation and Arbitration 281
  11. Section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure: How a Court Sends a Case Out to Be Settled 286
  12. Pre-Institution Mediation: The One Place Mediation Is Compulsory 292
  13. The Mediation Act 2023: The Whole Scheme, and How Much of It Is Actually in Force 297
  14. Negotiation: The Skill Underneath Every Other Method 304
  15. Counselling: The Lawyer's Duty to Advise Rather Than Litigate 310

Module IV Legal writing, research for public interest litigation, computers in legal work, and law office management

  1. Legal Writing: How a Law Article Is Built 316
  2. The Case Comment: A Worked Example from Start to Finish 321
  3. Editing a Law Journal 326
  4. Public Interest Litigation: What It Is, and How It Came About 332
  5. Researching and Drafting a Public Interest Petition 341
  6. Computers and the Internet in Legal Work: Finding the Law 348
  7. e-Courts, e-Filing and Virtual Hearings 354
  8. Law Office Management: Files, Diary, Accounts and Clients 361
  9. Professional Conduct in the Office: What the Rules Allow, and What They Forbid 369
munotes.in

Module I

Legal services, Lok Adalats and Permanent Lok Adalats (Legal Services Authorities Act 1987)

munotes.in

Chapter One

What Alternative Dispute Resolution Is, and Why a Law Student Studies It

Syllabus topic the framing chapter for Modules I to IV. MU prints no introduction.

In one line

Alternative Dispute Resolution, almost always shortened to ADR, means settling a dispute by some route other than a judge deciding it in open court after a trial.

In exam wording: ADR is the collective name for the processes by which parties resolve a legal dispute outside the ordinary hierarchy of courts, principally arbitration, conciliation, mediation, negotiation and the Lok Adalat, either voluntarily or on a reference made under a statute.

Why the law needs an alternative at all

A civil suit in India is not quick. It is filed, summons go out, written statements come in, issues are framed, witnesses are examined, arguments are heard, and a decree follows. Then there is an appeal, and often a second appeal. A dispute about a boundary wall between neighbours can outlive the wall.

That is not because judges are idle. It is arithmetic. There are only so many courts, and every case that is filed joins a queue behind every case already in it. A system that decides disputes one at a time, thoroughly, cannot absorb an unlimited number of them.

Two consequences follow, and both of them are what this subject is about.

The first is that justice delayed is, for many people, justice refused. A person owed twenty thousand rupees will not spend six years recovering it. They simply give up, and the law becomes something that exists on paper for people who cannot use it.

The second is that a trial is not always the right tool. A trial produces a winner and a loser. That is exactly what is wanted where a serious crime has been committed or a difficult point of law has to be settled. It is a poor fit where two businesses want to keep trading with each other, or where a couple has to keep speaking because they share a child.

ADR exists because of both. It is faster and cheaper, which answers the first, and it can produce an agreement rather than a verdict, which answers the second.

The words you will need, defined once

Every one of these is used loosely in ordinary speech and precisely in this subject. Learn them here and the rest of the book becomes readable.

Adjudication means a decision imposed by somebody with authority to impose it, whether a judge or an arbitrator. The parties do not have to agree with it; they are bound by it.

Settlement means an outcome the parties themselves agree to. Nobody imposes it. The role of any third person is to help them reach it.

Binding means a party can be made to comply, ultimately by execution through a court. An outcome that is not binding is only a suggestion.

munotes.in1

What Alternative Dispute Resolution Is, and Why a Law Student Studies It

A forum is the body before which a dispute is brought. A court is a forum, and so is an arbitral tribunal, and so is a Lok Adalat.

A tribunal is a body that decides disputes but is not part of the ordinary court hierarchy. An arbitral tribunal is the arbitrator or arbitrators appointed to decide one particular dispute.

An award is the decision of an arbitral tribunal, or of a Lok Adalat, corresponding to what a court calls a decree.

A decree, defined in section 2(2) of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, is the formal expression of a court's adjudication conclusively determining the rights of the parties. Why this matters here is simple: several statutes in this subject take an outcome reached outside court and say it shall be deemed to be a decree, and that single sentence is what makes it enforceable.

Pre-litigation describes a stage before any case has been filed. Pending describes a case already before a court.

The four families, and the one line that separates them

Everything in this book is a variation on two questions. Who decides, and is the outcome imposed or agreed?

Negotiation is the parties talking to each other, with or without their lawyers, and nobody else present. There is no third person at all. If they agree, the agreement binds them as a contract. This is Module III, topic 3.3.

Mediation adds a neutral third person whose job is to help the parties reach their own agreement. The mediator does not decide anything. This is Module III, and the Indian statute on it, the Mediation Act 2023, is not yet in force in the part that matters, which is why chapter 620 exists.

Conciliation also adds a neutral third person, and in India that person may go further than a mediator traditionally does: section 67(4) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 expressly lets a conciliator make proposals for a settlement at any stage. Part III of that Act is a complete statutory code for it, and it is Module III, topic 3.2.

Arbitration is different in kind from the other three. The parties agree, usually in advance and usually in a contract, that if a dispute arises it will be decided by a private tribunal of their choosing rather than by a court. The arbitrator hears both sides and makes an award, and that award binds them whether they like it or not. Arbitration is adjudication; it is simply adjudication by somebody other than a judge. The whole of Module II is the Act that governs it.

The Lok Adalat does not fit the four neatly, and that is the point of it. It is a forum organised under section 19 of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 where disputes are settled by agreement, and the settlement is then given the force of a civil court decree by section 21 of that Act. It settles rather than decides, which puts it with mediation and conciliation; but its outcome is as binding as a decree, which puts it with arbitration. Chapters 100 to 130 work it through.

munotes.in2

What Alternative Dispute Resolution Is, and Why a Law Student Studies It

One exception matters and is met in chapter 150. The Permanent Lok Adalat, created by Chapter VIA of the same Act, tries conciliation first and, if that fails, may go on to decide the dispute on its merits. It is the only body in this subject that does both.

The distinctions in a table

Who is presentWho decidesIs the outcome bindingWhere it is governed
NegotiationThe parties onlyThe partiesAs a contract, if they agreeNo statute
MediationA neutral mediatorThe partiesOnly if they agree, then as recordedMediation Act 2023, largely not in force
ConciliationA neutral conciliator who may propose termsThe partiesSection 74 gives a settlement the status of an arbitral awardArbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, Part III
ArbitrationAn arbitral tribunalThe tribunalYes, the award is enforced as a decreeArbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, Part I
Lok AdalatA bench organised by a legal services authorityThe partiesSection 21 deems the award a decree, and no appeal liesLegal Services Authorities Act 1987, Chapter VI
Permanent Lok AdalatA Chairman and two membersThe parties, or the forum if they cannot agreeYes, and section 22E makes it finalLegal Services Authorities Act 1987, Chapter VIA

A worked example, so the differences are concrete

Meera runs a small printing press in Kurla. Aftab, who owns a chain of stationery shops, ordered forty thousand notebooks. Meera delivered them. Aftab paid part of the price and refused the balance of two lakh eighty thousand rupees, saying the paper was thinner than the sample.

Meera has choices, and each one is a different chapter of this book.

She can negotiate. She telephones Aftab, they argue, and eventually she offers to accept two lakh forty thousand rupees in full settlement. He agrees. They sign a letter recording it. That is negotiation, and the letter is a contract.

She can propose mediation. Neither will speak to the other, so they ask a retired professor both of them trust to sit with them for an afternoon. The professor decides nothing. He gets each of them to say what actually went wrong, and by the evening they have an agreement neither would have reached alone.

If their contract had an arbitration clause, she has no choice at all in one sense and a great deal of control in another. Section 7 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 defines the agreement that makes arbitration possible; if the purchase order said that disputes would go to a sole arbitrator in Mumbai, then that is where the dispute goes, and if Aftab sues in court instead, section 8 requires the court to send the parties to arbitration. The arbitrator will hear the evidence about paper thickness and make an award, and Meera may lose.

munotes.in3

What Alternative Dispute Resolution Is, and Why a Law Student Studies It

She can take it to a Lok Adalat. She has not filed a case, but section 19(5)(ii) covers a matter falling within a court's jurisdiction that has not been brought before it, and section 20(2) lets the authority organising the Lok Adalat take it up on her application. If Aftab attends and they agree on two lakh sixty thousand rupees, the Lok Adalat passes an award, and by section 21 that award is deemed to be a decree of a civil court, executable if he does not pay, with no appeal against it.

She can also just file a suit. Sometimes that is right. If Aftab has no intention of settling anything and Meera needs an attachment before judgment to stop him moving his stock, a court is where she should be. ADR is an alternative, not a substitute, and a lawyer who cannot say when to litigate has learned this subject badly.

What this subject is called on your syllabus, and why that matters

The University of Mumbai prints this course as PRACTICAL TRAINING II, Alternate Dispute Resolution, and the syllabus opens by saying the course is in compliance with the Bar Council of India's prescription of compulsory clinical courses.

Two things follow that are worth knowing at the start.

It is a clinical paper, so the examiner expects you to be able to do things, not only describe them. Module IV is entirely skills: writing a case comment, researching a public interest petition, using legal databases, running a law office. Module III ends with counselling. Even in Modules I and II, a question is as likely to give you a set of facts and ask what forum you would use as to ask what section 34 says.

It is assessed by your college rather than by a University theory paper. MU's Winter 2026 examination timetable for the three-year LL.B., Semester III, sets four papers, and this is not one of them. That does not make the syllabus smaller. It is printed in full, it names two Acts outright, and everything in it can be asked of you. It does mean that the form your assessment takes is set by your college, so ask your teacher early what it will be.

munotes.in4

What Alternative Dispute Resolution Is, and Why a Law Student Studies It

What beginners get wrong

ADR is not a lesser form of law for smaller disputes. The largest commercial disputes in the world, running to billions, are arbitrated rather than litigated, and by choice. Size is not the criterion.

"Alternative" does not mean optional. Section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act 2015 makes mediation a condition that must be satisfied before certain suits can be filed at all, and an arbitration clause in a contract removes the parties' right to go to court on that dispute. Chapters 240 and 610 work both through.

Arbitration and mediation are not two words for the same thing. This is the single commonest error in this subject, and it is not a small one: an arbitrator imposes a decision and a mediator cannot impose anything. If you write them as interchangeable, you have said something plainly wrong.

A Lok Adalat is not a court holding a shorter hearing. It cannot try a dispute or pronounce on who is right. It can only record what the parties themselves agree, and chapter 120 works through the case where the Supreme Court set an award aside precisely because a Lok Adalat had gone further than that.

Quick revision

  • ADR means resolving a dispute otherwise than by a court deciding it after trial.
  • The families are negotiation, mediation, conciliation, arbitration, and the Lok Adalat.
  • Only arbitration, and the Permanent Lok Adalat, produce a decision imposed on the parties. The rest produce agreements.
  • The Lok Adalat is organised under section 19 of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, and section 21 deems its award a decree of a civil court, with no appeal.
  • Arbitration rests on an arbitration agreement, defined in section 7 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996. Conciliation is Part III of the same Act, beginning at section 61.
  • This subject is MU's Practical Training II, a Bar Council of India clinical course, assessed by your college.

Test yourself

1. In one sentence, what is the difference between a mediator and an arbitrator? A mediator helps the parties reach their own agreement and cannot impose anything; an arbitrator hears both sides and makes an award that binds them whether they agree with it or not.

2. A settlement reached in a Lok Adalat and a settlement reached over the telephone are both agreements. What makes them different in law? Section 21 of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 deems every award of a Lok Adalat to be a decree of a civil court, so it can be executed directly and no appeal lies against it. A telephone settlement is only a contract, and a party who wants to enforce it must sue on it.

munotes.in5

What Alternative Dispute Resolution Is, and Why a Law Student Studies It

3. Two companies are in dispute over a supply contract that contains no arbitration clause. Can one of them force the other to arbitrate? No. Arbitration rests on agreement. Without an arbitration agreement within section 7, there is nothing to refer, and the only routes are negotiation, mediation, conciliation, a Lok Adalat, or a suit.

4. Which of the forums in this subject can decide a dispute against a party who refuses to settle? An arbitral tribunal, under Part I of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, and a Permanent Lok Adalat, which may decide on the merits under section 22C(8) if conciliation fails and the dispute does not relate to an offence. An ordinary Lok Adalat cannot.

5. Why is it wrong to say ADR is always better than going to court? Because some disputes need adjudication: where a point of law must be settled, where one party will not engage at all, where an urgent coercive order is needed, or where the matter is one the law does not permit to be settled privately at all, such as a serious criminal offence.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in6

Chapter Three

The Legal Services Authorities Act 1987: Its Shape, Its Commencement and Its Definitions

Syllabus topic 1.1, "Legal Services Authorities Act, 1987"

In one line

The Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 is the statute that builds a four-tier network of legal services authorities to give free legal help to people who cannot afford it, and that gives the Lok Adalat its legal existence.

In exam wording: Act 39 of 1987 is an Act to constitute legal services authorities to provide free and competent legal services to the weaker sections of society, to ensure that opportunities for securing justice are not denied to any citizen by reason of economic or other disabilities, and to organise Lok Adalats to secure that the operation of the legal system promotes justice on a basis of equal opportunity.

What the long title tells you, and it is worth reading

That sentence is not decoration. The long title of an Act is part of the Act, and courts use it to work out what the Act was for. This one announces two jobs, and the whole statute divides along that line.

The first job is legal services. Constitute authorities, and have them provide free and competent legal services to the weaker sections. Chapters II to V of the Act do that.

The second job is Lok Adalats. Organise them, so that the legal system promotes justice on a basis of equal opportunity. Chapter VI does that, and Chapter VIA, added fifteen years later, adds the Permanent Lok Adalat.

Notice the word competent. The Act does not promise a lawyer; it promises a competent one. That single adjective is what NALSA's regulations on free and competent legal services are built on, and chapter 80 works through what it means in practice.

Dates, and why there are three of them

Students routinely give the wrong year for this Act, because it has more than one.

11 October 1987 is the date the President assented to it. That is the date printed under the Act number, and it is why the Act is called the Legal Services Authorities Act, 1987.

9 November 1995 is the date it came into force. Section 1(3) says the Act comes into force on such date as the Central Government may appoint by notification, and different dates may be appointed for different provisions and for different States. The notification is S.O. 893(E) dated 9 November 1995, published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, section 3(ii).

So there is an eight-year gap between the Act being passed and the Act becoming law. An answer that says legal services authorities have existed since 1987 is wrong. This is the same distinction, between assent and commencement, that runs through the whole of this book: it decides whether the Mediation Act 2023 is in force in chapter 620, and whether Part IA of the Arbitration Act is in force in chapter 440. Check commencement, never assume it.

munotes.in13

The Legal Services Authorities Act 1987: Its Shape, Its Commencement and Its Definitions

Two later Acts rebuilt this one, and their footnotes are all over the text you will read.

  • Act 59 of 1994, in force 29 October 1994, was the larger of the two. It substituted whole sections, inserted the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee (section 3A), the High Court Legal Services Committee (section 8A) and the Taluk Legal Services Committee (sections 11A and 11B), and replaced sections 19 and 20 with the Lok Adalat provisions now in force.
  • Act 37 of 2002, in force 11 June 2002, inserted Chapter VIA, which is the Permanent Lok Adalat, and changed the words "Lok Adalat" to "Lok Adalat or Permanent Lok Adalat" wherever that was needed.

Almost everything a student finds strange about the Act's numbering is explained by those two Acts. A section with a letter after it, 3A, 8A, 11A, 11B, 22A to 22E, 29A, was inserted later.

One more change is recent and easy to miss. Section 1(2) now reads simply that the Act extends to the whole of India. The words "except the State of Jammu and Kashmir" were omitted by Act 34 of 2019, the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act, with effect from 31 October 2019. Since then the Act has applied there too.

How the Act is laid out

Reading a statute is easier when you know its shape before you start. This one has seven chapters and thirty numbered sections, forty once the inserted ones are counted.

ChapterSectionsWhat it does
I. Preliminary1 to 2Title, extent, commencement, definitions
II. The National Legal Services Authority3 to 5NALSA and the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee
III. State Legal Services Authorities6 to 11BState Authority, High Court Committee, District Authority, Taluk Committee
IV. Entitlement to legal services12 to 13Who qualifies, and on what test
V. Finance, accounts and audit14 to 18Grants, three funds, accounts, audit
VI. Lok Adalats19 to 22Organisation, cognizance, award, powers
VIA. Pre-litigation conciliation and settlement22A to 22EPermanent Lok Adalats
VII. Miscellaneous23 to 30Public servants, good faith, overriding effect, rules and regulations

Chapter VIA carries the heading "Pre-litigation conciliation and settlement", not "Permanent Lok Adalat". That heading is a fair warning of what the chapter actually does, and chapter 150 of this book returns to it.

Section 2: the definitions the rest of the Act runs on

Section 2(1) defines fifteen expressions. Five of them decide real questions and are worth knowing exactly; the rest you can read once.

"Case" includes a suit or any proceeding before a court, in clause (a). It is an inclusive definition, so it is wider than the two things it names.

munotes.in14

The Legal Services Authorities Act 1987: Its Shape, Its Commencement and Its Definitions

"Court" means a civil, criminal or revenue court and includes any tribunal or any other authority constituted under any law for the time being in force, to exercise judicial or quasi-judicial functions, in clause (aaa).

This is the most important definition in the Act and the one students never look at. It is deliberately wide. A consumer commission, a motor accidents claims tribunal and a rent authority are all "courts" for this Act, which is why a Lok Adalat can take up matters pending before them. The odd clause number, (aaa), is because Act 59 of 1994 inserted it between the existing (a) and (b).

"Legal service" includes the rendering of any service in the conduct of any case or other legal proceeding before any court or other authority or tribunal and the giving of advice on any legal matter, in clause (c).

Two halves, and the second is the one people forget. Legal service is not only fighting a case. Giving advice on any legal matter is legal service under this Act, so a person entitled under section 12 is entitled to be advised, whether or not there is a case at all.

"Lok Adalat" means a Lok Adalat organised under Chapter VI, in clause (d). Short, and it does real work: a settlement meeting that is not organised under Chapter VI is not a Lok Adalat and its outcome is not an award under section 21, whatever anybody calls it.

"Scheme" means any scheme framed by the Central Authority, a State Authority or a District Authority for the purpose of giving effect to any of the provisions of this Act, in clause (g). Much of what NALSA actually does is done through schemes, and this is where they get their statutory footing.

The remaining definitions are labels for the bodies the Act creates and are covered where those bodies are: Central Authority in clause (aa) is NALSA under section 3; State Authority in clause (h) is under section 6; District Authority in clause (b) is under section 9; High Court Legal Services Committee in clause (bb) is under section 8A; Supreme Court Legal Services Committee in clause (j) is under section 3A; and Taluk Legal Services Committee in clause (k) is under section 11A. Clauses (e), (f) and (ff) define notification, prescribed and regulations in the ordinary way, and clause (i) makes State Government include the administrator of a Union territory appointed under article 239 of the Constitution.

Note the difference between prescribed and regulations, because the Act uses both and they are not the same. Prescribed means prescribed by rules, which the Central Government makes under section 27 and a State Government under section 28. Regulations are made by the Central Authority under section 29 or a State Authority under section 29A. So when a section says a thing shall be "prescribed", look for a rule; when it leaves a matter to regulations, look for NALSA.

munotes.in15

The Legal Services Authorities Act 1987: Its Shape, Its Commencement and Its Definitions

Section 2(2) is a machinery provision: a reference in this Act to another enactment is to be read, in an area where that enactment is not in force, as a reference to the corresponding law in force there.

A worked example on the definitions

Ramesh has a claim before the Maharashtra Real Estate Regulatory Authority against a builder who did not hand over his flat. He wants it taken to a Lok Adalat, and the builder is willing.

Work through the definitions rather than guessing.

Is this a "case"? Clause (a) says case includes a suit or any proceeding before a court. It is a proceeding, so the question becomes whether the Authority is a court.

Is the Authority a "court"? Clause (aaa) includes any tribunal or any other authority constituted under any law for the time being in force to exercise judicial or quasi-judicial functions. The Authority is constituted under the Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act 2016 and decides disputes between allottees and promoters, which is a quasi-judicial function. So yes.

Does that get him to a Lok Adalat? It gets him past the definitions. Section 19(5)(i) gives a Lok Adalat jurisdiction over any case pending before a court for which the Lok Adalat is organised, and section 20(1) is the route by which the case is referred. Chapters 100 and 110 finish the analysis.

The point of the exercise is the method. In this Act, the definitions in section 2 are not preliminary throat-clearing; they are how you find out whether a section applies at all.

What beginners get wrong

The Act did not create legal aid in India. Legal aid schemes existed before it, and the Supreme Court had already held free legal aid to be part of the right under article 21, which chapter 20 works through. What the Act did was give the system a statutory structure, funding and permanence.

The Act is not only about Lok Adalats. Six of its seven chapters are about legal services. Students who meet it through the ADR syllabus often come away thinking the reverse.

"Weaker sections" in the long title is not the operative test. The long title states the purpose. Who actually gets legal services is decided by sections 12 and 13, which is chapter 70, and those sections name categories rather than a general standard of weakness.

munotes.in16

The Legal Services Authorities Act 1987: Its Shape, Its Commencement and Its Definitions

Quick revision

  • Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, Act 39 of 1987, assented 11 October 1987, in force 9 November 1995 by S.O. 893(E).
  • Amended substantially by Act 59 of 1994 (w.e.f. 29 October 1994) and Act 37 of 2002 (w.e.f. 11 June 2002, which inserted Chapter VIA, the Permanent Lok Adalat).
  • Extends to the whole of India; the Jammu and Kashmir exception was omitted by Act 34 of 2019 w.e.f. 31 October 2019.
  • Seven chapters. II, III set up the authorities; IV says who qualifies; V is money; VI is Lok Adalats; VIA is Permanent Lok Adalats; VII is miscellaneous.
  • Section 2(1)(aaa) defines court very widely, to include any tribunal or authority exercising judicial or quasi-judicial functions.
  • Section 2(1)(c) defines legal service to include both conducting a case and giving advice on any legal matter.
  • Prescribed means by rules (sections 27, 28); regulations are made by the Authorities (sections 29, 29A).

Test yourself

1. When did the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 come into force, and how do you know? On 9 November 1995. Section 1(3) leaves commencement to a Central Government notification, and the notification is S.O. 893(E) of that date. The Act was assented to on 11 October 1987, which is a different thing.

2. Is a Motor Accidents Claims Tribunal a "court" for this Act? Yes. Section 2(1)(aaa) includes any tribunal or other authority constituted under any law in force to exercise judicial or quasi-judicial functions, and a Claims Tribunal is constituted under the Motor Vehicles Act to decide claims.

3. A person entitled under section 12 wants advice on whether to sue, but does not want to file anything. Is that legal service under the Act? Yes. Section 2(1)(c) expressly includes the giving of advice on any legal matter, which does not depend on there being a case.

4. Which chapter of the Act creates the Permanent Lok Adalat, and which amending Act inserted it? Chapter VIA, headed "Pre-litigation conciliation and settlement", sections 22A to 22E, inserted by Act 37 of 2002 with effect from 11 June 2002.

5. A section says a matter shall be "prescribed". Where do you look? In the rules: those made by the Central Government under section 27, or by the State Government under section 28. Regulations under sections 29 and 29A are a different source, made by the Central or State Authority.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in17

Chapter Five

The State Legal Services Authority and the High Court Legal Services Committee

Syllabus topic 1.1, "Authorities"

In one line

Each State has its own Legal Services Authority, built on exactly the same pattern as NALSA, whose job is to carry out NALSA's policy in that State, and each High Court has a Committee of its own for cases in that High Court.

In exam wording: a State Legal Services Authority is constituted by the State Government under section 6 to exercise the powers and perform the functions conferred on a State Authority by the Act, and its primary duty under section 7(1) is to give effect to the policy and directions of the Central Authority.

Why the second tier looks like the first

Read sections 3 and 6 side by side and you will notice the second is almost a copy of the first with the words changed. That is deliberate, and it is worth seeing, because once you know one tier you know the others.

NALSA, section 3State Authority, section 6
Who constitutes itThe Central GovernmentEvery State Government
Patron-in-ChiefThe Chief Justice of IndiaThe Chief Justice of the High Court
Executive ChairmanA serving or retired Judge of the Supreme Court, nominated by the President in consultation with the Chief Justice of IndiaA serving or retired Judge of the High Court, nominated by the Governor in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court
The full-time officerMember-SecretaryMember-Secretary, from the State Higher Judicial Service, not below the rank of District Judge
Who paysThe Consolidated Fund of IndiaThe Consolidated Fund of the State
VacancyDoes not invalidate its actsDoes not invalidate its acts

The pattern to remember is this: the head of the judiciary at that level is the Patron-in-Chief, a judge of that court runs it, and a judicial officer of that level administers it. It holds at the national level, at the State level, and, with a change of name, at the district level too.

Section 6, clause by clause

Section 6(1) places a duty on every State Government to constitute a body called the Legal Services Authority for the State.

Section 6(2) gives its composition: (a) the Chief Justice of the High Court, who shall be the Patron-in-Chief; (b) a serving or retired Judge of the High Court, nominated by the Governor in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court, who shall be the Executive Chairman; and (c) such number of other members with prescribed experience and qualifications, nominated by the State Government in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court.

Section 6(3) requires the State Government, in consultation with the Chief Justice, to appoint the Member-Secretary, who must belong to the State Higher Judicial Service and be not lower in rank than a District Judge. A proviso allowed a person who was Secretary of a State Legal Aid and Advice Board immediately before the State Authority was constituted to be appointed even if not otherwise qualified, for up to five years. That proviso is spent now, and it tells you something useful: the Act took over an existing structure of Legal Aid and Advice Boards rather than starting from nothing.

munotes.in23

The State Legal Services Authority and the High Court Legal Services Committee

Sections 6(4) to 6(6) deal with terms of office, and with appointing officers and employees and their salaries, all prescribed by the State Government in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court.

Section 6(7) makes the administrative expenses of the State Authority, including salaries, allowances and pensions of the Member-Secretary, officers and employees, payable out of the Consolidated Fund of the State.

Section 6(8) requires all orders and decisions to be authenticated by the Member-Secretary or another officer authorised by the Executive Chairman.

Section 6(9) is the standard saving: no act or proceeding of a State Authority is invalid merely because of a vacancy in it or a defect in its constitution.

Section 7: what a State Authority does

Section 7(1) is the sentence that defines the whole tier: it shall be the duty of the State Authority to give effect to the policy and directions of the Central Authority.

Read that against section 4, which gives NALSA the job of laying down policies and framing schemes. NALSA decides, the State Authority delivers. That single division explains why section 7's own list is so much shorter than section 4's.

Section 7(2), without prejudice to that duty, lists four functions:

  • (a) give legal service to persons who satisfy the criteria laid down under this Act. The criteria are sections 12 and 13, chapter 70.
  • (b) conduct Lok Adalats, including Lok Adalats for High Court cases. The words "including Lok Adalats for High Court cases" were substituted by Act 59 of 1994, and they matter: a Lok Adalat is not confined to the lower courts.
  • (c) undertake preventive and strategic legal aid programmes. A programme is preventive when it stops a dispute arising at all, by getting entitlements paid or documents issued; it is strategic when one case is chosen because it will settle a question affecting many people.
  • (d) perform such other functions as the State Authority may, in consultation with the Central Authority, fix by regulations.

Section 8: coordination, and being directed

Section 8 does two things in one sentence. In the discharge of its functions the State Authority shall act in coordination with other governmental agencies, non-governmental voluntary social service institutions, universities and other bodies engaged in promoting the cause of legal services to the poor; and it shall also be guided by such directions as the Central Authority may give to it in writing.

munotes.in24

The State Legal Services Authority and the High Court Legal Services Committee

Note the words in writing. NALSA's control over a State Authority is exercised through written directions, not informally. Compare section 5, where NALSA "may issue such directions as it may think fit" to outside agencies: within the system the direction is mandatory and written, outside it is discretionary.

Section 8A: the High Court Legal Services Committee

Inserted by Act 59 of 1994, section 8A does for a High Court what section 3A does for the Supreme Court.

Section 8A(1): the State Authority shall constitute a Committee called the High Court Legal Services Committee for every High Court, exercising such powers and performing such functions as the State Authority determines by regulations.

Section 8A(2): the Committee consists of (a) a sitting Judge of the High Court, who shall be the Chairman, and (b) such number of other members with the experience and qualifications determined by regulations made by the State Authority, all nominated by the Chief Justice of the High Court.

Section 8A(3): the Chief Justice appoints the Secretary to the Committee.

Sections 8A(4) to 8A(6) cover terms of office, officers and employees and their salaries.

Two things students get wrong here. The Chairman is a sitting Judge, not a retired one, unlike the Executive Chairman of the State Authority who may be either. And the Committee is constituted by the State Authority, although its members are nominated by the Chief Justice: two different bodies doing two different things in the same section.

The Maharashtra picture, since that is where the reader is

For a student in Mumbai the names are worth knowing, because these are the offices they will actually deal with.

  • The Maharashtra State Legal Services Authority is the section 6 body for this State. Its Patron-in-Chief is the Chief Justice of the Bombay High Court and its Executive Chairman is a Judge of that Court.
  • The High Court Legal Services Committee at the Bombay High Court is the section 8A body, chaired by a sitting Judge of that Court, and it is the body that handles legal services for matters in the High Court itself, including at the benches.
  • Each district has a District Legal Services Authority under section 9, which is chapter 60.

Verify current office-holders and addresses from the Authority's own website before relying on them; they change, and this book does not print them for that reason.

A worked example

Fatima has been fighting a rent matter in the Small Causes Court at Mumbai. She has now lost, and wants to appeal. She is a widow earning about eight thousand rupees a month as a tailor.

munotes.in25

The State Legal Services Authority and the High Court Legal Services Committee

Who helps her with the appeal? It depends on where the appeal lies. If it is to be filed in the High Court, the High Court Legal Services Committee under section 8A is the body, because its function is legal services for matters in that Court. If the appeal lies within the district judiciary, the District Legal Services Authority under section 9 is the body.

Who decides whether she qualifies? The concerned Authority, applying sections 12 and 13. Section 7(2)(a) is the source of the State Authority's power to give her legal service; it is not the test of whether she gets it.

Where does the money come from? The administrative expenses of the State Authority come from the Consolidated Fund of the State under section 6(7). The cost of her lawyer comes from the State Legal Aid Fund under section 16, which is chapter 90.

The exercise is worth doing slowly once, because the commonest mistake in an examination answer on this Module is to name the wrong tier.

What beginners get wrong

The State Authority is not a branch office of NALSA. It is a separate statutory body constituted by the State Government. It is bound by NALSA's written directions under section 8, which is a different thing from being part of it.

The Executive Chairman of a State Authority may be a serving or retired Judge; the Chairman of a High Court Legal Services Committee must be a sitting Judge. Section 6(2)(b) against section 8A(2)(a).

Section 7 is not a copy of section 4. A State Authority's first duty is to give effect to NALSA's policy. It does not lay down its own.

Lok Adalats are not only a district-level thing. Section 7(2)(b) expressly lets a State Authority conduct Lok Adalats including for High Court cases, and section 19(1) lists five different bodies that may organise them.

Quick revision

  • Section 6: every State Government shall constitute a State Legal Services Authority. Chief Justice of the High Court is Patron-in-Chief; a serving or retired High Court Judge nominated by the Governor in consultation with the Chief Justice is Executive Chairman; the Member-Secretary comes from the State Higher Judicial Service, not below District Judge rank. Expenses from the Consolidated Fund of the State. Vacancy does not invalidate.
  • Section 7(1): the duty is to give effect to the policy and directions of the Central Authority. Section 7(2): give legal service to those who qualify; conduct Lok Adalats, including for High Court cases; undertake preventive and strategic legal aid programmes; other functions fixed by regulations in consultation with NALSA.
  • Section 8: coordinate with other agencies, and be guided by NALSA's directions in writing.
  • Section 8A: the State Authority constitutes a High Court Legal Services Committee for every High Court; a sitting Judge of the High Court is Chairman; members and the Secretary are appointed by the Chief Justice.
munotes.in26

The State Legal Services Authority and the High Court Legal Services Committee

Test yourself

1. Who nominates the Executive Chairman of a State Legal Services Authority? The Governor, in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court, under section 6(2)(b). The person must be a serving or retired Judge of the High Court.

2. What is the primary duty of a State Authority? Under section 7(1), to give effect to the policy and directions of the Central Authority. Its own functions in section 7(2) are stated to be without prejudice to that duty.

3. Who constitutes the High Court Legal Services Committee, and who appoints its members? The State Authority constitutes it under section 8A(1). Its Chairman, a sitting Judge of the High Court, and its other members are nominated by the Chief Justice of the High Court under section 8A(2), and the Chief Justice appoints its Secretary under section 8A(3).

4. From which fund are the administrative expenses of a State Authority met? The Consolidated Fund of the State, under section 6(7). Compare NALSA, whose expenses come from the Consolidated Fund of India under section 3(6).

5. A State Authority ignores a written direction from NALSA. Is it entitled to? No. Section 8 requires it to be guided by such directions as the Central Authority may give it in writing, and section 7(1) makes giving effect to NALSA's policy and directions its duty.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in27

Chapter Six

The District Legal Services Authority and the Taluk Legal Services Committee

Syllabus topic 1.1, "Authorities"

In one line

The District Legal Services Authority is the office in each district that actually delivers legal aid and runs Lok Adalats, and the Taluk Legal Services Committee does the same one level further down.

In exam wording: a District Legal Services Authority is constituted for every district by the State Government in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court under section 9, with the District Judge as its Chairman, and its duty under section 10(1) is to perform such of the State Authority's functions in the district as are delegated to it.

Why the bottom of the pyramid is the part that matters

NALSA writes policy. A State Authority carries it into the State. Neither of them meets a poor litigant. The District Authority does, and so does the Taluk Committee, and almost every Lok Adalat in the country is organised by one of them.

If you remember one practical fact from Module I, make it this one: a person who needs legal aid goes to the District Legal Services Authority at the district court complex, and there is one in every district in India.

Section 9: the District Legal Services Authority

Section 9(1) requires the State Government, in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court, to constitute a District Legal Services Authority for every District in the State.

Note who does it. NALSA is constituted by the Central Government, a State Authority by the State Government, and a District Authority also by the State Government but in consultation with the Chief Justice. The consultation requirement is what keeps the judiciary in the loop at every level.

Section 9(2) gives the composition, and it breaks the pattern of the two tiers above in one respect worth noticing.

  • (a) The District Judge, who shall be its Chairman.
  • (b) Such number of other members with prescribed experience and qualifications, nominated by the State Government in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court.

There is no Patron-in-Chief at the district level, and the head is called Chairman rather than Executive Chairman. The District Judge holds the office ex officio, meaning by virtue of the post, so there is no separate nomination to make.

Section 9(3): the State Authority, in consultation with the Chairman of the District Authority, appoints the Secretary, who must belong to the State Judicial Service and be not lower in rank than a Subordinate Judge or Civil Judge posted at the seat of the District Judiciary.

The full-time officer here is called Secretary, not Member-Secretary. NALSA and the State Authority have a Member-Secretary; a District Authority and the two Committees have a Secretary. Examiners do notice.

munotes.in28

The District Legal Services Authority and the Taluk Legal Services Committee

Sections 9(4) to 9(6) deal with terms of office, and with officers, employees and their salaries.

Section 9(7) makes the administrative expenses of every District Authority payable out of the Consolidated Fund of the State, as with the State Authority.

Section 9(8) requires orders and decisions to be authenticated by the Secretary or another officer authorised by the Chairman, and section 9(9) saves the Authority's acts from being invalid merely because of a vacancy or a defect in its constitution.

Section 10: what a District Authority does

Section 10(1) is the delegation clause: it shall be the duty of every District Authority to perform such of the functions of the State Authority in the District as may be delegated to it from time to time by the State Authority.

Read that carefully. A District Authority's main workload is delegated, so what it does can change without amending the Act. That is why section 10(2) is so short.

Section 10(2) adds three functions of its own:

  • (a) coordinate the activities of the Taluk Legal Services Committee and other legal services in the District.
  • (b) organize Lok Adalats within the District.
  • (c) perform such other functions as the State Authority may fix by regulations.

Clause (b) is where the Lok Adalats a student is most likely to see come from. Section 19(1) names the bodies that may organise one, and the District Authority is the one that does it most.

Section 11: coordination and direction

Section 11 mirrors sections 5 and 8. In the discharge of its functions the District Authority shall, wherever appropriate, act in coordination with other governmental and non-governmental institutions, universities and others engaged in promoting the cause of legal services to the poor, and shall be guided by such directions as the Central Authority or the State Authority may give it in writing.

Two differences from section 8 are worth a mark. The words "wherever appropriate" soften the coordination duty at this level. And a District Authority takes written directions from both tiers above it, not only from the one immediately above.

Sections 11A and 11B: the Taluk Legal Services Committee

Both were inserted by Act 59 of 1994, which is the amendment that pushed the machinery below the district.

Section 11A(1): the State Authority may constitute a Committee, called the Taluk Legal Services Committee, for each taluk or mandal or for a group of taluks or mandals.

"May", not "shall". A District Authority must exist for every district under section 9(1); a Taluk Committee is optional and is constituted where the State Authority decides one is needed. That contrast is a fair examination question.

Section 11A(2): the Committee consists of (a) the senior-most Judicial Officer operating within its jurisdiction, who is the ex officio Chairman, and (b) such number of other members with prescribed experience and qualifications, nominated by the State Government in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court.

munotes.in29

The District Legal Services Authority and the Taluk Legal Services Committee

The words "senior-most Judicial Officer" were substituted by Act 37 of 2002 for "senior Civil Judge". The change widens the pool: whoever is in fact the senior-most judicial officer in the taluk chairs it.

Sections 11A(3) and (4) cover officers, employees and their conditions of service.

Section 11A(5) is different from every tier above and worth noticing: the administrative expenses of the Taluk Committee are defrayed out of the District Legal Aid Fund by the District Authority, not out of the Consolidated Fund of the State. The District Legal Aid Fund is section 17, chapter 90.

Section 11B gives the Committee three functions: (a) coordinate the activities of legal services in the taluk; (b) organize Lok Adalats within the taluk; and (c) perform such other functions as the District Authority may assign to it.

The four tiers in one table

Constituted byHeadFull-time officerExpenses from
NALSA, section 3Central GovernmentPatron-in-Chief: Chief Justice of India. Executive Chairman: a serving or retired Supreme Court JudgeMember-SecretaryConsolidated Fund of India
State Authority, section 6State GovernmentPatron-in-Chief: Chief Justice of the High Court. Executive Chairman: a serving or retired High Court JudgeMember-Secretary, not below District Judge rankConsolidated Fund of the State
District Authority, section 9State Government, in consultation with the Chief JusticeChairman: the District Judge, ex officioSecretary, not below Subordinate Judge or Civil Judge rank at the seat of the District JudiciaryConsolidated Fund of the State
Taluk Committee, section 11AState Authority, and only if it decides toChairman: the senior-most Judicial Officer, ex officioNone specifiedDistrict Legal Aid Fund

A worked example

Baban is a landless labourer in a village in Osmanabad taluk. A moneylender has taken his ration card and is threatening him over a debt of eleven thousand rupees. He cannot read, has never been inside a court, and cannot travel to the district headquarters more than twice.

Where does he start? The Taluk Legal Services Committee, if one has been constituted for that taluk under section 11A. It is the nearest body, it coordinates legal services in the taluk under section 11B(a), and its Chairman is the senior-most judicial officer there.

What if there is no Taluk Committee? Then the District Legal Services Authority at Osmanabad, which exists because section 9(1) requires one for every district.

Who decides if he qualifies? The concerned Authority under sections 12 and 13. Baban is very likely covered by section 12(h) on income, and if he belongs to a Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribe, by section 12(a) as well.

munotes.in30

The District Legal Services Authority and the Taluk Legal Services Committee

Who might reach him first? In practice, a para-legal volunteer or a legal services clinic operating in the village, which is chapter 160. That is the part of the system designed for a person who does not know he has a remedy.

And if the moneylender is willing to talk? The District Authority may take the matter up in a Lok Adalat under section 10(2)(b) at the pre-litigation stage under section 20(2), and an award there is a decree under section 21, which is chapters 110 and 120.

What beginners get wrong

The District Judge is the Chairman by virtue of the office. There is no separate nomination and there is no Patron-in-Chief at this level.

Member-Secretary and Secretary are different titles at different levels. Sections 3(3) and 6(3) say Member-Secretary; sections 8A(3) and 9(3) say Secretary.

A Taluk Committee is optional. Section 11A says the State Authority "may" constitute one. Do not write that every taluk has one.

Section 10(1) is where most of a District Authority's work comes from. It performs functions delegated by the State Authority, and section 10(2) is only the short list of what it does in its own right.

The Taluk Committee is paid for differently. Out of the District Legal Aid Fund under section 11A(5), not out of the Consolidated Fund of the State.

Quick revision

  • Section 9: the State Government, in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court, shall constitute a District Legal Services Authority for every district. The District Judge is Chairman. The Secretary is appointed by the State Authority and must be not below the rank of a Subordinate Judge or Civil Judge at the seat of the District Judiciary. Expenses from the Consolidated Fund of the State. Vacancy does not invalidate.
  • Section 10: duty to perform the State Authority's functions in the district as delegated; and to coordinate Taluk Committee activities, organise Lok Adalats in the district, and do what regulations fix.
  • Section 11: coordinate wherever appropriate, and be guided by written directions of the Central or State Authority.
  • Section 11A: the State Authority may constitute a Taluk Legal Services Committee, chaired ex officio by the senior-most Judicial Officer in the taluk. Its expenses come from the District Legal Aid Fund.
  • Section 11B: coordinate legal services in the taluk, organise Lok Adalats in the taluk, and perform functions assigned by the District Authority.

Test yourself

1. Who is the Chairman of a District Legal Services Authority, and how does he get the post? The District Judge, under section 9(2)(a), ex officio, by virtue of holding that judicial office. No separate nomination is required.

munotes.in31

The District Legal Services Authority and the Taluk Legal Services Committee

2. Must every taluk have a Taluk Legal Services Committee? No. Section 11A(1) says the State Authority "may" constitute one for each taluk or mandal or for a group of them. Contrast section 9(1), where a District Authority is mandatory for every district.

3. Who appoints the Secretary of a District Legal Services Authority? The State Authority, in consultation with the Chairman of the District Authority, under section 9(3). The person must belong to the State Judicial Service and be not lower in rank than a Subordinate Judge or Civil Judge posted at the seat of the District Judiciary.

4. From where are a Taluk Legal Services Committee's administrative expenses met, and why is that different? From the District Legal Aid Fund, by the District Authority, under section 11A(5). The tiers above are met from the Consolidated Fund of India or of the State; the Taluk Committee is funded through the district instead.

5. Which body may give a District Authority written directions? Both. Section 11 says the District Authority shall be guided by such directions as the Central Authority or the State Authority may give it in writing.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in32

Chapter Nine

Paying for It: Grants, the Three Funds, Accounts and Audit

Syllabus topic rule 1.3 sweep of Chapter V. MU names no topic here.

In one line

Parliament votes money to NALSA, NALSA keeps it in the National Legal Aid Fund and passes it down to the States, the States pass it down to the districts, and the Comptroller and Auditor-General audits all of it.

In exam wording: Chapter V of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 provides for grants by the Central Government under section 14, three legal aid funds at the national, State and district levels under sections 15 to 17, and accounts and audit by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India under section 18.

Why five sections about money belong in a book about ADR

Because a right without a budget is a promise. Chapter 20 shows that free legal aid is a constitutional right; Chapter V of this Act is what pays for it, and it is also what pays for every Lok Adalat organised in the country.

There is also a distinction here that students get wrong in the tier chapters. Administrative expenses and legal aid expenses come from different places. The salaries of an Authority's own officers come from the Consolidated Fund of India or of the State, under sections 3(6), 6(7) and 9(7). The cost of a poor litigant's lawyer comes from the legal aid funds in sections 15 to 17. Two different pockets.

Section 14: grants by the Central Government

The Central Government shall, after due appropriation made by Parliament by law in this behalf, pay to the Central Authority by way of grants such sums of money as it may think fit, to be used for the purposes of the Act.

"After due appropriation made by Parliament" is not decoration. It is article 266(3) of the Constitution at work: money cannot leave the Consolidated Fund of India except under an appropriation made by law. So NALSA's funding is voted, annually, like any other item of expenditure.

Sections 15, 16 and 17: the three funds

The three sections are built on the same pattern, and the pattern is easier to learn as a table than as three lists.

National Legal Aid Fund, section 15State Legal Aid Fund, section 16District Legal Aid Fund, section 17
Established byThe Central AuthorityA State AuthorityEvery District Authority
Credited withGrants from the Central Government under section 14; grants or donations from any other person for the purposes of the Act; any amount received under the orders of any court or from any other sourceSums or grants paid by the Central Authority; grants or donations from the State Government or any person; any other amount received under the orders of any court or from any other sourceSums or grants from the State Authority; grants or donations from any person, with the prior approval of the State Authority; any other amount received under the orders of any court or from any other source
Applied forThe cost of legal services under the Act, including grants to State Authorities; the cost of legal services provided by the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee; other expenses the Central Authority must meetThe cost of the functions in section 7; the cost of legal services provided by the High Court Legal Services Committee; other expenses the State Authority must meetThe cost of the functions in sections 10 and 11B; other expenses the District Authority must meet
munotes.in44

Paying for It: Grants, the Three Funds, Accounts and Audit

Three details are worth pulling out of that table, because each is a fair question.

Money flows down the tiers. Section 15(2)(a) lets NALSA make grants to State Authorities, section 16(1)(a) records those grants arriving, and section 17(1)(a) does the same for the district. That is how a single parliamentary appropriation reaches a taluk.

Donations are allowed, and only at the district level do they need permission. Section 17(1)(b) requires the prior approval of the State Authority for a donation to a District Authority, which sections 15 and 16 do not require. The reason is obvious enough: a district office is closer to the people who litigate there, and a donor with an interest in local litigation is a risk worth controlling.

Each fund pays for the Committee at its own level. The National Fund pays for the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee under section 15(2)(b), and the State Fund pays for the High Court Legal Services Committee under section 16(2)(b). Both clauses were inserted along with those Committees by Act 59 of 1994.

And one link back to chapter 60: the reference to section 11B in section 17(2)(a) is how the Taluk Legal Services Committee is paid for. Section 11A(5) says its administrative expenses are defrayed out of the District Legal Aid Fund, and section 17(2)(a) is the matching authority on the spending side.

Section 18: accounts and audit

Section 18 applies to the Central, State and District Authorities alike, calling each of them "the authority".

Section 18(1): each shall maintain proper accounts and other relevant records and prepare an annual statement of accounts, including an income and expenditure account and a balance sheet, in the form and manner prescribed by the Central Government in consultation with the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India.

Section 18(2): the accounts shall be audited by the Comptroller and Auditor-General at such intervals as he specifies, and the cost of the audit is payable by the Authority.

Section 18(3): the Comptroller and Auditor-General, and anybody appointed by him for the audit, has the same rights, privileges and authority as in auditing Government accounts, including the right to demand the production of books, accounts, vouchers and other documents and to inspect any of the offices of the Authorities.

munotes.in45

Paying for It: Grants, the Three Funds, Accounts and Audit

Section 18(4): the certified accounts and the audit report are forwarded annually to the Central Government or the State Governments.

Sections 18(5) and 18(6), both inserted by Act 59 of 1994, complete the chain and are the most important part of the section: the Central Government shall cause the accounts and audit report to be laid before each House of Parliament, and the State Government before the State Legislature, as soon as may be after they are received.

That is the point of section 18, and it is worth one sentence in an answer. Legal aid money is publicly accounted for, audited by the constitutional auditor and laid before the legislature that voted it. An Authority run by judges is still answerable for how it spends.

A worked example

A District Legal Services Authority in Maharashtra wants to run a series of legal literacy camps in tribal villages and to pay panel lawyers for forty maintenance cases.

Where does the money come from? The District Legal Aid Fund under section 17. It is credited with grants made by the State Authority, which in turn received them from NALSA under section 15(2)(a).

Is it permitted spending? Yes. Section 17(2)(a) allows the fund to be applied to the cost of the functions in section 10, and organising legal services and Lok Adalats in the district is section 10(2). Legal literacy is one of NALSA's own functions under section 4(l), carried into the district through the delegation in section 10(1).

A local trust offers two lakh rupees towards the camps. May the Authority take it? Only with the prior approval of the State Authority, under section 17(1)(b).

Who checks any of this? The Comptroller and Auditor-General under section 18(2), and the audited accounts of the State's Authorities go before the State Legislature under section 18(6).

What beginners get wrong

There are three funds, not one. National, State and District, in sections 15, 16 and 17.

Administrative expenses do not come out of the legal aid funds. Salaries of an Authority's officers come from the Consolidated Fund of India or of the State. The exception is the Taluk Committee, whose administrative expenses come out of the District Legal Aid Fund under section 11A(5).

The auditor is the Comptroller and Auditor-General, not a private auditor and not the Government.

Donations are allowed at every level, but only a District Authority needs the State Authority's prior approval to accept one.

munotes.in46

Paying for It: Grants, the Three Funds, Accounts and Audit

Quick revision

  • Section 14: the Central Government pays grants to NALSA after due appropriation by Parliament.
  • Section 15: National Legal Aid Fund; pays for legal services including grants to State Authorities, and for the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee.
  • Section 16: State Legal Aid Fund; pays for the section 7 functions and for the High Court Legal Services Committee.
  • Section 17: District Legal Aid Fund; pays for the functions in sections 10 and 11B. A donation needs the prior approval of the State Authority.
  • Section 18: accounts in the prescribed form; audit by the Comptroller and Auditor-General, who may inspect offices and demand documents; accounts and audit report laid before Parliament or the State Legislature.

Test yourself

1. Which fund pays for the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee, and which for the High Court Committee? The National Legal Aid Fund under section 15(2)(b) pays for the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee; the State Legal Aid Fund under section 16(2)(b) pays for the High Court Legal Services Committee.

2. Can a District Legal Services Authority accept a donation? Yes, under section 17(1)(b), but only with the prior approval of the State Authority. No such approval is required for donations to the Central or State Authority under sections 15(1)(b) and 16(1)(b).

3. Who audits the accounts of a State Legal Services Authority, and what happens to the report? The Comptroller and Auditor-General of India under section 18(2). The certified accounts and audit report go annually to the State Government under section 18(4), and the State Government must lay them before the State Legislature under section 18(6).

4. From where are the administrative expenses of a Taluk Legal Services Committee met? From the District Legal Aid Fund, by the District Authority, under section 11A(5), and section 17(2)(a) permits that fund to be applied to the functions in section 11B.

5. Why does section 14 refer to appropriation by Parliament? Because money cannot be paid out of the Consolidated Fund of India except under an appropriation made by law, so NALSA's grant has to be voted by Parliament like any other expenditure.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in47

Chapter Ten

Lok Adalats: What They Are, and How One Is Organised

Syllabus topic 1.4, "LokAdalats"

In one line

A Lok Adalat is a sitting arranged by a legal services authority at which disputes are settled by agreement between the parties, with a bench that persuades rather than decides.

In exam wording: a Lok Adalat is organised under section 19 of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 by a State Authority, District Authority, the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee, a High Court Legal Services Committee or a Taluk Legal Services Committee, at such intervals and places and for such areas as it thinks fit, and it has jurisdiction to determine and arrive at a compromise or settlement between the parties to a dispute.

What the name means, and what it does not

Lok Adalat translates as "people's court". The translation is the source of the commonest misunderstanding in this whole Module, so deal with it at once: it is not a court. It holds no trial, hears no evidence to decide anything, and cannot pronounce that one side is right.

What it is instead is a settlement forum with statutory teeth. The parties settle; the Act then treats their settlement as a decree of a civil court. That combination, an entirely consensual outcome carrying entirely binding force, is what makes it distinctive and is what chapter 120 works through.

The idea is older than the Act. Lok Adalats were being organised in Gujarat and elsewhere from the early 1980s as voluntary camps. What section 19 did in 1994, when Act 59 of 1994 replaced sections 19 and 20, was give an existing practice a statutory home.

Section 19(1): who may organise one

Every State Authority, District Authority, the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee, every High Court Legal Services Committee, and every Taluk Legal Services Committee may organise Lok Adalats at such intervals and places and for exercising such jurisdiction and for such areas as it thinks fit.

Two things follow, and both are examinable.

A Lok Adalat is not a permanent body. It is convened. When the sitting ends, that Lok Adalat has ceased to exist. Contrast the Permanent Lok Adalat of Chapter VIA, which is standing, and that contrast is chapter 140.

A Lok Adalat is not confined to the lowest courts. All five levels can organise one, so cases pending in the High Court and even the Supreme Court can go to a Lok Adalat. Section 7(2)(b) makes the same point in the words "including Lok Adalats for High Court cases".

Section 19(2) to (4): who sits on it

Section 19(2): every Lok Adalat organised for an area shall consist of such number of (a) serving or retired judicial officers and (b) other persons of the area as may be specified by the body organising it.

munotes.in48

Lok Adalats: What They Are, and How One Is Organised

Section 19(3) and (4): the experience and qualifications of those "other persons" are prescribed by the Central Government in consultation with the Chief Justice of India for Lok Adalats organised by the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee, and by the State Government in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court for all others.

The Act stops there, which is not much help to a student who wants to know what a Lok Adalat looks like. The detail is in the National Legal Services Authority (Lok Adalats) Regulations 2009, as amended in 2019, made under section 29.

Regulation 6 sets the composition of a bench at each level. In every case the bench is a judicial member plus one or two others, and the others are drawn from a list:

  • a member of the legal profession;
  • a social worker of repute engaged in the upliftment of the weaker sections, including Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, women, children and rural and urban labour, and interested in implementing legal services schemes; at district and taluk level this may instead be a person engaged in para-legal activities of the area, preferably a woman;
  • a professional from the field related to the subject matter of the Lok Adalat; and
  • a mediator, or a professional, or a serving or retired senior executive.

The last two items, and the words "one or two", were inserted or substituted by the amendment of 22 October 2018. Before it, a bench was a judicial officer plus one or two of only the first two categories. The change matters: a Lok Adalat dealing with, say, insurance claims may now include somebody who understands insurance.

The judicial member differs by level. At State Authority and High Court level it is a sitting or retired Judge of the High Court or a serving or retired judicial officer. At District and Taluk level it is a sitting or retired judicial officer.

Regulations 3 to 5 and 8: how a sitting is actually arranged

This is the practical machinery MU's clinical paper is likely to ask about.

Regulation 3(1): Lok Adalats may be organised at regular intervals for a definite geographical area. A proviso requires that Special Lok Adalats shall be organised for all Family Courts at regular intervals.

Regulation 3(2): the organiser may associate members of the legal profession, college students, social organisations, and charitable and philanthropic institutions in organising a Lok Adalat.

"College students" is in the regulation in terms, and it is the clearest official statement that a law student on a clinical course has a place in this work. This is your syllabus describing your own role.

munotes.in49

Lok Adalats: What They Are, and How One Is Organised

Regulation 4: the organiser must inform the State Authority of the proposal well before the date, giving the place and date, whether any outside organisation is associating, the categories and nature of cases, pending or pre-litigation, the number of cases in each category, and any other relevant information.

Regulation 5: every party whose case is referred must be informed well in time so as to have an opportunity to prepare. Two provisos: notice may be dispensed with if the referring court fixed or announced the date in the presence of the parties or their advocates; and if a party is not willing to refer their case to a Lok Adalat, the case may be considered on its merits by the court concerned.

Regulation 8: Lok Adalats may be held at such time and place and on such days, including holidays, as the organiser thinks appropriate. Regulation 6A, inserted in 2018, provides that where a Lok Adalat is held on a holiday or beyond court hours on a working day, the presiding judges, other members and staff are paid a Special Duty Allowance fixed by the State Authority, which shall not be less than the allowance recommended by NALSA.

Regulation 7: the organiser assigns specific cases to each bench and may prepare a cause list, intimated to all concerned at least two days before. And regulation 7(3) states the standard the bench must meet, which is the sentence to remember from the whole instrument: every bench shall make sincere efforts to bring about a conciliated settlement in every case put before it without bringing about any kind of coercion, threat, undue influence, allurement or misrepresentation.

Section 19(5): the jurisdiction, and the one bar

Section 19(5) is where the Act states what a Lok Adalat may deal with. A Lok Adalat shall have jurisdiction to determine and to arrive at a compromise or settlement between the parties to a dispute in respect of:

  • (i) any case pending before; or
  • (ii) any matter which is falling within the jurisdiction of, and is not brought before,

any court for which the Lok Adalat is organised.

That is the pending / pre-litigation division, and it runs through the whole of chapters 110 and 120. Clause (i) is a case already filed; clause (ii) is a dispute nobody has filed, which the regulations call a pre-litigation matter and define in regulation 2(ba) as a dispute between the parties which is not filed before the court.

The proviso is the only jurisdictional bar in the section: the Lok Adalat shall have no jurisdiction in respect of any case or matter relating to an offence not compoundable under any law.

munotes.in50

Lok Adalats: What They Are, and How One Is Organised

A compoundable offence is one the law permits the complainant and the accused to settle, listed in the Code of Criminal Procedure and now in the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023. Serious offences are non-compoundable, and the reason a Lok Adalat cannot touch them is simple: a Lok Adalat can only record what the parties agree, and the law does not allow the parties to agree away a serious crime.

Regulation 10(2) adds a second bar that is not in the section: matters relating to divorce, and criminal cases which are not compoundable, shall not be referred to a Lok Adalat. Divorce is not excluded by the Act; it is excluded by the regulation, and an answer that credits the Act with it is wrong.

Regulation 9: the sentence that defines the limit of the power

Regulation 9 is worth quoting because it says in one line what the Supreme Court later had to say at length in State of Punjab v. Jalour Singh: Lok Adalats shall have the power only to help the parties to arrive at a compromise or settlement, and while so doing shall not issue any direction or order in respect of such dispute between the parties.

A worked example

The District Legal Services Authority at Thane decides to hold a Lok Adalat on the second Saturday of next month, for motor accident claims and cheque dishonour cases.

Is a Saturday allowed? Yes. Regulation 8 permits Lok Adalats on such days including holidays as the organiser thinks appropriate, and regulation 6A provides a Special Duty Allowance for those who sit on one.

Who organises it? The District Authority under section 19(1), and the Secretary of the District Authority constitutes the benches under regulation 6(c).

What does a bench look like? A sitting or retired judicial officer, plus one or two of: a member of the legal profession, a social worker or a person engaged in para-legal activities in the area preferably a woman, a professional from the relevant field, or a mediator or senior executive. For the motor claims bench, an insurance professional would be a sensible section 6(c)(iii) member.

What has to happen before the date? The Secretary informs the State Authority under regulation 4 with the place, date, categories and numbers. Parties are notified under regulation 5 in time to prepare. Cases are assigned to benches and a cause list is circulated at least two days ahead under regulation 7.

A party writes in to say he does not want his case in the Lok Adalat. Under the second proviso to regulation 5, his case may be taken up on merits by the court instead. Nobody can be compelled into a settlement forum.

munotes.in51

Lok Adalats: What They Are, and How One Is Organised

Can a bench take up a prosecution for grievous hurt? No. The proviso to section 19(5) bars any case or matter relating to an offence not compoundable under any law.

What beginners get wrong

A Lok Adalat is not a court and holds no trial. Regulation 9 says it may only help the parties to a compromise and may issue no direction or order.

It is not a permanent body. It is convened for a sitting. The Permanent Lok Adalat under Chapter VIA is a different institution.

It is not confined to small or local matters. All five levels of the legal services system may organise one, up to the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee.

Divorce is excluded by the regulations, not by the Act. Section 19(5)'s proviso bars only non-compoundable offences; regulation 10(2) adds divorce.

A Lok Adalat bench is not made up only of judges. Section 19(2) requires judicial officers and other persons, and regulation 6 lists who those others may be.

Quick revision

  • Section 19(1): Lok Adalats may be organised by a State Authority, District Authority, Supreme Court Legal Services Committee, High Court Legal Services Committee or Taluk Legal Services Committee, at such intervals, places and areas as it thinks fit.
  • Section 19(2) to (4): composition is serving or retired judicial officers plus other persons, whose qualifications are prescribed by the Central Government in consultation with the Chief Justice of India for Supreme Court Committee Lok Adalats, and by the State Government in consultation with the Chief Justice of the High Court otherwise.
  • Regulation 6 of the NALSA (Lok Adalats) Regulations 2009: a judicial member plus one or two of a lawyer, a social worker or para-legal worker preferably a woman, a subject-matter professional, or a mediator or senior executive.
  • Section 19(5): jurisdiction over (i) any case pending before, or (ii) any matter within the jurisdiction of and not brought before, a court for which the Lok Adalat is organised. Proviso: no jurisdiction over an offence not compoundable under any law.
  • Regulation 9: the power is only to help the parties reach a compromise; no direction or order may be issued.
  • Regulation 10(2) proviso: divorce and non-compoundable criminal cases are not to be referred.
  • Regulation 7(3): sincere efforts at a conciliated settlement, without coercion, threat, undue influence, allurement or misrepresentation.

Test yourself

1. Which five bodies may organise a Lok Adalat? Under section 19(1): every State Authority, every District Authority, the Supreme Court Legal Services Committee, every High Court Legal Services Committee, and every Taluk Legal Services Committee.

2. What is the only jurisdictional bar in section 19 itself? The proviso to section 19(5): a Lok Adalat has no jurisdiction over any case or matter relating to an offence not compoundable under any law.

munotes.in52

Lok Adalats: What They Are, and How One Is Organised

3. Are divorce petitions excluded from Lok Adalats by the Act? No. That exclusion comes from the proviso to regulation 10(2) of the NALSA (Lok Adalats) Regulations 2009, which says matters relating to divorce and non-compoundable criminal cases shall not be referred.

4. Who sits on a Lok Adalat bench at the district level? Under regulation 6(c), a sitting or retired judicial officer, together with one or two of: a member of the legal profession; a social worker of the described kind or a person engaged in para-legal activities of the area, preferably a woman; a professional from the field related to the subject matter; or a mediator, professional, or serving or retired senior executive.

5. A party does not want his pending case sent to a Lok Adalat. What happens? Under the second proviso to regulation 5, the case may be considered on its merits by the court concerned. A Lok Adalat works only by consent, and regulation 7(3) forbids coercion of any kind.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in53

Chapter Eleven

How a Case Reaches a Lok Adalat: Cognizance, Reference and Pre-Litigation Matters

Syllabus topic 1.4, "LokAdalats"

In one line

A case gets to a Lok Adalat in one of two ways: a court sends it there, or, if no case has been filed at all, the legal services authority takes it up on one party's application.

In exam wording: section 20 of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 provides for cognizance of cases by Lok Adalats, sub-section (1) governing the reference of a pending case by the court and sub-section (2) the reference of a pre-litigation matter by the Authority or Committee organising the Lok Adalat.

The two doors, and why they are drafted so differently

Section 19(5) gave the Lok Adalat jurisdiction over two kinds of thing: a case pending before a court, and a matter within a court's jurisdiction that nobody has brought. Section 20 says how each of them arrives, and the drafting differs because the gatekeeper is different.

For a pending case, the gatekeeper is the court, because the case is the court's. For a pre-litigation matter, there is no court involved yet, so the gatekeeper is the Authority or Committee organising the Lok Adalat.

Keep those two columns separate and section 20 is easy. Mix them and nothing in it makes sense.

Section 20(1): a pending case, referred by the court

Where a case is one referred to in section 19(5)(i), that is, one pending before a court, the court shall refer the case to the Lok Adalat if either of two situations arises.

Situation one, section 20(1)(i). Either (a) the parties agree, or (b) one of the parties makes an application to the court for referring the case, and the court is prima facie satisfied that there are chances of such settlement.

Situation two, section 20(1)(ii). The court is satisfied that the matter is an appropriate one to be taken cognizance of by the Lok Adalat.

Read the condition carefully, because students misstate it constantly. The "chances of settlement" requirement attaches to clause (i), the party-driven route. Under clause (ii) the court acts on its own satisfaction that the matter is appropriate.

The proviso is the protection: no case shall be referred under sub-clause (b) of clause (i) or under clause (ii) except after giving a reasonable opportunity of being heard to the parties.

Notice which route is left out of the proviso. Where both parties agree under clause (i)(a), no hearing is needed, because there is nothing to hear: everybody wants it. The hearing is required exactly where somebody may not, that is, where only one party applied or where the court is moving on its own.

Regulation 10(2) of the NALSA (Lok Adalats) Regulations 2009 adds a duty on the referring court that is easy to miss and easy to get marks for: "A mechanical reference of pending cases to Lok Adalat shall be avoided", and the referring court shall prima facie satisfy itself that there are chances of settlement and that the case is appropriate. Regulation 10(1) also confirms that a Lok Adalat gets jurisdiction over a case only when a competent court orders it referred, in the manner prescribed by section 20 or under section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908.

munotes.in54

How a Case Reaches a Lok Adalat: Cognizance, Reference and Pre-Litigation Matters

Section 20(2): a pre-litigation matter, taken up by the Authority

Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, the Authority or Committee organising the Lok Adalat under section 19(1) may, on receipt of an application from any one of the parties to a matter referred to in section 19(5)(ii), that such matter needs to be determined by a Lok Adalat, refer that matter to the Lok Adalat for determination.

The proviso again supplies the fairness: no matter shall be referred except after giving a reasonable opportunity of being heard to the other party.

Three points are worth drawing out.

One party is enough to start it. The application comes from "any one of the parties". That does not mean the other party can be dragged into a settlement, because nothing can be settled without them; it means one party can get the process going.

The other party must be heard first. Regulation 10(1A), inserted in 2018, repeats this in terms for pre-litigation matters.

Territorial jurisdiction still matters. Regulation 12(1) requires that in a pre-litigation matter it be ensured that the court for which the Lok Adalat is organised has territorial jurisdiction to adjudicate the matter. A Lok Adalat in Nashik cannot take up a dispute that no Nashik court could have tried.

Section 20(3) and (4): what the Lok Adalat then does

Section 20(3): where a case is referred under sub-section (1), or a reference is made under sub-section (2), the Lok Adalat shall proceed to dispose of the case or matter and arrive at a compromise or settlement between the parties.

Section 20(4): every Lok Adalat shall, while determining any reference before it, act with utmost expedition to arrive at a compromise or settlement, and shall be guided by the principles of justice, equity, fair play and other legal principles.

Section 20(4) is the sentence most often misused in answers. "Guided by the principles of justice, equity, fair play and other legal principles" describes how a Lok Adalat persuades, not a power to decide. State of Punjab v. Jalour Singh is explicit that when the Act speaks of "determination" and "award" it does not contemplate an adjudicatory judicial determination but a non-adjudicatory one based on the parties' own compromise. Chapter 120 works that case through.

munotes.in55

How a Case Reaches a Lok Adalat: Cognizance, Reference and Pre-Litigation Matters

Section 20(5) to (7): what happens when there is no settlement

This is the part students skip and examiners like, because it is where the two doors part company again.

Section 20(5): where no award is made because no compromise or settlement could be arrived at, the record of the case shall be returned by the Lok Adalat to the court from which the reference was received under sub-section (1), for disposal in accordance with law.

Section 20(6): where no award is made in a pre-litigation matter referred under sub-section (2), the Lok Adalat shall advise the parties to seek remedy in a court.

Section 20(7): where the record is returned under sub-section (5), the court shall proceed to deal with the case from the stage which was reached before the reference.

Section 20(7) is the guarantee that makes it safe to try. A party loses nothing by going to a Lok Adalat. The case does not restart, no step is undone, and nothing said in the attempt counts against them. If it fails, the file goes back and the suit picks up exactly where it left off.

Regulation 11(3) adds the practical rule about the file itself: judicial records called for by the Lok Adalat shall be returned within ten days of the Lok Adalat, whether or not the case settled, with an endorsement about the result, unless the court concerned permits them to be retained longer.

Distinctions worth keeping straight

Pending case, section 20(1)Pre-litigation matter, section 20(2)
Source of jurisdictionSection 19(5)(i)Section 19(5)(ii)
Who refersThe courtThe Authority or Committee organising the Lok Adalat
What starts itBoth parties agree; or one party applies and the court is prima facie satisfied there are chances of settlement; or the court is satisfied the matter is appropriateAn application by any one of the parties
Hearing requiredYes, except where both parties agreeYes, the other party must be heard
If it failsRecord returns to the court under section 20(5); the court resumes from the stage reached, section 20(7)The Lok Adalat advises the parties to seek remedy in a court, section 20(6)
Court feeRefunded under section 21(1)Nothing to refund, no case was filed

A worked example, both doors

Door one. Anjali sued her builder in 2022 for possession of a flat and damages. The suit is at the stage of the builder's evidence. At a hearing, Anjali's advocate says she is willing to go to a Lok Adalat; the builder's advocate says nothing either way.

Only one party has applied, so this is section 20(1)(i)(b). The court must be prima facie satisfied that there are chances of settlement, and, because it is not a case of both parties agreeing, the proviso requires that the parties be given a reasonable opportunity of being heard. Regulation 10(2) requires the court not to refer mechanically.

munotes.in56

How a Case Reaches a Lok Adalat: Cognizance, Reference and Pre-Litigation Matters

Say the reference is made and the Lok Adalat sits, and the builder refuses every figure suggested. No award is made. Under section 20(5) the record goes back to the civil court, and under section 20(7) the suit resumes from the builder's evidence. Under regulation 11(3) the file must be back within ten days with an endorsement of the result.

Door two. Now change the facts. Anjali has not sued at all. She writes to the District Legal Services Authority asking that her dispute be placed before the Lok Adalat.

This is section 20(2), a pre-litigation matter under section 19(5)(ii). The Authority may refer it, but only after giving the builder a reasonable opportunity of being heard. Under regulation 12(1) the Authority must ensure that the court for which the Lok Adalat is organised would have territorial jurisdiction over the dispute.

If the builder engages and they settle, an award follows and section 21 applies. If he does not, or they cannot agree, section 20(6) applies: the Lok Adalat advises the parties to seek their remedy in a court. There is no record to send back, because no case was ever filed.

What beginners get wrong

A Lok Adalat cannot take up a pending case by itself. Regulation 10(1) is explicit: it gets jurisdiction only when a competent court orders the reference under section 20 or section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

The "chances of settlement" condition belongs to clause (i), not to the whole of section 20(1).

The hearing proviso does not apply where both parties agree. It applies to a reference on one party's application or on the court's own motion.

Failure costs the parties nothing. Section 20(7) resumes the case from the stage reached before the reference.

Section 20(4) does not give a power to decide. Being guided by justice, equity and fair play is how the bench persuades; Jalour Singh holds that a Lok Adalat has no adjudicatory function at all.

Quick revision

  • Section 20(1): the court shall refer a pending case where (i)(a) the parties agree, or (i)(b) one party applies and the court is prima facie satisfied there are chances of settlement, or (ii) the court is satisfied the matter is appropriate. Proviso: reasonable opportunity of being heard before a reference under (i)(b) or (ii).
  • Section 20(2): for a pre-litigation matter, the organising Authority or Committee may refer it on an application by any one party, after hearing the other party.
  • Section 20(3): the Lok Adalat shall proceed to dispose of the case and arrive at a compromise or settlement. Section 20(4): with utmost expedition, guided by justice, equity, fair play and other legal principles.
  • Section 20(5): no settlement in a referred case, the record goes back to the referring court. Section 20(6): no settlement in a pre-litigation matter, the parties are advised to seek remedy in a court. Section 20(7): the court resumes from the stage reached before the reference.
  • Regulation 10: no mechanical references; jurisdiction only on a court's order under section 20 or section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure. Regulation 11(3): records back within ten days with an endorsement. Regulation 12(1): territorial jurisdiction must exist for a pre-litigation matter.
munotes.in57

How a Case Reaches a Lok Adalat: Cognizance, Reference and Pre-Litigation Matters

Test yourself

1. Can a Lok Adalat take cognizance of a pending suit on its own? No. Under section 20(1) the reference is made by the court, and regulation 10(1) confirms that a Lok Adalat gets jurisdiction over a case only when a court of competent jurisdiction orders it referred under section 20 of the Act or section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

2. Both parties to a pending appeal jointly ask for a reference. Must the court hear them before referring? No. The proviso to section 20(1) requires a hearing only for a reference under clause (i)(b), on one party's application, or under clause (ii), on the court's own satisfaction. Where the parties agree under clause (i)(a) no hearing is needed.

3. What happens to a pending case that a Lok Adalat cannot settle? No award is made; under section 20(5) the record is returned to the referring court for disposal in accordance with law, and under section 20(7) the court deals with the case from the stage that had been reached before the reference. Under regulation 11(3) the record goes back within ten days with an endorsement of the result.

4. A dispute has never been filed in court. How can it reach a Lok Adalat? Under section 20(2), on the application of any one of the parties to the Authority or Committee organising the Lok Adalat, and only after the other party has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard. Regulation 12(1) also requires that the court for which the Lok Adalat is organised would have territorial jurisdiction.

5. If a pre-litigation matter does not settle, what does the Lok Adalat do? Section 20(6): it advises the parties to seek their remedy in a court. There is no record to return, because no case was filed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in58

Chapter Twelve

The Award of a Lok Adalat: A Decree That Cannot Be Appealed

Syllabus topic 1.4, "LokAdalats"

In one line

When a Lok Adalat records what the parties have agreed, that record counts as a decree of a civil court, binds everybody, and cannot be appealed against.

In exam wording: section 21(1) of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 provides that every award of a Lok Adalat shall be deemed to be a decree of a civil court or, as the case may be, an order of any other court, and section 21(2) provides that every award made by a Lok Adalat shall be final and binding on all the parties to the dispute, and no appeal shall lie to any court against the award.

Why one short section carries the whole institution

Everything else about a Lok Adalat is arrangement: who organises it, who sits, how a case gets there. Section 21 is the reason any of it is worth doing.

Without it, a settlement reached at a Lok Adalat would be a contract. A party who broke it could be sued, and the innocent party would be at the start of a fresh case, which is exactly what they came to avoid. Section 21 removes that step. The settlement is already a decree, so the other party goes straight to execution.

State that trade-off in any answer on this section. The parties get enforceability at once, and they give up the right to appeal. Both halves are in the section, and the second is the price of the first.

Section 21(1): the deeming provision, and the refund

The sub-section does two things in one sentence.

Every award of the Lok Adalat shall be deemed to be a decree of a civil court or, as the case may be, an order of any other court.

Note the second limb, "an order of any other court". It is there because section 2(1)(aaa) defines "court" to include tribunals and quasi-judicial authorities. A matter that came from a consumer commission produces something that is deemed an order of that commission, not a civil decree.

And where a compromise or settlement has been arrived at by a Lok Adalat in a case referred to it under section 20(1), the court fee paid in such case shall be refunded in the manner provided under the Court Fees Act 1870.

Read the condition. The refund attaches to a case referred under section 20(1), that is, a pending case. In a pre-litigation matter under section 20(2), nothing was filed and no court fee was paid, so there is nothing to refund.

A "deeming provision" is a statutory instruction to treat one thing as though it were another. It is not saying the award is a decree. It is saying the law will proceed as if it were, and the consequences that attach to a decree attach to it.

munotes.in59

The Award of a Lok Adalat: A Decree That Cannot Be Appealed

Section 21(2): finality, and no appeal

Every award made by a Lok Adalat shall be final and binding on all the parties to the dispute, and no appeal shall lie to any court against the award.

Two expressions repay attention.

"All the parties to the dispute" is wider than "the parties to the case". It binds anybody who was party to the dispute settled.

"No appeal shall lie to any court" is absolute in its terms, and it is the strongest finality clause in this whole book. Compare section 34 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, where an award may at least be set aside: on the seven grounds in sub-section (2), and, for a domestic award, on patent illegality under sub-section (2A) as well. A Lok Adalat award has no equivalent.

The two leading cases, and they pull in opposite directions

This is the pair to learn together. Each is incomplete without the other, and an answer that has one and not the other has half the law.

P.T. Thomas: the deeming provision is real

P.T. Thomas v. Thomas Job, AIR 2005 SC 3575, (2005) 6 SCC 478, decided 4 August 2005, Ruma Pal and Dr. AR. Lakshmanan JJ.

Facts. Two brothers partitioned their father's property, and part of a theatre run by the elder brother stood on the land allotted to the younger. The younger brother sued and got a decree for possession. While the elder brother's appeal was pending in the District Court, the dispute went to a Lok Adalat, which on 5 October 1999 made an award on agreed terms: the property was to be sold to the younger brother or his nominee after one year and within two years, on payment of Rs. 9.5 lakhs, and if the elder brother did not execute the sale deed the younger could have it executed through court. If the younger brother defaulted instead, he was to give up the right and take Rs. 3.5 lakhs.

The elder brother did not execute the deed. A lawyer's notice was returned unclaimed; a telegram followed. The younger brother applied to execute the award. The executing court gave him three days to deposit Rs. 9.5 lakhs, and he deposited it a day early. The High Court, in revision, dismissed the execution petition.

Held. Restoring the executing court's order, the Supreme Court held that the award of a Lok Adalat is fictionally deemed to be a decree of court, and therefore the courts have all the powers in relation to it that they have in relation to a decree passed by themselves, which includes the power to extend time in an appropriate case. The award of a Lok Adalat is the decision of the court itself, though arrived at by the simpler method of conciliation instead of the process of arguments in court, and the effect is the same. The High Court's view would defeat the object and purposes of the Act and render the decision of the Lok Adalat meaningless.

munotes.in60

The Award of a Lok Adalat: A Decree That Cannot Be Appealed

Why it matters. It settles what "deemed to be a decree" actually gets you. Not a label: the whole apparatus a court has over its own decrees, including the discretion to extend time. That is what makes an award worth having.

State of Punjab v. Jalour Singh: what is not an award

State of Punjab v. Jalour Singh, AIR 2008 SC 1209, (2008) 2 SCC 660, decided 18 January 2008, K.G. Balakrishnan CJ.

Facts. Amarjit Kaur, about 32, died in a road accident in March 1997. The Claims Tribunal awarded her husband and minor son Rs. 1,44,000 with interest, and they appealed to the High Court for more. The appeal went to a Lok Adalat. On 3 August 2001 the Lok Adalat wrote a reasoned order: it held the Tribunal had fixed the deceased's earning capacity too low and used too small a multiplier, recalculated compensation at Rs. 1,70,200, and granted Rs. 62,200 over and above the Tribunal's award. It then added that if the parties objected to the proposed order, they could move the High Court within two months for disposal of the appeal on merits. Punjab Roadways had never consented. Its application to set the order aside was rejected, and so was a petition under article 227.

Held. Setting the order aside, the Supreme Court held that Lok Adalats have no adjudicatory or judicial functions; their functions relate purely to conciliation. A Lok Adalat determines a reference on the basis of a compromise or settlement arrived at by the parties and puts its seal of confirmation on it by making an award in those terms; where no settlement is reached, no award is made and the record goes back under section 20(5). No Lok Adalat has the power to hear parties and adjudicate as a court does. When the Act refers to "determination" and "award" it does not contemplate an adjudicatory judicial determination but a non-adjudicatory one based on a compromise, and the making of the award is merely the administrative act of incorporating the agreed terms into an executable order under the signature and seal of the Lok Adalat.

The order in that case had assumed a judicial role, heard the parties, ignored the absence of consensus, and arrogated to itself the appellate powers of the High Court. It was therefore not an award at all, and being contrary to law and beyond the power and jurisdiction of the Lok Adalat it was void in the eye of law.

munotes.in61

The Award of a Lok Adalat: A Decree That Cannot Be Appealed

The Court added a warning worth quoting in an answer: sitting and retired judges participating in Lok Adalats should resist the temptation to play the part of judges and should constantly strive to function as conciliators, guiding and persuading the parties by explaining the strengths and weaknesses of their respective claims.

Why it matters. It is the boundary of section 21. The finality in sub-section (2) attaches to a genuine award, meaning a record of what the parties actually agreed. An order a Lok Adalat imposes is not an award and gets none of section 21's protection. That is also the practical answer to the student's question "if no appeal lies, what if the Lok Adalat is wrong?" If it decided anything at all, it was not an award.

Govindan Kutty Menon: it works from criminal courts too

K.N. Govindan Kutty Menon v. C.D. Shaji, AIR 2012 SC 719, (2012) 2 SCC 51, decided 28 November 2011.

Facts. A complaint under section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act 1881, for dishonour of a cheque, was referred by the criminal court to a Lok Adalat and settled there. When the complainant tried to execute the award as a decree, the Principal Munsiff refused, and the Kerala High Court agreed: an award on a reference from a criminal court could only be an order of that criminal court, not a decree of a civil court.

Held. The Supreme Court held that interpretation erroneous and set both orders aside, laying down four propositions:

  1. In view of the unambiguous language of section 21, every award of a Lok Adalat is deemed to be a decree of a civil court and is executable by that court.
  2. The Act makes no distinction between a reference made by a civil court and one made by a criminal court.
  3. There is no restriction on a Lok Adalat's power to make an award on a compromise in cases referred by any court, tribunal, family court, rent control court, consumer redressal forum, motor accidents claims tribunal or other forum of similar nature.
  4. Even where the matter comes from a criminal court under section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, the deeming provision makes the award a decree capable of execution by a civil court.

Why it matters. Cheque cases are the single largest category of matter settled in Lok Adalats in India, so this is the most practically consequential of the three. It is also a good illustration of how wide the definition of "court" in section 2(1)(aaa) really is.

munotes.in62

The Award of a Lok Adalat: A Decree That Cannot Be Appealed

The three cases in a table

What it decidesThe sentence to remember
P.T. Thomas (2005) 6 SCC 478An award is fictionally deemed a decree, so the court has all its usual powers over it, including extending time"The award passed by the Lok Adalat is the decision of the court itself though arrived at by the simpler method of conciliation"
Jalour Singh (2008) 2 SCC 660A Lok Adalat has no adjudicatory function; an imposed order is not an award and is voidThe making of an award is "merely an administrative act of incorporating the terms of settlement or compromise agreed by parties"
Govindan Kutty Menon (2012) 2 SCC 51The deeming provision applies to references from criminal courts too, including section 138 cases"The Act does not make out any such distinction between the reference made by a civil court and criminal court"

A worked example

Nikhil sued Sameer for Rs. 4,00,000 in the City Civil Court at Bombay and paid court fee on that amount. The suit was referred to a Lok Adalat under section 20(1)(i)(a), both parties agreeing. At the Lok Adalat they settled at Rs. 3,20,000, payable in four instalments, and the bench recorded the terms and made an award.

Can Sameer appeal because he thinks he agreed to too much? No. Section 21(2) is absolute: the award is final and binding on all the parties to the dispute and no appeal lies to any court.

What does Nikhil get back? The court fee paid in the suit, under section 21(1) read with the Court Fees Act 1870, because this was a case referred under section 20(1).

Sameer pays two instalments and stops. What does Nikhil do? He executes. Section 21(1) makes the award a deemed decree of a civil court, so he applies to the executing court. He does not sue on the settlement.

Sameer asks the executing court for more time on the last instalment. That is P.T. Thomas exactly. Because the award is deemed a decree, the court has the powers it has over its own decrees, including the power to extend time in an appropriate case.

Now change the facts. Suppose Sameer had refused to agree to anything, and the bench, exasperated, wrote an order saying that having heard both sides it considered Rs. 3,20,000 just and reasonable and directed him to pay it. That is not an award. On Jalour Singh it is an adjudication the Lok Adalat had no power to make, it is void, and section 21 does not touch it. The correct course was for the Lok Adalat to make no award and return the record under section 20(5).

munotes.in63

The Award of a Lok Adalat: A Decree That Cannot Be Appealed

What beginners get wrong

"No appeal" does not mean no remedy at all in every circumstance. Where what happened was not an award, as in Jalour Singh, the order is void and can be challenged. And the Supreme Court in Bar Council of India v. Union of India pointed to articles 226 and 227 as the route against a Permanent Lok Adalat award, which is chapter 150.

The refund of court fee is not automatic in every Lok Adalat matter. Section 21(1) attaches it to a case referred under section 20(1). A pre-litigation matter has no court fee to refund.

An award is not a judgment and contains no findings. Jalour Singh calls the making of it an administrative act of recording agreed terms. A Lok Adalat award that reads like a judgment is a warning sign, not a good one.

A Lok Adalat award from a criminal reference is still executable as a civil decree, per Govindan Kutty Menon. Do not repeat the Kerala High Court's reasoning that this case overruled.

Quick revision

  • Section 21(1): every award is deemed to be a decree of a civil court, or an order of any other court; and the court fee is refunded under the Court Fees Act 1870 where the case was referred under section 20(1).
  • Section 21(2): every award is final and binding on all the parties, and no appeal lies to any court.
  • P.T. Thomas (2005) 6 SCC 478: the deeming provision carries the court's full powers over its own decrees, including extension of time.
  • Jalour Singh (2008) 2 SCC 660: no adjudicatory function; an imposed order is not an award and is void; making an award is an administrative act of recording the agreed terms.
  • Govindan Kutty Menon (2012) 2 SCC 51: the same deeming provision applies to references from criminal courts, including section 138 cheque cases, and the award is executable by a civil court.

Test yourself

1. What are the two effects of section 21? Sub-section (1) deems every award to be a decree of a civil court, or an order of any other court, and provides for refund of court fee where the case was referred under section 20(1). Sub-section (2) makes every award final and binding on all the parties, with no appeal to any court.

2. A Lok Adalat hears both sides, finds one of them right and directs payment. Is that award final under section 21(2)? No. On State of Punjab v. Jalour Singh a Lok Adalat has no adjudicatory function, so what it made is not an award at all. Being beyond its power and jurisdiction, it is void, and section 21 does not apply to it.

munotes.in64

The Award of a Lok Adalat: A Decree That Cannot Be Appealed

3. Can an executing court extend the time fixed by a Lok Adalat award? Yes. P.T. Thomas holds that because the award is fictionally deemed to be a decree, the court has all the powers in relation to it that it has in relation to its own decrees, which includes the power to extend time in appropriate cases.

4. A cheque case under section 138 is settled in a Lok Adalat and the accused does not pay. Is the award executable as a civil decree? Yes. K.N. Govindan Kutty Menon holds that the Act draws no distinction between references from civil and criminal courts, and that by virtue of the deeming provision the award is a decree capable of execution by a civil court.

5. Does every Lok Adalat settlement carry a refund of court fee? No. Section 21(1) provides for the refund where a compromise has been arrived at in a case referred under section 20(1), that is, a pending case in which court fee was paid. In a pre-litigation matter under section 20(2) no fee was paid and none is refunded.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in65

Chapter Thirteen

The Powers of a Lok Adalat, and the Court Fee That Comes Back

Syllabus topic 1.4, "LokAdalats"

In one line

A Lok Adalat can summon witnesses and call for documents like a civil court, and can make up its own procedure, but none of that lets it decide anything.

In exam wording: section 22 of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 confers on a Lok Adalat or Permanent Lok Adalat, for the purposes of holding any determination under the Act, the same powers as are vested in a civil court under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 in respect of five specified matters, together with the power to specify its own procedure, and deems its proceedings to be judicial proceedings.

Why a settlement forum needs any powers at all

If a Lok Adalat only records what the parties agree, why does it need the power to summon a witness?

Because agreement is not reached in a vacuum. Parties settle when they can see where the case is going, and to see that somebody may need a document neither of them has brought: the accident report, the bank's record of the cheque, the municipal file. Section 22 lets the bench get it.

The powers are therefore facilitative, not adjudicatory. They exist so that the parties can be persuaded on an informed basis, and regulation 9 of the NALSA (Lok Adalats) Regulations 2009 puts the limit in one line: a Lok Adalat has the power only to help the parties arrive at a compromise, and while doing so shall not issue any direction or order in respect of the dispute.

Section 22(1): the five civil court powers

For the purposes of holding any determination under the Act, a Lok Adalat or Permanent Lok Adalat has the same powers as a civil court under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 while trying a suit, in respect of:

  • (a) the summoning and enforcing the attendance of any witness and examining him on oath;
  • (b) the discovery and production of any document;
  • (c) the reception of evidence on affidavits;
  • (d) the requisitioning of any public record or document, or a copy of one, from any court or office; and
  • (e) such other matters as may be prescribed.

Two observations that earn marks.

The list is the ordinary "powers of a civil court" formula that Parliament attaches to tribunals and commissions all over Indian law. Recognising it tells you what it does and does not do: it is about gathering material, not about deciding on it.

Clause (e) is open. Further matters can be added by rules without amending the Act.

Section 22(2): its own procedure

Without prejudice to the generality of sub-section (1), every Lok Adalat or Permanent Lok Adalat has the requisite powers to specify its own procedure for the determination of any dispute coming before it.

munotes.in66

The Powers of a Lok Adalat, and the Court Fee That Comes Back

This is what frees a Lok Adalat from the Code of Civil Procedure's structure of pleadings, issues, evidence and arguments. There is no plaint, no written statement, no framing of issues, and no examination-in-chief. The bench talks to the parties.

Compare section 22D, which does the same job for a Permanent Lok Adalat but goes further: it says in terms that the Permanent Lok Adalat shall be guided by the principles of natural justice, objectivity, fair play and equity, and shall not be bound by the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 and the Indian Evidence Act 1872. Chapter 150 works that through. The reason for the extra words is that a Permanent Lok Adalat may decide, and a body that decides must be told which rules it is free from.

Section 22(3): judicial proceedings, and a civil court for two purposes

All proceedings before a Lok Adalat or Permanent Lok Adalat shall be deemed to be judicial proceedings within the meaning of sections 193, 219 and 228 of the Indian Penal Code 1860, and every such body shall be deemed to be a civil court for the purpose of section 195 and Chapter XXVI of the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973.

Unpack that, because a bare recital of section numbers is worth little.

Section 193 of the Penal Code punishes giving or fabricating false evidence in a judicial proceeding. So a person who lies on oath before a Lok Adalat commits perjury.

Section 219 punishes a public servant who corruptly makes an order or judgment he knows to be contrary to law. So a member of the bench is exposed to the same liability as a judge.

Section 228 punishes intentional insult or interruption to a public servant sitting in a judicial proceeding. So a party who abuses the bench is not beyond reach.

Section 195 of the Code of Criminal Procedure and Chapter XXVI together control how a prosecution for those offences may be launched: not on a private complaint, but on a complaint by the court concerned. Deeming the Lok Adalat a civil court for that purpose is what lets it set the process in motion.

The Acts named are the ones the section names, and both have since been replaced, by the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023 and the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023. Section 22(3) has not been redrafted, so read it with the general rule that a reference to a repealed enactment is read as a reference to the corresponding provision of the new one. Cite the section as it stands, and note the successor legislation rather than substituting numbers you have not checked.

munotes.in67

The Powers of a Lok Adalat, and the Court Fee That Comes Back

What section 22(3) does not do is turn a Lok Adalat into a court for all purposes. It is a limited deeming, for the offences and the procedure named, and State of Punjab v. Jalour Singh is the answer to anybody who reads it more widely.

The court fee refund, in section 21(1)

The refund is worth its own treatment, because it is the incentive that fills a Lok Adalat.

Section 21(1) provides that where a compromise or settlement has been arrived at by a Lok Adalat in a case referred to it under section 20(1), the court fee paid in such case shall be refunded in the manner provided under the Court Fees Act 1870.

Court fee is the sum a litigant pays to the State to file a case, usually calculated on the value of the claim, and in a substantial suit it is a large amount of money.

Three points follow.

It applies to a pending case only. Section 20(1) is the reference of a case already filed. In a pre-litigation matter under section 20(2), nothing was filed and no fee was paid, so nothing is refunded.

The whole fee comes back, not a part of it, and the mechanism is the Court Fees Act 1870.

It is a real inducement. A plaintiff who settles at a Lok Adalat recovers the fee he has already spent, which effectively reduces the cost of the settlement.

Note that section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure has its own refund provision for cases it sends out to any of the alternative processes. Chapter 600 works through section 89.

A worked example

Ravindra sued a transport company for Rs. 12,00,000 for goods lost in transit and paid court fee on that amount. The suit was referred to a Lok Adalat under section 20(1). At the Lok Adalat the company says it will pay something once it sees the delivery records, which are with a third party godown keeper who has not been served.

Can the Lok Adalat get the records? Yes. Section 22(1)(b) gives it the civil court's power of discovery and production of documents, and section 22(1)(d) lets it requisition a public record or document from any court or office.

Can it compel the godown keeper to attend? Section 22(1)(a) gives it the power of summoning and enforcing the attendance of a witness and examining him on oath.

If the godown keeper lies on oath, what happens? Section 22(3) deems the proceeding a judicial proceeding within the meaning of section 193 of the Penal Code, so he can be prosecuted for false evidence, and the prosecution is launched through the section 195 route because the Lok Adalat is deemed a civil court for that purpose.

munotes.in68

The Powers of a Lok Adalat, and the Court Fee That Comes Back

Suppose the records show the loss and the company still refuses to pay anything. The Lok Adalat cannot order it to pay. Regulation 9 forbids any direction or order, and Jalour Singh holds that an imposed order is void. No award is made, and under section 20(5) the record goes back to the civil court.

Suppose instead they settle at Rs. 9,00,000. The award is deemed a decree under section 21(1), and Ravindra's court fee on the Rs. 12,00,000 suit is refunded under the Court Fees Act 1870.

Distinctions worth keeping straight

Lok Adalat, section 22Permanent Lok Adalat, sections 22 and 22D
Civil court powers over witnesses and documentsYes, section 22(1)Yes, the same section
Own procedureYes, section 22(2)Yes, and section 22D says it is not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure or the Evidence Act
May it decide the disputeNo, regulation 9 and Jalour SinghYes, section 22C(8), if conciliation fails and no offence is involved
Guiding principlesJustice, equity, fair play and other legal principles, section 20(4)Natural justice, objectivity, fair play, equity and other principles of justice, section 22D

What beginners get wrong

Section 22 does not give a Lok Adalat the powers of a civil court generally. It gives the civil court's powers in respect of five listed matters, all of them about getting witnesses and documents.

"Deemed to be judicial proceedings" is limited to three Penal Code sections. It does not make the Lok Adalat a court at large.

Having power to specify its own procedure is not power to decide. Read section 22(2) with regulation 9.

The refund of court fee is not available in every Lok Adalat matter. Only where the case was referred under section 20(1).

Quick revision

  • Section 22(1): the powers of a civil court under the Code of Civil Procedure in respect of (a) summoning and enforcing attendance of a witness and examining him on oath, (b) discovery and production of documents, (c) reception of evidence on affidavits, (d) requisitioning public records, and (e) other prescribed matters.
  • Section 22(2): power to specify its own procedure.
  • Section 22(3): proceedings are judicial proceedings for sections 193, 219 and 228 of the Indian Penal Code, and the body is a civil court for section 195 and Chapter XXVI of the Code of Criminal Procedure. Both those Codes have since been replaced by the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023 and the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023.
  • The section applies to a Permanent Lok Adalat too, by the substitution made by Act 37 of 2002.
  • Section 21(1): court fee is refunded under the Court Fees Act 1870 where a settlement is reached in a case referred under section 20(1).
  • Regulation 9 of the NALSA (Lok Adalats) Regulations 2009: the power is only to help the parties to a compromise, and no direction or order may be issued.
munotes.in69

The Powers of a Lok Adalat, and the Court Fee That Comes Back

Test yourself

1. Name the five matters in which a Lok Adalat has the powers of a civil court. Summoning and enforcing the attendance of a witness and examining him on oath; discovery and production of any document; reception of evidence on affidavits; requisitioning any public record or document or a copy from any court or office; and such other matters as may be prescribed.

2. A witness gives false evidence before a Lok Adalat. Can he be prosecuted? Yes. Section 22(3) deems the proceeding a judicial proceeding within the meaning of section 193 of the Indian Penal Code, and deems the Lok Adalat a civil court for section 195 and Chapter XXVI of the Code of Criminal Procedure, which govern how such a prosecution is launched.

3. Does the power to specify its own procedure let a Lok Adalat decide a dispute? No. Section 22(2) is about procedure. Regulation 9 of the NALSA (Lok Adalats) Regulations 2009 confines the power to helping the parties reach a compromise and forbids any direction or order, and State of Punjab v. Jalour Singh holds that a Lok Adalat has no adjudicatory function.

4. When is court fee refunded, and when is it not? It is refunded under section 21(1), in the manner provided by the Court Fees Act 1870, where a compromise or settlement is arrived at in a case referred under section 20(1), that is, a pending case. It does not arise in a pre-litigation matter under section 20(2), where no case was filed and no fee paid.

5. How does section 22D differ from section 22(2), and why? Section 22(2) gives both bodies power to specify their own procedure. Section 22D goes further for a Permanent Lok Adalat, requiring it to be guided by natural justice, objectivity, fair play, equity and other principles of justice, and providing that it is not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 or the Indian Evidence Act 1872. The extra provision is needed because a Permanent Lok Adalat may decide a dispute on merits, and a body that decides must be told which rules of procedure and evidence bind it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in70

Chapter Fourteen

Permanent Lok Adalats: The Forum for Public Utility Services

Syllabus topic 1.6, "Permanent LokAdalats"

In one line

A Permanent Lok Adalat is a standing three-member body, set up for public utility services like transport, electricity, water and insurance, which a person can approach before going to court.

In exam wording: a Permanent Lok Adalat is established under section 22B of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 by the Central Authority or a State Authority, by notification, at such places and for such areas and in respect of one or more public utility services as the notification specifies.

Why Parliament created a second kind of Lok Adalat

Chapter VI's Lok Adalat has one structural weakness, and it is a serious one. It works only if both sides want it to. A Lok Adalat can record a settlement and nothing else, so a party who simply refuses to settle defeats the process by doing nothing.

For most disputes that is acceptable; the case goes back to court. But there is a class of dispute where it is not, and it has three features:

  • The amounts are small and the litigant is an ordinary consumer.
  • The other side is an institution that faces thousands of such complaints and has no particular incentive to settle any one of them.
  • The subject matter is a service people cannot do without: electricity, water, transport, the telephone, a hospital, an insurance policy.

For that class, an ordinary Lok Adalat is no help. Chapter VIA was inserted by Act 37 of 2002, with effect from 11 June 2002, to answer it, and the heading Parliament gave the Chapter says what it is for: "Pre-litigation conciliation and settlement".

The design has two moves. First, it makes the forum permanent, so a person can go to it any day rather than waiting for a Lok Adalat to be convened. Second, and this is the part that changes everything, it lets the forum decide if conciliation fails. That is section 22C(8) and it is chapter 150.

Section 22A: the two definitions that decide jurisdiction

Section 22A defines two expressions, for Chapter VIA and for sections 22 and 23.

"Permanent Lok Adalat", in clause (a), means a Permanent Lok Adalat established under section 22B(1).

"Public utility service", in clause (b), is the definition that decides whether a given dispute can go there at all, and it must be known by heart. It means any:

  • (i) transport service for the carriage of passengers or goods by air, road or water;
  • (ii) postal, telegraph or telephone service;
  • (iii) supply of power, light or water to the public by any establishment;
  • (iv) system of public conservancy or sanitation;
  • (v) service in hospital or dispensary; or
  • (vi) insurance service,

and includes any service which the Central Government or the State Government, in the public interest, by notification, declares to be a public utility service for the purposes of this Chapter.

munotes.in71

Permanent Lok Adalats: The Forum for Public Utility Services

Several things repay attention here.

Transport is by air, road or water. Rail is not named. Note the omission rather than assuming; and note that the closing words let a Government add services by notification, which is how the list is kept current.

"Postal, telegraph or telephone service" is the language of 2002. Telegraph services in India have ceased, and the way people communicate has changed completely, which is a fair thing to observe in an answer about whether the Chapter has kept pace.

"Supply of power, light or water to the public by any establishment" covers the electricity distribution companies, which in practice generate the largest share of Permanent Lok Adalat work.

"Insurance service" is there in terms. Insurance disputes are the other large category.

The list is closed except by notification. A dispute about a service that is not in clauses (i) to (vi) and has not been notified cannot go to a Permanent Lok Adalat, however deserving.

Interglobe Aviation Ltd v. N. Satchidanand, (2011) 7 SCC 463, is the case to know here, and it is worth being precise about what it decides. Air transport is already inside clause (i), so the case did not have to decide whether an airline provides a public utility service. What it decided was a jurisdiction point: an airline's standard condition of carriage providing that only the courts at Delhi would have jurisdiction was invalid, because parties cannot by agreement confer jurisdiction on a court that would not otherwise have it, and the clause applied irrespective of where the cause of action arose. Chapter 150 works it through with section 22C.

Section 22B: how one is established, and who sits on it

Section 22B(1): notwithstanding anything contained in section 19, the Central Authority or, as the case may be, every State Authority shall, by notification, establish Permanent Lok Adalats at such places and for exercising such jurisdiction in respect of one or more public utility services and for such areas as the notification specifies.

Three points.

The non obstante clause matters. "Notwithstanding anything contained in section 19" separates this body from the ordinary Lok Adalat entirely. Section 19 is not the source of its existence and its limits do not apply to it.

It is established by notification, so its existence, its seat, its territorial area and the services it covers are all matters of published record.

Only NALSA and the State Authorities can establish one. A District Authority or Taluk Committee, which may organise an ordinary Lok Adalat under section 19(1), cannot establish a Permanent Lok Adalat.

munotes.in72

Permanent Lok Adalats: The Forum for Public Utility Services

Section 22B(2): every Permanent Lok Adalat established for a notified area shall consist of:

  • (a) a person who is, or has been, a district judge or additional district judge, or has held judicial office higher in rank than that of a district judge, who shall be the Chairman; and
  • (b) two other persons having adequate experience in public utility service, nominated by the Central or State Government on the recommendation of the Central or State Authority.

They are appointed by the Authority establishing the Permanent Lok Adalat, and the other terms and conditions of appointment are prescribed by the Central Government.

The composition is the answer to the obvious objection to section 22C(8). If this body may decide a dispute, who is deciding? A judicial officer of at least district judge rank chairs it, and the two others bring knowledge of the service in question. That was precisely the reasoning the Supreme Court adopted in Bar Council of India v. Union of India, (2012) 8 SCC 243, in upholding the Chapter, and it is chapter 150.

Lok Adalat and Permanent Lok Adalat, side by side

This table is the single most examinable thing in Module I. Learn it.

Lok Adalat, Chapter VIPermanent Lok Adalat, Chapter VIA
Inserted byAct 59 of 1994 replaced sections 19 and 20Act 37 of 2002, w.e.f. 11 June 2002
ExistenceConvened for a sitting, then it is overPermanent, established by notification
Established or organised byState Authority, District Authority, Supreme Court Legal Services Committee, High Court Legal Services Committee, Taluk Legal Services CommitteeCentral Authority or State Authority only
Subject matterAny case or matter, except a non-compoundable offencePublic utility services only, as defined in section 22A(b)
When it may be approachedA pending case referred by the court, or a pre-litigation matterBefore the dispute is brought before any court, section 22C(1)
CompositionJudicial officers and other persons, section 19(2)A Chairman of district judge rank or above, and two persons with experience of public utility service, section 22B(2)
Can it decideNo. Settlement onlyYes, section 22C(8), if conciliation fails and no offence is involved
Pecuniary limitNoneYes, in the second proviso to section 22C(1)
Effect of awardDeemed a decree, final, no appeal, section 21Final and binding, deemed a decree, section 22E

A worked example

Sushma's electricity connection in Kalyan was disconnected and she was billed Rs. 46,000 in arrears she says she does not owe. She wants the bill corrected and the supply restored.

Is this a public utility service? Yes. Section 22A(b)(iii) covers the supply of power, light or water to the public by any establishment.

munotes.in73

Permanent Lok Adalats: The Forum for Public Utility Services

Can she go to a Permanent Lok Adalat? Yes, if one has been established by notification for that area and for that service under section 22B(1), and provided she has not already brought the dispute before a court, which is section 22C(1) and chapter 150.

Who will hear her? A Chairman who is or has been a district judge or additional district judge, or has held higher judicial office, and two persons with adequate experience of public utility services, under section 22B(2).

What if the distribution company simply does not engage? This is the whole point of Chapter VIA. Before an ordinary Lok Adalat, nothing would happen. Here, if conciliation fails and the dispute does not relate to an offence, the Permanent Lok Adalat may decide it, under section 22C(8).

Now change the service. Suppose instead her complaint is about a coaching class that took her fees and never held the classes. That is not a transport, postal, telegraph or telephone service, not a supply of power, light or water, not public conservancy or sanitation, not a hospital or dispensary, and not insurance. Unless a Government has notified coaching services as a public utility service, a Permanent Lok Adalat has no jurisdiction. Her remedies are a consumer complaint, a civil suit, or an ordinary Lok Adalat.

What beginners get wrong

A Permanent Lok Adalat is not a Lok Adalat that sits all the time. It is a different institution with different jurisdiction, different composition and, decisively, the power to decide.

Its jurisdiction is limited by subject matter, not by convenience. If the service is not within section 22A(b) or notified, the forum has no jurisdiction at all.

The Act names transport by air, road or water. Do not add categories to the definition when you recite it; note instead the power to notify further services.

It is established only by NALSA or a State Authority. A District Authority cannot establish one, although it may organise ordinary Lok Adalats.

The Chairman must be of district judge rank or higher. Do not describe the bench as a panel of laypersons.

Quick revision

  • Chapter VIA, sections 22A to 22E, inserted by Act 37 of 2002 w.e.f. 11 June 2002, headed "Pre-litigation conciliation and settlement".
  • Section 22A(b), public utility service: (i) transport of passengers or goods by air, road or water; (ii) postal, telegraph or telephone service; (iii) supply of power, light or water to the public by any establishment; (iv) public conservancy or sanitation; (v) service in hospital or dispensary; (vi) insurance service; plus any service notified by the Central or State Government in the public interest.
  • Section 22B(1): notwithstanding section 19, the Central Authority or a State Authority shall, by notification, establish Permanent Lok Adalats for specified places, areas and services.
  • Section 22B(2): a Chairman who is or has been a district judge or additional district judge or has held higher judicial office, and two persons with adequate experience in public utility service.
munotes.in74

Permanent Lok Adalats: The Forum for Public Utility Services

Test yourself

1. Which body may establish a Permanent Lok Adalat? Only the Central Authority or a State Authority, by notification, under section 22B(1). A District Authority or Taluk Legal Services Committee may organise ordinary Lok Adalats under section 19(1) but cannot establish a Permanent Lok Adalat.

2. List the six categories of public utility service in section 22A(b). Transport of passengers or goods by air, road or water; postal, telegraph or telephone service; supply of power, light or water to the public by any establishment; a system of public conservancy or sanitation; service in a hospital or dispensary; and insurance service. The Central or State Government may also notify further services in the public interest.

3. What is the composition of a Permanent Lok Adalat? Under section 22B(2), a Chairman who is or has been a district judge or additional district judge, or has held judicial office higher in rank than a district judge, and two other persons having adequate experience in public utility service, nominated by the Government on the recommendation of the Authority.

4. Why does section 22B(1) begin "notwithstanding anything contained in section 19"? Because a Permanent Lok Adalat is a distinct institution from the Lok Adalat organised under section 19. The non obstante clause makes clear that section 19 is neither the source of its existence nor a limit on it.

5. What did Interglobe Aviation Ltd v. N. Satchidanand actually decide? That an exclusive jurisdiction clause in a standard contract of carriage, purporting to confine disputes to the courts at Delhi irrespective of where the cause of action arose, was invalid, because parties cannot by agreement confer jurisdiction on a court that would not otherwise have it. It did not decide whether air transport is a public utility service, since section 22A(b)(i) already covers it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in75

Chapter Fifteen

How a Permanent Lok Adalat Decides, and Why It May Decide at All

Syllabus topic 1.6, "Permanent LokAdalats"

In one line

A person takes a public utility dispute to a Permanent Lok Adalat before going to court; the forum first tries to get the parties to agree, and if they will not, it decides the case itself and the decision is final.

In exam wording: section 22C of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 governs cognizance of cases by a Permanent Lok Adalat, sub-section (8) empowering it to decide the dispute where the parties fail to reach an agreement and the dispute does not relate to an offence; section 22D prescribes the principles that guide it; and section 22E makes its award final and binding and deems it a decree of a civil court.

The distinction the whole of Module I turns on

An ordinary Lok Adalat may only record a settlement. State of Punjab v. Jalour Singh holds that it has no adjudicatory or judicial functions at all, and that an order it imposes is void.

A Permanent Lok Adalat may decide. That is the difference, it is deliberate, and everything in this chapter follows from it.

If you take one sentence from Module I into an examination, take this: an ordinary Lok Adalat can only settle; a Permanent Lok Adalat settles if it can and decides if it cannot.

Section 22C(1) and (2): getting there, and being stuck there

Section 22C(1): any party to a dispute may, before the dispute is brought before any court, make an application to the Permanent Lok Adalat for the settlement of the dispute.

That opening condition is fundamental. Chapter VIA is headed "Pre-litigation conciliation and settlement", and this is where the words bite. Once a case is in court, the Permanent Lok Adalat is closed to it. Contrast section 20(1), where a court refers a pending case to an ordinary Lok Adalat.

Three provisos follow.

First proviso: the Permanent Lok Adalat shall not have jurisdiction in respect of any matter relating to an offence not compoundable under any law. This is the same bar as the proviso to section 19(5).

Second proviso: the Permanent Lok Adalat shall also not have jurisdiction in the matter where the value of the property in dispute exceeds ten lakh rupees.

Third proviso: the Central Government may, by notification, increase the limit of ten lakh rupees specified in the second proviso, in consultation with the Central Authority.

The third proviso matters, and here the sources conflict, so state the position carefully. NALSA's own website says on one page that "The jurisdiction of the Permanent Lok Adalats is upto Rs. One Crore", and on another page that it is "upto Rs. Ten Lakhs". Both were read on the same day. The Act itself still prints ten lakh rupees, because a notification under the third proviso does not change the printed text of the section.

munotes.in76

How a Permanent Lok Adalat Decides, and Why It May Decide at All

So the safe and accurate answer is the layered one. The figure in the second proviso is ten lakh rupees; the third proviso empowers the Central Government, in consultation with the Central Authority, to increase it by notification; and NALSA states the present jurisdiction to be one crore rupees, although its own site is not consistent about it. Do not assert a single figure as settled without seeing the notification, and check the current limit before advising anybody. What is certainly wrong is to say the ceiling is fixed at ten lakh and cannot change, because the third proviso says otherwise.

Section 22C(2): after an application is made, no party to that application shall invoke the jurisdiction of any court in the same dispute.

This is a strong provision and it is the other half of the bargain. Approaching a Permanent Lok Adalat is not a free attempt that can be abandoned for court if it goes badly. The applicant is committed, and so is the other side.

Section 22C(3) to (6): the written stage, and the duty to cooperate

Section 22C(3): on an application being made, the Permanent Lok Adalat:

  • (a) shall direct each party to file a written statement stating the facts and nature of the dispute, the points or issues in it, and the grounds relied on in support of or in opposition to those points, which a party may supplement with documents and other evidence; and shall send a copy of each statement and its documents to each of the other parties;
  • (b) may require any party to file an additional statement at any stage of the conciliation proceedings; and
  • (c) shall communicate any document or statement received from any party to the other party, to enable a reply.

Notice how much of the ordinary adversarial structure is here: statements of case, documents, and service on the other side. That is not an accident. A body that may eventually decide has to build a record it can decide on, and section 22C(3) is that record.

Section 22C(4): when the statements, additional statements and replies have been filed to its satisfaction, the Permanent Lok Adalat shall conduct conciliation proceedings between the parties in such manner as it thinks appropriate, taking into account the circumstances of the dispute.

Section 22C(5): during the conciliation proceedings, it shall assist the parties in their attempt to reach an amicable settlement of the dispute in an independent and impartial manner.

Section 22C(6): it is the duty of every party to cooperate in good faith with the Permanent Lok Adalat in the conciliation, and to comply with its direction to produce evidence and other related documents.

munotes.in77

How a Permanent Lok Adalat Decides, and Why It May Decide at All

Section 22C(7): settlement, if it can be had

Where, in the conciliation proceedings, the Permanent Lok Adalat is of opinion that there exist elements of settlement which may be acceptable to the parties, it may formulate the terms of a possible settlement and give them to the parties for their observations. If the parties reach agreement, they shall sign the settlement agreement and the Permanent Lok Adalat shall pass an award in terms of it and furnish a copy to each party.

Compare this with conciliation under section 73 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, which chapter 570 works through. The structure is almost identical: the neutral formulates terms, the parties observe on them, and a signed agreement follows. Chapter VIA is conciliation, right up to the point where it stops being conciliation.

Section 22C(8): the sentence that changes everything

Where the parties fail to reach an agreement under sub-section (7), the Permanent Lok Adalat shall, if the dispute does not relate to any offence, decide the dispute.

Read it slowly, because four things are packed into it.

"Fail to reach an agreement": the power arises only after conciliation has been tried and has failed. A Permanent Lok Adalat cannot decide first.

"Shall": it is a duty, not a discretion. Once conciliation fails, the forum must decide.

"If the dispute does not relate to any offence": the criminal exclusion is repeated. A Permanent Lok Adalat may settle a compoundable offence but may never decide a matter relating to an offence.

"Decide the dispute": an adjudication, on the merits, binding on a party who never agreed to anything.

Section 22D: the rules it decides by

The Permanent Lok Adalat, while conducting conciliation proceedings or deciding a dispute on merit, shall be guided by the principles of natural justice, objectivity, fair play, equity and other principles of justice, and shall not be bound by the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 and the Indian Evidence Act 1872.

Two halves, and both are necessary.

Natural justice means, at its core, that each side must be heard and the decision-maker must be impartial. Applying it here is what keeps section 22C(8) constitutional: a body that decides without agreement must at least hear both sides fairly.

Not bound by the Code and the Evidence Act is what keeps it quick. There is no framing of issues, no examination-in-chief and cross-examination, and no rules about admissibility. That freedom was one of the grounds on which Chapter VIA was attacked.

munotes.in78

How a Permanent Lok Adalat Decides, and Why It May Decide at All

Section 22E: the award, and its finality

Section 22E(1): every award, whether made on merit or in terms of a settlement agreement, shall be final and binding on all the parties and on persons claiming under them.

Section 22E(2): every award shall be deemed to be a decree of a civil court.

Section 22E(3): the award shall be by a majority of the persons constituting the Permanent Lok Adalat.

Section 22E(4): every award shall be final and shall not be called in question in any original suit, application or execution proceeding.

Section 22E(5): the Permanent Lok Adalat may transmit any award to a civil court having local jurisdiction, and that court shall execute the order as if it were a decree made by that court.

Sub-section (3) is worth noticing because it only makes sense for a body that decides. A three-member forum that could only record agreements would never need a majority rule.

Bar Council of India v. Union of India: the challenge, and the answer

Bar Council of India v. Union of India, AIR 2012 SC 3246, (2012) 8 SCC 243, decided 3 August 2012, R.M. Lodha and Anil R. Dave JJ.

Facts. A petition under article 32 challenging sections 22A to 22E as arbitrary and violative of article 14. The grounds were the sharpest that can be put against Chapter VIA, and they are worth knowing because they are the criticism section of any answer on this topic:

  • a service provider can move a Permanent Lok Adalat unilaterally under section 22C(1) and (2), and so pre-empt an aggrieved consumer from going to the consumer fora or any other judicial forum;
  • the forum may then decide on merits under section 22C(8) without following the Code of Civil Procedure or the Evidence Act;
  • under section 22E(1) and (4) the award is final, cannot be questioned in any forum, and carries no right of appeal; and
  • public utility services engage the right to life under article 21, so an adverse decision on merits has serious consequences.

Held. The writ petition was dismissed. On the absence of an appeal, the Court gave two reasons. It is important that a dispute of this kind is brought to an end at the earliest and not prolonged unnecessarily. And, more importantly, a party aggrieved by an award can always approach the High Court under its supervisory and extraordinary jurisdiction under articles 226 and 227 of the Constitution. The Court rejected the submission that this would simply return the burden of litigation to the High Courts.

The Court also relied on the earlier three-judge decision in S.N. Pandey, which had found no constitutional infirmity in the same Chapter, observing that the legislature's effort is to decrease the workload of the courts by resorting to alternative dispute resolution, that Lok Adalats have been a fast means of dispensation of justice for over two decades, and that the composition of a Permanent Lok Adalat contemplates a judicial officer or retired judicial officer together with persons having adequate experience in public utility services.

munotes.in79

How a Permanent Lok Adalat Decides, and Why It May Decide at All

Why it matters. It is the authority for the constitutionality of the only body in this subject that can impose a decision without consent, and it supplies the answer to the obvious objection that section 22E leaves an aggrieved party with no remedy. The remedy is articles 226 and 227. That single sentence is the most useful thing in the case for an examination.

A worked example

Prakash's insurer rejected his claim of Rs. 3,80,000 for a fire in his shop. He has not sued.

Can he go to a Permanent Lok Adalat? Yes. Insurance service is within section 22A(b)(vi); he has not brought the dispute before any court, so section 22C(1) is satisfied; and the amount is well within the ceiling.

What happens next? Under section 22C(3) both sides file written statements with documents, each served on the other. Under section 22C(4) and (5) the forum conducts conciliation, impartially. Under section 22C(6) both must cooperate in good faith and produce what is asked for.

The insurer offers Rs. 1,00,000 and Prakash refuses. Under section 22C(7), if the forum thinks there are elements of a settlement it may formulate terms and give them to the parties for observations. Suppose neither accepts them.

Then what? Section 22C(8): the parties having failed to agree, and the dispute not relating to an offence, the Permanent Lok Adalat shall decide the dispute. It does so guided by natural justice, objectivity, fair play and equity, and it is not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure or the Evidence Act, under section 22D.

It awards him Rs. 2,60,000, by two votes to one. That is valid under section 22E(3), which requires a majority. The award is final and binding under section 22E(1), deemed a decree of a civil court under section 22E(2), and cannot be questioned in any original suit, application or execution proceeding under section 22E(4). If the insurer does not pay, the award can be transmitted to a civil court with local jurisdiction, which executes it as its own decree under section 22E(5).

Can the insurer challenge it anywhere? Not by appeal; none lies. Its only route is the High Court under articles 226 and 227, as Bar Council of India v. Union of India holds.

Now change one fact. Suppose Prakash had already filed a consumer complaint before applying. Section 22C(1) requires the application to be made before the dispute is brought before any court, and section 2(1)(aaa) defines court to include a tribunal or quasi-judicial authority. The Permanent Lok Adalat would have no jurisdiction.

munotes.in80

How a Permanent Lok Adalat Decides, and Why It May Decide at All

What beginners get wrong

A Permanent Lok Adalat does not decide first. Conciliation under section 22C(4) to (7) must be attempted, and only its failure triggers section 22C(8).

The pecuniary limit in the Act is not the current limit. Ten lakh rupees is in the second proviso; the third proviso allows an increase, and NALSA states the present jurisdiction is up to one crore.

Section 22C(2) is a real bar. Once an application is made, no party may invoke any court's jurisdiction in the same dispute.

"No appeal" is not "no remedy". Articles 226 and 227 remain, per Bar Council of India v. Union of India.

The award may be by majority. Section 22E(3), which distinguishes this forum from every other body in Module I.

Quick revision

  • Section 22C(1): application by any party before the dispute is brought before any court. Provisos: no jurisdiction over a non-compoundable offence; no jurisdiction where the value of the property in dispute exceeds ten lakh rupees; and the Central Government may raise that limit by notification. NALSA states the present jurisdiction to be one crore rupees, though its own pages are inconsistent, so give the statutory figure, the power to raise it, and the current stated figure together.
  • Section 22C(2): after the application, no party may invoke any court's jurisdiction in the same dispute.
  • Section 22C(3) to (6): written statements, documents, service on the other side, additional statements; conciliation conducted independently and impartially; a duty on the parties to cooperate in good faith.
  • Section 22C(7): the forum may formulate terms of a possible settlement; if the parties agree, they sign and the forum passes an award in those terms.
  • Section 22C(8): on failure to agree, and if the dispute does not relate to any offence, the Permanent Lok Adalat shall decide the dispute.
  • Section 22D: guided by natural justice, objectivity, fair play, equity and other principles of justice; not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 or the Indian Evidence Act 1872.
  • Section 22E: the award, on merit or on settlement, is final and binding on the parties and those claiming under them; deemed a decree of a civil court; made by majority; not questionable in any original suit, application or execution proceeding; transmissible to a civil court for execution.
  • Bar Council of India v. Union of India (2012) 8 SCC 243: Chapter VIA upheld; the remedy against an award is the High Court under articles 226 and 227.
munotes.in81

How a Permanent Lok Adalat Decides, and Why It May Decide at All

Test yourself

1. When may a Permanent Lok Adalat decide a dispute, and when may it not? Under section 22C(8) it shall decide where the parties have failed to reach an agreement under sub-section (7), provided the dispute does not relate to any offence. It cannot decide before conciliation has been attempted and has failed, and it can never decide a matter relating to an offence.

2. A consumer files a complaint before a consumer commission and then applies to a Permanent Lok Adalat. Is the application maintainable? No. Section 22C(1) permits an application only before the dispute is brought before any court, and section 2(1)(aaa) defines court to include any tribunal or authority exercising judicial or quasi-judicial functions, which a consumer commission does.

3. What is the pecuniary limit on a Permanent Lok Adalat's jurisdiction? The second proviso to section 22C(1) sets it at ten lakh rupees, and the third proviso permits the Central Government, in consultation with the Central Authority, to increase that limit by notification. NALSA states the present jurisdiction to be up to one crore rupees, although its own website gives ten lakh on another page, so an answer should give the statutory figure, the power to raise it, and the currently stated figure rather than a single number.

4. There being no appeal against an award under section 22E, what remedy does an aggrieved party have? The supervisory and extraordinary jurisdiction of the High Court under articles 226 and 227 of the Constitution, as the Supreme Court held in Bar Council of India v. Union of India while upholding Chapter VIA.

5. State two differences between the procedure of a Lok Adalat and that of a Permanent Lok Adalat. First, a Permanent Lok Adalat requires written statements, documents and service on the other party under section 22C(3), which an ordinary Lok Adalat does not. Second, section 22D expressly frees it from the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 and the Indian Evidence Act 1872 and directs it to be guided by natural justice, objectivity, fair play and equity, because unlike an ordinary Lok Adalat it may decide the dispute on merits.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in82

Chapter Seventeen

Lok Adalats in Practice: National Lok Adalats, Mobile and Continuous Sittings

Syllabus topic 1.4, "LokAdalats", applied

In one line

The Act names only one thing called a Lok Adalat, but in practice the system runs several kinds, and the biggest of them is the National Lok Adalat, held on one day across the whole country.

In exam wording: the varieties of Lok Adalat, National, Mega, Continuous, Daily and Mobile, are administrative forms developed by the legal services authorities in exercise of their powers under sections 4, 7 and 10 of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987; all of them are Lok Adalats organised under section 19 and every award they make takes effect under section 21.

Why a chapter on something the Act does not mention

Search the Legal Services Authorities Act for the phrase "National Lok Adalat" and it is not there. Nor are "Mega Lok Adalat", "Mobile Lok Adalat" or "e-Lok Adalat".

That is not a gap. It is how the Act was designed to work.

Section 19(1) lets an authority organise Lok Adalats "at such intervals and places and for exercising such jurisdiction and for such areas as it thinks fit". That is a very wide discretion, and the varieties below are what the system has done with it, supported by section 4(a) and 4(b), which give NALSA the job of laying down policies and framing the most effective and economical schemes.

So a student answering a question on Lok Adalats needs both halves. The sections say what a Lok Adalat is and what its award does. The practice says what actually happens. A person who knows only the sections cannot say what a Lok Adalat day looks like, and a person who knows only the practice cannot say why the outcome binds.

The National Lok Adalat

A National Lok Adalat is held on a single day across the country, in all courts from the Supreme Court down to the taluk level, with cases disposed of in very large numbers on that day. NALSA describes them as being held at regular intervals, and states that since February 2015 they have been held on a specific subject matter.

The practical rhythm is quarterly, on a Saturday. NALSA publishes a disposal report for each sitting on its website, and the sittings recorded there include those held on 13 September 2025, 13 December 2025, 14 March 2026 and 9 May 2026.

Three things make the National Lok Adalat work, and each is a statutory provision met earlier in this Module.

It can be held on a holiday. Regulation 8 of the NALSA (Lok Adalats) Regulations 2009 lets Lok Adalats be organised on such days, including holidays, as the organiser thinks appropriate, and regulation 6A provides a Special Duty Allowance for the presiding judges, members and staff when they sit on a holiday or beyond court hours.

munotes.in89

Lok Adalats in Practice: National Lok Adalats, Mobile and Continuous Sittings

Every level can hold one at once. Section 19(1) empowers five different bodies, and section 7(2)(b) expressly extends a State Authority's power to Lok Adalats for High Court cases.

Both pending and pre-litigation matters can be taken up. Section 19(5) covers both, and section 20 gives each its own route, which is chapter 110. Pre-litigation matters are what allow a bank or an electricity company to put thousands of unfiled claims on the list.

It is worth being honest about the criticism, because an examiner may want it. Disposing of very large numbers in a day creates a risk of pressure to settle, and regulation 7(3) is the answer the system gives: every bench shall make sincere efforts at a conciliated settlement without any kind of coercion, threat, undue influence, allurement or misrepresentation. State of Punjab v. Jalour Singh is the same warning from the Supreme Court, directed at judges who forget they are conciliators.

The other varieties

NALSA describes four kinds of regular Lok Adalat.

Continuous Lok Adalat. A bench sits continuously for a set number of days, deferring unsettled matters to the next date, so that parties have time to reflect on the terms before actually settling. Regulation 10(4), inserted in 2018, supports this in terms: need based continuous Lok Adalats may be constituted to facilitate regular reference and timely disposal.

Daily Lok Adalat. Organised on a daily basis.

Mega Lok Adalat. Organised in a State on a single day in all courts of the State. It is the State-level equivalent of a National Lok Adalat.

Mobile Lok Adalat. The Lok Adalat is set up in a multi-utility van and taken to different areas, both to resolve petty cases and to spread legal awareness. Regulation 21 of the Legal Services Clinics Regulations 2011 is the machinery: the lawyers or para-legal volunteers of a legal services clinic may request the District Legal Services Authority to send the mobile Lok Adalat van, with members of the bench, to the clinic for settlement of the disputes they have identified; and the van, fitted for conducting proceedings, may be used at the clinic, near it, or even at village congregations such as melas and other festive occasions.

Two things that are true of all of them

Whatever it is called, it is a Lok Adalat under section 19, and therefore:

  • it has jurisdiction only under section 19(5), and no jurisdiction over a non-compoundable offence;
  • it can only settle, never decide, per regulation 9 and Jalour Singh; and
  • its award is deemed a decree under section 21(1), is final and binding, and carries no appeal under section 21(2).
munotes.in90

Lok Adalats in Practice: National Lok Adalats, Mobile and Continuous Sittings

And the cost position is the same too. NALSA states that no court fee is payable when a matter is filed in a Lok Adalat, and that where a matter pending in court is referred and then settled, the court fee originally paid is refunded, which is section 21(1) read with the Court Fees Act 1870.

A note on two loose statements, and why they matter

Even official material has to be read against the Act, and this is a good place to practise it, because a student who quotes a website against a section will lose the mark.

NALSA's own page cites "section 18(1)" for the jurisdiction of a Lok Adalat. The provision that confers that jurisdiction is section 19(5). Section 18 is accounts and audit.

The same page states the proviso as barring "matters relating to divorce or matters relating to an offence not compoundable under any law". The proviso to section 19(5) bars only the non-compoundable offence. The exclusion of divorce comes from the proviso to regulation 10(2) of the NALSA (Lok Adalats) Regulations 2009. Both are real, but they come from different instruments, and saying the Act excludes divorce is wrong.

And on the pecuniary limit for a Permanent Lok Adalat, NALSA's two pages disagree with each other, one saying ten lakh rupees and the other one crore, which chapter 150 works through.

The lesson is the one this whole book runs on: the Act and the regulations are the authority, and everything else is a description of them. Where a description and the text disagree, the text wins.

A worked example

The Maharashtra State Legal Services Authority announces a National Lok Adalat for a Saturday in December, covering motor accident claims, cheque dishonour cases, bank recovery matters and pre-litigation disputes.

Under what power? Section 19(1) for the organisation, section 7(2)(b) for a State Authority conducting Lok Adalats including for High Court cases, and section 10(2)(b) for the District Authorities organising within their districts. Regulation 8 permits a Saturday sitting and regulation 6A provides the allowance.

A bank wants 900 unfiled loan default matters listed. Those are pre-litigation matters under section 19(5)(ii). Each has to come in under section 20(2), on an application, and the other party must be given a reasonable opportunity of being heard before the reference. Regulation 12(1) requires that the court for which the Lok Adalat is organised would have territorial jurisdiction.

A borrower attends and agrees to a reduced repayment. The bench records the terms and makes an award. Under section 21(1) it is deemed a decree of a civil court; under section 21(2) it is final and no appeal lies. No court fee was paid, because nothing was filed, so nothing is refunded.

munotes.in91

Lok Adalats in Practice: National Lok Adalats, Mobile and Continuous Sittings

Another borrower attends and refuses everything. No award can be made against him. Under section 20(6) the Lok Adalat advises the parties to seek their remedy in a court. If a bench were instead to record what it thought fair and direct him to pay it, that would be void on Jalour Singh.

A third borrower says he felt pressured into signing. That is exactly what regulation 7(3) forbids, and it is the strongest reason for the rule that a Lok Adalat award records only what the parties actually agreed.

What beginners get wrong

A National Lok Adalat is not a separate institution. It is a Lok Adalat under section 19, organised on a national scale on one day.

The Act does not name any of these varieties. They come from the discretion in section 19(1) and NALSA's powers under section 4.

Large numbers are not proof of quality. The counter to the criticism is regulation 7(3) and Jalour Singh, not a disposal figure.

Court fee and Lok Adalats. There is no court fee to file in a Lok Adalat at all, and fee already paid in a pending case comes back on settlement under section 21(1).

Quick revision

  • The varieties are administrative, not statutory: National, Mega (statewide, one day), Continuous (a bench sitting over several days, supported by regulation 10(4)), Daily, and Mobile (a multi-utility van, regulation 21 of the Legal Services Clinics Regulations 2011).
  • Their statutory basis is the discretion in section 19(1) and NALSA's functions under sections 4(a) and 4(b).
  • National Lok Adalats are held on a single day across all courts from the Supreme Court to the taluk level; NALSA says they have been held on a specific subject matter since February 2015, and publishes a disposal report for each sitting.
  • Regulation 8 permits sittings on holidays; regulation 6A provides a Special Duty Allowance for holiday or after-hours sittings.
  • Whatever the label, the award takes effect under section 21: deemed a decree, final and binding, no appeal. No court fee is payable to file in a Lok Adalat, and fee paid in a referred pending case is refunded.
  • Read official descriptions against the Act. NALSA's page cites section 18(1) where the provision is section 19(5), and attributes the divorce exclusion to the Act when it comes from regulation 10(2).

Test yourself

1. Where does the National Lok Adalat get its legal authority, given that the Act never mentions it? From section 19(1), which lets an authority organise Lok Adalats at such intervals, places and areas as it thinks fit, together with NALSA's functions under section 4(a) and 4(b) to lay down policies and frame schemes. It is a Lok Adalat under section 19 in every legal respect.

munotes.in92

Lok Adalats in Practice: National Lok Adalats, Mobile and Continuous Sittings

2. Can a Lok Adalat be held on a Sunday? Yes. Regulation 8 of the NALSA (Lok Adalats) Regulations 2009 permits Lok Adalats on such days, including holidays, as the organiser deems appropriate, and regulation 6A provides a Special Duty Allowance for those who sit on a holiday or beyond court hours.

3. What is a Continuous Lok Adalat, and what supports it in the regulations? A bench that sits continuously for a set number of days, deferring unsettled matters to the next date so the parties can reflect before settling. Regulation 10(4), inserted in 2018, provides that need based continuous Lok Adalats may be constituted to facilitate regular reference and timely disposal.

4. How does a mobile Lok Adalat reach a village clinic? Under regulation 21 of the NALSA (Legal Services Clinics) Regulations 2011, the lawyers or para-legal volunteers of the clinic may request the District Legal Services Authority to send the mobile Lok Adalat van with members of the bench to the clinic. The van may also be used near the clinic or at village congregations such as melas.

5. NALSA's website says a Lok Adalat cannot take up divorce matters, citing the Act. Is that right? The exclusion is real but the source is wrong. The proviso to section 19(5) of the Act bars only a case or matter relating to an offence not compoundable under any law. The bar on divorce matters comes from the proviso to regulation 10(2) of the NALSA (Lok Adalats) Regulations 2009.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in93

Module II

The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996: domestic arbitration

munotes.in

Chapter Nineteen

The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996: Where It Came From and How It Is Built

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 is the single statute that governs arbitration and conciliation in India, and it was written to match a model law the United Nations recommended so that arbitration here would look the same as arbitration everywhere else.

In exam wording: Act 26 of 1996 is an Act to consolidate and amend the law relating to domestic arbitration, international commercial arbitration and enforcement of foreign arbitral awards, as also to define the law relating to conciliation and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto.

Why MU's one line is a whole module

The University prints Module II as a single sentence: "2.1 The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996."

That is not a topic. It is a statute of eighty-seven sections in four Parts, with a fifth Part inserted in 2019, and eight Schedules. Under house rule 1.3 the whole of it is what you can be asked about, so this Module works through it section by section. Do not be misled by how little the syllabus prints.

What the law was before, and why it was replaced

Until 1996 arbitration in India was governed by three separate statutes: the Arbitration Act 1940 for domestic arbitration, the Arbitration (Protocol and Convention) Act 1937 for Geneva Convention awards, and the Foreign Awards (Recognition and Enforcement) Act 1961 for New York Convention awards. Sections 85 and 86 of the present Act repealed them, and chapter 445 works through the repeal.

The 1940 Act had a reputation, and it is worth knowing because it explains almost every design choice in the 1996 Act. Under it an award had to be filed in court and a decree obtained on it, so every arbitration ended in litigation; courts could remit or set aside awards on wide grounds; and a party who wanted to delay could do so almost indefinitely. Arbitration under it took as long as a suit.

The preamble, and what it commits India to

The Act's preamble is unusually long and it recites five things, each beginning "whereas". Read together they are the Act's own explanation of itself.

  • The United Nations Commission on International Trade Law, UNCITRAL, adopted the UNCITRAL Model Law on International Commercial Arbitration in 1985.
  • The General Assembly recommended that all countries give due consideration to that Model Law, in view of the desirability of uniformity of the law of arbitral procedures and the specific needs of international commercial arbitration practice.
  • UNCITRAL adopted the UNCITRAL Conciliation Rules in 1980.
  • The General Assembly recommended the use of those Rules.
  • The Model Law and the Rules make significant contribution to the establishment of a unified legal framework for the fair and efficient settlement of disputes arising in international commercial relations.
munotes.in99

The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996: Where It Came From and How It Is Built

Two consequences follow, and both are examinable.

The Act is not original drafting. Large parts of Part I are the Model Law with the numbering changed, which is why its language sometimes reads oddly in an Indian statute. It is also why decisions of other Model Law countries are sometimes cited here.

India went further than the Model Law asked. The Model Law is about international commercial arbitration. India applied the same scheme to domestic arbitration as well, and added a complete code for conciliation in Part III. So the Act does more than the preamble's recitals strictly require.

How the Act is laid out

PartSectionsWhat it governs
I. Arbitration2 to 43Arbitration where the place of arbitration is in India. The bulk of the Act
IA. Arbitration Council of India43A to 43MInserted by Act 33 of 2019. Chapter 440
II. Enforcement of certain foreign awards44 to 60Chapter I, New York Convention awards; Chapter II, Geneva Convention awards. Module III
III. Conciliation61 to 81A complete code for conciliation. Module III
IV. Supplementary provisions82 to 87Rules, repeals, and section 87. Chapter 445

Part I itself divides into ten chapters, and knowing them makes the Act navigable: general provisions (3 to 6), the arbitration agreement (7 to 9), composition of the tribunal (10 to 15), jurisdiction (16 and 17), conduct of proceedings (18 to 27), the award and termination (28 to 33), recourse against an award (34), finality and enforcement (35 and 36), appeals (37), and miscellaneous (38 to 43).

There are eight Schedules, added or amended by the later amendment Acts, and chapter 450 works through them.

Dates, and the three amendment Acts

Assent: 16 August 1996. Commencement: 22 August 1996, by notification G.S.R. 375(E) of that date.

The Act was preceded by three Ordinances in 1996, which is why the Act's own repeal provisions in section 85 mention them. An Ordinance is temporary legislation made when Parliament is not sitting.

Three amendment Acts then rebuilt substantial parts of it, and a student will meet all three repeatedly in this Module.

The Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act 2015, Act 3 of 2016, largely with effect from 23 October 2015. The most far-reaching of the three. It added the Fifth, Sixth and Seventh Schedules on arbitrator independence; inserted section 29A's time limit and section 29B's fast track; rewrote section 34's public policy ground and added the Explanations; ended the automatic stay on enforcement in section 36; strengthened section 17; and added the costs regime in section 31A.

The Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act 2019, Act 33 of 2019. Inserted Part IA, the Arbitration Council of India, brought into force on 12 October 2023; amended section 11 to route appointments through arbitral institutions; rewrote section 29A's time limit to run from the completion of pleadings; inserted section 42A on confidentiality and 42B on good faith; and inserted the Eighth Schedule and section 87.

munotes.in100

The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996: Where It Came From and How It Is Built

The Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act 2021, Act 3 of 2021. Added a proviso to section 36(3) for an unconditional stay where the arbitration agreement or the award is induced by fraud or corruption, and omitted the Eighth Schedule.

The trap: India Code now says two of those Acts were repealed

Look up the amendment Acts today and India Code lists them as:

The Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act, 2015 (Rep., Act 37 of 2025)

The Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act, 2021 (Rep., Act 37 of 2025)

That does not undo the amendments, and a student who thinks it does will state the law as it stood in 2014.

Act 37 of 2025 is the Repealing and Amending Act 2025, assented to on 20 December 2025, which repealed seventy-one spent enactments. An amending Act is spent once it has done its work: the words it inserted are now part of the principal Act and stay there. Section 4 of that Act says so expressly, saving the validity, effect and consequences of anything already done, and providing that the repeal shall not revive or restore anything not now existing or in force.

The consolidated print of the Arbitration Act settles it on its face. It is headed as the text as on the 1st June, 2026, six months after that repeal, and it still carries every 2015, 2019 and 2021 amendment in its text and its footnotes.

Section 1: title, extent and commencement

Section 1(1): the Act may be called the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.

Section 1(2): it extends to the whole of India. A proviso and Explanation that had applied the Act differently to Jammu and Kashmir were omitted in 2020, by the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation (Adaptation of Central Laws) Order 2020 and the corresponding Ladakh Order.

Section 1(3): it comes into force on such date as the Central Government appoints, which was 22 August 1996.

One State amendment is worth knowing because it belongs to this subject twice over. For Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh, sections 8A and 8B have been inserted, allowing a court seized of a petition under section 9 or 11, or under section 34 or an appeal under section 37, to refer the parties with their consent to mediation or conciliation. A mediated settlement so recorded has the same status and effect as an arbitral award and is enforceable under section 36. It is the clearest statutory bridge in the Act between arbitration and the methods Module III teaches.

munotes.in101

The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996: Where It Came From and How It Is Built

A worked example

Two companies sign a supply contract in Pune in 2026 containing a clause that disputes shall be referred to a sole arbitrator sitting in Mumbai.

Which statute governs? The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996. The 1940 Act was repealed by section 85 and has nothing to say.

Which Part? Part I, because section 2(2) applies Part I where the place of arbitration is in India.

Is it international commercial arbitration? Only if one of the parties answers the description in section 2(1)(f), which chapter 210 works through. Two Indian companies do not, so this is a domestic arbitration and the award will be a domestic award under section 2(7).

Which version of the Act? The Act as amended in 2015, 2019 and 2021. The catalogue entry saying the amendment Acts were repealed in 2025 changes nothing.

Where will the reader meet each amendment? Arbitrator independence and the Seventh Schedule in chapter 280; the twelve-month limit in chapter 360; the public policy ground in chapter 400; the end of the automatic stay in chapter 410.

What beginners get wrong

The 1996 Act did not only replace the 1940 Act. It replaced three statutes: the 1940 Act, the 1937 Act and the 1961 Act.

The Model Law governs international commercial arbitration; India applied its scheme to domestic arbitration too. Saying the Act "is" the Model Law is too strong.

The preamble is part of the Act and can be used to construe it, but it is not an operative provision and confers no rights.

There are three amendment Acts, not one, and they pull in different directions: 2019 partly undid what 2015 did, and 2021 partly undid what 2019 did. Chapter 410 works through the clearest instance.

The repeal of the amendment Acts in 2025 is housekeeping. Do not report it as a change in arbitration law.

Quick revision

  • Act 26 of 1996, assented 16 August 1996, in force 22 August 1996 by G.S.R. 375(E).
  • Repealed the Arbitration Act 1940, the Arbitration (Protocol and Convention) Act 1937 and the Foreign Awards (Recognition and Enforcement) Act 1961.
  • Built on the UNCITRAL Model Law on International Commercial Arbitration 1985 and the UNCITRAL Conciliation Rules 1980, both recited in the preamble.
  • Part I arbitration in India (ss.2 to 43); Part IA Arbitration Council (43A to 43M); Part II foreign awards (44 to 60); Part III conciliation (61 to 81); Part IV supplementary (82 to 87). Eight Schedules.
  • Amended by Act 3 of 2016 (the 2015 Act, w.e.f. 23 October 2015), Act 33 of 2019 and Act 3 of 2021.
  • The 2015 and 2021 amendment Acts were repealed as spent by the Repealing and Amending Act 2025; section 4 of that Act saves everything done, and the consolidated text of 1 June 2026 still carries every amendment.
munotes.in102

The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996: Where It Came From and How It Is Built

Test yourself

1. Which three statutes did the 1996 Act replace, and where does it say so? The Arbitration Act 1940, the Arbitration (Protocol and Convention) Act 1937 and the Foreign Awards (Recognition and Enforcement) Act 1961, repealed by sections 85 and 86.

2. What does the preamble recite, and why does it matter? That UNCITRAL adopted the Model Law on International Commercial Arbitration in 1985 and the Conciliation Rules in 1980, that the General Assembly recommended both, and that they contribute to a unified legal framework for the fair and efficient settlement of international commercial disputes. It matters because it explains why Part I reads as it does and licenses reference to the Model Law in construing it.

3. India Code shows the 2015 and 2021 amendment Acts as repealed. Are those amendments still law? Yes. They were repealed as spent by the Repealing and Amending Act 2025, whose section 4 saves everything already done and provides that the repeal does not revive anything not now in force. The words those Acts inserted are part of the principal Act, and the consolidated print of 1 June 2026 still carries them.

4. Name one change each of the three amendment Acts made. The 2015 Act inserted section 29A's time limit for the award (among much else); the 2019 Act inserted Part IA establishing the Arbitration Council of India; the 2021 Act omitted the Eighth Schedule and added the unconditional stay proviso to section 36(3).

5. Does the Act still apply differently in Jammu and Kashmir? Section 1(2) now extends the Act to the whole of India, the earlier proviso and Explanation having been omitted in 2020. A State amendment for Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh does insert sections 8A and 8B, letting a court refer parties to mediation or conciliation with their consent at the section 9, 11, 34 or 37 stage.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in103

Chapter Twenty

Definitions, and How Far Part I Reaches

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

Section 2 says what the words in Part I mean, and one of its sub-sections decides the single biggest question in Indian arbitration: whether Part I applies at all.

In exam wording: section 2(1) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 defines the expressions used in Part I, including "arbitration", "arbitral award", "arbitral tribunal", "Court" and "international commercial arbitration", and section 2(2) provides that Part I shall apply where the place of arbitration is in India.

Why a definitions section deserves a chapter

Two of these definitions decide real cases before any other question is reached.

"Court" decides where you file. Get it wrong and the application is returned.

"International commercial arbitration" decides which court, what law the tribunal applies to the substance, and how narrowly an award can be attacked. It is the fork the whole Act turns on.

And section 2(2) decides whether Part I applies at all, which is the question that produced the most important line of arbitration cases India has.

Section 2(1): the definitions

(a) "Arbitration" means any arbitration whether or not administered by permanent arbitral institution.

That short clause carries the distinction between ad hoc and institutional arbitration, and the Act covers both. Ad hoc arbitration is run by the parties and the tribunal themselves. Institutional arbitration is administered by a body with its own rules, a panel of arbitrators and a fee schedule. Indian practice has been overwhelmingly ad hoc, and promoting institutional arbitration is the stated purpose of Part IA and of the India International Arbitration Centre Act 2019.

(b) "Arbitration agreement" means an agreement referred to in section 7. Chapter 230.

(c) "Arbitral award" includes an interim award. An inclusive definition, so an interim award is an award for the purposes of the Act, including for setting aside under section 34.

(d) "Arbitral tribunal" means a sole arbitrator or a panel of arbitrators. So "tribunal" in this Act does not imply plurality.

(e) "Court", and this one must be known exactly, because it is two different things:

  • in an arbitration other than international commercial arbitration: the principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction in a district, including the High Court in exercise of its ordinary original civil jurisdiction, having jurisdiction to decide the questions forming the subject matter of the arbitration had they been the subject matter of a suit; but not any civil court of a grade inferior to that principal civil court, and not any Court of Small Causes;
  • in international commercial arbitration: the High Court in exercise of its ordinary original civil jurisdiction having such jurisdiction, and in other cases a High Court having jurisdiction to hear appeals from decrees of courts subordinate to it.
munotes.in104

Definitions, and How Far Part I Reaches

Three things to take from that. The district judge is the court for a domestic arbitration, not the junior civil judge. A High Court is the court for an international commercial arbitration, whatever the amount. And the phrase "had it been the subject matter of a suit" imports the ordinary rules of pecuniary and territorial jurisdiction.

(f) "International commercial arbitration" means an arbitration relating to disputes arising out of legal relationships, whether contractual or not, considered as commercial under the law in force in India, and where at least one of the parties is:

  • (i) an individual who is a national of, or habitually resident in, any country other than India; or
  • (ii) a body corporate incorporated in any country other than India; or
  • (iii) an association or body of individuals whose central management and control is exercised in any country other than India; or
  • (iv) the Government of a foreign country.

Two points that carry marks. The test is about the parties, not the place: an arbitration seated in Delhi between an Indian company and a French company is an international commercial arbitration. And clause (ii) turns on incorporation, not on control, so a company incorporated in India and wholly owned from abroad is not a foreign party under it. Words that had extended clause (iii) to a company have been omitted.

(g) "Legal representative" means a person who in law represents the estate of a deceased person, including an intermeddler, and where a party acts in a representative character, the person on whom the estate devolves.

(h) "Party" means a party to an arbitration agreement.

Section 2(2): the sub-section that produced a decade of litigation

"This Part shall apply where the place of arbitration is in India."

Ten words, and the whole question is what they leave out. The Model Law's equivalent said the law applies "if the place of arbitration is in the territory of this State"; India dropped the word "only".

In Bhatia International v. Bulk Trading S.A. the Supreme Court read that omission as deliberate and held that Part I applied even to arbitrations seated outside India, unless the parties expressly or impliedly excluded it. The practical effect was that a party to a foreign-seated arbitration could come to an Indian court under section 34 to set aside the award.

In Bharat Aluminium Co. v. Kaiser Aluminium Technical Services Inc., always called BALCO, a five-judge bench overruled that reading and held that Part I applies only to arbitrations seated in India. The ruling was prospective: it applied to arbitration agreements executed after the date of that judgment, so older agreements continued under Bhatia.

Parliament then legislated a middle position. The 2015 amendment added a proviso to section 2(2): subject to an agreement to the contrary, sections 9, 27, 37(1)(a) and 37(3) shall also apply to international commercial arbitration even if the place of arbitration is outside India, and an award made in such a place is enforceable under Part II.

munotes.in105

Definitions, and How Far Part I Reaches

That proviso is the practical answer to a real problem. A party to a foreign-seated arbitration may still need to attach assets in India, or to compel an Indian witness. Section 9 and section 27 are exactly those powers, so they were let back in while the setting-aside power was kept out.

The verified case bank does not yet carry the facts and holdings of Bhatia International and BALCO; both are in the queue. State the propositions as this chapter does and do not attribute reasoning to either judgment that you have not read.

The rest of section 2

Section 2(3): this Part shall not affect any other law by virtue of which certain disputes may not be submitted to arbitration. This is the statutory hook for the whole of non-arbitrability, and chapter 250 works it through.

Section 2(4): Part I, except section 40(1) and sections 41 and 43, applies to every arbitration under any other enactment as if it were pursuant to an arbitration agreement, except so far as Part I is inconsistent with that other enactment or its rules. So a statutory arbitration is run under this Act unless its own statute says otherwise.

Section 2(5): subject to sub-section (4), and save as otherwise provided by any law or by an agreement between India and another country, Part I applies to all arbitrations and all proceedings relating thereto.

Section 2(6): where Part I, except section 28, leaves the parties free to determine an issue, that freedom includes the right to authorise any person, including an institution, to determine it. This is what makes institutional rules workable: agreeing to a set of rules is agreeing that the institution decides those questions. The exception of section 28 matters, because the law governing the substance is not something the parties can delegate.

Section 2(7): an arbitral award made under Part I shall be considered as a domestic award. Short, and it does real work: an award made in India between an Indian and a foreign party is a domestic award even though the arbitration is an international commercial arbitration, so it is challenged under section 34 rather than resisted under section 48.

Section 2(8): where the Part refers to the parties having agreed, or to an agreement of the parties, that includes any arbitration rules referred to in the agreement.

munotes.in106

Definitions, and How Far Part I Reaches

Section 2(9): where the Part refers to a claim it also applies to a counterclaim, and where it refers to a defence it applies to a defence to a counterclaim, except in section 25(a) and section 32(2)(a).

Distinctions worth keeping straight

Domestic arbitrationInternational commercial arbitration
TestNeither party answers section 2(1)(f)At least one party answers section 2(1)(f)
"Court"Principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction in a district, or a High Court with ordinary original civil jurisdictionA High Court, always
Law applied to the substanceIndian substantive law, section 28(1)(a)The law chosen by the parties, section 28(1)(b)
Patent illegality as a ground to set asideAvailable, section 34(2A)Not available, and the proviso says so
Domestic award, section 2(7)Foreign award, Part II
Where madeUnder Part I, place of arbitration in IndiaIn a Convention country, place outside India
How attackedSet aside under section 34Enforcement resisted under section 48 or 57
Public policyWider; includes patent illegality for domestic arbitrationNarrower; no patent illegality

A worked example

A Singapore company and an Indian company agree that disputes will be arbitrated in Singapore. The Indian company's assets are in Chennai. A dispute arises and the Singapore company fears the assets will be sold.

Does Part I apply? Not generally. Section 2(2) applies Part I where the place of arbitration is in India, and BALCO holds that to be exhaustive for agreements after that judgment.

Can it still get an attachment in India? Yes, unless the parties agreed otherwise. This is an international commercial arbitration under section 2(1)(f)(ii), because one party is a body corporate incorporated outside India, and the proviso to section 2(2) applies section 9 to such an arbitration even where the place is outside India.

Which court? A High Court, because section 2(1)(e)(ii) makes the High Court the court for international commercial arbitration.

And the award? Made in Singapore, so it is a foreign award enforced under Part II, not a domestic award. It cannot be set aside under section 34.

Change one fact. Make the place of arbitration Chennai. Now Part I applies in full under section 2(2); the award is a domestic award under section 2(7) even though the arbitration remains an international commercial arbitration; it is challenged under section 34; but patent illegality is not available against it, because the proviso to section 34(2A) excludes that ground in an international commercial arbitration.

What beginners get wrong

"International commercial arbitration" is not about where the arbitration sits. It is about the parties, under section 2(1)(f).

An international commercial arbitration seated in India produces a domestic award. Section 2(7) says so, and it decides how the award is attacked.

munotes.in107

Definitions, and How Far Part I Reaches

"Court" is not the same for both. District court for domestic, High Court for international commercial.

Bhatia International is not good law for agreements after BALCO, and BALCO's overruling was prospective. Say both.

Section 2(2)'s proviso does not bring back section 34. It brings back sections 9, 27 and parts of 37 only.

Quick revision

  • 2(1)(a) arbitration includes ad hoc and institutional; (c) award includes an interim award; (d) tribunal means a sole arbitrator or a panel.
  • 2(1)(e) "Court": principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction in a district for domestic; High Court for international commercial. Not a court inferior to the principal civil court, and not a Court of Small Causes.
  • 2(1)(f): international commercial arbitration turns on a party being a foreign national or habitual resident, a body corporate incorporated abroad, an association whose central management and control is abroad, or a foreign Government.
  • 2(2): Part I applies where the place of arbitration is in India. Bhatia International read it as non-exclusive; BALCO overruled that prospectively; the 2015 proviso applies ss.9, 27, 37(1)(a) and 37(3) to a foreign-seated international commercial arbitration unless otherwise agreed.
  • 2(3) preserves other laws making disputes non-arbitrable; 2(4) applies Part I to statutory arbitrations; 2(6) lets the parties delegate any issue except under section 28; 2(7) an award under Part I is a domestic award; 2(9) claim includes counterclaim.

Test yourself

1. Two Indian companies arbitrate in Mumbai. Which court hears a section 34 application? The principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction in the district, or the High Court in exercise of its ordinary original civil jurisdiction where it has one, under section 2(1)(e)(i). Not a court inferior to the principal civil court and not a Court of Small Causes.

2. An Indian company and a German company arbitrate in Delhi. Is the award domestic or foreign? Domestic. Section 2(7) provides that an award made under Part I is a domestic award, and Part I applies because the place of arbitration is in India. It is nonetheless an international commercial arbitration under section 2(1)(f), so the court is a High Court and patent illegality is not available against the award.

3. What did the 2015 proviso to section 2(2) do? It applied sections 9, 27, 37(1)(a) and 37(3) to international commercial arbitration even where the place of arbitration is outside India, subject to an agreement to the contrary, so that interim measures and court assistance in taking evidence remain available in India while the setting-aside power does not.

4. A company incorporated in India whose entire shareholding is held from Dubai is a party. Is the arbitration an international commercial arbitration on that ground? Not under section 2(1)(f)(ii), which turns on the place of incorporation, and the company is incorporated in India. Foreign ownership alone does not answer the definition.

munotes.in108

Definitions, and How Far Part I Reaches

5. What does section 2(6) permit, and what does it except? Where Part I leaves the parties free to determine an issue, they may authorise any person, including an institution, to determine it. Section 28 is excepted, so the rules applicable to the substance of the dispute cannot be delegated in that way.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in109

Chapter Twenty-One

Written Communications, Waiver of the Right to Object, and the Limit on Judicial Intervention

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

Four short sections that decide when a notice counts as received, when a party has lost the right to complain about a breach of procedure, and when a court may step into an arbitration at all.

In exam wording: sections 3 to 6 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 are the general provisions of Part I, governing the receipt of written communications, waiver of the right to object, the extent of judicial intervention, and administrative assistance.

Why four sections nobody sets an essay on still matter

Because two of them win cases.

Section 4 is how a party who sat silent through an irregularity is stopped from raising it after losing.

Section 5 is the sentence a court is shown whenever somebody tries to bring an arbitration into court by a route the Act does not provide.

Section 3: when a communication is received

Section 3(1), unless otherwise agreed by the parties:

  • (a) any written communication is deemed to have been received if it is delivered to the addressee personally, or at his place of business, habitual residence or mailing address; and
  • (b) if none of those places can be found after making a reasonable inquiry, a written communication is deemed received if it is sent to the addressee's last known place of business, habitual residence or mailing address by registered letter or by any other means which provides a record of the attempt to deliver it.

Section 3(2): the communication is deemed to have been received on the day it is so delivered.

Section 3(3): the section does not apply to written communications in respect of proceedings of any judicial authority. So service of court process is governed by the Code of Civil Procedure, not by this section.

The point of clause (b) is that a respondent cannot defeat an arbitration by disappearing. Once a reasonable inquiry has been made, sending to the last known address by a means that records the attempt is enough, and the communication counts as received even though nobody read it. Note the two conditions: reasonable inquiry first, and a means that provides a record.

Everything in section 3 opens with "unless otherwise agreed by the parties", so an arbitration agreement or a set of institutional rules may provide differently, including for service by electronic means.

Section 4: waiver of the right to object

A party who knows that:

  • (a) any provision of Part I from which the parties may derogate, or
  • (b) any requirement under the arbitration agreement,

has not been complied with, and yet proceeds with the arbitration without stating his objection to that non-compliance without undue delay, or within any time limit provided for the objection, shall be deemed to have waived his right to so object.

munotes.in110

Written Communications, Waiver of the Right to Object, and the Limit on Judicial Intervention

Take the elements one at a time, because each is a condition and the section fails without all of them.

"Knows." Actual knowledge. A party who could not have known has not waived.

"From which the parties may derogate." A derogable provision is one the parties are free to contract out of. Much of Part I is default machinery of that kind. The converse is the important half: a mandatory provision cannot be waived under section 4. A party cannot lose, by silence, the right to complain that the tribunal was never properly constituted in a way the Act forbids, or that he was denied the opportunity to present his case under section 18.

"Proceeds with the arbitration." Continuing to take part is the conduct that waives.

"Without undue delay." Not immediately, but promptly. Where the agreement or the rules fix a period, that period governs.

Section 4 works together with section 16(2), which requires a plea that the tribunal lacks jurisdiction to be raised not later than the submission of the statement of defence, and with section 12(5), where the ineligibility of an arbitrator can be waived only by an express agreement in writing after the dispute has arisen. Where the Act prescribes its own timing or its own form of waiver, that provision governs and section 4 does not soften it.

Section 5: the extent of judicial intervention

"Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, in matters governed by this Part, no judicial authority shall intervene except where so provided in this Part."

This is the most quoted sentence in the Act and it deserves to be. Read it in three parts.

"Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law." A non obstante clause: where another statute would give a court a power over these matters, this section displaces it.

"In matters governed by this Part." The limit is real. Section 5 does not oust the courts from everything; it applies to matters Part I governs.

"No judicial authority shall intervene except where so provided in this Part." The Act is a complete code for court involvement in arbitration. A court has the powers Part I gives it and no others.

The correct way to use section 5 in an answer is not to say that courts have no role. They have a substantial one, and the Act is careful about it: referring the parties under section 8, interim measures under section 9, appointment under section 11, terminating a mandate under section 14, assistance in taking evidence under section 27, setting aside under section 34, enforcement under section 36 and appeals under section 37. What section 5 does is make that list exhaustive.

munotes.in111

Written Communications, Waiver of the Right to Object, and the Limit on Judicial Intervention

One qualification a good answer makes. Section 5 is a provision of a statute and cannot cut down the constitutional jurisdiction of the High Courts under articles 226 and 227 or of the Supreme Court under article 136. What the courts have done instead is hold that those powers should be exercised only in exceptional cases in arbitration matters, precisely because of the policy in section 5. The judgment usually cited for that restraint is in the queue and is not stated here as a holding.

Section 6: administrative assistance

In order to facilitate the conduct of the arbitral proceedings, the parties, or the arbitral tribunal with the consent of the parties, may arrange for administrative assistance by a suitable institution or person.

Short, permissive and easy to overlook, and it does one useful thing: it lets an ad hoc arbitration borrow an institution's machinery, a registry, a hearing room, a secretary, without becoming an institutional arbitration. Note who may arrange it: the parties may do so themselves, and the tribunal may do so only with the parties' consent.

A worked example

Rakesh and a construction company have a contract with an arbitration clause requiring that any arbitrator be a chartered engineer. A dispute arises. The company appoints an arbitrator who is a retired banker. Rakesh receives the notice at his shop, attends four hearings, files a statement of claim and cross-examines a witness. After the award goes against him, he applies under section 34 saying the arbitrator was not a chartered engineer.

Was the notice received? Yes. Section 3(1)(a) deems a written communication received if delivered to the addressee personally or at his place of business, and it was received on the day of delivery under section 3(2).

Is the qualification point still open to him? Almost certainly not. The requirement is one under the arbitration agreement, so it falls squarely within section 4(b). He knew of the breach, he proceeded with the arbitration through four hearings and a statement of claim, and he did not object without undue delay. He is deemed to have waived the right to object.

Would it be different if his complaint were that he was never given a chance to lead evidence? Yes, and this is the distinction the section turns on. Section 18's guarantee that each party shall be given a full opportunity to present his case is not a provision the parties may derogate from, so section 4 does not apply to it, and the complaint survives to be argued under section 34.

munotes.in112

Written Communications, Waiver of the Right to Object, and the Limit on Judicial Intervention

Could he have gone to the civil court mid-arbitration for an injunction restraining the arbitrator? Section 5 is the answer: no judicial authority shall intervene in matters governed by Part I except where the Part provides. The Act gives him section 12 and 13 to challenge the arbitrator, and section 34 afterwards. It does not give him a civil suit.

What beginners get wrong

Section 4 does not waive everything. It reaches derogable provisions and requirements of the agreement, not mandatory ones.

Section 5 does not abolish the courts' role. It makes the Act's own list of court powers exhaustive.

Section 3 is not a rule about serving court papers. Sub-section (3) takes judicial proceedings out of it.

Section 6 does not let a tribunal appoint an administrator on its own. The parties' consent is required.

Quick revision

  • Section 3: a written communication is deemed received if delivered personally or at the place of business, habitual residence or mailing address; failing those, after reasonable inquiry, at the last known address by registered letter or a means giving a record of the attempt. Received on the day delivered. Does not apply to judicial proceedings. Subject to contrary agreement.
  • Section 4: knowing of non-compliance with a derogable provision or a requirement of the agreement, and proceeding without objecting without undue delay or within the time fixed, waives the objection.
  • Section 5: notwithstanding any other law, in matters governed by Part I no judicial authority shall intervene except where so provided. The Act is a complete code for court involvement.
  • Section 6: the parties, or the tribunal with the parties' consent, may arrange administrative assistance by a suitable institution or person.

Test yourself

1. A respondent has vanished. Can the arbitration proceed? Yes, if section 3(1)(b) is satisfied: after a reasonable inquiry fails to find his place of business, habitual residence or mailing address, a communication sent to his last known such address by registered letter, or by another means providing a record of the attempt to deliver, is deemed received.

2. What exactly does section 4 waive, and what does it not? It waives an objection to non-compliance with a provision of Part I from which the parties may derogate, or with a requirement under the arbitration agreement, where the party knew and proceeded without objecting without undue delay. It does not waive non-compliance with a mandatory provision, and where the Act fixes its own timing or form of waiver, as sections 16(2) and 12(5) do, those govern.

3. State section 5 and explain its limit. Notwithstanding anything in any other law, in matters governed by Part I no judicial authority shall intervene except where so provided in the Part. Its limit is in its own words: it applies to matters governed by Part I, and it is a statutory provision, so it cannot by itself cut down the constitutional jurisdiction of the High Courts or the Supreme Court, although courts exercise those powers sparingly in arbitration matters because of it.

munotes.in113

Written Communications, Waiver of the Right to Object, and the Limit on Judicial Intervention

4. May an arbitral tribunal engage an institution to administer the reference? Only with the parties' consent. Section 6 permits the parties to arrange administrative assistance, or the tribunal to do so with the consent of the parties.

5. Does section 3 govern the service of a section 34 petition? No. Section 3(3) provides that the section does not apply to written communications in respect of proceedings of any judicial authority, so service in court is governed by the ordinary procedural law.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in114

Chapter Twenty-Two

The Arbitration Agreement: What Makes One, and What Breaks One

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

An arbitration agreement is a written agreement between parties to send their disputes to arbitration, and without one there can be no arbitration at all.

In exam wording: section 7 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 defines an arbitration agreement as an agreement by the parties to submit to arbitration all or certain disputes which have arisen or which may arise between them in respect of a defined legal relationship, whether contractual or not.

Why everything rests on this section

Arbitration is consensual. A judge's authority comes from the State; an arbitrator's comes from the parties' agreement and from nowhere else. So section 7 is the foundation of Part I: no agreement, no tribunal, no award, nothing to enforce.

It is also the section that is litigated first, because a party who does not want to arbitrate attacks the agreement before anything else.

Section 7(1): the definition, taken apart

An arbitration agreement means an agreement by the parties to submit to arbitration all or certain disputes which have arisen or which may arise between them in respect of a defined legal relationship, whether contractual or not.

"All or certain disputes." The parties may send everything to arbitration or only some categories. A clause covering "any dispute regarding payment" does not cover a dispute about the quality of goods.

"Which have arisen or which may arise." Both are covered. An agreement made before any dispute, which is the ordinary arbitration clause, and an agreement made after a dispute has already arisen, sometimes called a submission agreement.

"In respect of a defined legal relationship." There must be an identified relationship. Two people cannot agree that any dispute they ever have about anything goes to arbitration.

"Whether contractual or not." The relationship need not be a contract. A relationship arising from a trust deed, or from a statutory arrangement, can be the defined legal relationship.

Section 7(2): a clause or a separate agreement

An arbitration agreement may be in the form of an arbitration clause in a contract or in the form of a separate agreement.

Both forms are equally valid. The everyday form is the clause; a separate agreement is common where the dispute has already arisen.

Section 7(3) and (4): it must be in writing, and what counts as writing

Section 7(3): an arbitration agreement shall be in writing. This is mandatory. An oral agreement to arbitrate is not an arbitration agreement under this Act.

Section 7(4) then defines writing generously. An agreement is in writing if it is contained in:

  • (a) a document signed by the parties;
  • (b) an exchange of letters, telex, telegrams or other means of telecommunication, including communication through electronic means, which provide a record of the agreement; or
  • (c) an exchange of statements of claim and defence in which the existence of the agreement is alleged by one party and not denied by the other.
munotes.in115

The Arbitration Agreement: What Makes One, and What Breaks One

Three points that carry marks.

Signature is required only in clause (a). Under clause (b) there is no signature at all; what is needed is a record of the agreement in an exchange.

"Including communication through electronic means" was inserted by the 2015 amendment. Before it, an arbitration agreement concluded by an exchange of emails rested on reading "other means of telecommunication" widely. Now it is in the section.

Clause (c) is a striking provision, and students often misread it. If one party pleads in its statement of claim that there is an arbitration agreement and the other does not deny it in the statement of defence, the pleadings themselves constitute the written agreement. Silence in a pleading creates the agreement.

Section 7(5): incorporation by reference

The reference in a contract to a document containing an arbitration clause constitutes an arbitration agreement if the contract is in writing and the reference is such as to make that arbitration clause part of the contract.

This is how a short purchase order picks up a long set of standard terms. Two conditions:

  • the contract must be in writing; and
  • the reference must be such as to make that arbitration clause part of the contract.

The second condition is the whole of the litigation on this sub-section. A general reference to another document is usually not enough by itself to import an arbitration clause; the reference must show that the clause was intended to become part of this contract. A specific reference to the arbitration clause, or a reference to the whole of a standard form on which the parties habitually deal, is a different matter.

The stamping question, and the seven-judge answer

This is the part of section 7 that changed most recently, and a student writing from a 2022 set of notes will state the law as it no longer is.

The problem. Under the Indian Stamp Act 1899 an instrument that is unstamped or insufficiently stamped is inadmissible in evidence under section 35 of that Act. Contracts containing arbitration clauses are often unstamped. So the question arose: if the contract cannot be looked at, can the arbitration clause inside it be acted on, and who decides, the court at the section 8 or section 11 stage, or the tribunal?

The answer, and it took three attempts. The Supreme Court held one way in SMS Tea Estates, another in Garware Wall Ropes, and a five-judge bench held in N.N. Global (the second decision of that name) that an unstamped agreement could not be acted upon. That produced a reference to a larger bench.

munotes.in116

The Arbitration Agreement: What Makes One, and What Breaks One

In Re: Interplay Between Arbitration Agreements under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 and the Indian Stamp Act 1899, decided 13 December 2023 by a bench of seven judges (Chandrachud CJI, Kaul, Gavai, Surya Kant, Pardiwala and Misra JJ among them), settled it. The Court's own summary of its conclusions is worth learning in its own words:

  • Agreements which are not stamped or are inadequately stamped are inadmissible in evidence under section 35 of the Stamp Act. Such agreements are not rendered void or void ab initio or unenforceable.
  • Non-stamping or inadequate stamping is a curable defect.
  • An objection as to stamping does not fall for determination under sections 8 or 11 of the Arbitration Act. The concerned court must examine whether the arbitration agreement prima facie exists.
  • Any objections in relation to the stamping of the agreement fall within the ambit of the arbitral tribunal.
  • N.N. Global (2) and SMS Tea Estates are overruled; paragraphs 22 and 29 of Garware Wall Ropes are overruled to that extent.

The distinction to carry away is between inadmissible and void. An unstamped agreement is not a nullity. It cannot be received in evidence until the stamp duty and penalty are paid, and that can be cured. So the arbitration goes ahead and the tribunal deals with the stamping.

Who can be bound: parties, and non-signatories

Section 2(1)(h) defines a party as a party to an arbitration agreement, which suggests only signatories are bound. Commercial reality is less tidy: a group of companies may perform one transaction through several entities, only one of which signed.

The Supreme Court considered this in Cox and Kings Ltd v. SAP India Pvt Ltd, where a Constitution Bench delivered judgment on 6 December 2023 on the so-called group of companies doctrine and the position of non-signatories under the Act.

That judgment is in the queue in authorities/cases.json and has not been read for facts and holding, so this book does not state what it decided. Know that the question exists, know where it was decided, and read the judgment before asserting its ratio.

A worked example

Kavita's firm sends a purchase order to a supplier. The order is a one page document signed by both. It says "subject to our standard terms of supply, clause 14 of which governs disputes". Clause 14 of those standard terms is an arbitration clause. The standard terms are not attached and nobody stamped anything.

Is there an arbitration agreement? Work through section 7.

Sub-section (3) and (4)(a): the purchase order is a document signed by the parties, so the writing requirement is satisfied.

munotes.in117

The Arbitration Agreement: What Makes One, and What Breaks One

Sub-section (5): the arbitration clause is not in the signed document but in another document referred to. The contract is in writing, and the reference is not a vague one: it names clause 14 as the clause that governs disputes. That is a reference such as to make the arbitration clause part of the contract.

Sub-section (1): is there a defined legal relationship? Yes, the supply contract. Do the disputes fall inside the clause? That depends on its words.

And the stamping? On Interplay, an unstamped instrument is inadmissible in evidence but not void, the defect is curable, the objection does not fall for determination at the section 8 or 11 stage, and it is for the arbitral tribunal to deal with. The court at the reference stage asks only whether an arbitration agreement prima facie exists.

Now change the facts. Suppose there was no purchase order at all, only a series of emails in which Kavita wrote "as usual, disputes to arbitration in Mumbai" and the supplier replied "agreed, please ship". Section 7(4)(b) covers it: an exchange of communications through electronic means providing a record of the agreement. No signature is needed.

And if there were nothing in writing at all, only a conversation? Then there is no arbitration agreement. Section 7(3) is mandatory.

What beginners get wrong

An arbitration agreement need not be signed. Only clause (a) of section 7(4) requires signature; clauses (b) and (c) do not.

It need not be contained in a contract. Section 7(1) says the defined legal relationship may be contractual "or not", and section 7(2) allows a separate agreement.

An unstamped agreement is not void. After Interplay it is inadmissible until cured, the tribunal deals with the objection, and the court at the reference stage looks only for prima facie existence.

A general reference to another document does not automatically import its arbitration clause. Section 7(5) requires a reference such as to make that clause part of the contract.

Not denying an alleged arbitration agreement in a statement of defence can create one, under section 7(4)(c).

Quick revision

  • 7(1): an agreement to submit all or certain disputes, arisen or which may arise, in respect of a defined legal relationship, whether contractual or not.
  • 7(2): may be an arbitration clause in a contract or a separate agreement.
  • 7(3): must be in writing.
  • 7(4): writing means (a) a document signed by the parties; (b) an exchange of letters, telex, telegrams or other telecommunication including electronic means providing a record; (c) an exchange of statements of claim and defence where existence is alleged and not denied.
  • 7(5): incorporation by reference works if the contract is in writing and the reference is such as to make the arbitration clause part of the contract.
  • Interplay (13 December 2023, seven judges): unstamped agreements are inadmissible, not void; the defect is curable; stamping is not for determination under sections 8 or 11, where the court looks for prima facie existence; stamping is for the tribunal; N.N. Global (2) and SMS Tea Estates overruled.
  • Cox and Kings (6 December 2023, Constitution Bench) considered non-signatories and the group of companies doctrine. Read it before stating its ratio.
munotes.in118

The Arbitration Agreement: What Makes One, and What Breaks One

Test yourself

1. Must an arbitration agreement be signed? No. Section 7(3) requires writing, and section 7(4) offers three ways of satisfying it. Only clause (a) speaks of a signed document. An exchange of communications providing a record under clause (b), or an allegation not denied in pleadings under clause (c), also suffices.

2. A one page order refers generally to "our standard terms". Those terms contain an arbitration clause. Is there an arbitration agreement? Section 7(5) requires the contract to be in writing and the reference to be such as to make that arbitration clause part of the contract. A bare general reference will often not satisfy the second condition; a reference identifying the arbitration clause, or to a standard form the parties habitually use, is far stronger.

3. What is the position of an unstamped contract containing an arbitration clause? On In Re: Interplay, it is inadmissible in evidence under section 35 of the Stamp Act but not void, void ab initio or unenforceable; non-stamping is a curable defect; the objection does not fall for determination under section 8 or 11, where the court examines only whether an arbitration agreement prima facie exists; and the objection is for the arbitral tribunal.

4. Can there be an arbitration agreement about a relationship that is not a contract? Yes. Section 7(1) requires a defined legal relationship "whether contractual or not".

5. A claimant pleads an arbitration agreement in its statement of claim and the respondent's defence says nothing about it. What follows? Under section 7(4)(c), an exchange of statements of claim and defence in which the existence of the agreement is alleged by one party and not denied by the other is itself an arbitration agreement in writing.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in119

Chapter Twenty-Three

Section 8: When a Court Must Send the Parties to Arbitration

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

If a party sues in court on a matter covered by an arbitration agreement, the other side can ask the court to send them to arbitration instead, and the court must do it unless there is prima facie no valid agreement.

In exam wording: section 8 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 requires a judicial authority before which an action is brought in a matter which is the subject of an arbitration agreement to refer the parties to arbitration, on the application of a party or a person claiming through or under him made not later than the date of submitting his first statement on the substance of the dispute, unless it finds that prima facie no valid arbitration agreement exists.

Why the section exists

Section 7 makes the agreement. Section 8 enforces it against the party who ignores it.

Without section 8, an arbitration agreement would be worth very little: a party could simply file a suit, and the other side's only remedy would be to sue for breach of the agreement to arbitrate. Section 8 gives a direct answer instead. The court stops and sends them where they agreed to go.

Section 8(1), clause by clause

"A judicial authority", not "a court". The expression is wider, and it is used on purpose: a tribunal or forum that is not a civil court can still be required to refer.

"Before which an action is brought in a matter which is the subject of an arbitration agreement." Two conditions: an action must have been brought, and the matter must fall within the agreement.

"Shall ... refer the parties to arbitration." Mandatory in form. It is not a discretion to be exercised on the balance of convenience.

"If a party to the arbitration agreement or any person claiming through or under him, so applies."

Two things here were changed by the 2015 amendment. The words "or any person claiming through or under him" were added, which widens who may apply beyond the signatories themselves. And a court cannot act on its own: somebody must apply. A judge who notices an arbitration clause and refers without an application has acted outside the section.

"Not later than the date of submitting his first statement on the substance of the dispute." This is the deadline and it is strict. Once a defendant has filed a written statement dealing with the merits, the right to be referred is gone. The phrase does not mean "the first document filed": an application for time, or an appearance, is not a statement on the substance.

"Notwithstanding any judgment, decree or order of the Supreme Court or any Court." Also inserted in 2015, and remarkable drafting: Parliament used a non obstante clause aimed squarely at judicial decisions, to displace the case law that had grown up on the earlier text.

munotes.in120

Section 8: When a Court Must Send the Parties to Arbitration

"Refer the parties to arbitration unless it finds that prima facie no valid arbitration agreement exists."

This is the heart of the modern section and the words to quote. The court does not decide whether there is a valid arbitration agreement. It refers unless it finds that prima facie none exists. The enquiry is deliberately shallow, and the default is referral: if the court is unsure, it refers, and the tribunal decides under section 16.

Section 8(2): the document requirement

The application shall not be entertained unless it is accompanied by the original arbitration agreement or a duly certified copy.

A proviso added in 2015 solves the obvious problem: where the original or a certified copy is retained by the other party, the applicant may file the application with a copy of the agreement together with a petition praying the court to call upon the other party to produce the original or a certified copy. Without that proviso, a party could defeat a reference simply by keeping the only signed original.

Section 8(3): the arbitration need not wait

Notwithstanding that an application has been made under sub-section (1) and that the issue is pending before the judicial authority, an arbitration may be commenced or continued and an arbitral award made.

This stops the section 8 application itself becoming the delay. The arbitration can run in parallel, and an award can be made, while the court decides whether to refer.

How much may the court examine? Vidya Drolia

The recurring question is what "prima facie no valid arbitration agreement exists" lets a court look at, and how it interacts with non-arbitrability.

The leading authority is Vidya Drolia v. Durga Trading Corporation, decided 14 December 2020, which lays down when a court at the reference stage may refuse to refer, and sets out a fourfold test for when a subject matter is not arbitrable.

That judgment is in the queue in authorities/cases.json and has not been read for facts and holding, so this book does not state its reasoning or quote it. Chapter 250 sets out the arbitrability question on the statute and on Booz Allen; read Vidya Drolia before attributing propositions to it.

What can be said on the text alone is the direction of travel. The pre-2015 section required the court to be satisfied of a valid agreement; the present section requires it to refer unless prima facie none exists. Parliament moved the enquiry from the court to the tribunal, and section 16 is where the tribunal takes it up.

munotes.in121

Section 8: When a Court Must Send the Parties to Arbitration

Section 8 and section 45 side by side

Part II has its own version of this section for foreign-seated arbitrations, and the difference is a fair examination question. Chapter 510 works through section 45.

Section 8, Part ISection 45, Part II
Applies toAn arbitration governed by Part IAn agreement to which the New York Convention applies
Who may applyA party, or a person claiming through or under himA party, or a person claiming through or under him
TestRefer unless prima facie no valid arbitration agreement existsRefer unless the agreement is null and void, inoperative or incapable of being performed
DeadlineNot later than the first statement on the substanceOn the request of a party

A worked example

Farida's company has a distribution agreement with an arbitration clause. She sues the distributor in the City Civil Court for unpaid invoices. The distributor's advocate appears, takes two adjournments to file a written statement, and then files an application under section 8 with a photocopy of the agreement, the signed original being with Farida.

Is the application in time? Yes. The deadline is the date of submitting the first statement on the substance of the dispute. Appearing and taking adjournments is not such a statement; the written statement has not been filed.

Is a photocopy enough? Under section 8(2) the application must be accompanied by the original or a duly certified copy. But the proviso covers exactly this case: the original is retained by the other party, so the distributor may file the copy together with a petition asking the court to call upon Farida to produce the original.

What must the court decide? Not whether the agreement is valid. It refers the parties unless it finds that prima facie no valid arbitration agreement exists. If Farida says the agreement was never signed by an authorised person, that is an issue for the tribunal under section 16 unless the absence of an agreement is apparent on a prima facie view.

Can the arbitration start meanwhile? Yes. Section 8(3) allows an arbitration to be commenced or continued and an award made even while the section 8 application is pending.

Change one fact. Suppose the distributor had filed a full written statement on the merits three months ago and only now applied under section 8. The application fails: the right is lost once the first statement on the substance has been submitted. He may also be met by section 4, having proceeded without objection.

What beginners get wrong

A court cannot refer on its own motion. Section 8 requires an application by a party or a person claiming through or under him.

The court does not decide validity. It refers unless prima facie no valid agreement exists; validity goes to the tribunal under section 16.

munotes.in122

Section 8: When a Court Must Send the Parties to Arbitration

The deadline is the first statement on the substance, not the first appearance.

Section 8(3) means the arbitration is not stayed by a pending section 8 application.

"Judicial authority" is wider than "court", so the section can bite on forums that are not civil courts.

Quick revision

  • Section 8(1): a judicial authority before which an action is brought in a matter that is the subject of an arbitration agreement shall refer the parties to arbitration on the application of a party or a person claiming through or under him, made not later than the date of submitting his first statement on the substance of the dispute, notwithstanding any judgment, decree or order of the Supreme Court or any Court, unless it finds that prima facie no valid arbitration agreement exists.
  • Section 8(2): the application must be accompanied by the original agreement or a duly certified copy; by the 2015 proviso, where the other party retains it, a copy plus a petition to call for production suffices.
  • Section 8(3): an arbitration may be commenced or continued and an award made while the application is pending.
  • The 2015 amendment added "claiming through or under him", the non obstante clause, the prima facie test and the proviso to sub-section (2).
  • Vidya Drolia (14 December 2020) governs the scope of the reference-stage enquiry and non-arbitrability. It is in the queue and unread; do not attribute reasoning to it.

Test yourself

1. What exactly must a court find before refusing to refer under section 8? That prima facie no valid arbitration agreement exists. It does not decide validity; if it cannot say that on a prima facie view, it must refer, and the tribunal takes the question under section 16.

2. By when must the application be made? Not later than the date of submitting the applicant's first statement on the substance of the dispute. An appearance, or an application for time, is not such a statement.

3. The signed original agreement is with the plaintiff. Can the defendant still apply? Yes. The proviso to section 8(2), inserted in 2015, lets him file the application with a copy of the agreement together with a petition praying the court to call upon the other party to produce the original or a duly certified copy.

4. Does a pending section 8 application stop the arbitration? No. Section 8(3) expressly allows an arbitration to be commenced or continued, and an award to be made, notwithstanding that the application is pending before the judicial authority.

5. What is the difference between the tests in section 8 and section 45? Section 8 requires referral unless the court finds prima facie no valid arbitration agreement exists. Section 45, for a New York Convention agreement, requires referral unless the agreement is null and void, inoperative or incapable of being performed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in123

Chapter Twenty-Four

Arbitrability: What Cannot Be Sent to Arbitration at All

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

Some disputes cannot be arbitrated no matter what the parties agreed, because the law reserves them to the courts.

In exam wording: arbitrability is the question whether the subject matter of a dispute is capable of settlement by arbitration; section 2(3) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 preserves any other law by virtue of which certain disputes may not be submitted to arbitration, and section 34(2)(b)(i) makes it a ground for setting aside an award that the subject matter of the dispute is not capable of settlement by arbitration under the law for the time being in force.

Why party agreement is not enough

Everywhere else in this Module, the parties' agreement is what creates the arbitrator's power. Arbitrability is the limit on that. However clearly two people agree to arbitrate, some questions are not theirs to hand to a private tribunal.

The reason is that arbitration is private and binds only the parties. That is exactly what makes it attractive for a commercial dispute, and exactly what makes it unsuitable where an outcome must bind the world, or where the State has an interest beyond the two litigants, or where a statute has given a particular forum exclusive jurisdiction to protect a weaker party.

Where the Act deals with it, which is barely

The striking thing is how little the Act says. It nowhere lists non-arbitrable subjects. It deals with the question in three indirect places:

Section 2(3): this Part shall not affect any other law for the time being in force by virtue of which certain disputes may not be submitted to arbitration. So the Act defers to other laws rather than making its own list.

Section 8, as chapter 240 explains, is where the objection is first taken: a court asked to refer will not send the parties to arbitration on a dispute the law does not permit to be arbitrated.

Section 34(2)(b)(i): an award may be set aside if the court finds that the subject matter of the dispute is not capable of settlement by arbitration under the law for the time being in force. Note that this is a ground the court may take on its own, unlike the grounds in section 34(2)(a) which a party must prove. The same appears for foreign awards in section 48(2)(a).

So the content of the doctrine is judge-made, and Booz Allen is where it was assembled.

Booz Allen: the categories, and the reasoning behind them

Booz Allen & Hamilton Inc v. SBI Home Finance Ltd, decided 15 April 2011.

The Court began from the position that where a dispute is inarbitrable, a court where a suit is pending will refuse to refer the parties to arbitration under section 8 even if the parties had agreed upon arbitration as the forum. It then set out what it called the well recognised examples of non-arbitrable disputes:

munotes.in124

Arbitrability: What Cannot Be Sent to Arbitration at All

  • (i) disputes relating to rights and liabilities which give rise to or arise out of criminal offences;
  • (ii) matrimonial disputes relating to divorce, judicial separation, restitution of conjugal rights and child custody;
  • (iii) guardianship matters;
  • (iv) insolvency and winding up matters;
  • (v) testamentary matters, meaning the grant of probate, letters of administration and succession certificates; and
  • (vi) eviction or tenancy matters governed by special statutes where the tenant enjoys statutory protection against eviction and only specified courts have jurisdiction to grant eviction or decide the disputes.

The reasoning underneath the list is what an examiner is really testing, and it is worth learning in the Court's own terms.

A right in rem is a right exercisable against the world at large. A right in personam is an interest protected solely against specific individuals. An action in personam determines the rights and interests of the parties themselves in the subject matter; an action in rem determines title to property and the rights of the parties not merely among themselves but against all persons at any time claiming an interest in that property.

From that the Court drew the general rule: disputes relating to rights in personam are considered amenable to arbitration, and disputes relating to rights in rem are required to be adjudicated by courts and public tribunals, being unsuited for private arbitration.

And then the qualification that students leave out, which is where most of the marks are: this is not a rigid or inflexible rule. Disputes relating to subordinate rights in personam arising from rights in rem have always been considered to be arbitrable.

That last sentence is what makes the doctrine workable. A dispute about who owns a property is in rem and is for a court. A dispute about whether one party performed a contract concerning that property is a subordinate right in personam arising out of it, and can be arbitrated.

The later law: Vidya Drolia

The categories in Booz Allen were examples, not a test, and the Supreme Court returned to the subject in Vidya Drolia v. Durga Trading Corporation, decided 14 December 2020, which is generally cited for a fourfold test of non-arbitrability and for what a court may examine at the reference stage.

That judgment is in the queue in authorities/cases.json and has not been read for facts and holding. This book therefore does not state its test or its treatment of Booz Allen. Do not repeat a summary of it from a coaching note; read the judgment. What you can safely say is that the leading modern authority on arbitrability is Vidya Drolia, and that it revisited the tenancy category that Booz Allen had listed.

munotes.in125

Arbitrability: What Cannot Be Sent to Arbitration at All

A worked example

A partnership deed between three partners contains an arbitration clause. The partnership breaks down and four things are in dispute.

One: whether one partner took Rs. 40 lakhs out of the firm's account in breach of the deed. Arbitrable. This is a right in personam between the partners arising out of their contract.

Two: whether the firm should be wound up as insolvent. Not arbitrable. Insolvency and winding up are in Booz Allen's category (iv), and the reason is structural: winding up affects creditors and the world at large, not only these three.

Three: whether one partner forged a signature, and should be prosecuted. Not arbitrable. Category (i): rights and liabilities arising out of criminal offences. Note the boundary carefully. The prosecution is not arbitrable. A civil claim for the money lost, arising out of the same facts, is a right in personam and may well be.

Four: who owns the shop the firm traded from, the firm or one partner personally. This needs the in rem test. A declaration of title binding the world is in rem and is for a court. But if the real question is whether, as between these partners, one is contractually bound to transfer his interest, that is a subordinate right in personam arising from the right in rem, and Booz Allen says such disputes have always been considered arbitrable.

Where is the objection taken? If a suit is filed and a section 8 application made, the court will refuse to refer an inarbitrable dispute. If it goes to arbitration anyway and an award is made, section 34(2)(b)(i) lets the court set it aside on the ground that the subject matter was not capable of settlement by arbitration, and it may do so of its own motion.

What beginners get wrong

The Act contains no list of non-arbitrable disputes. Section 2(3) defers to other laws; the categories come from the case law.

"In rem is never arbitrable" is too strong. Booz Allen says the rule is not rigid, and subordinate rights in personam arising from rights in rem have always been arbitrable.

Criminal facts do not make a civil claim inarbitrable. What is inarbitrable is the criminal liability, not every claim arising from the same events.

Non-arbitrability is not waived by agreeing to arbitrate. That is the point of it, and section 34(2)(b)(i) lets the court act on its own.

Booz Allen's list is of examples, not a closed code, and Vidya Drolia is the modern authority.

munotes.in126

Arbitrability: What Cannot Be Sent to Arbitration at All

Quick revision

  • Arbitrability asks whether a subject matter is capable of settlement by arbitration.
  • Section 2(3) preserves other laws that forbid submission to arbitration; section 34(2)(b)(i) makes non-arbitrability a ground for setting aside, which the court may take on its own; section 48(2)(a) is its counterpart for foreign awards.
  • Booz Allen (15 April 2011), six examples: criminal; matrimonial (divorce, judicial separation, restitution of conjugal rights, child custody); guardianship; insolvency and winding up; testamentary (probate, letters of administration, succession certificate); and eviction or tenancy under special statutes with protected tenants and designated courts.
  • The reason: rights in rem bind the world and belong to courts; rights in personam bind only the parties and are arbitrable. Not a rigid rule: subordinate rights in personam arising from rights in rem are arbitrable.
  • Vidya Drolia (14 December 2020) is the modern authority. Unread here; do not state its test from memory.

Test yourself

1. Does the Arbitration and Conciliation Act list the disputes that cannot be arbitrated? No. Section 2(3) provides only that Part I shall not affect any other law by virtue of which certain disputes may not be submitted to arbitration. The categories are judge-made.

2. State Booz Allen's six examples of non-arbitrable disputes. Disputes arising out of criminal offences; matrimonial disputes as to divorce, judicial separation, restitution of conjugal rights and child custody; guardianship matters; insolvency and winding up; testamentary matters, that is probate, letters of administration and succession certificates; and eviction or tenancy matters governed by special statutes protecting the tenant where only specified courts have jurisdiction.

3. What is the difference between a right in rem and a right in personam, and why does it matter here? A right in rem is exercisable against the world at large; a right in personam is protected solely against specific persons. Generally, disputes about rights in personam are arbitrable and those about rights in rem are for the courts, because a private award binds only the parties. Booz Allen adds that the rule is not rigid and that subordinate rights in personam arising from rights in rem are arbitrable.

4. An award is made on a dispute that was never arbitrable, and neither party raised the point. Can it stand? No. Section 34(2)(b)(i) allows the court to set aside an award where it finds that the subject matter is not capable of settlement by arbitration under the law for the time being in force, and that ground does not depend on a party proving it.

5. Two partners dispute whether one must transfer his share in a shop to the other under their deed. Arbitrable? Very likely yes. A declaration of title binding the world would be in rem and for a court, but a claim that one partner is contractually bound as against the other is a subordinate right in personam arising from the right in rem, which Booz Allen says has always been considered arbitrable.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in127

Chapter Twenty-Five

Section 9: Interim Measures by the Court, Before, During and After

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

A party can go to court for an urgent protective order connected with an arbitration, even before the arbitration has started and even after the award has been made.

In exam wording: section 9 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 permits a party, before or during arbitral proceedings or at any time after the making of the arbitral award but before it is enforced under section 36, to apply to a court for the appointment of a guardian or for an interim measure of protection in respect of the matters specified in the section.

Why an arbitration needs a court at all

An arbitral tribunal has no coercive power. It cannot attach a bank account, and until it exists it cannot do anything, because there is no tribunal until one is appointed. Both gaps are real:

  • Before the tribunal exists, a respondent who can see the claim coming may sell the goods, empty the account or encash the bank guarantee.
  • After the award, there is a period before enforcement in which assets can disappear.

Section 9 covers both, and section 5's rule that a court may intervene only where the Part provides is precisely why this section had to be written.

Section 9(1): who, when, and for what

Who: a party, defined in section 2(1)(h) as a party to the arbitration agreement.

When: before or during arbitral proceedings, or at any time after the making of the arbitral award but before it is enforced in accordance with section 36. Three windows, and the third is easily forgotten.

For what, and the list is closed except for its last item:

  • (i) the appointment of a guardian for a minor or person of unsound mind for the purposes of arbitral proceedings; or
  • (ii) an interim measure of protection in respect of:
  • (a) the preservation, interim custody or sale of any goods which are the subject matter of the arbitration agreement;
  • (b) securing the amount in dispute in the arbitration;
  • (c) the detention, preservation or inspection of any property or thing which is the subject matter of the dispute or as to which any question may arise, and authorising any person to enter upon land or a building in the possession of a party, or authorising samples to be taken, observations made or experiments tried, necessary or expedient for obtaining full information or evidence;
  • (d) an interim injunction or the appointment of a receiver;
  • (e) such other interim measure of protection as may appear to the Court to be just and convenient.

And the closing words: the Court shall have the same power for making orders as it has for the purpose of, and in relation to, any proceedings before it.

munotes.in128

Section 9: Interim Measures by the Court, Before, During and After

Two observations. Clause (e) is a wide residual power, so the list is not really exhaustive. And the closing words import the court's ordinary powers, which is why the principles a court applies on a section 9 application resemble those it applies to an interim injunction in a suit: a prima facie case, the balance of convenience and irreparable injury.

Clause (b), securing the amount in dispute, is the workhorse of section 9 and is the closest thing in arbitration to attachment before judgment.

Section 9(2) and (3): what the 2015 amendment changed

Both sub-sections were inserted by the 2015 amendment, and each answers an abuse.

Section 9(2): where, before the commencement of the arbitral proceedings, a court passes an order for an interim measure under sub-section (1), the arbitral proceedings shall be commenced within ninety days from the date of that order, or within such further time as the court may determine.

The abuse it stops is obvious once stated. A party could obtain an injunction "in aid of arbitration" and then never start the arbitration, so that a temporary order became a permanent one without anybody ever deciding the merits. Ninety days ends that.

Note what "commenced" means here: section 21 defines the commencement of arbitral proceedings as the date on which a request for the dispute to be referred is received by the respondent, unless otherwise agreed. Chapter 320 works through section 21.

Section 9(3): once the arbitral tribunal has been constituted, the Court shall not entertain an application under sub-section (1), unless the Court finds that circumstances exist which may not render the remedy provided under section 17 efficacious.

This is the sub-section that changed practice. Before it, parties went to court throughout the arbitration. Now, once there is a tribunal, the tribunal is the forum, and a court will take an application only if it finds that the section 17 remedy may not be efficacious. That is a real test, not a formality, and it is what makes section 17 worth having.

The interaction with section 17

Section 9, the courtSection 17, the tribunal
Available whenBefore, during, or after the award until enforcementOnly during the arbitral proceedings
Who decidesThe Court as defined in section 2(1)(e)The arbitral tribunal
Against whomAny party; a court's ordinary powers applyThe parties before the tribunal
After the tribunal is constitutedOnly if section 17 may not be efficacious, section 9(3)The primary forum
EnforcementAs an order of the courtDeemed an order of the court and enforceable as such, section 17(2)
munotes.in129

Section 9: Interim Measures by the Court, Before, During and After

Emergency arbitrators, and where the Supreme Court met them

Institutional rules increasingly allow a party to obtain relief from an emergency arbitrator appointed within days, before the tribunal proper is constituted. The Act does not use the expression, and the question whether such an order is enforceable in India arose in Amazon.com NV Investment Holdings LLC v. Future Retail Ltd, decided 6 August 2021, in which the Supreme Court considered emergency arbitration under institutional rules against sections 17 and 9.

That judgment is in the queue in authorities/cases.json and has not been read for facts and holding, so this book does not state what it decided. Know the question and the case; read it before asserting the ratio.

A worked example

Nachiket's company has an arbitration clause with a supplier. He learns the supplier is about to sell the only two machines that could satisfy his claim, and that its bank balance is being moved out. No arbitrator has been appointed.

Can he apply now? Yes. Section 9(1) allows an application before arbitral proceedings.

Which court? The Court as defined in section 2(1)(e): the principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction in the district, or a High Court with ordinary original civil jurisdiction; a High Court if this were an international commercial arbitration.

What can he ask for? Preservation or interim custody of the machines under clause (ii)(a); an order securing the amount in dispute under clause (ii)(b); an injunction restraining the sale, or a receiver, under clause (ii)(d).

What must he then do? Commence the arbitration within ninety days of the order, or within such further time as the court allows, under section 9(2). If he does not, the foundation of the order goes.

Three months later the tribunal is constituted and he wants a further order. Now section 9(3) applies: the court shall not entertain the application unless it finds that circumstances exist which may not render the section 17 remedy efficacious. The ordinary course is to go to the tribunal.

The award is made in his favour and the supplier starts selling assets before he can execute. Section 9(1) is still available: it runs until the award is enforced in accordance with section 36.

What beginners get wrong

Section 9 is not confined to the period before the arbitration. It runs before, during, and after the award until enforcement.

The ninety day rule applies only to a pre-commencement order. An order made during the arbitration is not subject to section 9(2).

Section 9(3) is not an absolute bar. It is a test: the court may still entertain the application if the section 17 remedy may not be efficacious.

The court is not the same court in every case. It is whichever court answers section 2(1)(e), and for an international commercial arbitration that is a High Court.

munotes.in130

Section 9: Interim Measures by the Court, Before, During and After

A section 9 application does not require the arbitration to have begun, but it does require an arbitration agreement, because only a "party" may apply.

Quick revision

  • Section 9(1): a party may apply before or during arbitral proceedings, or after the award but before enforcement under section 36, for a guardian, or for interim protection as to (a) preservation, interim custody or sale of goods, (b) securing the amount in dispute, (c) detention, preservation or inspection of property, with powers of entry, sampling and experiment, (d) interim injunction or a receiver, (e) any other measure just and convenient. The court has the same powers as in proceedings before it.
  • Section 9(2), inserted 2015: where the order was made before commencement, the arbitration must be commenced within ninety days of the order or such further time as the court determines.
  • Section 9(3), inserted 2015: once the tribunal is constituted, the court shall not entertain a section 9 application unless it finds circumstances that may render the section 17 remedy inefficacious.
  • Amazon v. Future Retail (6 August 2021) concerns emergency arbitrators and sections 9 and 17. Unread here; do not state its ratio.

Test yourself

1. Name the three periods in which a section 9 application may be made. Before the arbitral proceedings, during them, and at any time after the making of the arbitral award but before it is enforced in accordance with section 36.

2. A party obtains an injunction under section 9 and then does nothing. What follows? Section 9(2) requires the arbitral proceedings to be commenced within ninety days from the date of the order, or within such further time as the court may determine. The rule exists to stop a pre-arbitration interim order becoming permanent.

3. The tribunal has been constituted. Can a party still go to court under section 9? Only if the court finds that circumstances exist which may not render the remedy under section 17 efficacious, under section 9(3). Otherwise the tribunal is the forum.

4. Which clause of section 9 is used to stop a respondent dissipating assets? Clause (ii)(b), securing the amount in dispute in the arbitration, often together with an injunction or receiver under clause (ii)(d).

5. Does section 9 give the court a closed list of powers? Not in substance. Clause (ii)(e) allows such other interim measure of protection as may appear to the court to be just and convenient, and the closing words give the court the same power to make orders as it has in proceedings before it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in131

Chapter Twenty-Six

How Many Arbitrators, and How They Are Appointed

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

The parties choose how many arbitrators there are and how they are appointed, and if that breaks down a court appoints one for them.

In exam wording: section 10 leaves the number of arbitrators to the parties provided it is not an even number, and section 11 provides the appointment procedure, including the power of the Supreme Court or the High Court, or a person or institution designated by such Court, to make the appointment where the agreed procedure fails.

Section 10: the number, and the odd-number rule

Section 10(1): the parties are free to determine the number of arbitrators, provided that such number shall not be an even number.

Section 10(2): failing such determination, the arbitral tribunal shall consist of a sole arbitrator.

Two things. The reason for the odd-number rule is practical: an even-numbered tribunal can deadlock, and section 29 decides by majority. And the default is one, not three, which surprises students: silence in the clause means a sole arbitrator.

A clause providing for two arbitrators is not automatically void. Indian courts have generally read such a clause as workable by treating the two as required to appoint a third, rather than striking the arbitration agreement down. Be careful how you state this; the safe formulation is that section 10(1) prohibits an even number and that the consequence of a clause providing for two is a question the courts have answered by preserving the arbitration where they can.

Section 11: the appointment machinery

Section 11 is the longest section in Part I and it has been amended twice. Work through it in order.

Section 11(1): a person of any nationality may be an arbitrator, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.

Section 11(2): subject to sub-section (6), the parties are free to agree on a procedure for appointing the arbitrator or arbitrators. Party autonomy comes first.

Section 11(3): failing such agreement, in an arbitration with three arbitrators, each party shall appoint one, and the two so appointed shall appoint the third, who shall act as the presiding arbitrator.

Section 11(4): if that default procedure applies and (a) a party fails to appoint within thirty days from receipt of a request from the other party, or (b) the two appointed arbitrators fail to agree on the third within thirty days from their appointment, the appointment is made on the request of a party by the Supreme Court or the High Court, or any person or institution designated by such Court.

Section 11(5): failing agreement, in an arbitration with a sole arbitrator, if the parties fail to agree within thirty days of a request by one party, the appointment is made in the same way.

munotes.in132

How Many Arbitrators, and How They Are Appointed

Section 11(6): where under an agreed procedure (a) a party fails to act as required, or (b) the parties or the two appointed arbitrators fail to reach an agreement expected of them, or (c) a person or institution fails to perform a function entrusted to it, a party may request the Court or its designate to take the necessary measure, unless the agreement provides other means of securing the appointment.

Note the difference between sub-sections (4) and (5) on one hand and (6) on the other. The thirty day periods belong to the default procedure. Where the parties have agreed their own procedure, sub-section (6) applies and there is no statutory thirty days; what matters is a failure to act as the agreed procedure required.

Section 11(6A) and (6B): confining the court's enquiry

Section 11(6A), inserted in 2015: the Court, while considering an application under sub-sections (4), (5) or (6), shall, notwithstanding any judgment, decree or order of any Court, confine to the examination of the existence of an arbitration agreement.

This is the most important sentence in the section. Before 2015, the practice that had grown up under S.B.P. & Co v. Patel Engineering Ltd treated the appointment stage as judicial and allowed a wide enquiry into preliminary questions. Sub-section (6A) cuts it down to one question: does an arbitration agreement exist? Everything else goes to the tribunal under section 16.

S.B.P. & Co v. Patel Engineering Ltd, decided 26 October 2005, is in the queue in authorities/cases.json and has not been read for facts and holding. Do not state its reasoning; know that the 2015 amendment was directed at the position it produced.

And on stamping, chapter 230 has the current answer: In Re: Interplay holds that an objection as to stamping does not fall for determination under section 8 or section 11, and that the concerned court examines whether the arbitration agreement prima facie exists.

Section 11(6B): designating a person or institution is not to be regarded as a delegation of judicial power by the Supreme Court or the High Court.

Section 11(7) to (14): the rest of the machinery

Section 11(7): a decision on a matter entrusted by sub-sections (4), (5) or (6) is final, and no appeal, including a Letters Patent Appeal, lies against it.

Section 11(8): before appointing, the Court or its designate shall seek a disclosure in writing from the prospective arbitrator under section 12(1), and shall have due regard to (a) any qualifications required by the parties' agreement, and (b) the contents of the disclosure and other considerations likely to secure the appointment of an independent and impartial arbitrator. Chapter 280 works through the disclosure.

munotes.in133

How Many Arbitrators, and How They Are Appointed

Section 11(9): in the appointment of a sole or third arbitrator in an international commercial arbitration, the Supreme Court or its designate may appoint an arbitrator of a nationality other than the nationalities of the parties where the parties are of different nationalities.

Section 11(10): the Court may make a scheme for dealing with these matters.

Section 11(11): where more than one request has been made to different High Courts or their designates, the one to whom the request was first made alone is competent to decide.

Section 11(12): the forum split. In an international commercial arbitration, the references to "the Supreme Court or, as the case may be, the High Court" mean the Supreme Court. In any other arbitration they mean the High Court within whose local limits the principal Civil Court under section 2(1)(e) is situated, or that High Court itself where it is the court under that clause.

Section 11(13): an application is to be disposed of as expeditiously as possible, with an endeavour to dispose of it within sixty days from service of notice on the opposite party.

Section 11(14): for determining the fees of the tribunal and the manner of payment, the High Court may frame rules after taking into consideration the rates specified in the Fourth Schedule. The Explanation is important: sub-section (14) does not apply to international commercial arbitration, nor to other arbitrations where the parties have agreed that fees be determined by the rules of an arbitral institution.

Section 11A: the Central Government may by notification amend the Fourth Schedule; a draft of every such notification must be laid before each House of Parliament for thirty days, and both Houses may disapprove it or agree on modifications.

What the 2019 amendment tried to do

The 2019 amendment rewrote parts of section 11 to route appointments through arbitral institutions graded by the Arbitration Council of India, rather than through the courts, with the Supreme Court and High Courts designating institutions for the purpose.

Read that against chapter 440. Part IA is in force from 12 October 2023, but the Government told the Lok Sabha on 6 February 2026 that the Arbitration Council of India "has not been constituted as yet." A scheme that depends on graded institutions cannot operate until there is a body to grade them, so appointments continue to be made by the courts and their designates as the text set out above provides. State both halves.

A worked example

A contract says: "Disputes shall be referred to arbitration by three arbitrators, one appointed by each party and the third by the two so appointed." A dispute arises between two Indian companies. Sunanda's company appoints its arbitrator and asks the other side to appoint theirs. Forty days pass and nothing happens.

munotes.in134

How Many Arbitrators, and How They Are Appointed

Which sub-section? The parties have agreed a procedure, so this is section 11(6)(a): a party has failed to act as required under the agreed procedure. Note it is not section 11(4), because that applies where there is no agreement and the default in sub-section (3) governs, although the agreed procedure here happens to mirror the default.

Which court? This is not an international commercial arbitration, so under section 11(12)(b) the reference is to the High Court within whose local limits the principal Civil Court under section 2(1)(e) sits.

What will the court examine? Under section 11(6A), it confines itself to the existence of an arbitration agreement, and on Interplay it looks for prima facie existence. Arguments about whether the claim is time-barred, or whether the contract was validly terminated, are for the tribunal under section 16.

What must the court do before appointing? Under section 11(8), seek a written disclosure from the prospective arbitrator under section 12(1), and have regard to any qualifications the parties required and to whatever will secure an independent and impartial appointment.

How soon? Section 11(13): as expeditiously as possible, with an endeavour to dispose of the matter within sixty days of service.

Can the other side appeal? No. Section 11(7) makes the decision final and excludes any appeal including a Letters Patent Appeal.

What beginners get wrong

The default is a sole arbitrator, not three. Section 10(2).

The thirty day periods are in the default procedure, sub-sections (4) and (5), not in sub-section (6).

The court does not examine the merits at the appointment stage. Section 11(6A) confines it to the existence of an arbitration agreement.

The forum depends on the kind of arbitration. Supreme Court for international commercial arbitration; the relevant High Court otherwise, under section 11(12).

The Fourth Schedule fee rules do not apply to international commercial arbitration, nor where the parties have chosen an institution's fee rules.

Quick revision

  • Section 10: the parties fix the number, never an even number; failing agreement, a sole arbitrator.
  • Section 11(2): parties free to agree a procedure. 11(3): default for three arbitrators, one each and the two appoint the presiding arbitrator. 11(4) and (5): thirty days, then the Court or its designate appoints. 11(6): failure under an agreed procedure.
  • 11(6A): the Court confines itself to the existence of an arbitration agreement. 11(6B): designation is not a delegation of judicial power.
  • 11(7): decision final, no appeal including Letters Patent Appeal. 11(8): written disclosure under section 12(1) and regard to qualifications and to independence and impartiality. 11(9): a neutral nationality sole or third arbitrator may be appointed in an international commercial arbitration.
  • 11(12): Supreme Court for international commercial arbitration; the relevant High Court otherwise. 11(13): endeavour to dispose of within sixty days. 11(14): High Court may frame fee rules having regard to the Fourth Schedule, but not for international commercial arbitration or where institutional fee rules are agreed.
  • Section 11A: the Central Government may amend the Fourth Schedule, subject to laying the draft before Parliament.
munotes.in135

How Many Arbitrators, and How They Are Appointed

Test yourself

1. A clause is silent on the number of arbitrators. How many are there? One. Section 10(2) provides that failing determination by the parties the tribunal shall consist of a sole arbitrator.

2. What may a court examine on a section 11 application? Under section 11(6A) it confines itself, notwithstanding any judgment, decree or order of any court, to the examination of the existence of an arbitration agreement. On In Re: Interplay the court looks for prima facie existence, and objections such as stamping are for the tribunal.

3. Which court appoints in an international commercial arbitration seated in India? The Supreme Court, under section 11(12)(a), which construes the references in sub-sections (4) to (8) and (10) as references to the Supreme Court in an international commercial arbitration.

4. What must the court do before it appoints an arbitrator? Under section 11(8), seek a disclosure in writing from the prospective arbitrator in terms of section 12(1), and have due regard to any qualifications required by the parties' agreement and to the contents of the disclosure and other considerations likely to secure an independent and impartial appointment.

5. Is an order appointing an arbitrator under section 11 appealable? No. Section 11(7) makes a decision on a matter entrusted by sub-sections (4), (5) or (6) final, and provides that no appeal, including a Letters Patent Appeal, shall lie against it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in136

Chapter Twenty-Seven

Independence and Impartiality: The Fifth and Seventh Schedules

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

An arbitrator must be independent and impartial, must say in writing anything that might make a party doubt it, and if his relationship with a party falls in a listed category he cannot be an arbitrator at all.

In exam wording: section 12 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 requires a prospective arbitrator to disclose in writing any circumstances likely to give rise to justifiable doubts as to his independence or impartiality, permits a challenge on that ground or for want of agreed qualifications, and, by sub-section (5), renders a person ineligible for appointment where his relationship with the parties, counsel or subject matter falls within the Seventh Schedule.

Why this section was rewritten in 2015

Indian arbitration had a habit that would look extraordinary anywhere else. Government and public sector contracts routinely provided that the arbitrator would be a serving officer of the party itself, often the very department the dispute was with, or that the Managing Director of one party would appoint the arbitrator.

The 2015 amendment attacked this directly. It rewrote section 12(1), inserted section 12(5), and added three Schedules: the Fifth listing grounds that guide justifiable doubts, the Sixth prescribing the form of disclosure, and the Seventh listing relationships that make a person ineligible.

The design is worth stating because it is the answer to a question: why two Schedules? The Fifth Schedule is a warning list; the Seventh Schedule is a bar. A Fifth Schedule circumstance guides whether there are justifiable doubts, and the arbitrator may still act if nobody successfully challenges. A Seventh Schedule relationship makes the person ineligible outright.

Section 12(1): the duty to disclose, before appointment

When a person is approached in connection with his possible appointment, he shall disclose in writing any circumstances:

  • (a) such as the existence, either direct or indirect, of any past or present relationship with or interest in any of the parties or in relation to the subject matter in dispute, whether financial, business, professional or other kind, which is likely to give rise to justifiable doubts as to his independence or impartiality; and
  • (b) which are likely to affect his ability to devote sufficient time to the arbitration, and in particular his ability to complete the entire arbitration within a period of twelve months.

Clause (b) is the one students forget, and it is the link to section 29A. The Act asks a prospective arbitrator not only whether he is independent but whether he is available, measured against the twelve month limit chapter 360 works through.

Explanation 1: the grounds in the Fifth Schedule shall guide in determining whether circumstances exist which give rise to justifiable doubts.

munotes.in137

Independence and Impartiality: The Fifth and Seventh Schedules

Explanation 2: the disclosure shall be made in the form specified in the Sixth Schedule.

Section 12(2): the duty continues

An arbitrator, from the time of his appointment and throughout the arbitral proceedings, shall without delay disclose to the parties in writing any circumstances referred to in sub-section (1), unless they have already been informed by him.

The duty is therefore continuing, not a one-off form at the start. If the arbitrator's firm takes on the party's work in month eight, that must be disclosed then.

Section 12(3): the two grounds of challenge

An arbitrator may be challenged only if:

  • (a) circumstances exist that give rise to justifiable doubts as to his independence or impartiality; or
  • (b) he does not possess the qualifications agreed to by the parties.

"Only" is doing work. These are the two grounds, and a party who dislikes an arbitrator for some other reason has no challenge.

"Justifiable doubts" is an objective standard. The question is not whether a party in fact suspects bias, but whether the circumstances would give rise to doubts a reasonable person could justify.

"Independence" and "impartiality" are not the same. Independence looks at relationships and interests, which are facts. Impartiality looks at the arbitrator's attitude to the parties and the issues, which is a state of mind. The Act requires both.

Section 12(4): challenging your own appointee

A party may challenge an arbitrator appointed by him, or in whose appointment he has participated, only for reasons of which he becomes aware after the appointment has been made.

Fair and obvious: you cannot appoint somebody knowing of a defect and then complain of it when the case turns against you. Compare section 4's general waiver rule in chapter 220.

Section 12(5): ineligibility, and it is different in kind

Notwithstanding any prior agreement to the contrary, any person whose relationship with the parties or counsel or the subject matter of the dispute falls under any of the categories specified in the Seventh Schedule shall be ineligible to be appointed as an arbitrator.

Proviso: the parties may, subsequent to disputes having arisen between them, waive the applicability of the sub-section by an express agreement in writing.

Four things follow, and each of them matters.

"Notwithstanding any prior agreement to the contrary." A clause in the contract naming an employee of one party as arbitrator cannot survive this. That is the point of the words.

"Ineligible to be appointed." Not challengeable, ineligible. The person cannot hold the office at all.

The waiver is narrow. It must be after the dispute has arisen and by express agreement in writing. A clause in the original contract is exactly what the sub-section overrides, so it cannot operate as a waiver.

munotes.in138

Independence and Impartiality: The Fifth and Seventh Schedules

The Seventh Schedule categories cover, among others, relationships in which the arbitrator is an employee, consultant, adviser or has a past or present business relationship with a party; has a controlling influence in an affiliate involved in the dispute; is a manager, director or part of the management of a party; or has a significant financial interest in the outcome. Chapter 450 sets the Schedules out.

TRF: an ineligible person cannot appoint

TRF Ltd v. Energo Engineering Projects Ltd, decided 3 July 2017.

Facts. The contract provided that disputes would be referred to the Managing Director of the respondent, or his nominee. The Managing Director nominated a former Judge of the Supreme Court as sole arbitrator. The appellant applied under section 11 saying the appointment was bad.

Held. The Managing Director, being an employee of a party, was ineligible under section 12(5) read with the Seventh Schedule. The question was whether an ineligible person could nonetheless nominate somebody else. The Court held he could not, in words worth quoting:

once the arbitrator has become ineligible by operation of law, he cannot nominate another as an arbitrator ... It is inconceivable in law that a person who is statutorily ineligible can nominate a person ... once the identity of the Managing Director as the sole arbitrator is lost, the power to nominate someone else as an arbitrator is obliterated.

Why it matters. It is the case that stops the obvious workaround. A party cannot cure the ineligibility of its own officer by having him name a distinguished outsider instead.

Perkins Eastman: and a party cannot appoint at all

Perkins Eastman Architects DPC v. HSCC (India) Ltd, decided 26 November 2019, U.U. Lalit J with Indu Malhotra J.

Facts. The clause did not make an officer of the respondent the arbitrator. It empowered the Chairman and Managing Director of the respondent to appoint a sole arbitrator. The applicants said the appointment was bad and applied under section 11(6).

Held. The Court identified two categories of case. In the first, as in TRF, the Managing Director is himself named as arbitrator with an additional power to appoint another. In the second, he is not to act as arbitrator but is authorised to appoint a person of his choice. The Court reasoned that if in the first category the Managing Director was incompetent, it was because of the interest he would be said to have in the outcome or result of the dispute, so that the element of invalidity is directly relatable to that interest; and if that is the test, a similar invalidity arises in the second category too, because the interest in the outcome is present whichever category the clause falls into.

munotes.in139

Independence and Impartiality: The Fifth and Seventh Schedules

The Court accepted the logical consequence: a party, or an official or authority having an interest in the dispute, is disentitled to make the appointment of an arbitrator on its own. It annulled the appointment and itself appointed a former Judge of the Supreme Court under section 11(6).

Why it matters. TRF closed the workaround; Perkins closed the category TRF did not cover. Together they mean that in ordinary two-party arbitration, a person interested in the outcome cannot unilaterally appoint the arbitrator.

Where the law went next, and what this book will not assert

The next question was inevitable: what about clauses under which one party maintains a panel and the other must choose from it, common in public sector contracts? That question reached a Constitution Bench in Central Organisation for Railway Electrification v. ECI-SPIC-SMO-MCML (JV).

This book does not state what that Constitution Bench decided. Its judgment could not be located in the reports available to this build, so it has not been read, and the house rule is that nothing is stated from memory. The 2019 decision of a two-judge bench in the same litigation is in the queue and is also unread. Know that the panel question was referred to and decided by a larger bench, and read that judgment before writing anything about its outcome.

Distinctions worth keeping straight

Fifth ScheduleSeventh Schedule
EffectGuides whether justifiable doubts exist, Explanation 1 to section 12(1)Makes the person ineligible, section 12(5)
ConsequenceA ground of challenge under section 12(3)(a)No appointment at all
Can it be contracted aroundThe parties may agree to appoint anywayNotwithstanding any prior agreement to the contrary
WaiverThe ordinary rules, including section 4 and section 12(4)Only by express written agreement after the dispute has arisen

A worked example

A State corporation's standard contract says: "Any dispute shall be referred to the Chief Engineer of the corporation, or to a person nominated by him." A contractor invokes arbitration and the Chief Engineer nominates a retired District Judge.

Is the Chief Engineer eligible? No. He is an employee of a party, which falls within the Seventh Schedule, so section 12(5) makes him ineligible notwithstanding the clause.

Can he nominate the retired judge? No, on TRF: once ineligible by operation of law he cannot nominate another; the power to nominate is obliterated with the loss of his own eligibility.

Suppose the clause had said only that the Chief Engineer shall appoint an arbitrator, not that he shall be one. That is Perkins' second category, and the answer is the same: the invalidity arises from his interest in the outcome, which is present either way.

munotes.in140

Independence and Impartiality: The Fifth and Seventh Schedules

What should the contractor do? Apply under section 11(6), and the court, confining itself under section 11(6A) to the existence of an arbitration agreement, will make the appointment, seeking a written disclosure under section 11(8) and having regard to independence and impartiality.

Could the parties agree to keep the Chief Engineer after all? Only under the proviso to section 12(5): an express agreement in writing, made after the dispute has arisen. The clause in the contract cannot do it.

What beginners get wrong

The Fifth and Seventh Schedules do different things. One guides a challenge; the other bars appointment.

Section 12(5) is not a challenge ground; it is ineligibility, and it overrides a prior agreement.

The waiver in the proviso cannot be given in advance. It must follow the dispute and be express and in writing.

Disclosure is continuing, under section 12(2), not a form filled in once.

TRF and Perkins are not the same case. TRF is the named-arbitrator-who-nominates situation; Perkins is the party-official-who-appoints situation.

Do not state the outcome of the panel-clause litigation from memory. Read the Constitution Bench judgment.

Quick revision

  • 12(1): written disclosure of any past or present relationship or interest, direct or indirect, financial, business, professional or other, likely to give rise to justifiable doubts; and of anything likely to affect the ability to devote sufficient time, in particular to finish within twelve months. Fifth Schedule guides; Sixth Schedule is the form.
  • 12(2): the duty is continuing throughout the proceedings.
  • 12(3): challenge only for justifiable doubts as to independence or impartiality, or want of agreed qualifications.
  • 12(4): a party may challenge its own appointee only for reasons learned after the appointment.
  • 12(5): notwithstanding any prior agreement, a Seventh Schedule relationship makes a person ineligible; waiver only by express written agreement after the dispute has arisen.
  • TRF (3 July 2017): an arbitrator ineligible by operation of law cannot nominate another.
  • Perkins Eastman (26 November 2019): the invalidity arises from the interest in the outcome, so a party or interested official is disentitled to appoint on its own.

Test yourself

1. What is the difference between the Fifth and the Seventh Schedule? The Fifth Schedule guides whether circumstances give rise to justifiable doubts as to independence or impartiality, and so supports a challenge under section 12(3)(a). The Seventh Schedule, through section 12(5), makes a person ineligible to be appointed at all, notwithstanding any prior agreement to the contrary.

2. Can parties agree in their contract that the Managing Director of one of them will be the arbitrator? No. Section 12(5) operates notwithstanding any prior agreement to the contrary, and such a person falls within the Seventh Schedule. The only escape is an express agreement in writing made after the dispute has arisen.

munotes.in141

Independence and Impartiality: The Fifth and Seventh Schedules

3. What did TRF Ltd v. Energo Engineering decide? That where an arbitrator has become ineligible by operation of law under section 12(5), he cannot nominate another person as arbitrator: once the identity of the Managing Director as sole arbitrator is lost, the power to nominate someone else is obliterated.

4. A clause lets one party's Chairman appoint the sole arbitrator, but does not make him the arbitrator. Is that valid after Perkins? No. Perkins Eastman held that the element of invalidity arises from the interest the official has in the outcome, which is present whether he is named as arbitrator or merely empowered to appoint, so a party or an interested official is disentitled to make the appointment on its own.

5. What must a prospective arbitrator disclose besides relationships and interests? Under section 12(1)(b), any circumstances likely to affect his ability to devote sufficient time to the arbitration, and in particular his ability to complete the entire arbitration within a period of twelve months.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in142

Chapter Twenty-Eight

Challenging an Arbitrator, and What Happens When One Cannot Act

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

A party who objects to an arbitrator tells the tribunal, and if the tribunal rejects the objection the arbitration carries on to an award, which the objector may then attack in court.

In exam wording: section 13 provides the procedure for challenging an arbitrator, section 14 governs the termination of a mandate for failure or impossibility to act, and section 15 covers the remaining ways a mandate ends and the appointment of a substitute arbitrator.

Section 13: the challenge procedure, and its surprising design

Section 13(1): subject to sub-section (4), the parties are free to agree on a procedure for challenging an arbitrator. Party autonomy first, as everywhere in Part I.

Section 13(2): failing agreement, a party who intends to challenge shall, within fifteen days after becoming aware of the constitution of the tribunal, or after becoming aware of any circumstance referred to in section 12(3), send a written statement of the reasons for the challenge to the arbitral tribunal.

Note who receives it: the tribunal, not a court. And note the trigger: fifteen days from awareness, not from the appointment.

Section 13(3): unless the challenged arbitrator withdraws or the other party agrees to the challenge, the arbitral tribunal shall decide on the challenge.

This is the design that students find strange and it is worth pausing on. The tribunal decides a challenge to its own member, and where there is a sole arbitrator, he decides whether he himself should go. That looks wrong until you see the alternative: letting a party run to court every time it dislikes an arbitrator would hand any respondent a delaying tactic, which is exactly what the 1996 Act was written to end.

Section 13(4): if a challenge under an agreed procedure or under sub-section (2) is not successful, the tribunal shall continue the arbitral proceedings and make an arbitral award.

So an unsuccessful challenge does not stop the arbitration and there is no immediate appeal. The remedy is deferred.

Section 13(5): where an award is made under sub-section (4), the party who challenged may apply for setting aside that award under section 34.

Section 13(6): where an award is set aside on such an application, the Court may decide whether the arbitrator who was challenged is entitled to any fees.

Sub-section (6) is a small provision with sharp teeth. An arbitrator who wrongly refuses to step down risks conducting the whole reference for nothing.

The relationship with section 12(5) must be kept straight. Section 13 is the route for a challenge on the section 12(3) grounds. A person ineligible under section 12(5) is a different case: he cannot hold office at all, and the remedy has been treated as an application to terminate the mandate, or an application under section 11 for a valid appointment, rather than a section 13 challenge that the ineligible arbitrator himself would decide.

munotes.in143

Challenging an Arbitrator, and What Happens When One Cannot Act

Section 14: failure or impossibility to act

Section 14(1): the mandate of an arbitrator shall terminate and he shall be substituted by another arbitrator if:

  • (a) he becomes de jure or de facto unable to perform his functions, or for other reasons fails to act without undue delay; and
  • (b) he withdraws from his office or the parties agree to the termination of his mandate.

De jure inability means inability in law, for instance where the arbitrator has become ineligible. De facto inability means inability in fact, such as serious illness. And "fails to act without undue delay" covers the arbitrator who simply does not get on with it.

Section 14(2): if a controversy remains concerning any of the grounds in clause (a), a party may, unless otherwise agreed, apply to the Court to decide on the termination of the mandate.

This is the important escape valve. Where the arbitrator will not go and the parties do not agree, the court decides, not the tribunal. Contrast section 13(3), where the tribunal decides a challenge. That contrast is a fair examination question.

Section 14(3): if an arbitrator withdraws, or a party agrees to termination of the mandate, under this section or under section 13(3), that does not imply acceptance of the validity of any ground referred to in this section or in section 12(3).

A useful protection. An arbitrator may withdraw to save time without conceding that he was biased, and a party may agree to termination without admitting the ground.

Section 15: the other ways a mandate ends, and the substitute

Section 15(1): in addition to the circumstances in sections 13 and 14, a mandate terminates:

  • (a) where the arbitrator withdraws from office for any reason; or
  • (b) by or pursuant to agreement of the parties.

Section 15(2): where a mandate terminates, a substitute arbitrator shall be appointed according to the rules that were applicable to the appointment of the arbitrator being replaced.

Simple and sensible: the replacement comes in by the same route as the original. If the original was appointed by the court under section 11, the substitute is appointed the same way; if under an institutional rule, by that rule.

Section 15(3): unless otherwise agreed, where an arbitrator is replaced, any hearings previously held may be repeated at the discretion of the arbitral tribunal.

Note the words: may be repeated, at the tribunal's discretion. There is no automatic rehearing, which matters where a replacement happens late in a long reference.

munotes.in144

Challenging an Arbitrator, and What Happens When One Cannot Act

The four routes out, side by side

RouteGroundWho decidesSection
ChallengeJustifiable doubts as to independence or impartiality; want of agreed qualificationsThe tribunal, unless the arbitrator withdraws or the other party agrees13
Failure or impossibilityDe jure or de facto inability; failure to act without undue delayThe arbitrator or the parties; if a controversy remains, the Court14
Withdrawal or agreementAny reason, or the parties' agreementThe arbitrator or the parties15(1)
IneligibilityA Seventh Schedule relationshipOperates by law; the person cannot be appointed at all12(5)

A worked example

Three months into a reference, Priyanka's advocate discovers that the sole arbitrator's firm has been advising the respondent on an unrelated matter throughout. She learns this on 2 March.

What must she do, and by when? If the parties agreed a challenge procedure, that governs. Otherwise section 13(2): within fifteen days of becoming aware of the circumstance, send a written statement of the reasons for the challenge to the arbitral tribunal.

Who decides it? Under section 13(3), unless the arbitrator withdraws or the respondent agrees to the challenge, the arbitrator himself decides, this being a sole arbitrator tribunal.

He rejects the challenge. What now? Section 13(4): he continues and makes an award. There is no appeal at this stage. Under section 13(5), once the award is made, Priyanka may apply to set it aside under section 34.

If the award is set aside on that ground? Under section 13(6), the Court may decide whether the challenged arbitrator is entitled to any fees.

Suppose instead the arbitrator falls seriously ill and holds no hearing for a year. That is section 14(1)(a): de facto inability, or failure to act without undue delay. If he will not withdraw and the parties do not agree, a party may apply to the Court under section 14(2) to decide on termination of the mandate.

And the replacement? Section 15(2): appointed according to the rules that applied to the arbitrator being replaced. Under section 15(3) the new tribunal may, at its discretion, repeat hearings already held.

What beginners get wrong

A challenge goes to the tribunal, not to a court. Section 13(2) and (3).

An unsuccessful challenge does not stop the arbitration, and there is no immediate appeal. Section 13(4) and (5).

Section 14(2) does go to the court, which is the difference between a challenge and a claim of inability to act.

Withdrawal is not an admission. Section 14(3).

Hearings are not automatically repeated after a substitution. Section 15(3) leaves it to the tribunal's discretion.

Ineligibility under section 12(5) is not a section 13 challenge. It is a bar operating by law.

munotes.in145

Challenging an Arbitrator, and What Happens When One Cannot Act

Quick revision

  • 13(1) parties may agree a procedure; 13(2) failing that, a written statement of reasons to the tribunal within fifteen days of awareness; 13(3) the tribunal decides unless the arbitrator withdraws or the other party agrees; 13(4) if unsuccessful the tribunal continues and makes an award; 13(5) the remedy is section 34; 13(6) on setting aside, the Court may decide the arbitrator's fees.
  • 14(1) mandate terminates on de jure or de facto inability or failure to act without undue delay, and withdrawal or agreement; 14(2) where a controversy remains, a party may apply to the Court; 14(3) withdrawal or agreement implies no admission.
  • 15(1) mandate also ends on withdrawal for any reason or by agreement; 15(2) a substitute is appointed by the same rules; 15(3) previous hearings may be repeated at the tribunal's discretion.

Test yourself

1. Who decides a challenge to a sole arbitrator? The arbitrator himself, under section 13(3), unless he withdraws from office or the other party agrees to the challenge. The Act accepts that oddity to prevent challenges being used to delay, and defers the real remedy to section 34.

2. What is the time limit for a challenge, and when does it start? Fifteen days under section 13(2), running from when the party became aware of the constitution of the tribunal, or from when it became aware of a circumstance referred to in section 12(3), whichever applies. An agreed procedure displaces this.

3. A challenge fails. What are the party's options? None immediately. Under section 13(4) the tribunal continues and makes an award, and under section 13(5) the challenging party may then apply to set the award aside under section 34. If it succeeds, section 13(6) lets the Court decide whether the arbitrator is entitled to any fees.

4. An arbitrator has done nothing for a year and will not resign. Which provision helps? Section 14(1)(a), failure to act without undue delay or de facto inability. If a controversy remains, section 14(2) allows a party, unless otherwise agreed, to apply to the Court to decide on the termination of his mandate.

5. Must the new arbitrator rehear everything? No. Under section 15(3), unless otherwise agreed by the parties, hearings previously held may be repeated at the discretion of the arbitral tribunal.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in146

Chapter Twenty-Nine

Section 16: The Tribunal Rules on Its Own Jurisdiction

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

An arbitral tribunal can decide for itself whether it has any power to decide, and an arbitration clause survives even if the contract containing it turns out to be void.

In exam wording: section 16 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 embodies the doctrines of kompetenz-kompetenz and separability, empowering the arbitral tribunal to rule on its own jurisdiction, including on objections to the existence or validity of the arbitration agreement.

Two Latin-adjacent ideas, defined before they are used

Kompetenz-kompetenz, a German expression used untranslated in arbitration law, means competence as to competence: the tribunal's power to decide the extent of its own power. Without it, any respondent could paralyse an arbitration by saying "you have no jurisdiction" and forcing everybody to court before a word of evidence was heard.

Separability, sometimes called severability, means that an arbitration clause inside a contract is treated as an agreement separate from the rest of that contract. Without it, arbitration would collapse in exactly the cases where it is needed: if a party says the contract is void, and the arbitration clause is part of the contract, then the clause would be void too and there would be nobody to decide.

The two are related but distinct. Separability says the clause survives; kompetenz-kompetenz says the tribunal may decide whether it does.

Section 16(1): the power, and the two rules that make it work

The arbitral tribunal may rule on its own jurisdiction, including ruling on any objections with respect to the existence or validity of the arbitration agreement, and for that purpose:

  • (a) an arbitration clause which forms part of a contract shall be treated as an agreement independent of the other terms of the contract; and
  • (b) a decision by the arbitral tribunal that the contract is null and void shall not entail ipso jure the invalidity of the arbitration clause.

"Ipso jure" means by the law itself, automatically. So clause (b) is saying: even where the tribunal holds the main contract void, the arbitration clause does not automatically fall with it.

Notice how wide the power in the opening words is. The tribunal may rule on objections to the existence as well as the validity of the arbitration agreement. That is the counterpart of section 11(6A), which confines the court at the appointment stage to the existence of an agreement, and of In Re: Interplay, which sends the stamping objection to the tribunal.

Section 16(2) and (3): when an objection must be taken

Section 16(2): a plea that the tribunal does not have jurisdiction shall be raised not later than the submission of the statement of defence; however, a party shall not be precluded from raising such a plea merely because he has appointed, or participated in the appointment of, an arbitrator.

munotes.in147

Section 16: The Tribunal Rules on Its Own Jurisdiction

Two halves and both are examinable. The deadline is the statement of defence, which is earlier than most students expect. And the saving is important: taking part in appointing an arbitrator is not a submission to jurisdiction.

Section 16(3): a plea that the tribunal is exceeding the scope of its authority shall be raised as soon as the matter alleged to be beyond the scope is raised during the proceedings.

The distinction between the two pleas is worth stating. Sub-section (2) says the tribunal should never have been hearing this at all. Sub-section (3) says the tribunal has jurisdiction but is straying outside it, which can only be known when the straying happens, so the timing rule is different.

Section 16(4): the tribunal may admit a later plea in either case if it considers the delay justified.

Section 16(5) and (6): what happens next, and the asymmetry

Section 16(5): the tribunal shall decide on a plea under sub-section (2) or (3), and where it rejects the plea, continue with the arbitral proceedings and make an arbitral award.

Section 16(6): a party aggrieved by such an award may apply to set it aside under section 34.

Here is the asymmetry, and it is the single most examinable feature of section 16. Compare what happens depending on which way the tribunal rules:

The tribunalEffectImmediate remedy
Rejects the plea and holds it has jurisdictionThe arbitration continues to an awardNone. Section 16(5). The objector must wait and apply under section 34 after the award, per section 16(6)
Accepts the plea and holds it has no jurisdictionThe arbitration stopsAn appeal lies at once, under section 37(2)(a)

Why the asymmetry? Because the two situations threaten different things. If the tribunal wrongly says it has jurisdiction, the only cost of waiting is that an arbitration proceeds which may later be undone, and letting the objector run to court immediately would reward delay. If the tribunal wrongly says it has no jurisdiction, the arbitration is dead and the parties' agreement is defeated with no award to attack later, so an immediate appeal is the only remedy that works.

Note the consequence for section 13 too. Chapter 290 shows the same structure: an unsuccessful challenge to an arbitrator produces no immediate remedy either, and the award is attacked under section 34. The Act is consistent about not letting preliminary objections stop an arbitration.

A worked example

Ganesh's company is taken to arbitration by a supplier. It wants to say three things: the contract was never validly executed because the signatory had no authority; even if it was, the claim is outside the arbitration clause because the clause covers only "disputes as to quality"; and in any event the supplier is now claiming damages for defamation, which the clause plainly does not cover.

munotes.in148

Section 16: The Tribunal Rules on Its Own Jurisdiction

Where are these raised? All before the tribunal, not in court. Section 16(1) lets the tribunal rule on its own jurisdiction including objections to the existence or validity of the arbitration agreement.

When? The first two are pleas that the tribunal lacks jurisdiction and must be raised not later than the statement of defence, under section 16(2). The third is a plea that the tribunal is exceeding the scope of its authority and must be raised as soon as the defamation claim is raised, under section 16(3).

Does it matter that Ganesh's company appointed its own arbitrator? No. Section 16(2) expressly saves the plea: a party is not precluded merely because it appointed or participated in appointing an arbitrator.

The tribunal rejects all three. Can the company go to court now? No. Under section 16(5) the tribunal continues and makes an award, and under section 16(6) the remedy is an application to set aside under section 34.

Suppose instead the tribunal accepts the first plea and holds there is no arbitration agreement. Now the supplier has an immediate remedy: an appeal under section 37(2)(a), because the tribunal has accepted a plea referred to in section 16(2).

And the argument that the contract is void for want of authority? Even if the tribunal accepted it, section 16(1)(b) means the arbitration clause does not automatically fall with the contract. The clause is treated as an independent agreement under section 16(1)(a).

What beginners get wrong

Separability does not make the arbitration clause invulnerable. It means the clause is treated as a separate agreement, so it survives the contract's invalidity. If the attack goes to the clause itself, for example that it was never agreed at all, that is a different argument, and section 16 lets the tribunal decide it.

The deadline for a jurisdictional plea is the statement of defence, not the first hearing or the end of evidence.

Appointing an arbitrator is not submission to jurisdiction. Section 16(2) says so expressly.

There is no immediate remedy against a rejection, only against acceptance. Getting this the wrong way round is the commonest error on this section.

Section 16 is not a court's power. It is the tribunal's. Section 11(6A) is the parallel limit on the court.

Quick revision

  • 16(1): the tribunal may rule on its own jurisdiction, including on the existence or validity of the arbitration agreement. (a) an arbitration clause in a contract is an agreement independent of the other terms; (b) a decision that the contract is null and void does not ipso jure invalidate the arbitration clause.
  • 16(2): a plea of no jurisdiction not later than the statement of defence; participation in the appointment does not preclude it.
  • 16(3): a plea of exceeding the scope as soon as the matter arises. 16(4): a later plea may be admitted if the delay is justified.
  • 16(5): on rejecting a plea, the tribunal continues and makes an award. 16(6): the remedy is section 34.
  • The asymmetry: rejection gives no immediate remedy; acceptance is appealable at once under section 37(2)(a).
munotes.in149

Section 16: The Tribunal Rules on Its Own Jurisdiction

Test yourself

1. What are kompetenz-kompetenz and separability, and where are they in the Act? Kompetenz-kompetenz is the tribunal's power to rule on its own jurisdiction, in the opening words of section 16(1). Separability is the treatment of an arbitration clause as an agreement independent of the contract containing it, in section 16(1)(a), reinforced by section 16(1)(b), under which a holding that the contract is null and void does not ipso jure invalidate the clause.

2. By when must a plea that the tribunal has no jurisdiction be raised? Not later than the submission of the statement of defence, under section 16(2), although the tribunal may admit a later plea under section 16(4) if it considers the delay justified.

3. A party appointed its own arbitrator and now says there was never a valid arbitration agreement. Is it too late? Not on that ground alone. Section 16(2) provides that a party shall not be precluded from raising the plea merely because he has appointed, or participated in the appointment of, an arbitrator. The statement-of-defence deadline still applies.

4. The tribunal rejects a jurisdictional objection. What can the objector do immediately? Nothing. Under section 16(5) the tribunal continues and makes an award, and under section 16(6) the objector may then apply to set the award aside under section 34.

5. The tribunal accepts the objection and holds it has no jurisdiction. What follows? The claimant has an immediate right of appeal under section 37(2)(a), because there is no award to attack later and the arbitration would otherwise simply end.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in150

Chapter Thirty

Section 17: Interim Measures by the Tribunal, and How They Are Enforced

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

The arbitral tribunal can make the same kind of urgent protective orders a court can, and since 2015 those orders are enforceable as if a court had made them.

In exam wording: section 17 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 empowers a party, during the arbitral proceedings, to apply to the arbitral tribunal for the appointment of a guardian or for an interim measure of protection, and sub-section (2) deems any such order to be an order of the Court, enforceable under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 as if it were one.

Why this section was nearly useless before 2015

Read the old section 17 and it looked adequate: the tribunal could order interim measures. The problem was what happened when a party ignored the order.

A tribunal has no power to punish. It cannot commit for contempt and it cannot execute. So an interim order was, in practice, a request. A respondent who wanted to sell the goods sold them, and the claimant's only real answer was to go to court under section 9 instead, which is exactly what parties did.

The 2015 amendment fixed it in two moves: it rewrote sub-section (1) to give the tribunal the same list of powers as a court has under section 9, and it added sub-section (2), which makes the order enforceable as a court order. Sub-section (2) is the whole reform.

Section 17(1): the powers, which mirror section 9

A party may, during the arbitral proceedings, apply to the arbitral tribunal:

  • (i) for the appointment of a guardian for a minor or person of unsound mind for the purposes of arbitral proceedings; or
  • (ii) for an interim measure of protection in respect of:
  • (a) the preservation, interim custody or sale of any goods which are the subject matter of the arbitration agreement;
  • (b) securing the amount in dispute in the arbitration;
  • (c) the detention, preservation or inspection of any property or thing which is the subject matter of the dispute or as to which any question may arise, with power to authorise entry upon land or a building in a party's possession, and the taking of samples, making of observations or trying of experiments necessary or expedient for obtaining full information or evidence;
  • (d) an interim injunction or the appointment of a receiver;
  • (e) such other interim measure of protection as may appear to the arbitral tribunal to be just and convenient.

And the closing words: the arbitral tribunal shall have the same power for making orders as the court has for the purpose of, and in relation to, any proceedings before it.

Compare that list with section 9(1) in chapter 260 and it is the same list, word for word, with "the Court" replaced by "the arbitral tribunal". That symmetry is deliberate: Parliament wanted the tribunal to be a real substitute, not a lesser forum.

munotes.in151

Section 17: Interim Measures by the Tribunal, and How They Are Enforced

The window, and what the 2019 amendment removed

This is a small change with real consequences and it is easy to miss.

The 2015 version let a party apply "during the arbitral proceedings or at any time after the making of the arbitral award but before it is enforced in accordance with section 36". Those closing words were omitted by Act 33 of 2019 with effect from 30 August 2019.

So the position now is:

  • Section 17 runs during the arbitral proceedings only.
  • Section 9 runs before, during, and after the award until enforcement.

That makes sense once stated: after the award the tribunal is functus officio, meaning it has discharged its office and has no further authority, so asking it for orders is asking a body that no longer exists. The post-award window belongs to the court, and section 9 keeps it.

Section 17(2): the enforcement provision

Subject to any orders passed in an appeal under section 37, any order issued by the arbitral tribunal under this section shall be deemed to be an order of the Court for all purposes and shall be enforceable under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, in the same manner as if it were an order of the Court.

Take it apart.

"Deemed to be an order of the Court for all purposes." Not merely enforceable: deemed to be a court's order. So the machinery for disobeying a court order becomes available.

"Enforceable under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 in the same manner as if it were an order of the Court." So an injunction granted by a tribunal is enforced the way a court's injunction is, including under the provisions of the Code dealing with disobedience.

"Subject to any orders passed in an appeal under section 37." An order under section 17 is appealable, under section 37(2)(b), which chapter 420 works through. So the deemed status is subject to what the appellate court does.

What section 17 changed in practice, with section 9(3)

Read section 17(2) together with section 9(3), also inserted in 2015: once the tribunal is constituted, the Court shall not entertain a section 9 application unless it finds that circumstances exist which may not render the remedy under section 17 efficacious.

The two provisions are one reform. Section 17(2) makes the tribunal's order effective; section 9(3) then directs parties to the tribunal because that remedy is now efficacious. Take away section 17(2) and section 9(3) would be sending parties to a forum whose orders nobody need obey.

munotes.in152

Section 17: Interim Measures by the Tribunal, and How They Are Enforced

Emergency arbitrators

An emergency arbitrator is appointed under institutional rules, within days of a request, to grant urgent relief before the tribunal proper is constituted. The Act does not use the expression, which raises the question whether an emergency arbitrator's order is an order "of the arbitral tribunal" under section 17 and so carries sub-section (2)'s enforceability.

That question came before the Supreme Court in Amazon.com NV Investment Holdings LLC v. Future Retail Ltd, decided 6 August 2021.

That judgment is in the queue in authorities/cases.json and has not been read for facts and holding. This book does not state what it decided. Know the question, know the case, and read it before writing its ratio.

A worked example

An arbitration between two logistics companies is under way; the tribunal of three was constituted two months ago. The claimant learns that the respondent is about to transfer its only warehouse to a related company.

Where does it apply? To the tribunal, under section 17. Section 9(3) means a court will not entertain a section 9 application now unless satisfied that the section 17 remedy may not be efficacious, and here it plainly is: the tribunal exists and can sit at short notice.

What can it ask for? An injunction restraining the transfer under section 17(1)(ii)(d), or an order securing the amount in dispute under clause (b), or a receiver under clause (d).

The tribunal grants an injunction and the respondent transfers the warehouse anyway. What now? Section 17(2). The order is deemed to be an order of the Court for all purposes and is enforceable under the Code of Civil Procedure as if a court had made it, so the claimant proceeds against the respondent for disobedience of a court order rather than being left with a paper victory.

Can the respondent appeal? Yes, under section 37(2)(b), which allows an appeal from an order of the tribunal granting or refusing an interim measure under section 17. Section 17(2) is expressly subject to orders in such an appeal.

The award is later made, and the respondent starts selling other assets before execution. Section 17 is no longer available: the closing words allowing a post-award application were omitted in 2019, and the tribunal is functus officio. The claimant goes to court under section 9, which runs until the award is enforced under section 36.

What beginners get wrong

Section 17 is not available after the award. Those words were omitted in 2019. Section 9 covers that period.

Section 17(2) is not merely a statement that the order is binding. It deems the order to be an order of the Court for all purposes and makes it enforceable under the Code of Civil Procedure.

munotes.in153

Section 17: Interim Measures by the Tribunal, and How They Are Enforced

Section 9 is not simply cut off once the tribunal exists. Section 9(3) is a test, not an absolute bar.

The tribunal's list of powers is not narrower than the court's. Since 2015 it is the same list.

A section 17 order is appealable, under section 37(2)(b).

Quick revision

  • 17(1): during the arbitral proceedings, a party may apply to the tribunal for a guardian, or for interim protection as to (a) preservation, interim custody or sale of goods, (b) securing the amount in dispute, (c) detention, preservation or inspection with powers of entry, sampling and experiment, (d) injunction or receiver, (e) any other measure just and convenient. The tribunal has the same power as the court.
  • The post-award window was omitted by Act 33 of 2019 w.e.f. 30 August 2019, so section 17 now runs during the proceedings only.
  • 17(2): an order is deemed an order of the Court for all purposes and is enforceable under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, subject to any orders in an appeal under section 37(2)(b).
  • Read with section 9(3): once the tribunal is constituted, the court will not entertain a section 9 application unless the section 17 remedy may not be efficacious.
  • Amazon v. Future Retail (6 August 2021) concerns emergency arbitrators. Unread here; do not state its ratio.

Test yourself

1. Can a party apply to the tribunal for interim measures after the award has been made? No. The words permitting an application after the award and before enforcement were omitted by Act 33 of 2019 with effect from 30 August 2019, and the tribunal is functus officio once the award is made. Section 9 covers that period instead.

2. What makes a section 17 order worth having? Section 17(2), which deems any order issued under the section to be an order of the Court for all purposes and makes it enforceable under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 in the same manner as an order of the Court, subject to any orders in an appeal under section 37.

3. How do sections 9(3) and 17(2) work together? They are one reform. Section 17(2) makes the tribunal's interim orders effective, and section 9(3) then bars a court from entertaining a section 9 application once the tribunal is constituted unless the section 17 remedy may not be efficacious.

4. Are the tribunal's powers under section 17 narrower than the court's under section 9? No. Since the 2015 amendment the list is identical, and the closing words give the tribunal the same power to make orders as the court has in proceedings before it. The differences are in timing and in enforcement, not in the measures available.

munotes.in154

Section 17: Interim Measures by the Tribunal, and How They Are Enforced

5. Is an order under section 17 appealable? Yes, under section 37(2)(b), which provides an appeal from an order of the arbitral tribunal granting or refusing an interim measure under section 17, and section 17(2) is expressly subject to any orders passed in such an appeal.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in155

Chapter Thirty-One

Conducting the Arbitration: Equal Treatment, Procedure, Place, Commencement and Language

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

The tribunal must treat the parties equally and hear them both; beyond that it is free of the Code of Civil Procedure and the Evidence Act and can run the case as it thinks fit.

In exam wording: section 18 requires the parties to be treated with equality and each to be given a full opportunity to present his case; section 19 frees the tribunal from the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 and the Indian Evidence Act 1872; and sections 20 to 22 govern the place of arbitration, the commencement of proceedings and the language.

Section 18: the one rule that cannot be bent

The parties shall be treated with equality and each party shall be given a full opportunity to present his case.

One sentence, and it is the most important in Chapter V.

Everything else in the conduct of an arbitration is flexible. This is not. Section 18 is the arbitral expression of natural justice, and it is what stops "freedom from procedure" becoming "freedom from fairness". Note the two limbs, because they are different duties:

Equality of treatment. Whatever is allowed to one side must be allowed to the other. If one party gets three weeks to file evidence, so does the other.

A full opportunity to present his case. Not a token one. Enough notice, enough time, and a real chance to answer the other side's material.

Section 18 has no "unless otherwise agreed by the parties". Almost every other section in this chapter does. That absence is the strongest signal in the Act that the provision is mandatory: the parties cannot contract out of it, and section 4's waiver rule does not reach it, because it is not a provision from which the parties may derogate.

Where it bites. Section 34(2)(a)(iii) makes it a ground for setting aside an award that a party was not given proper notice of the appointment of an arbitrator or of the arbitral proceedings or was otherwise unable to present his case. Chapter 400 works that through. In practice this is the commonest real complaint about an arbitration.

Section 19: free of the Code and the Evidence Act

Section 19(1): the arbitral tribunal shall not be bound by the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 or the Indian Evidence Act 1872.

Section 19(2): subject to this Part, the parties are free to agree on the procedure to be followed.

Section 19(3): failing agreement, the tribunal may, subject to this Part, conduct the proceedings in the manner it considers appropriate.

Section 19(4): that power includes the power to determine the admissibility, relevance, materiality and weight of any evidence.

This is where arbitration's speed comes from. There is no framing of issues, no rule against hearsay, no requirement that a document be proved through a witness who made it. The tribunal decides what to look at and what it is worth.

munotes.in156

Conducting the Arbitration: Equal Treatment, Procedure, Place, Commencement and Language

But read section 19 with section 18, and note the words "subject to this Part" in sub-sections (2) and (3). Freedom from the Code is not freedom from the Act. A tribunal that refuses to let a party answer the other side's evidence has not exercised section 19(4); it has broken section 18.

And note what section 19 does not say. It does not free the tribunal from the substantive law. Section 28 requires a domestic tribunal to decide according to the substantive law for the time being in force in India, and chapter 350 works through it.

Section 20: the place of arbitration

Section 20(1): the parties are free to agree on the place of arbitration.

Section 20(2): failing agreement, the place is determined by the arbitral tribunal having regard to the circumstances of the case, including the convenience of the parties.

Section 20(3): notwithstanding sub-sections (1) and (2), the tribunal may, unless otherwise agreed, meet at any place it considers appropriate for consultation among its members, for hearing witnesses, experts or the parties, or for inspection of documents, goods or other property.

Sub-section (3) is the key to the section and to a distinction that runs through modern arbitration law: the difference between the seat and the venue.

The seat is the legal home of the arbitration. It decides which country's arbitration law governs the process and which courts supervise it. That is what sub-sections (1) and (2) are about, and it is what section 2(2) means by "the place of arbitration is in India".

The venue is simply where a hearing physically happens, which sub-section (3) allows to be anywhere convenient.

The Act uses the single word "place" for both, which is the source of a great deal of litigation. A clause saying "arbitration shall be held in Mumbai" is usually read as fixing the seat; a clause saying "hearings may be held in Pune for convenience" is fixing a venue and changes nothing about which courts supervise.

Why it matters. The seat decides whether Part I applies at all, which is chapter 210 and the BALCO line, and it decides which court is "the Court" for sections 9, 11, 34 and 37.

Section 21: when the arbitration begins

Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the arbitral proceedings in respect of a particular dispute commence on the date on which a request for that dispute to be referred to arbitration is received by the respondent.

munotes.in157

Conducting the Arbitration: Equal Treatment, Procedure, Place, Commencement and Language

Short and heavily used. Note three things.

It is receipt, not despatch. Section 3 tells you when a communication is deemed received.

It is per dispute, not per contract. The words are "in respect of a particular dispute".

It is a default rule, displaceable by agreement or by institutional rules that fix commencement at the filing of a request with the institution.

Section 21 is the trigger for several other provisions: section 9(2)'s ninety day rule speaks of the arbitral proceedings being commenced; section 43 applies the Limitation Act 1963 to arbitrations, and section 21 supplies the date on which time stops running for that purpose. Chapter 430 works through section 43.

Section 22: the language

Section 22(1): the parties are free to agree upon the language or languages to be used.

Section 22(2): failing agreement, the tribunal shall determine it.

Section 22(3): the agreement or determination, unless otherwise specified, applies to any written statement by a party, any hearing, and any award, decision or other communication by the tribunal.

Section 22(4): the tribunal may order that any documentary evidence be accompanied by a translation into the agreed or determined language.

In a country with this many languages the section is not a formality. It lets an arbitration be conducted in the language the parties and their witnesses actually use, which is one of arbitration's real practical advantages over a court whose language is fixed.

A worked example

A contract between a Nagpur company and a Kochi company says: "Disputes shall be referred to arbitration. The arbitration shall be held at Mumbai." Nothing is said about procedure or language. On 4 March the Nagpur company posts a notice calling on the other to concur in the appointment of an arbitrator; it is received on 9 March.

When did the arbitration commence? On 9 March, under section 21: the date the request for that dispute to be referred is received by the respondent. Not the date of posting.

Where is the seat? Mumbai, under section 20(1), the parties having agreed. That decides that Part I applies under section 2(2) and which court is "the Court" for sections 9, 11 and 34.

The witnesses are all in Kochi. May the tribunal sit there? Yes. Section 20(3) lets the tribunal meet at any place it considers appropriate for hearing witnesses, unless otherwise agreed. Sitting in Kochi is a venue; the seat remains Mumbai and nothing about the supervising court changes.

In what language? Failing agreement, the tribunal determines it under section 22(2), and under section 22(3) that governs the pleadings, the hearings and the award. Under section 22(4) it may require documents to be translated.

munotes.in158

Conducting the Arbitration: Equal Treatment, Procedure, Place, Commencement and Language

Can the tribunal admit a photocopy that nobody proves? Yes. Section 19(1) frees it from the Evidence Act and section 19(4) lets it decide admissibility, relevance, materiality and weight.

Can it decide the case on that photocopy without letting the other side comment on it? No. That is section 18, and section 24(3) reinforces it by requiring that everything supplied to the tribunal by one party be communicated to the other.

What beginners get wrong

Section 18 is not subject to party agreement. Its absence of an "unless otherwise agreed" is deliberate.

Freedom from the Evidence Act is not freedom from fairness. Sections 19(2) and (3) are expressly subject to the rest of Part I, and section 18 is part of it.

"Place" in section 20 means two different things, seat in sub-sections (1) and (2), venue in sub-section (3).

Arbitration commences on receipt of the request, not on the appointment of the arbitrator. Section 21.

Section 19 does not free the tribunal from the substantive law. That is section 28.

Quick revision

  • Section 18: parties treated with equality; each given a full opportunity to present his case. Mandatory, and the foundation of section 34(2)(a)(iii).
  • Section 19: tribunal not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure or the Evidence Act; parties may agree the procedure; failing that the tribunal conducts proceedings as it considers appropriate, including determining admissibility, relevance, materiality and weight of evidence. All subject to this Part.
  • Section 20: parties agree the place; failing that the tribunal determines it having regard to convenience; and the tribunal may meet anywhere for consultation, witnesses, experts or inspection. Seat against venue.
  • Section 21: proceedings commence, unless otherwise agreed, on the date the request for that dispute to be referred is received by the respondent.
  • Section 22: parties agree the language; failing that the tribunal determines it; it applies to statements, hearings and the award; and translations may be ordered.

Test yourself

1. Why is section 18 different from the other sections in this chapter? Because it carries no "unless otherwise agreed by the parties". It is mandatory, cannot be contracted out of, and is not a provision from which the parties may derogate for the purposes of section 4's waiver rule. It is also the basis of the setting-aside ground in section 34(2)(a)(iii).

2. The tribunal admits a document that would be inadmissible in a civil court. Is the award vulnerable? Not on that ground alone. Section 19(1) frees the tribunal from the Indian Evidence Act and section 19(4) empowers it to determine admissibility, relevance, materiality and weight. It becomes vulnerable if the other party was not allowed to deal with the document, which offends section 18.

munotes.in159

Conducting the Arbitration: Equal Treatment, Procedure, Place, Commencement and Language

3. What is the difference between the seat and the venue of an arbitration? The seat is the legal place of the arbitration, fixed under section 20(1) or (2), which determines the applicable arbitration law and the supervising courts. The venue is where hearings physically take place, which section 20(3) allows the tribunal to choose for convenience without changing the seat.

4. When do arbitral proceedings commence? Unless otherwise agreed, on the date on which a request for that particular dispute to be referred to arbitration is received by the respondent, under section 21. Receipt is governed by section 3.

5. In what language is the award written? In the language agreed by the parties or, failing agreement, determined by the tribunal under section 22(2). By section 22(3) that language applies, unless otherwise specified, to written statements, hearings, and any award, decision or other communication of the tribunal.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in160

Chapter Thirty-Two

Pleadings, Hearings, and What Happens When a Party Does Not Turn Up

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

Each side puts its case in writing, the tribunal decides whether to hold hearings, and a party who stays away does not automatically lose.

In exam wording: section 23 governs the statements of claim and defence, section 24 the holding of oral hearings and written proceedings, and section 25 the consequences of a party's default.

Section 23: the pleadings

Section 23(1): within the time agreed by the parties or determined by the tribunal, the claimant shall state the facts supporting his claim, the points at issue and the relief or remedy sought, and the respondent shall state his defence in respect of those particulars, unless the parties have agreed otherwise as to the required elements.

Three ingredients in a statement of claim, and they are worth remembering as a list because they are what a student would have to draft on a clinical paper: the facts, the points at issue, and the relief sought.

Section 23(2): the parties may submit with their statements all documents they consider relevant, or may add a reference to the documents or other evidence they will submit.

Section 23(2A), inserted by the 2015 amendment: the respondent may also submit a counterclaim or plead a set-off, which shall be adjudicated upon by the arbitral tribunal, if such counterclaim or set-off falls within the scope of the arbitration agreement.

This settled a real doubt. Before it, a respondent with a cross-claim was sometimes told to start a separate arbitration. Note the condition: the counterclaim or set-off must fall within the scope of the arbitration agreement.

Counterclaim and set-off are not the same. A set-off is a defence: it reduces or extinguishes what the claimant can recover. A counterclaim is an independent claim that can exceed the claim and produce an award in the respondent's favour.

Section 23(3): unless otherwise agreed, either party may amend or supplement his claim or defence during the proceedings, unless the tribunal considers it inappropriate having regard to the delay in making it.

Section 23(4), inserted by the 2019 amendment: the statement of claim and defence shall be completed within a period of six months from the date the arbitrator or all the arbitrators, as the case may be, received notice in writing of their appointment.

Section 23(4) is what makes section 29A workable. Chapter 360 explains: the twelve month period for making the award runs from the completion of pleadings, and section 23(4) puts an outer limit of six months on that stage. Six plus twelve is the intended shape of an Indian arbitration.

Section 24: hearings

Section 24(1): unless otherwise agreed, the tribunal shall decide whether to hold oral hearings for the presentation of evidence or for oral argument, or whether the proceedings shall be conducted on the basis of documents and other materials.

munotes.in161

Pleadings, Hearings, and What Happens When a Party Does Not Turn Up

First proviso: the tribunal shall hold oral hearings, at an appropriate stage, on a request by a party, unless the parties have agreed that no oral hearing shall be held.

Read the two together. The tribunal chooses, but a party can force an oral hearing by asking for one, unless the parties have agreed there will be none. So a documents-only arbitration happens either because nobody asks for a hearing or because everybody agreed there would not be one.

Second proviso, inserted by the 2015 amendment: the tribunal shall, as far as possible, hold oral hearings on a day-to-day basis, and not grant any adjournments unless sufficient cause is made out, and may impose costs including exemplary costs on the party seeking adjournment without sufficient cause.

This is the Act legislating against the habit that made arbitration in India as slow as litigation: hearings once a month, adjourned on request. Note the sanction: exemplary costs against the party seeking an adjournment without sufficient cause.

Section 24(2): the parties shall be given sufficient advance notice of any hearing and of any meeting of the tribunal for inspection of documents, goods or property.

Section 24(3): all statements, documents or other information supplied to, or applications made to, the tribunal by one party shall be communicated to the other party, and any expert report or evidentiary document on which the tribunal may rely in making its decision shall be communicated to the parties.

Section 24(3) is section 18 in operational form, and it is the provision that catches the most common real complaint: the tribunal relied on something one side never saw. Note that it covers not only what a party supplies but any expert report or evidentiary document the tribunal may rely on, whatever its source.

Section 25: default of a party

Unless otherwise agreed, where without showing sufficient cause:

  • (a) the claimant fails to communicate his statement of claim under section 23(1), the tribunal shall terminate the proceedings;
  • (b) the respondent fails to communicate his statement of defence under section 23(1), the tribunal shall continue the proceedings without treating that failure in itself as an admission of the allegations by the claimant, and shall have the discretion to treat the right of the respondent to file such statement of defence as having been forfeited;
  • (c) a party fails to appear at an oral hearing or to produce documentary evidence, the tribunal may continue the proceedings and make the arbitral award on the evidence before it.
munotes.in162

Pleadings, Hearings, and What Happens When a Party Does Not Turn Up

Clause (b) is the cleanest contrast in this Module between arbitration and a civil suit, and it is a favourite question.

In a civil court, a defendant who does not file a written statement can have the suit decreed against him. In arbitration, he cannot. The tribunal continues, but the failure is not in itself an admission of anything. The claimant still has to prove its case on evidence.

The words "and shall have the discretion to treat the right of the respondent to file such statement of defence as having been forfeited" were added by the 2019 amendment. They do not change the no-admission rule; they let the tribunal shut the door on a late defence so the case can move.

And note the asymmetry between (a) and (b). A defaulting claimant loses the arbitration outright, because there is nothing to decide. A defaulting respondent does not, because there is still a claim to prove.

"Without showing sufficient cause" governs all three clauses. A party with a good reason for the failure is not in default at all.

A worked example

An arbitration begins. The tribunal of three receives written notice of appointment on 10 January. The claimant files its statement of claim on 20 February. The respondent files nothing, ignores two hearing notices, and then, at the fourth hearing in October, sends an advocate asking to file a defence and for an adjournment.

When should pleadings have been complete? By 10 July, six months from the date all the arbitrators received written notice of appointment, under section 23(4).

What could the tribunal have done in the meantime? Under section 25(b), continued the proceedings, not treating the failure as an admission of the claimant's allegations, and it may exercise the discretion added in 2019 to treat the respondent's right to file a defence as forfeited.

Was the claimant entitled to an award simply because nobody answered? No. That is the whole point of section 25(b). It must still prove its claim on the evidence, and under section 25(c) the tribunal may continue and make the award on the evidence before it.

Must the tribunal now allow the late defence and the adjournment? It has a discretion. Section 23(3) lets a party amend or supplement unless the tribunal considers it inappropriate having regard to the delay, and the second proviso to section 24(1) tells the tribunal not to grant adjournments without sufficient cause and permits exemplary costs against a party seeking one without it.

Change the facts. Suppose it was the claimant who never filed a statement of claim. Then section 25(a) applies and the tribunal shall terminate the proceedings. There is no equivalent of continuing, because there is no claim.

munotes.in163

Pleadings, Hearings, and What Happens When a Party Does Not Turn Up

And suppose the tribunal, deciding the case, relies on a technical report it obtained itself and never showed anybody. That breaches section 24(3), which requires any expert report or evidentiary document the tribunal may rely on to be communicated to the parties, and it breaches section 18.

What beginners get wrong

A respondent's silence is not an admission. Section 25(b) says so in terms, and this is the commonest error in this Module.

A defaulting claimant is treated quite differently from a defaulting respondent. Termination under (a); continuation under (b).

A party can insist on an oral hearing, under the first proviso to section 24(1), unless the parties agreed there would be none.

Section 23(4)'s six months is for pleadings, not for the award. The award period is section 29A.

Set-off and counterclaim are different things, though section 23(2A) covers both.

Quick revision

  • 23(1): claim states the facts, the points at issue and the relief sought; the defence answers them. 23(2): documents may be filed or referred to. 23(2A): a counterclaim or set-off is adjudicated if within the scope of the arbitration agreement. 23(3): amendment allowed unless inappropriate having regard to the delay. 23(4): pleadings complete within six months of all arbitrators receiving written notice of appointment.
  • 24(1): the tribunal decides on oral hearings, but must hold one if a party asks, unless the parties agreed otherwise; hearings day to day as far as possible, no adjournments without sufficient cause, and exemplary costs may be imposed. 24(2): sufficient advance notice. 24(3): everything supplied by a party, and any expert report or evidentiary document the tribunal may rely on, must be communicated to the parties.
  • 25: without sufficient cause, (a) claimant's failure to file the claim, proceedings terminated; (b) respondent's failure to file the defence, proceedings continue, not an admission, and the tribunal may treat the right to file as forfeited; (c) failure to appear or produce documents, the tribunal may continue and make the award on the evidence before it.

Test yourself

1. A respondent files no defence at all. Can the claimant get an award without proving its case? No. Section 25(b) requires the tribunal to continue the proceedings without treating the failure in itself as an admission of the claimant's allegations. The claimant must still prove its claim, and under section 25(c) the tribunal makes the award on the evidence before it.

2. What happens if the claimant files no statement of claim? Under section 25(a), where the claimant fails without showing sufficient cause to communicate his statement of claim in accordance with section 23(1), the tribunal shall terminate the proceedings.

munotes.in164

Pleadings, Hearings, and What Happens When a Party Does Not Turn Up

3. Can a tribunal decide an arbitration without any oral hearing? Yes, under section 24(1), if it so decides and no party requests a hearing, or if the parties have agreed that no oral hearing shall be held. But the first proviso requires the tribunal to hold oral hearings at an appropriate stage on a party's request, unless there is such an agreement.

4. May a respondent bring a counterclaim in the same arbitration? Yes. Section 23(2A) permits a counterclaim or a plea of set-off, to be adjudicated by the tribunal, provided it falls within the scope of the arbitration agreement.

5. By when must pleadings be complete, and why does it matter? Within six months from the date the arbitrator or all the arbitrators received written notice of their appointment, under section 23(4). It matters because section 29A's twelve month period for making the award runs from the date of completion of pleadings.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in165

Chapter Thirty-Three

Experts Appointed by the Tribunal, and Court Assistance in Taking Evidence

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

The tribunal can appoint its own expert, and where it needs a witness or a document it cannot itself compel, it borrows the court's power.

In exam wording: section 26 empowers the arbitral tribunal, unless otherwise agreed, to appoint experts to report on specific issues, and section 27 permits the tribunal, or a party with its approval, to apply to the Court for assistance in taking evidence.

Section 26: the tribunal's own expert

Section 26(1): unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the tribunal may:

  • (a) appoint one or more experts to report to it on specific issues to be determined by the tribunal; and
  • (b) require a party to give the expert any relevant information, or to produce or provide access to any relevant documents, goods or other property for his inspection.

Note the difference from a court. In a suit each side calls its own expert and the judge chooses between them. Here the tribunal appoints an expert of its own, on issues it identifies, and can compel the parties to give that expert access. In a construction or engineering dispute this is often the fastest route to the truth.

Section 26(2): unless otherwise agreed, if a party so requests or if the tribunal considers it necessary, the expert shall, after delivering his written or oral report, participate in an oral hearing where the parties have the opportunity to put questions to him and to present expert witnesses to testify on the points at issue.

This is the fairness safeguard, and it is the reason section 26 does not offend section 18. A party can insist that the tribunal's own expert be questioned, and can call its own expert against him.

Section 26(3): unless otherwise agreed, the expert shall, on the request of a party, make available to that party for examination all documents, goods or other property in his possession with which he was provided in order to prepare his report.

So a party can see the material the expert worked from. Read sections 26(2) and (3) with section 24(3), under which any expert report the tribunal may rely on must be communicated to the parties. Together they mean a tribunal cannot decide on an expert's view that a party has not been able to test.

Section 27: borrowing the court's coercive power

Here is the gap the section fills. A tribunal can order the parties to do things, because they agreed to its authority. It has no authority at all over a stranger: the bank that holds the account, the government office that holds the file, the eyewitness who never signed anything.

Section 27(1): the arbitral tribunal, or a party with the approval of the arbitral tribunal, may apply to the Court for assistance in taking evidence.

munotes.in166

Experts Appointed by the Tribunal, and Court Assistance in Taking Evidence

Note who may apply: the tribunal itself, or a party with the tribunal's approval. A party cannot go to court on its own.

Section 27(2): the application shall specify:

  • (a) the names and addresses of the parties and the arbitrators;
  • (b) the general nature of the claim and the relief sought;
  • (c) the evidence to be obtained, in particular (i) the name and address of any person to be heard as a witness or expert witness and a statement of the subject matter of the testimony required, and (ii) a description of any document to be produced or property to be inspected.

That list is exactly the sort of thing a clinical paper can ask a student to draft, so learn it as a checklist.

Section 27(3): the Court may, within its competence and according to its rules on taking evidence, execute the request by ordering that the evidence be provided directly to the arbitral tribunal.

Note "directly to the arbitral tribunal". The court does not take the evidence and then relay it; it directs that the evidence go straight to the tribunal. The court is lending its coercive power, not taking over the case.

Section 27(4): the Court may issue the same processes to witnesses as it may issue in suits tried before it. By section 27(6), "processes" includes summonses and commissions for the examination of witnesses and summonses to produce documents.

Section 27(5): persons failing to attend in accordance with such process, or making any other default, or refusing to give their evidence, or guilty of any contempt to the arbitral tribunal during the conduct of the proceedings, shall be subject to the like disadvantages, penalties and punishments by order of the Court, on the representation of the arbitral tribunal, as they would incur for the like offences in suits tried before the Court.

Sub-section (5) is the one to notice, and it is wider than its heading suggests. It is not confined to witnesses who ignore a summons. It reaches a person guilty of any contempt to the arbitral tribunal during the proceedings, and it makes the court the enforcer, acting on the representation of the arbitral tribunal.

So the answer to "can an arbitrator punish for contempt?" is: no, but the court can, on his representation, under section 27(5).

A worked example

An arbitration concerns a fire at a warehouse. The tribunal wants three things: an independent view of what caused the fire; the fire brigade's incident file, which is with a public office that is not a party; and evidence from a former employee of the respondent who has since left and will not co-operate.

munotes.in167

Experts Appointed by the Tribunal, and Court Assistance in Taking Evidence

The cause of the fire. Section 26(1)(a): the tribunal may appoint its own expert to report on that specific issue, and under clause (b) require the parties to give him information and access to the site.

Can the claimant question that expert? Yes. Under section 26(2), on a party's request the expert must take part in an oral hearing where the parties may put questions to him and present their own expert witnesses. Under section 26(3) the claimant may also require the expert to make available the documents he was given.

The fire brigade's file. The tribunal has no power over a public office. Section 27 is the route: the tribunal, or a party with the tribunal's approval, applies to the Court, specifying under section 27(2)(c)(ii) a description of the document to be produced. The Court may issue a summons to produce documents, which section 27(6) confirms is a "process", and may order that the evidence be provided directly to the tribunal under section 27(3).

The former employee. Same route, under section 27(2)(c)(i): his name and address and a statement of the subject matter of the testimony required. The Court may issue the same process it would in a suit.

He is summoned and does not come. Section 27(5): he is subject to the like disadvantages, penalties and punishments by order of the Court, on the representation of the arbitral tribunal, as he would incur for the like default in a suit tried before that Court.

And if he attends but abuses the arbitrator? Also section 27(5), which covers a person guilty of any contempt to the arbitral tribunal during the conduct of the proceedings.

What beginners get wrong

A tribunal cannot summon a stranger. Its authority comes from the arbitration agreement, which binds only the parties. Section 27 exists because of that.

A party cannot apply under section 27 on its own. The tribunal must approve.

The court does not take over the evidence. Under section 27(3) it orders that the evidence be provided directly to the tribunal.

Section 27(5) is not limited to absent witnesses. It covers any other default, refusal to give evidence, and contempt to the tribunal.

A tribunal-appointed expert is not the tribunal's private adviser. Sections 26(2) and (3) and section 24(3) make his report and his materials open to the parties.

Quick revision

  • 26(1): the tribunal may appoint experts on specific issues and require a party to give information or provide access to documents, goods or property.
  • 26(2): on a party's request or if the tribunal thinks it necessary, the expert takes part in an oral hearing and the parties may question him and call their own experts.
  • 26(3): on request, the expert makes his materials available to a party.
  • 27(1): the tribunal, or a party with the tribunal's approval, may apply to the Court for assistance in taking evidence.
  • 27(2): the application specifies parties and arbitrators; the nature of the claim and relief; and the evidence, with names, addresses and the subject matter of testimony, or a description of the document or property.
  • 27(3): the Court may order the evidence be provided directly to the tribunal. 27(4) and (6): the same processes as in suits, including summonses and commissions.
  • 27(5): default, refusal to give evidence, or contempt to the arbitral tribunal, attracts the like penalties by order of the Court on the tribunal's representation.
munotes.in168

Experts Appointed by the Tribunal, and Court Assistance in Taking Evidence

Test yourself

1. Can an arbitral tribunal summon a witness who is not a party? No. Its authority derives from the arbitration agreement and binds only the parties. It must use section 27, applying to the Court, or approving a party's application, for assistance in taking evidence.

2. What must a section 27 application contain? The names and addresses of the parties and the arbitrators; the general nature of the claim and the relief sought; and the evidence to be obtained, in particular the name and address of any person to be heard as a witness or expert witness with a statement of the subject matter of the testimony required, and a description of any document to be produced or property to be inspected.

3. Who punishes a witness who ignores the summons? The Court, under section 27(5), on the representation of the arbitral tribunal, imposing the like disadvantages, penalties and punishments as the person would incur for a like default in a suit tried before that Court.

4. The tribunal appoints its own expert. What rights does a party have? Under section 26(2) it may request that the expert participate in an oral hearing where the parties may put questions to him and present their own expert witnesses; under section 26(3) it may require the expert to make available the documents, goods or property he was provided with; and under section 24(3) any expert report the tribunal may rely on must be communicated to the parties.

5. Can a party apply to court under section 27 without telling the tribunal? No. Section 27(1) permits an application by the arbitral tribunal, or by a party with the approval of the arbitral tribunal.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in169

Chapter Thirty-Four

What Law the Tribunal Applies, and How a Panel Decides

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

A tribunal sitting in India must decide a domestic dispute by Indian substantive law, must respect the contract and trade usages, and where there are three arbitrators the majority decides.

In exam wording: section 28 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 prescribes the rules applicable to the substance of the dispute, and section 29 provides that in proceedings with more than one arbitrator any decision shall be made by a majority of all its members.

Why an arbitrator is not free to do what he thinks is fair

Students often assume that arbitration means deciding by broad justice rather than by law. In India it does not, and section 28 is why.

The tribunal is not a court, but it is applying law, and an award that ignores the law can be attacked. Section 28 sets out which law, and it splits at the same fork as section 2(1)(f): domestic arbitration on one side, international commercial arbitration on the other.

Section 28(1)(a): domestic arbitration

Where the place of arbitration is in India, in an arbitration other than an international commercial arbitration, the arbitral tribunal shall decide the dispute submitted to arbitration in accordance with the substantive law for the time being in force in India.

Note the word shall. In a purely domestic arbitration the parties cannot choose a foreign law to govern the substance. Two Indian companies cannot agree that their contract is governed by Singapore law and have that applied by a tribunal sitting in India under this section.

And note what "substantive" excludes. Section 19(1) frees the tribunal from the procedural law, the Code of Civil Procedure, and from the Evidence Act. Section 28(1)(a) binds it to the substantive law: the Contract Act, the Sale of Goods Act, the law of limitation and the rest.

Section 28(1)(b): international commercial arbitration

Where the place of arbitration is in India and the arbitration is an international commercial arbitration:

  • (i) the tribunal shall decide the dispute in accordance with the rules of law designated by the parties as applicable to the substance of the dispute;
  • (ii) any designation by the parties of the law or legal system of a given country shall be construed, unless otherwise expressed, as directly referring to the substantive law of that country and not to its conflict of laws rules; and
  • (iii) failing any designation by the parties, the tribunal shall apply the rules of law it considers to be appropriate given all the circumstances surrounding the dispute.

Clause (ii) is a small provision that saves a great deal of trouble. Conflict of laws rules, sometimes called private international law, are the rules a legal system uses to decide which country's law applies. If a choice of "French law" were read as including France's conflict rules, those rules might point back to some third country, and so on. Clause (ii) cuts that off: choosing a country's law means its substantive law.

munotes.in170

What Law the Tribunal Applies, and How a Panel Decides

A drafting oddity worth noticing: clause (iii) refers to "failing any designation of the law under clause (a) by the parties", although the designation provision is clause (b)(i). Read it as intended.

Section 28(2): deciding by fairness, only if authorised

The arbitral tribunal shall decide ex aequo et bono or as amiable compositeur only if the parties have expressly authorised it to do so.

Ex aequo et bono means according to what is equitable and good, that is, by broad fairness rather than by strict law. An amiable compositeur is an arbitrator empowered to decide in that way.

The rule is: not unless expressly authorised. So the student's assumption that arbitrators decide by fairness is exactly backwards; they decide by law unless the parties have expressly said otherwise.

Section 28(3): the contract and trade usages

While deciding and making an award, the arbitral tribunal shall, in all cases, take into account the terms of the contract and trade usages applicable to the transaction.

This sub-section was substituted by the 2015 amendment. Before it, the text said the tribunal "shall decide in accordance with the terms of the contract", and that phrasing had been used to attack awards on the footing that the tribunal had misread a clause. The present words, "shall take into account", are deliberately softer.

Section 28(3) is the provision that matters most at the setting aside stage, and chapter 400 returns to it. The short version: an award that ignores the terms of the contract or the trade usages is vulnerable, because that failure is the commonest form of what section 34(2A) calls patent illegality. But a tribunal that has taken the contract into account and read a clause in a way a court might not is exercising its function, and the 2015 wording is meant to protect that.

"Trade usages applicable to the transaction" are the settled practices of the trade concerned. They matter in commodity, shipping and construction disputes, where much is understood between people in the business and never written down.

Section 29: decision making by a panel

Section 29(1): unless otherwise agreed, in proceedings with more than one arbitrator, any decision shall be made by a majority of all its members.

Two points. It is a majority of all the members, not of those present. And it applies to any decision, not only the final award, which is why section 10(1) forbids an even number: a two-member tribunal cannot produce a majority.

munotes.in171

What Law the Tribunal Applies, and How a Panel Decides

Section 29(2): notwithstanding sub-section (1), if authorised by the parties or all the members of the arbitral tribunal, questions of procedure may be decided by the presiding arbitrator.

A sensible practical provision. It would be absurd to convene all three arbitrators to decide whether to grant a week's extension for filing a document, so procedure can be delegated to the presiding arbitrator, either by the parties or by the tribunal itself.

Note the limit: questions of procedure only. The presiding arbitrator cannot decide the substance alone.

What of a dissent? The Act does not require unanimity, and a minority arbitrator may write a dissenting opinion. The award is the majority's; the dissent is not an award and cannot be enforced. Section 31(2) requires the signatures of the majority and a statement of the reason for any omitted signature, which chapter 380 works through.

A worked example

A tribunal of three sits in Hyderabad in a dispute between an Indian buyer and an Indian seller of cotton. The contract says it is governed by English law and that the arbitrators may decide "as they think just".

Can the tribunal apply English law? No. This is not an international commercial arbitration, because both parties are Indian, so section 28(1)(a) applies: the tribunal shall decide in accordance with the substantive law for the time being in force in India. The choice of English law cannot displace that.

Can it decide by what it thinks just? Only if the parties have expressly authorised it to decide ex aequo et bono or as amiable compositeur under section 28(2). A loose phrase like "as they think just" is unlikely to be the express authorisation the section requires; and even then the tribunal would still be subject to section 28(1)(a) in a domestic arbitration, so the safer view is that the clause changes nothing.

Must it follow the contract? Under section 28(3) it shall in all cases take into account the terms of the contract and trade usages applicable to the transaction, and in a cotton dispute the trade usages may be substantial.

Two arbitrators agree, one dissents. Section 29(1): the decision is that of the majority of all its members, so the award stands. The dissent is not an award.

The presiding arbitrator alone extends time for filing evidence. Valid if the parties or all the members authorised it, under section 29(2), because that is a question of procedure.

Change the parties. Make the buyer a company incorporated in Dubai. Now it is an international commercial arbitration under section 2(1)(f)(ii), and section 28(1)(b)(i) applies: the tribunal decides in accordance with the rules of law designated by the parties, so English law governs the substance, and under clause (ii) that means English substantive law, not English conflict rules.

munotes.in172

What Law the Tribunal Applies, and How a Panel Decides

What beginners get wrong

Arbitrators do not decide by fairness. Section 28(2) requires express authorisation to decide ex aequo et bono.

Parties to a purely domestic arbitration cannot choose a foreign substantive law under section 28(1)(a).

Section 19 and section 28 are different. Freedom from the Code and the Evidence Act is procedural; the substantive law still binds.

Section 28(3) says "take into account", not "decide in accordance with". The change was made in 2015 and matters at the section 34 stage.

Section 29(1) requires a majority of all members, not of those present, and it applies to any decision.

Quick revision

  • 28(1)(a): place in India, not international commercial arbitration, the tribunal shall decide in accordance with the substantive law for the time being in force in India.
  • 28(1)(b): international commercial arbitration, (i) the rules of law designated by the parties; (ii) a designation of a country's law means its substantive law, not its conflict of laws rules; (iii) failing designation, the rules of law the tribunal considers appropriate.
  • 28(2): ex aequo et bono or as amiable compositeur only if the parties have expressly authorised it.
  • 28(3): the tribunal shall in all cases take into account the terms of the contract and trade usages applicable to the transaction. Substituted in 2015.
  • 29(1): with more than one arbitrator, any decision is by a majority of all its members, unless otherwise agreed. 29(2): questions of procedure may be decided by the presiding arbitrator if authorised by the parties or all the members.

Test yourself

1. Two Indian companies choose Singapore law in their contract and arbitrate in Delhi. Which law governs the substance? Indian law. Section 28(1)(a) requires a tribunal, where the place of arbitration is in India and the arbitration is not an international commercial arbitration, to decide in accordance with the substantive law for the time being in force in India.

2. What does section 28(1)(b)(ii) prevent? It prevents a choice of a country's law being read as a choice of that country's conflict of laws rules. Unless otherwise expressed, a designation of the law or legal system of a given country refers directly to its substantive law.

3. May an arbitrator decide simply by what seems fair? Only if the parties have expressly authorised the tribunal to decide ex aequo et bono or as amiable compositeur, under section 28(2). Otherwise it decides by law.

4. What is the significance of the 2015 change to section 28(3)? The sub-section now requires the tribunal to "take into account" the terms of the contract and trade usages, rather than to decide "in accordance with" the contract. The change was made to stop awards being set aside merely because a court would have read a clause differently, while leaving an award that ignores the contract vulnerable as patently illegal.

munotes.in173

What Law the Tribunal Applies, and How a Panel Decides

5. One of three arbitrators refuses to agree. Is there an award? Yes. Under section 29(1) any decision of a tribunal with more than one arbitrator is made by a majority of all its members, unless the parties have agreed otherwise. The dissenting opinion is not an award and cannot be enforced.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in174

Chapter Thirty-Five

Time Limits for the Award, and the Fast Track Procedure

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

A domestic arbitration must produce its award within twelve months of the pleadings closing, extendable by six months with consent and after that only by a court, which can cut the arbitrators' fees for delay.

In exam wording: section 29A of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 imposes a time limit for making the arbitral award and provides for its extension by consent and by the Court, and section 29B provides an optional fast track procedure.

Why a statute fixes a deadline at all

Almost every other provision in Part I is about fairness or jurisdiction. Section 29A is about speed, and it exists because arbitration in India had lost its main advantage. References ran for years, hearings were adjourned, and the parties had no lever at all.

Section 29A was inserted by the 2015 amendment and gives them one: a statutory deadline, with the loss of the arbitrator's mandate as the sanction and a reduction of fees as the penalty for causing the delay.

The change in 2019 that most notes miss

State the period from the right starting point or the answer is wrong.

As inserted in 2015, section 29A(1) required the award to be made within twelve months from the date the arbitral tribunal enters upon the reference.

As substituted by the 2019 amendment, it requires the award in matters other than international commercial arbitration to be made within twelve months from the date of completion of pleadings under section 23(4).

The change was sensible. Running the clock from the tribunal's first sitting meant it started before anybody had pleaded, so much of the twelve months went on exchanging documents. Running it from the completion of pleadings gives the tribunal a full year to hear and decide, and section 23(4) separately caps the pleading stage at six months from the arbitrators receiving written notice of appointment.

The Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh State amendment keeps the old rule. There, sub-section (1) is substituted to read twelve months from the date the arbitral tribunal enters upon the reference, with an Explanation deeming that to be the date all the arbitrators received written notice of their appointment, and the second and third provisos to sub-section (4) are omitted.

International commercial arbitration is treated differently

The proviso to section 29A(1): the award in the matter of an international commercial arbitration may be made as expeditiously as possible and endeavour may be made to dispose of the matter within a period of twelve months from the date of completion of pleadings.

Read the words. For a domestic arbitration the award shall be made within twelve months. For an international commercial arbitration it is an endeavour, not a mandate. The distinction was introduced in 2019, in recognition that a foreign party will not accept a statutory guillotine on its arbitration.

munotes.in175

Time Limits for the Award, and the Fast Track Procedure

The rest of section 29A

29A(2), the carrot: if the award is made within six months from the date the tribunal enters upon the reference, the tribunal is entitled to such additional fees as the parties may agree.

Note that sub-section (2) still runs from entering upon the reference, while sub-section (1) now runs from completion of pleadings. Two different starting points in the same section; do not merge them.

29A(3), extension by consent: the parties may, by consent, extend the period for a further period not exceeding six months.

29A(4), the sanction: if the award is not made within the period in sub-section (1) or the extended period under sub-section (3), the mandate of the arbitrator or arbitrators shall terminate unless the Court has, either prior to or after the expiry of the period, extended it.

That is a severe consequence: the tribunal simply ceases to have authority. Note the words "either prior to or after the expiry", which allow the court to revive a mandate that has already lapsed.

Three provisos to sub-section (4):

  • while extending, if the Court finds that the proceedings have been delayed for reasons attributable to the arbitral tribunal, it may order reduction of the fees of the arbitrators by not exceeding five per cent for each month of such delay;
  • where an application under sub-section (5) is pending, the mandate of the arbitrator shall continue till the disposal of that application; and
  • the arbitrator shall be given an opportunity of being heard before the fees is reduced.

The second and third provisos were added by the 2019 amendment and both matter. The second cures a real problem: before it, a mandate could expire while the extension application sat in a queue. The third is elementary fairness to the arbitrator.

29A(5): an extension may be on the application of any of the parties and may be granted only for sufficient cause and on such terms and conditions as the Court may impose.

29A(6): while extending, it is open to the Court to substitute one or all of the arbitrators, and where it does, the proceedings continue from the stage already reached and on the basis of the evidence and material already on record, and the new arbitrators are deemed to have received that evidence and material.

A practical and slightly ruthless provision: the parties do not start again, and the substituted arbitrator inherits the record rather than rehearing it. Contrast section 15(3), where a substitute tribunal may repeat hearings at its discretion.

munotes.in176

Time Limits for the Award, and the Fast Track Procedure

29A(7): a tribunal reconstituted under this section is deemed to be in continuation of the previous one.

29A(8): it is open to the Court to impose actual or exemplary costs upon any of the parties.

29A(9): an application under sub-section (5) shall be disposed of as expeditiously as possible, with an endeavour to dispose of it within sixty days from service of notice on the opposite party.

Section 29B: the fast track procedure

29B(1): notwithstanding anything in the Act, the parties may, at any stage before or at the time of appointment of the tribunal, agree in writing to have their dispute resolved by the fast track procedure.

29B(2): while so agreeing, they may agree that the tribunal shall consist of a sole arbitrator chosen by the parties.

29B(3): the procedure is:

  • (a) the tribunal shall decide the dispute on the basis of written pleadings, documents and submissions filed by the parties without any oral hearing;
  • (b) the tribunal may call for further information or clarification;
  • (c) an oral hearing may be held only if all the parties make a request, or if the tribunal considers it necessary to clarify certain issues;
  • (d) if an oral hearing is held, the tribunal may dispense with technical formalities and adopt such procedure as it deems appropriate for expeditious disposal.

29B(4): the award shall be made within six months from the date the arbitral tribunal enters upon the reference.

29B(5): if it is not, sub-sections (3) to (9) of section 29A apply.

29B(6): the fees payable to the arbitrator and the manner of payment shall be as agreed between the arbitrator and the parties.

Compare section 29B(3)(c) with the first proviso to section 24(1). In an ordinary arbitration one party can insist on an oral hearing; in a fast track arbitration all the parties must request it, or the tribunal must think it necessary. That is the trade-off the parties accept when they choose the procedure.

Note also the starting point: section 29B(4) runs from entering upon the reference, not from completion of pleadings.

The three periods, side by side

PeriodRuns from
Ordinary domestic arbitration, 29A(1)Twelve monthsCompletion of pleadings under section 23(4)
International commercial arbitration, proviso to 29A(1)Twelve months as an endeavourCompletion of pleadings
Additional fees incentive, 29A(2)Six monthsThe tribunal entering upon the reference
Extension by consent, 29A(3)A further six monthsThe end of the section 29A(1) period
Fast track, 29B(4)Six monthsThe tribunal entering upon the reference
Pleadings, 23(4)Six monthsAll arbitrators receiving written notice of appointment

A worked example

A domestic arbitration. All three arbitrators receive written notice of appointment on 1 February. Pleadings close on 15 June. The tribunal is still hearing evidence the following September.

munotes.in177

Time Limits for the Award, and the Fast Track Procedure

When must the award be made? Within twelve months of 15 June, the date of completion of pleadings, under section 29A(1) as substituted in 2019. So by 15 June the following year.

Were the pleadings in time? Section 23(4) required them to be completed within six months of 1 February, that is by 1 August. They closed on 15 June, so yes.

Could the tribunal have earned more? Under section 29A(2), if the award had been made within six months of the tribunal entering upon the reference, it would have been entitled to such additional fees as the parties agreed.

The twelve months is running out and the parties want more time. Under section 29A(3) they may extend by consent by a further period not exceeding six months.

That is not enough either. Now only the Court can extend, under section 29A(4) and (5), on the application of any party, for sufficient cause and on such terms as it imposes. It may extend before or after expiry.

The delay was the tribunal's fault. Under the first proviso to section 29A(4), the Court may reduce the arbitrators' fees by up to five per cent for each month of delay, after giving the arbitrator an opportunity of being heard.

Nobody applies and the period expires. The mandate terminates under section 29A(4). If an application under sub-section (5) had been pending, the second proviso would have kept the mandate alive until it was disposed of.

The Court extends but replaces the presiding arbitrator. Section 29A(6) allows it, and the proceedings continue from the stage already reached on the existing evidence and material, which the new arbitrator is deemed to have received.

What beginners get wrong

The twelve months no longer runs from entering upon the reference. Since 2019 it runs from completion of pleadings, except in Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh.

The mandate for twelve months does not apply to international commercial arbitration, where the proviso makes it an endeavour.

Section 29A(2) and section 29B(4) do run from entering upon the reference, so the section contains two different starting points.

Only the parties can grant the first six month extension, by consent under section 29A(3); after that only the Court.

Fast track needs agreement in writing, at or before the appointment of the tribunal, and it removes a single party's right to insist on an oral hearing.

Quick revision

  • 29A(1): domestic award within twelve months of completion of pleadings under section 23(4). Proviso: international commercial arbitration, twelve months as an endeavour.
  • 29A(2): additional fees if the award is made within six months of entering upon the reference.
  • 29A(3): parties may extend by consent by up to six months.
  • 29A(4): otherwise the mandate terminates unless the Court extends, before or after expiry. Provisos: fee reduction up to five per cent per month of delay attributable to the tribunal; mandate continues while a sub-section (5) application is pending; arbitrator to be heard before fees are reduced.
  • 29A(5) to (9): extension only for sufficient cause; the Court may substitute arbitrators and the proceedings continue on the existing record; the reconstituted tribunal is a continuation; actual or exemplary costs may be imposed; endeavour to decide the application within sixty days.
  • 29B: written agreement before or at appointment; may be a sole arbitrator; decided on documents without oral hearing; oral hearing only if all parties request or the tribunal considers it necessary; award within six months of entering upon the reference; then section 29A(3) to (9) apply; fees as agreed.
munotes.in178

Time Limits for the Award, and the Fast Track Procedure

Test yourself

1. From what date does the twelve month period run in a domestic arbitration? From the date of completion of pleadings under section 23(4), following the substitution of section 29A(1) by the 2019 amendment. It previously ran from the date the tribunal entered upon the reference, and it still does under the Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh State amendment.

2. Does the twelve month limit apply to an international commercial arbitration? Not as a mandate. The proviso to section 29A(1) provides that such an award may be made as expeditiously as possible and that an endeavour may be made to dispose of the matter within twelve months of completion of pleadings.

3. What happens if the award is not made in time and nobody has applied for an extension? The mandate of the arbitrator or arbitrators terminates under section 29A(4). The Court may extend the period either before or after its expiry, and if an application under sub-section (5) is pending the mandate continues until it is disposed of.

4. Can a court punish a tribunal for delay? It may reduce the arbitrators' fees by not exceeding five per cent for each month of delay, where it finds the proceedings were delayed for reasons attributable to the tribunal, and only after giving the arbitrator an opportunity of being heard.

5. In a fast track arbitration, can one party insist on an oral hearing? No. Under section 29B(3)(c) an oral hearing may be held only if all the parties request it, or if the tribunal considers it necessary to clarify certain issues. That is narrower than the first proviso to section 24(1), under which a single party's request suffices in an ordinary arbitration.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in179

Chapter Thirty-Six

Section 30: Settling During an Arbitration, and the Award on Agreed Terms

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

An arbitrator is allowed to try to get the parties to settle, and if they do, the settlement can be turned into an award that is enforced like any other.

In exam wording: section 30 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 provides that it is not incompatible with an arbitration agreement for an arbitral tribunal to encourage settlement of the dispute, permits the tribunal with the agreement of the parties to use mediation, conciliation or other procedures for that purpose, and provides for an arbitral award on agreed terms.

Why the section had to be written at all

The problem section 30 solves is a real one and it is worth seeing before reading the text.

An arbitrator is an adjudicator. If he starts urging the parties to settle, and hears from each of them what they might accept, he has learned things about their positions that a judge would never hear. If the settlement then fails and he goes on to decide the case, the losing party will say he was influenced by what he was told in the settlement discussions, and will attack the award for want of independence under section 12 and for breach of section 18.

So without a provision like section 30, a cautious arbitrator would never encourage settlement at all, and the parties would lose the cheapest outcome available to them.

Section 30(1): permission, and the words that matter

It is not incompatible with an arbitration agreement for an arbitral tribunal to encourage settlement of the dispute and, with the agreement of the parties, the arbitral tribunal may use mediation, conciliation or other procedures at any time during the arbitral proceedings to encourage settlement.

Take it apart.

"It is not incompatible with an arbitration agreement." This is the answer to the objection above. Encouraging settlement is not a departure from the arbitrator's role; the Act says so.

"To encourage settlement of the dispute." The tribunal may encourage. It cannot compel, and section 18 stops it pressing a party into terms.

"With the agreement of the parties." This condition attaches to the second half, the use of mediation, conciliation or other procedures. Encouraging settlement is permitted generally; actually conducting a mediation or conciliation requires the parties' agreement.

"May use mediation, conciliation or other procedures." The Act names both, and by "other procedures" leaves room for anything else that works.

"At any time during the arbitral proceedings." Early, late, or after the evidence.

This is the clearest statutory recognition in Indian law that the ADR methods are not rivals. A student asked how arbitration, conciliation and mediation relate to each other can answer from the statute: section 30 lets one proceeding use all three.

munotes.in180

Section 30: Settling During an Arbitration, and the Award on Agreed Terms

A practical caution that the section does not spell out. Where the tribunal itself acts as mediator or conciliator and the settlement fails, the objection this chapter opened with returns in full force. Compare sections 80 and 81 of the same Act, in chapter 580, which bar a conciliator from acting as arbitrator in the same dispute and keep what was said in conciliation out of later proceedings. Those sections apply to Part III conciliations, and they show what the drafters thought the risk was. In practice parties who want a mediation during an arbitration often ask somebody other than the tribunal to conduct it.

Section 30(2): what happens when they settle

If, during arbitral proceedings, the parties settle the dispute, the arbitral tribunal shall terminate the proceedings and, if requested by the parties and not objected to by the arbitral tribunal, record the settlement in the form of an arbitral award on agreed terms.

Two limbs, and the difference is important.

Termination is mandatory. If the parties settle, the tribunal shall terminate the proceedings. There is nothing left to decide.

Recording it as an award is not automatic. It happens only if the parties request it and the tribunal does not object.

Why would a tribunal object? Because an award on agreed terms is enforceable as a decree, and a tribunal should not lend that force to terms it can see are unlawful, or that appear to be a device, or that go beyond the dispute referred to it. The Act gives it a veto for that reason.

Section 30(3): the form, and the effect

An arbitral award on agreed terms shall be made in accordance with section 31 and shall state that it is an arbitral award.

Section 30(4): an arbitral award on agreed terms shall have the same status and effect as any other arbitral award on the substance of the dispute.

Sub-section (4) is the payoff and the sentence to quote. A settlement recorded under section 30 is not a mere agreement. It has the same status and effect as an award made after a full contest, which means:

  • it is final and binding under section 35;
  • it is enforceable as a decree of the court under section 36; and
  • it can be set aside only on the section 34 grounds.

Section 31 must still be complied with, so the award on agreed terms must be in writing, signed by the members of the tribunal, and dated, with the place of arbitration stated. But note the exception in section 31(3): an award need not state reasons where it is an award on agreed terms under section 30. That is obvious once seen, since the reason is that the parties agreed.

munotes.in181

Section 30: Settling During an Arbitration, and the Award on Agreed Terms

Compared with the other settlement routes in this book

WhereWhat makes it binding
Award on agreed terms, section 30During an arbitrationSame status and effect as any award, section 30(4); enforced under section 36
Lok Adalat award, section 21 of the Legal Services Authorities ActA Lok Adalat sittingDeemed a decree of a civil court, no appeal
Conciliation settlement agreement, section 74A Part III conciliationSame status and effect as an arbitral award on agreed terms under section 30
Permanent Lok Adalat award, section 22EChapter VIA proceedingsFinal and binding, deemed a decree

Look at the third row. Section 74 defines the effect of a conciliation settlement by reference to section 30. So section 30 is not only a provision about arbitration; it is the yardstick the Act uses for settlements generally. Chapter 570 works through section 74.

A worked example

An arbitration over a delayed construction project has run for eight months. After the claimant's evidence, both sides can see roughly where the case is going. At a hearing the presiding arbitrator suggests that this might be a case for settlement.

May he say that? Yes. Section 30(1) makes it not incompatible with the arbitration agreement for the tribunal to encourage settlement.

The parties ask the tribunal to conduct a mediation. It may do so, because section 30(1) permits the use of mediation, conciliation or other procedures with the agreement of the parties. Both sides should think about what happens if it fails, since the tribunal will then decide the case having heard their settlement positions.

They agree on Rs. 2.1 crore payable in four instalments. Under section 30(2) the tribunal shall terminate the proceedings. If the parties request it and the tribunal does not object, it records the settlement as an arbitral award on agreed terms.

What does that award have to contain? It must comply with section 31: in writing, signed, dated, with the place of arbitration stated, and by section 30(3) it must state that it is an arbitral award. Under section 31(3) it need not give reasons.

The respondent pays two instalments and stops. The claimant executes. Under section 30(4) the award has the same status and effect as any other award, so section 36 applies and it is enforced as a decree of the court.

Could the respondent argue it was only a settlement agreement and must be sued upon? No. That is exactly what section 30(4) prevents.

Suppose the settlement had included a term releasing a director from a criminal complaint. The tribunal would be entitled to object under section 30(2), because the settlement would go beyond the dispute referred and would purport to compromise a matter that is not arbitrable at all. Chapter 250 explains why.

munotes.in182

Section 30: Settling During an Arbitration, and the Award on Agreed Terms

What beginners get wrong

An arbitrator encouraging settlement is not exceeding his function. Section 30(1) says it is not incompatible with the arbitration agreement.

The tribunal cannot mediate without the parties' agreement. The condition attaches to the use of mediation, conciliation or other procedures.

Recording the settlement as an award is not automatic. The parties must request it and the tribunal must not object.

An award on agreed terms is a real award. Section 30(4): the same status and effect as any other award on the substance.

It does not need reasons. Section 31(3) excepts an award on agreed terms.

Quick revision

  • 30(1): encouraging settlement is not incompatible with an arbitration agreement; with the agreement of the parties the tribunal may use mediation, conciliation or other procedures at any time during the proceedings.
  • 30(2): on settlement the tribunal shall terminate the proceedings, and if the parties request and the tribunal does not object, record the settlement as an arbitral award on agreed terms.
  • 30(3): such an award is made in accordance with section 31 and shall state that it is an arbitral award.
  • 30(4): it has the same status and effect as any other arbitral award on the substance of the dispute, so section 35 finality, section 36 enforcement and section 34 challenge all apply.
  • Section 31(3) excuses reasons for an award on agreed terms. Section 74 defines the effect of a conciliation settlement by reference to section 30.

Test yourself

1. May an arbitrator try to get the parties to settle? Yes. Section 30(1) provides that it is not incompatible with an arbitration agreement for the tribunal to encourage settlement, and, with the agreement of the parties, to use mediation, conciliation or other procedures at any time during the proceedings.

2. The parties settle. Must the tribunal record the settlement as an award? No. It must terminate the proceedings, but it records the settlement as an arbitral award on agreed terms only if the parties request it and the tribunal does not object.

3. What is the effect of an award on agreed terms? Under section 30(4) it has the same status and effect as any other arbitral award on the substance of the dispute, so it is final and binding under section 35, enforceable as a decree under section 36, and challengeable only under section 34.

4. Must such an award give reasons? No. Section 31(3) requires an award to state the reasons on which it is based unless the parties have agreed that no reasons are to be given or it is an award on agreed terms under section 30.

munotes.in183

Section 30: Settling During an Arbitration, and the Award on Agreed Terms

5. Why might a tribunal object to recording a settlement as an award? Because the award carries the force of a decree. A tribunal may properly object where the terms are unlawful, go beyond the dispute referred to it, or purport to compromise a matter that is not arbitrable.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in184

Chapter Thirty-Seven

The Arbitral Award: Form, Contents, Reasons, Interest and Costs

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

An award must be written, signed, dated and reasoned, must say where it was made, and a signed copy must go to each party; and the tribunal decides interest and costs.

In exam wording: section 31 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 prescribes the form and contents of an arbitral award, and section 31A establishes a regime for costs applying to both the Court and the arbitral tribunal.

Section 31(1) and (2): writing and signature

Section 31(1): an arbitral award shall be made in writing and shall be signed by the members of the arbitral tribunal.

Section 31(2): in proceedings with more than one arbitrator, the signatures of the majority of all the members shall be sufficient so long as the reason for any omitted signature is stated.

Sub-section (2) is the practical answer to the arbitrator who refuses to sign, or who has died or become unavailable. The award still stands on the majority's signatures, provided the reason for the missing signature is stated in it. Leaving the reason out is a defect in the award itself.

Section 31(3): reasons, and the two exceptions

The arbitral award shall state the reasons upon which it is based, unless (a) the parties have agreed that no reasons are to be given, or (b) the award is an arbitral award on agreed terms under section 30.

The default is reasoned, which is one of the biggest differences from the 1940 Act, under which unreasoned awards were common and almost impossible to review intelligently.

Why reasons matter here more than they look. An unreasoned award cannot really be tested under section 34 at all: a court cannot see whether the tribunal went outside the reference, ignored the contract, or decided on a ground nobody argued. Reasons are what make the limited review in section 34 meaningful.

The exceptions are narrow. Agreement that no reasons be given, which is rare and unwise; and an award on agreed terms, where the parties' agreement is the reason.

Section 31(4) and (5): date, place, and delivery

Section 31(4): the award shall state its date and the place of arbitration as determined in accordance with section 20, and the award shall be deemed to have been made at that place.

The deeming matters. Wherever the tribunal physically signed, the award is made at the seat, which chapter 320 distinguishes from the venue. That in turn fixes which courts supervise it.

Section 31(5): after the award is made, a signed copy shall be delivered to each party.

Small provision, large consequences. The date of receipt of the signed copy starts the thirty day clock in section 33 for correction, and the three month clock in section 34(3) for setting aside. Delivery to an advocate or an employee may not be delivery to the party; this is a recurring source of limitation disputes.

munotes.in185

The Arbitral Award: Form, Contents, Reasons, Interest and Costs

Section 31(6): interim awards

The arbitral tribunal may, at any time during the arbitral proceedings, make an interim arbitral award on any matter with respect to which it may make a final arbitral award.

Read with section 2(1)(c), under which "arbitral award" includes an interim award. So an interim award is an award for all purposes: it must comply with section 31, it can be challenged under section 34, and it can be enforced under section 36.

Do not confuse an interim award under section 31(6) with an interim measure under section 17. An interim award finally decides some part of the dispute; an interim measure is protective and provisional, and decides nothing.

Section 31(7): interest, in two periods

Clause (a), pre-award interest: unless otherwise agreed, where and in so far as an award is for the payment of money, the tribunal may include interest, at such rate as it deems reasonable, on the whole or any part of the money, for the whole or any part of the period between the date on which the cause of action arose and the date on which the award is made.

Clause (b), post-award interest: a sum directed to be paid by an award shall, unless the award otherwise directs, carry interest at the rate of two per cent higher than the current rate of interest prevalent on the date of award, from the date of award to the date of payment.

Clause (b) was substituted by the 2015 amendment and the change is one students get wrong. The earlier provision fixed a flat eighteen per cent per annum. The present rule is current rate plus two per cent, and the Explanation takes "current rate of interest" from section 2(b) of the Interest Act 1978.

Three points to hold together. Pre-award interest is a discretion, at a rate the tribunal thinks reasonable, over a period it chooses. Post-award interest is a default that runs automatically unless the award directs otherwise. And both yield to the parties' agreement, since clause (a) opens with "unless otherwise agreed" and clause (b) with "unless the award otherwise directs".

Section 31(8) and 31A: the costs regime

Section 31(8), as substituted in 2015: the costs of an arbitration shall be fixed by the arbitral tribunal in accordance with section 31A.

Section 31A is a complete costs code, and it was one of the more ambitious parts of the 2015 amendment.

31A(1): in relation to any arbitration proceeding, or a proceeding under any provision of the Act pertaining to the arbitration, the Court or arbitral tribunal, notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, shall have the discretion to determine (a) whether costs are payable by one party to another, (b) the amount, and (c) when they are to be paid.

munotes.in186

The Arbitral Award: Form, Contents, Reasons, Interest and Costs

The Explanation defines costs as reasonable costs relating to (i) the fees and expenses of the arbitrators, Courts and witnesses, (ii) legal fees and expenses, (iii) any administration fees of the institution supervising the arbitration, and (iv) any other expenses incurred in connection with the arbitral or Court proceedings and the award.

31A(2), the general rule: (a) the unsuccessful party shall be ordered to pay the costs of the successful party; or (b) the Court or tribunal may make a different order for reasons to be recorded in writing.

This is loser pays, stated as a general rule, with any departure requiring written reasons. Indian civil litigation had never really achieved that, and section 31A is the Act trying to change the economics of bringing a hopeless claim or defence.

31A(3), what is taken into account: all the circumstances, including (a) the conduct of all the parties; (b) whether a party has succeeded partly; (c) whether a party made a frivolous counterclaim leading to delay; and (d) whether any reasonable offer to settle was made by a party and refused by the other.

Clause (d) is worth noticing. A party who refuses a reasonable settlement offer and then does no better at the award can be penalised in costs. That is a direct incentive towards the settlement Module III is about, written into the arbitration Part.

31A(4): the order may include that a party pay (a) a proportion of another's costs; (b) a stated amount; (c) costs from or until a certain date only; (d) costs incurred before proceedings began; (e) costs relating to particular steps; (f) costs relating only to a distinct part of the proceedings; and (g) interest on costs.

31A(5): an agreement that a party is to pay the whole or part of the costs of the arbitration in any event shall be valid only if made after the dispute has arisen.

Compare the proviso to section 12(5) in chapter 280. The Act uses the same technique twice: a clause imposed in the original contract is void, but the parties may agree the same thing once a dispute exists and they can see what they are giving up. The mischief is the stronger party's standard form.

A worked example

A three-member tribunal decides that a contractor must pay Rs. 90 lakhs. One arbitrator disagrees and refuses to sign. The award is signed by the other two on 8 April at a hearing held in Pune, the seat being Mumbai. A copy reaches the contractor's advocate on 12 April and the contractor himself on 25 April. The award says nothing about interest.

munotes.in187

The Arbitral Award: Form, Contents, Reasons, Interest and Costs

Is the award valid without three signatures? Yes, under section 31(2), the signatures of the majority of all the members suffice, so long as the reason for the omitted signature is stated in the award.

Where was it made? At Mumbai. Section 31(4) requires the award to state the place of arbitration as determined under section 20 and deems the award made at that place, whatever the physical venue of signing.

When does the section 34 period start? From the receipt of the award by the party, so the 25 April date is the one to examine, not the advocate's receipt on 12 April. Chapter 400 works through section 34(3).

What interest runs? The award is silent, so no pre-award interest was awarded, that being a discretion under section 31(7)(a). But post-award interest runs automatically under clause (b), at two per cent above the current rate of interest prevalent on the date of the award, from the date of the award to payment, because the award has not directed otherwise.

Who pays the costs? Under section 31(8) the tribunal fixes them in accordance with section 31A, and under section 31A(2)(a) the general rule is that the unsuccessful party pays the successful party's costs, any different order requiring written reasons.

The contractor had offered Rs. 85 lakhs six months ago and it was refused. That is expressly relevant under section 31A(3)(d), and it may reduce or reverse the costs order even though the contractor lost.

What beginners get wrong

A reasoned award is the default, not the exception, under section 31(3).

Post-award interest is not eighteen per cent. Since 2015 it is the current rate of interest plus two per cent, taking the meaning from section 2(b) of the Interest Act 1978.

The place stated under section 31(4) is the seat, and the award is deemed made there wherever it was signed.

Delivery under section 31(5) is to the party. Limitation under sections 33 and 34 runs from that receipt.

An interim award is not an interim measure. Section 31(6) against section 17.

A costs clause imposed in the original contract is not valid. Section 31A(5) requires it to be made after the dispute has arisen.

Quick revision

  • 31(1) and (2): in writing, signed by the members; a majority's signatures suffice if the reason for an omitted signature is stated.
  • 31(3): reasons required unless the parties agreed otherwise or it is an award on agreed terms under section 30.
  • 31(4): state the date and the place of arbitration under section 20; the award is deemed made at that place.
  • 31(5): a signed copy delivered to each party. 31(6): an interim award may be made on any matter on which a final award could be made.
  • 31(7)(a): pre-award interest at a reasonable rate, on the whole or part, for the whole or part of the period from the cause of action to the award, unless otherwise agreed. (b): post-award interest at two per cent above the current rate from award to payment unless the award directs otherwise; Interest Act 1978 section 2(b) supplies the meaning.
  • 31A: loser pays as the general rule, departure needing written reasons; regard to conduct, partial success, frivolous counterclaims and a refused reasonable settlement offer; a wide menu of costs orders; and a costs-in-any-event agreement is valid only if made after the dispute arose.
munotes.in188

The Arbitral Award: Form, Contents, Reasons, Interest and Costs

Test yourself

1. Two of three arbitrators sign the award. Is it valid? Yes, under section 31(2), provided the reason for the omitted signature is stated in the award. The signatures of the majority of all the members are sufficient.

2. Must an award give reasons? Yes, under section 31(3), unless the parties have agreed that no reasons are to be given or the award is an arbitral award on agreed terms under section 30.

3. The award is silent about interest. Does any interest run after it? Yes. Section 31(7)(b) provides that a sum directed to be paid shall, unless the award otherwise directs, carry interest at two per cent above the current rate of interest prevalent on the date of the award, from the date of the award to the date of payment.

4. What is the general rule on costs, and can it be departed from? Under section 31A(2)(a) the unsuccessful party shall be ordered to pay the costs of the successful party. The Court or tribunal may make a different order under clause (b), but must record its reasons in writing.

5. A standard form contract says the contractor bears all arbitration costs whatever the outcome. Is that clause effective? No. Section 31A(5) makes an agreement that a party is to pay the whole or part of the costs in any event valid only if it was made after the dispute in question had arisen.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in189

Chapter Thirty-Eight

Termination of Proceedings, Correction, Interpretation and Additional Awards

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

An arbitration ends with the final award, and for thirty days afterwards the tribunal can still fix slips, explain a point, or decide a claim it forgot.

In exam wording: section 32 provides how arbitral proceedings are terminated and when the tribunal's mandate ends, and section 33 permits the correction of errors, the interpretation of a specific point or part of an award, and the making of an additional award.

Section 32: how an arbitration ends

Section 32(1): the arbitral proceedings shall be terminated by the final arbitral award or by an order of the arbitral tribunal under sub-section (2).

Section 32(2): the tribunal shall issue an order for termination where:

  • (a) the claimant withdraws his claim, unless the respondent objects to the order and the arbitral tribunal recognises a legitimate interest on his part in obtaining a final settlement of the dispute;
  • (b) the parties agree on the termination; or
  • (c) the tribunal finds that the continuation of the proceedings has for any other reason become unnecessary or impossible.

Clause (a)'s exception is the interesting one and it is easy to see the point once stated. A claimant who realises it is going to lose might withdraw, wait, and start again. The respondent, who has spent two years and a great deal of money, may have a legitimate interest in a final settlement of the dispute rather than a withdrawal that settles nothing. Where the tribunal recognises that interest, the arbitration continues to an award.

Clause (c) is a residual power and it covers the practical dead ends: the subject matter has ceased to exist, a party has been dissolved, or the claim has been overtaken by events.

Section 32(3): subject to section 33 and section 34(4), the mandate of the arbitral tribunal shall terminate with the termination of the arbitral proceedings.

This is the sentence that explains the whole chapter. Once the proceedings end, the tribunal is functus officio, a Latin expression meaning that it has discharged its office and has no further authority. It cannot reconsider, add to, or improve its award.

Two exceptions are built into the sub-section, and they are the reason sections 33 and 34(4) exist:

  • Section 33, which lets the tribunal correct, interpret or supplement the award within a short window; and
  • Section 34(4), under which a court hearing a setting aside application may adjourn and give the tribunal an opportunity to resume proceedings or take such action as will eliminate the grounds for setting aside. Chapter 400 works through it.

Section 33: the short window after the award

Section 33 gives three different remedies with three different time limits. Keep them apart.

munotes.in190

Termination of Proceedings, Correction, Interpretation and Additional Awards

Correction of errors, section 33(1)(a) and (3)

Within thirty days from the receipt of the arbitral award, unless another period has been agreed, a party with notice to the other party may request the tribunal to correct any computation errors, any clerical or typographical errors, or any other errors of a similar nature occurring in the award.

Section 33(3): the tribunal may correct any such error on its own initiative, within thirty days from the date of the arbitral award.

Note the two different starting points, which is a fine point students miss. A party's request runs from receipt of the award; the tribunal's own correction runs from the date of the award.

And note the limit of the power. It reaches computation, clerical and typographical errors and errors of a similar nature. It is not a power to reconsider the merits. A tribunal that used section 33 to change its mind about liability would be acting without jurisdiction, being functus officio under section 32(3).

Interpretation, section 33(1)(b)

If so agreed by the parties, a party with notice to the other may, within the same thirty days, request the tribunal to give an interpretation of a specific point or part of the award.

This one is available only if the parties have agreed to it, unlike correction. That is a real limitation and it is easy to overlook.

Section 33(2): if the tribunal considers a request under sub-section (1) justified, it shall make the correction or give the interpretation within thirty days from the receipt of the request, and the interpretation shall form part of the arbitral award.

"Shall form part of the arbitral award" matters: the interpretation is not a separate document but is absorbed into the award itself.

Additional award, section 33(4) and (5)

Unless otherwise agreed, a party with notice to the other may, within thirty days from receipt of the award, request the tribunal to make an additional arbitral award as to claims presented in the arbitral proceedings but omitted from the arbitral award.

Section 33(5): if the tribunal considers the request justified, it shall make the additional award within sixty days from receipt of the request.

Note the difference in the deadline: thirty days for a correction or interpretation, sixty days for an additional award, which is fair because an additional award may require the tribunal to decide something for the first time.

And note the limit: claims presented in the proceedings but omitted from the award. A party cannot use section 33(4) to introduce a claim it never made.

Section 33(6): the tribunal may extend, if necessary, the period within which it shall make a correction, give an interpretation or make an additional award under sub-sections (2) or (5).

munotes.in191

Termination of Proceedings, Correction, Interpretation and Additional Awards

Section 33(7): section 31 applies to a correction, an interpretation or an additional award. So each must be in writing, signed, dated, and state the place, and a signed copy must be delivered to each party.

Why section 33 matters for limitation

This is the practical reason the chapter exists, and it is worth an examination answer on its own.

Section 34(3) requires an application to set aside an award to be made within three months from the date on which the party received the award; and, crucially, if a request has been made under section 33, from the date on which that request has been disposed of by the tribunal.

So a section 33 request restarts the section 34 clock. A party that is close to the three month limit and makes a section 33 request buys time; a party that ignores a pending section 33 request and files under section 34 on the original date may find the application premature or the calculation disputed.

The corollary is a trap. The clock restarts on the disposal of the request, not on the making of it, and a request that is frivolous is still disposed of. Work the dates carefully in any problem question.

A worked example

An award is dated 3 May and received by both parties on 10 May. It awards Rs. 62 lakhs, but the tribunal has added up the six heads of claim wrongly, the total of the individual figures being Rs. 64 lakhs; it has also failed to deal at all with the claimant's separate claim for storage charges, which was pleaded and argued.

The arithmetic. A computation error under section 33(1)(a). Either party may request a correction within thirty days of 10 May, that is by 9 June, with notice to the other. The tribunal could also have corrected it on its own initiative, but only within thirty days of 3 May, the date of the award.

The omitted claim. Not a correction; it is a claim presented in the proceedings but omitted from the award, so it is an additional award under section 33(4). The request must be made within thirty days of receipt, and if the tribunal considers it justified it must make the additional award within sixty days of the request under section 33(5).

The respondent wants the tribunal to explain what "net of retention" means in paragraph 41. That is an interpretation under section 33(1)(b), and it is available only if the parties agreed to that remedy. If they did not, the tribunal cannot give it.

munotes.in192

Termination of Proceedings, Correction, Interpretation and Additional Awards

Can the tribunal reconsider its finding on delay while it is at it? No. Under section 32(3) its mandate terminated with the proceedings, and section 33 does not reopen the merits. It is functus officio except for the specific powers in section 33 and for section 34(4).

What does this do to the setting aside period? The three months under section 34(3) will run from the date the section 33 request is disposed of, not from 10 May.

What beginners get wrong

Section 33 is not an appeal to the tribunal. It covers computation, clerical and typographical errors and similar, interpretation where agreed, and claims omitted from the award.

Interpretation requires the parties' agreement; correction and an additional award do not.

The tribunal's own correction runs from the date of the award, a party's request from receipt.

An additional award has sixty days, not thirty, from receipt of the request.

The tribunal is functus officio after termination, subject only to section 33 and section 34(4).

A section 33 request moves the section 34 limitation start date to the disposal of the request.

Quick revision

  • 32(1): proceedings end by the final award or by an order under sub-section (2). 32(2): order where the claimant withdraws (unless the respondent objects and the tribunal recognises a legitimate interest in a final settlement), the parties agree, or continuation has become unnecessary or impossible.
  • 32(3): the mandate terminates with the proceedings, subject to section 33 and section 34(4).
  • 33(1)(a): correction of computation, clerical, typographical and similar errors, on a party's request within thirty days of receipt, with notice. 33(3): on the tribunal's own initiative within thirty days of the date of the award.
  • 33(1)(b): interpretation of a specific point or part, only if the parties so agreed, within the same period. 33(2): correction or interpretation within thirty days of the request; the interpretation forms part of the award.
  • 33(4): additional award for claims presented but omitted, requested within thirty days of receipt. 33(5): made within sixty days of the request. 33(6): the tribunal may extend. 33(7): section 31 applies to all three.
  • Section 34(3) runs from receipt of the award, or from the disposal of a section 33 request.

Test yourself

1. When does an arbitral tribunal become functus officio? On the termination of the arbitral proceedings, under section 32(3), which occurs on the final award or on an order under section 32(2). The mandate terminates subject only to section 33 and section 34(4).

2. A claimant withdraws its claim. Must the tribunal terminate the proceedings? Usually yes, under section 32(2)(a). But not where the respondent objects to the order and the tribunal recognises a legitimate interest on his part in obtaining a final settlement of the dispute.

munotes.in193

Termination of Proceedings, Correction, Interpretation and Additional Awards

3. What is the difference between a correction and an additional award? A correction under section 33(1)(a) deals with computation, clerical or typographical errors or errors of a similar nature already in the award. An additional award under section 33(4) decides a claim that was presented in the proceedings but omitted from the award, and the tribunal has sixty days from the request rather than thirty.

4. Can a party ask the tribunal to explain an ambiguous paragraph? Only if the parties have agreed to that remedy. Section 33(1)(b) makes a request for an interpretation of a specific point or part of the award available "if so agreed by the parties", unlike correction, which needs no such agreement.

5. How does section 33 affect the time for a setting aside application? Section 34(3) runs the three month period from the date on which the party received the award, or, if a request has been made under section 33, from the date on which that request has been disposed of by the arbitral tribunal.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in194

Chapter Thirty-Nine

Section 34: Setting Aside an Award, and What 'Public Policy' Now Means

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

An award can be challenged in court, but only by an application to set it aside, only on a short closed list of grounds, and only within three months.

In exam wording: section 34 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 provides that recourse to a Court against an arbitral award may be made only by an application for setting aside the award, on the grounds specified in sub-section (2) and, for domestic awards, sub-section (2A), within the period prescribed by sub-section (3).

The three words that shape the section

"Recourse ... may be made only by an application for setting aside." There is no appeal against an arbitral award. A court cannot vary it, improve it, or substitute its own view. The only thing it can do under this section is set the award aside, wholly or in part.

"May be set aside by the Court only if." The grounds are exhaustive.

And a distinction inside sub-section (2) that decides who has to prove what. Under clause (a) the party making the application must establish the ground, and since the 2019 amendment must do so on the basis of the record of the arbitral tribunal. Under clause (b) it is enough that the Court finds the ground, so the court may act on its own.

Section 34(2)(a): the five grounds a party must establish

The applicant must establish, on the basis of the record of the arbitral tribunal, that:

  • (i) a party was under some incapacity;
  • (ii) the arbitration agreement is not valid under the law to which the parties subjected it, or, failing any indication, under the law for the time being in force;
  • (iii) the applicant was not given proper notice of the appointment of an arbitrator or of the arbitral proceedings, or was otherwise unable to present his case;
  • (iv) the award deals with a dispute not contemplated by or not falling within the terms of the submission to arbitration, or contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the submission, with a proviso that where the decisions on matters submitted can be separated from those not submitted, only that part which contains decisions on matters not submitted may be set aside; or
  • (v) the composition of the tribunal or the arbitral procedure was not in accordance with the agreement of the parties, unless that agreement conflicted with a provision of Part I from which the parties cannot derogate, or, failing such agreement, was not in accordance with Part I.

Three of these repay attention.

Ground (iii) is the natural justice ground and it is the commonest genuine complaint. It is section 18 in the form of a remedy, and it has two limbs: no proper notice, or otherwise unable to present his case.

munotes.in195

Section 34: Setting Aside an Award, and What 'Public Policy' Now Means

Ground (iv) is the excess of jurisdiction ground, and its proviso is the Act's severability rule for awards: the good part survives if it can be separated.

Ground (v) protects the parties' agreed process, but only so far as that agreement was itself lawful. An agreement conflicting with a mandatory provision is not protected, which is where section 12(5) and section 18 come back in.

"On the basis of the record of the arbitral tribunal" was inserted by the 2019 amendment, replacing "furnishes proof that". The change is significant: a section 34 application is not an occasion for fresh evidence. The court looks at the record the tribunal had.

Section 34(2)(b): the two grounds the Court may find

  • (i) the subject matter of the dispute is not capable of settlement by arbitration under the law for the time being in force. This is arbitrability, chapter 250.
  • (ii) the award is in conflict with the public policy of India.

What public policy means, since 2015

Public policy was the ground that swallowed the section, and Parliament closed it in 2015 by adding two Explanations.

Explanation 1: an award is in conflict with the public policy of India only if:

  • (i) the making of the award was induced or affected by fraud or corruption, or was in violation of section 75 or section 81;
  • (ii) it is in contravention with the fundamental policy of Indian law; or
  • (iii) it is in conflict with the most basic notions of morality or justice.

Explanation 2: the test of contravention with the fundamental policy of Indian law shall not entail a review on the merits of the dispute.

Read Explanation 1's opening word: only. Three categories, closed. And note the reference to sections 75 and 81, which are the confidentiality and admissibility provisions of the conciliation Part, chapter 580; they appear here because an award induced by breaching the confidence of a conciliation is treated as offending public policy.

Section 34(2A): patent illegality, and it is domestic only

An arbitral award arising out of arbitrations other than international commercial arbitrations may also be set aside by the Court if the Court finds that the award is vitiated by patent illegality appearing on the face of the award.

Proviso: an award shall not be set aside merely on the ground of an erroneous application of the law or by reappreciation of evidence.

Two things must be said together, and most notes say only the first.

Patent illegality is a ground, and it was created by the courts before Parliament wrote it into the Act. The three cases below trace it.

munotes.in196

Section 34: Setting Aside an Award, and What 'Public Policy' Now Means

And it is available only in a domestic arbitration. Sub-section (2A) says "arising out of arbitrations other than international commercial arbitrations". So an award in an international commercial arbitration seated in India, which is still a domestic award under section 2(7), cannot be attacked as patently illegal.

And the proviso is half the ground. An error of law is not enough. Reappreciating evidence is not permitted. What is caught is illegality appearing on the face of the award, of which the clearest example is an award that ignores the terms of the contract, contrary to section 28(3), chapter 350.

The three cases, in order

Saw Pipes: where patent illegality came from

Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Ltd v. Saw Pipes Ltd, (2003) 5 SCC 705, decided 17 April 2003.

Facts. A challenge to an arbitral award in which the Court had to decide whether an award contrary to the terms of the contract, or to the provisions of the Act, could be set aside as being in conflict with the public policy of India, that being the only ground on which such a complaint could then be brought.

Held. The Court read "public policy" in section 34 widely enough to include an award that is patently illegal, covering an award contrary to the substantive provisions of law, to the provisions of the Act, or to the terms of the contract, so that such an award could be set aside.

Why it matters. It is the origin of the ground now in section 34(2A). It also shows why the ground had to be moved: reading patent illegality into "public policy" meant that the wider concept travelled into Part II as well, where a much narrower test is right for a foreign award. Chapter 520 works that through.

Associate Builders: the picture just before the amendment

Associate Builders v. Delhi Development Authority, (2015) 3 SCC 49, decided 25 November 2014, R.F. Nariman J with Ranjan Gogoi J.

Facts. A challenge to an arbitral award decided shortly before the 2015 amendment, which gave the Court occasion to set out systematically what the public policy ground had come to contain.

Held. The Court analysed the heads of public policy then recognised, listing the fundamental policy of Indian law, the interest of India, and justice or morality, together with patent illegality, and explained the content of each.

Why it matters. Compare that list with Explanation 1 as enacted in 2015 and the change is visible: "the interest of India" is gone, and "justice or morality" has become "the most basic notions of morality or justice", which is deliberately narrower. Associate Builders remains valuable for its analysis of what the surviving heads mean; it is not a statement of the current list.

munotes.in197

Section 34: Setting Aside an Award, and What 'Public Policy' Now Means

Ssangyong: the position after 2015

Ssangyong Engineering and Construction Co Ltd v. National Highways Authority of India, AIR 2019 SC 5041, decided 8 May 2019, R.F. Nariman J with Vineet Saran J.

Facts. A challenge to an arbitral award which required the Court to consider what the 2015 amendment had done to the grounds for setting aside, and in particular to the public policy ground, and to decide to which applications the amended section 34 applies.

Held. The Court described the effect of the amendment in terms worth learning:

There is no doubt that in the present case, fundamental changes have been made in the law. The expansion of "public policy of India" in ONGC Ltd. v. Saw Pipes Ltd. and ONGC Ltd. v. Western Geco International Ltd. has been done away with, and a new ground of "patent illegality", with inbuilt exceptions, has been introduced.

And on the temporal question it declared that section 34 as amended applies only to section 34 applications made to the Court on or after 23 October 2015, irrespective of when the arbitration proceedings commenced.

Why it matters. It is the authoritative statement of the position after 2015, and its declaration is the practical rule for dating a problem: look at when the section 34 application was made, not when the arbitration began.

Section 34(3): the time limit, and how strict it is

An application may not be made after three months have elapsed from the date on which the party making it received the arbitral award, or, if a request had been made under section 33, from the date on which that request had been disposed of by the tribunal.

Proviso: if the Court is satisfied that the applicant was prevented by sufficient cause from applying within three months, it may entertain the application within a further period of thirty days, but not thereafter.

"But not thereafter" is the whole point. This is not the ordinary law of limitation, where delay can be condoned on sufficient cause without an outer limit. Here there is an absolute ceiling of three months plus thirty days, and a court has no power to go beyond it.

Two dates matter and students confuse them: the party's receipt of the award, under section 31(5), and the disposal of a section 33 request, chapter 390.

The Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh State amendment doubles both periods, substituting six months for three months and sixty days for thirty days, and inserts its own sub-section (2A) on patent illegality without the international commercial arbitration carve-out.

munotes.in198

Section 34: Setting Aside an Award, and What 'Public Policy' Now Means

Section 34(4) to (6): the remaining machinery

Section 34(4): on receipt of an application, the Court may, where it is appropriate and it is so requested by a party, adjourn the proceedings for a period it determines, in order to give the tribunal an opportunity to resume the arbitral proceedings or take such other action as in the opinion of the tribunal will eliminate the grounds for setting aside.

This is the Act's repair mechanism, and it is why section 32(3) makes the termination of the mandate subject to section 34(4). Rather than destroying an award for a curable defect, the court can send it back. Note the two conditions: it must be appropriate, and a party must request it.

Section 34(5), inserted in 2015: an application shall be filed only after issuing a prior notice to the other party, and shall be accompanied by an affidavit endorsing compliance with that requirement.

Section 34(6), inserted in 2015: an application shall be disposed of expeditiously, and in any event within one year from the date on which the notice under sub-section (5) is served.

A worked example

A domestic award for Rs. 3 crore is received by the losing party on 1 March. It reads the contract's price escalation clause in a way the party says is impossible, ignores a clause capping liability, and decides a counterclaim for defamation that was never referred.

What is the only remedy? An application to set aside under section 34(1). There is no appeal on the merits.

The defamation counterclaim. Ground (2)(a)(iv): the award contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the submission. And by the proviso, if that part can be separated, only that part is set aside and the rest survives.

The ignored liability cap. This is the classic patent illegality argument under section 34(2A), because section 28(3) requires the tribunal to take the terms of the contract into account. It is available here because this is a domestic arbitration. It would not be available if one party were foreign.

The escalation clause. Here the party must be careful. If its complaint is really that the tribunal read the clause wrongly, the proviso to section 34(2A) defeats it: an award is not to be set aside merely for an erroneous application of the law or by reappreciation of evidence.

By when must it apply? Within three months of 1 March. If it was prevented by sufficient cause, the Court may allow a further thirty days, but not thereafter. If it had made a section 33 request, the three months would run from the disposal of that request.

munotes.in199

Section 34: Setting Aside an Award, and What 'Public Policy' Now Means

What must it do before filing? Issue prior notice to the other party and file an affidavit endorsing compliance, under section 34(5).

Could the court save the award instead of setting it aside? Yes. If a party requests it and the court thinks it appropriate, section 34(4) lets the court adjourn and give the tribunal a chance to resume and eliminate the ground.

Change the parties. Make the claimant a company incorporated in Singapore. It remains a domestic award under section 2(7), so section 34 still applies, but patent illegality is no longer available, because section 34(2A) excludes international commercial arbitration.

What beginners get wrong

There is no appeal against an award. Section 34 is the only recourse, and it sets aside rather than varies.

Patent illegality is not available in an international commercial arbitration, even one seated in India.

"Public policy" is now a closed list of three, under Explanation 1, and "the interest of India" is no longer one of them.

The thirty day extension is an absolute ceiling. "But not thereafter" excludes any further condonation.

An error of law is not a ground. The proviso to section 34(2A) says so.

Section 34 is not a rehearing. Since 2019 the applicant must establish clause (a) grounds on the record of the arbitral tribunal, and Explanation 2 forbids a review on the merits.

Quick revision

  • 34(1): recourse only by an application to set aside.
  • 34(2)(a), the applicant establishes on the record: (i) incapacity; (ii) invalid arbitration agreement; (iii) no proper notice or otherwise unable to present his case; (iv) beyond the scope of the submission, with a severability proviso; (v) composition or procedure contrary to the parties' agreement, unless that agreement conflicted with a non-derogable provision.
  • 34(2)(b), the Court finds: (i) not arbitrable; (ii) conflict with public policy of India. Explanation 1: only fraud or corruption or violation of sections 75 or 81; contravention of the fundamental policy of Indian law; or conflict with the most basic notions of morality or justice. Explanation 2: no review on the merits.
  • 34(2A): patent illegality on the face of the award, domestic arbitrations only; not for an erroneous application of law or reappreciation of evidence.
  • 34(3): three months from receipt of the award, or from disposal of a section 33 request; plus thirty days for sufficient cause, but not thereafter. Jammu and Kashmir and Ladakh: six months and sixty days.
  • 34(4): the Court may adjourn to let the tribunal eliminate the grounds. 34(5): prior notice and an affidavit. 34(6): dispose of within one year of that notice.
  • Ssangyong (8 May 2019): the Saw Pipes and Western Geco expansion of public policy is done away with; patent illegality is a new ground with inbuilt exceptions; amended section 34 applies to applications made on or after 23 October 2015.
munotes.in200

Section 34: Setting Aside an Award, and What 'Public Policy' Now Means

Test yourself

1. Can a court correct an arithmetical mistake in an award under section 34? No. Section 34 permits only setting aside, wholly or in part. A computation error is corrected by the tribunal under section 33(1)(a), within thirty days of receipt of the award.

2. Is patent illegality available against an award made in an international commercial arbitration seated in Mumbai? No. Section 34(2A) applies only to awards arising out of arbitrations other than international commercial arbitrations, even though such an award is a domestic award under section 2(7).

3. State the three limbs of public policy after 2015. Under Explanation 1 to section 34(2)(b)(ii), an award conflicts with the public policy of India only if the making of the award was induced or affected by fraud or corruption or was in violation of section 75 or section 81; or it contravenes the fundamental policy of Indian law; or it conflicts with the most basic notions of morality or justice.

4. An award is received on 1 June. The party applies on 20 October. Can the court hear it? No. Three months expired on 1 September, and the proviso to section 34(3) allows a further thirty days on sufficient cause "but not thereafter". 20 October is beyond that absolute outer limit, and no further condonation is possible.

5. The tribunal decided one claim that was outside the reference. Must the whole award go? No, if it can be separated. The proviso to section 34(2)(a)(iv) provides that where the decisions on matters submitted to arbitration can be separated from those not so submitted, only that part containing decisions on matters not submitted may be set aside.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in201

Chapter Forty

Finality and Enforcement: Section 36 and the Automatic Stay That Was Abolished

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

An award is final and is enforced like a decree of a court, and since 2015 merely filing a challenge no longer freezes it.

In exam wording: section 35 makes an arbitral award final and binding on the parties and persons claiming under them, and section 36 provides for its enforcement in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 as if it were a decree of the court, subject to a stay granted on a separate application.

Section 35: finality

Subject to this Part, an arbitral award shall be final and binding on the parties and persons claiming under them respectively.

Three words to notice.

"Subject to this Part." The finality is not absolute; it yields to section 34.

"Final and binding." There is no appeal on the merits, as chapter 400 explains.

"And persons claiming under them." The award binds not only the parties but those who claim through them, such as an assignee or a legal representative. Compare section 2(1)(g)'s definition of legal representative.

Section 36 before 2015: the automatic stay

To understand section 36 you have to know what it replaced, because the whole story is a reaction to it.

Under the original section 36, an award became enforceable only when the time for a section 34 application had expired, or such application had been made and refused. So filing a section 34 application automatically suspended enforcement.

The consequence was predictable and it hollowed out arbitration in India. Every losing party filed under section 34, whatever its merits, because filing alone stopped the award. The successful party then waited years for the challenge to be heard, with nothing in hand. An award was, in practice, a piece of paper until the courts had finished with it.

Section 36 as it now stands

Section 36(1): where the time for making a section 34 application has expired, then, subject to sub-section (2), the award shall be enforced in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, in the same manner as if it were a decree of the court.

Note what the award is not. It is not a decree; it is enforced as if it were one. There is no need to file a suit on the award, and no separate decree is drawn up.

Section 36(2): where a section 34 application has been filed, the filing of such an application shall not by itself render that award unenforceable, unless the Court grants an order of stay of the operation of the award in accordance with sub-section (3), on a separate application made for that purpose.

This is the reform, in one sentence. Filing a challenge no longer stops the award. The challenger must make a separate application for a stay and persuade the court to grant it.

munotes.in202

Finality and Enforcement: Section 36 and the Automatic Stay That Was Abolished

Section 36(3): on such an application the Court may, subject to such conditions as it may deem fit, grant stay of the operation of the award, for reasons to be recorded in writing.

First proviso: while considering a stay of an award for payment of money, the Court shall have due regard to the provisions for grant of stay of a money decree under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908.

That proviso is what makes a stay conditional in practice. In a money decree the ordinary course is to require security or a deposit, so a party seeking a stay of a money award will usually be required to secure the amount.

The 2021 proviso: an unconditional stay for fraud

Second proviso to section 36(3), inserted by the 2021 amendment: where the Court is satisfied that a prima facie case is made out that:

  • (a) the arbitration agreement or contract which is the basis of the award; or
  • (b) the making of the award,

was induced or effected by fraud or corruption, it shall stay the award unconditionally pending disposal of the challenge under section 34.

Explanation: the proviso applies to all court cases arising out of or in relation to arbitral proceedings, irrespective of whether the arbitral or court proceedings were commenced prior to or after the commencement of the 2015 Amendment Act.

Three things to note. The standard is prima facie, not proof. The stay is mandatory where that standard is met, the word being "shall". And it is unconditional, so no security is required, which is the opposite of the ordinary position under the first proviso.

The fight over section 87, and why it belongs here

This sequence is the single best illustration in the subject of the three-cornered relationship between Parliament, the Supreme Court and Parliament again. Learn it as a chronology.

One. The 2015 amendment ended the automatic stay by substituting section 36 in the form set out above. Section 26 of the 2015 Amendment Act dealt with which arbitrations the amendments applied to.

Two. The 2019 amendment deleted section 26 of the 2015 Act and inserted section 87 into the principal Act, the effect of which was that the 2015 amendments would not apply to arbitrations commenced before 23 October 2015, or to court proceedings arising out of them. Because the automatic stay was one of the things the 2015 Act had removed, section 87 revived the automatic stay for that large body of older cases.

Three. In Hindustan Construction Company Ltd v. Union of India, decided 27 November 2019 by R.F. Nariman J with Surya Kant and V. Ramasubramanian JJ, the Supreme Court struck it down. Its conclusion, in its own words:

munotes.in203

Finality and Enforcement: Section 36 and the Automatic Stay That Was Abolished

the deletion of Section 26 of the 2015 Amendment Act, together with the insertion of Section 87 into the Arbitration Act, 1996 by the 2019 Amendment Act, is struck down as being manifestly arbitrary under Article 14 of the Constitution of India.

Among the reasons the Court gave was that monies were not being released to award-holders on account of automatic stays of arbitral awards, exposing such award-holders to the rigours of the Insolvency Code. In other words, the revived automatic stay was pushing successful claimants into insolvency.

Four. The 2021 amendment then added the second proviso above, giving an unconditional stay in fraud and corruption cases. So Parliament's final position is: no automatic stay, a stay only on a separate application and usually on conditions, but an unconditional stay where fraud or corruption is shown prima facie.

Manifestly arbitrary is the standard the Court applied. A law is manifestly arbitrary, and so violates article 14, where it is capricious or lacks an adequate determining principle.

A worked example

An award for Rs. 5 crore against a construction company is received on 1 April. The company files a section 34 application on 20 June.

Does filing stop enforcement? No. Under section 36(2) the filing does not by itself render the award unenforceable. That is the change made in 2015.

What must the company do? Make a separate application for a stay under section 36(2) and (3). The Court may grant it subject to such conditions as it deems fit and must record reasons in writing.

What conditions are likely? This is an award for the payment of money, so under the first proviso the Court must have due regard to the provisions for stay of a money decree under the Code of Civil Procedure, which ordinarily means security or a deposit.

Suppose the company shows a prima facie case that the contract itself was procured by bribing an official. Then the second proviso applies: the Court shall stay the award unconditionally pending disposal of the section 34 challenge. No security.

Nobody applies under section 34 at all. Then once the three months, and any thirty day extension, have expired, section 36(1) applies and the award is enforced under the Code of Civil Procedure as if it were a decree.

The arbitration had begun in 2013 and the award was made in 2018. Before Hindustan Construction, section 87 would have applied the pre-2015 position and the filing of a section 34 application would have stayed the award automatically. Section 87 having been struck down, section 36 as amended applies and there is no automatic stay.

munotes.in204

Finality and Enforcement: Section 36 and the Automatic Stay That Was Abolished

What beginners get wrong

An award is not a decree. It is enforced as if it were one, under section 36(1).

Filing a section 34 application does not stay the award. A separate stay application is required, and this is the most important single change made in 2015.

A stay is not automatic even on the separate application. It is discretionary, conditional, and requires written reasons, except under the 2021 fraud proviso where it is mandatory and unconditional.

Section 87 is not in force as law. It stands in the printed Act but was struck down in Hindustan Construction.

Section 35's finality is expressly "subject to this Part", so it does not exclude section 34.

Quick revision

  • Section 35: an award is final and binding on the parties and persons claiming under them, subject to this Part.
  • Section 36(1): once the time for a section 34 application has expired, the award is enforced under the Code of Civil Procedure as if it were a decree of the court.
  • Section 36(2): filing a section 34 application does not by itself render the award unenforceable; a separate stay application is required.
  • Section 36(3): stay is discretionary, on conditions, with written reasons. First proviso: for a money award, due regard to the rules for staying a money decree under the Code. Second proviso (2021): where a prima facie case of fraud or corruption in the agreement, the contract or the making of the award is made out, the Court shall stay the award unconditionally; the Explanation applies it to all such cases whenever commenced.
  • The chronology: 2015 ended the automatic stay; 2019 deleted section 26 of the 2015 Act and inserted section 87, reviving it; Hindustan Construction (27 November 2019) struck that down as manifestly arbitrary under article 14; 2021 added the unconditional fraud stay.

Test yourself

1. Does filing an application under section 34 stop the award being enforced? No. Section 36(2) provides that the filing of such an application shall not by itself render the award unenforceable unless the Court grants a stay under sub-section (3) on a separate application made for that purpose.

2. What must a court have regard to when staying a money award? Under the first proviso to section 36(3), the provisions for grant of stay of a money decree under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, which ordinarily means requiring security or a deposit. It must also record reasons in writing.

3. When is a stay unconditional? Under the second proviso to section 36(3), inserted in 2021, where the Court is satisfied that a prima facie case is made out that the arbitration agreement or contract which is the basis of the award, or the making of the award, was induced or effected by fraud or corruption. In that case the Court shall stay the award unconditionally pending disposal of the section 34 challenge.

munotes.in205

Finality and Enforcement: Section 36 and the Automatic Stay That Was Abolished

4. What was section 87 and what happened to it? Section 87 was inserted by the 2019 amendment, together with the deletion of section 26 of the 2015 Amendment Act, so that the 2015 amendments would not apply to arbitrations commenced before 23 October 2015 or to related court proceedings, which revived the automatic stay for those cases. In Hindustan Construction Company Ltd v. Union of India the Supreme Court struck down that deletion and insertion as manifestly arbitrary under article 14.

5. Is an arbitral award a decree of the court? No. Section 36(1) provides that it shall be enforced in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 in the same manner as if it were a decree of the court. No suit on the award is needed and no separate decree is drawn.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in206

Chapter Forty-One

Section 37: Which Orders Can Be Appealed, and Which Cannot

Syllabus topic 2.1, "The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996"

In one line

Only five kinds of order can be appealed under this Act, there is no second appeal, and the right to go to the Supreme Court under the Constitution survives.

In exam wording: section 37 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 provides an exhaustive list of appealable orders, appeals lying to the Court authorised by law to hear appeals from original decrees of the Court passing the order, and bars any second appeal while preserving the right of appeal to the Supreme Court.

A section that exists to stop appeals

Most appeal provisions are written to give a right. This one is written to confine it, and the drafting shows it: "an appeal shall lie from the following orders (and from no others)."

Read section 37 together with section 5, chapter 220. Section 5 says a judicial authority shall not intervene except where Part I provides. Section 37 is one of those provisions, and its parenthesis makes clear that it provides for these orders and nothing else.

Section 37(1): appeals from orders of a Court

Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, an appeal shall lie from the following orders (and from no others) to the Court authorised by law to hear appeals from original decrees of the Court passing the order:

  • (a) refusing to refer the parties to arbitration under section 8;
  • (b) granting or refusing to grant any measure under section 9;
  • (c) setting aside or refusing to set aside an arbitral award under section 34.

Take each in turn, because the asymmetries are examinable.

Clause (a) is one-way. An appeal lies from an order refusing to refer. There is no appeal from an order referring the parties to arbitration. The logic is the same as section 16's: an order referring the parties sends the dispute to the forum they chose and the objection can be revisited later, while a refusal keeps them in court in defiance of their agreement.

Note also that the non obstante clause at the start, "notwithstanding anything contained in any other law", was inserted by the 2019 amendment. It closes off attempts to find a right of appeal in some other statute, such as a Letters Patent.

Clause (b) is two-way. Both the grant and the refusal of a section 9 interim measure are appealable, which is right, since a wrongly granted injunction and a wrongly refused one are equally damaging.

Clause (c) is two-way. Setting aside and refusing to set aside are both appealable. This is the ordinary route by which a section 34 decision is reviewed, and it is worth being precise: the appeal is against the court's order on the section 34 application, not against the award.

munotes.in207

Section 37: Which Orders Can Be Appealed, and Which Cannot

Section 37(2): appeals from orders of the arbitral tribunal

An appeal shall also lie to a court from an order of the arbitral tribunal:

  • (a) accepting the plea referred to in section 16(2) or 16(3); or
  • (b) granting or refusing to grant an interim measure under section 17.

Clause (a) is the other half of the section 16 asymmetry, and this is where chapter 300 pointed.

  • The tribunal accepts the plea and holds it has no jurisdiction, or that it is exceeding its authority. The arbitration stops, there will never be an award, and so there would never be a section 34 application. An immediate appeal is the only remedy, and clause (a) gives it.
  • The tribunal rejects the plea. No appeal. Under section 16(5) it continues and makes an award, and under section 16(6) the objector applies under section 34.

Clause (b) is two-way, matching clause (1)(b) for the court's own interim orders, which is why section 17(2)'s deeming provision is expressed to be subject to any orders passed in an appeal under section 37.

Section 37(3): no second appeal, and what survives

No second appeal shall lie from an order passed in appeal under this section, but nothing in this section shall affect or take away any right to appeal to the Supreme Court.

Two halves, and both matter.

No second appeal. So the chain stops after one appeal. A party cannot take a section 37 appellate order onwards through the ordinary hierarchy.

The Supreme Court is preserved. The saving refers to the right of appeal to the Supreme Court, which in practice means a special leave petition under article 136 of the Constitution. That is consistent with what chapter 220 says about section 5: a statute cannot cut down the constitutional jurisdiction of the Supreme Court, and section 37(3) does not attempt to.

Note what section 37(3) does not mention: the High Court's jurisdiction under articles 226 and 227. Those powers exist independently of this Act, but the policy of sections 5 and 37 is why courts exercise them sparingly in arbitration matters.

The complete picture of what is and is not appealable

OrderAppealable?Provision
Refusing to refer under section 8Yes37(1)(a)
Referring the parties under section 8Nonot listed
Granting or refusing a section 9 interim measureYes, both37(1)(b)
Setting aside or refusing to set aside under section 34Yes, both37(1)(c)
Appointing an arbitrator under section 11No, and section 11(7) makes it final, excluding even a Letters Patent Appeal11(7)
Tribunal accepting a section 16(2) or 16(3) pleaYes37(2)(a)
Tribunal rejecting a section 16 pleaNo; wait for the award and use section 3416(5) and (6)
Granting or refusing a section 17 interim measureYes, both37(2)(b)
An unsuccessful challenge to an arbitrator under section 13No; wait for the award and use section 3413(4) and (5)
A second appeal from a section 37 orderNo37(3)
An appeal to the Supreme CourtPreserved37(3)
munotes.in208

Section 37: Which Orders Can Be Appealed, and Which Cannot

Learn that table. It answers most section 37 questions directly, and it also shows the Act's consistent policy: an order that stops an arbitration is appealable at once; an order that lets it continue is not.

A worked example

A dispute produces a series of orders. Work out which can be appealed.

The City Civil Court refuses a section 8 application and keeps the suit. Appealable, under section 37(1)(a).

Had it granted the application and referred the parties, there would have been no appeal, because clause (a) covers only refusal.

The High Court refuses an interim injunction under section 9. Appealable, under section 37(1)(b), which covers both granting and refusing.

The tribunal rejects the respondent's plea that there is no arbitration agreement. Not appealable. Under section 16(5) the tribunal continues to an award, and under section 16(6) the remedy is a section 34 application.

The tribunal accepts a plea that a particular counterclaim is beyond the scope of its authority. Appealable at once, under section 37(2)(a), because that is a plea under section 16(3) and the counterclaim is otherwise simply lost.

The tribunal grants an injunction under section 17. Appealable, under section 37(2)(b).

The Court refuses to set aside the award under section 34. Appealable, under section 37(1)(c).

The appellate court dismisses that appeal. Can the losing party appeal again? No second appeal lies, under section 37(3). What survives is the right to move the Supreme Court, in practice by special leave under article 136.

What beginners get wrong

An order referring parties to arbitration under section 8 is not appealable. Only a refusal is.

A rejection of a section 16 plea is not appealable, only an acceptance. Getting this the wrong way round is the commonest error on the section.

An appointment under section 11 is not appealable at all. Section 11(7) makes it final and excludes a Letters Patent Appeal.

Section 37(1)(c) is an appeal against the court's order, not against the award.

"No second appeal" does not close the Supreme Court. Section 37(3) expressly preserves the right to appeal there.

Quick revision

  • 37(1), notwithstanding any other law, appeal from (a) refusing to refer under section 8; (b) granting or refusing a measure under section 9; (c) setting aside or refusing to set aside under section 34, "and from no others", to the court that hears appeals from original decrees of the court passing the order.
  • 37(2), appeal from an order of the tribunal (a) accepting a plea under section 16(2) or 16(3); (b) granting or refusing an interim measure under section 17.
  • 37(3): no second appeal; the right of appeal to the Supreme Court is preserved.
  • The policy: an order that stops an arbitration is appealable at once; one that lets it continue is not.
munotes.in209

Section 37: Which Orders Can Be Appealed, and Which Cannot

Test yourself

1. A court refers the parties to arbitration under section 8. Can the plaintiff appeal? No. Section 37(1)(a) allows an appeal only from an order refusing to refer the parties to arbitration. An order referring them is not in the list, and the section says an appeal lies from the listed orders and from no others.

2. The tribunal holds that it has jurisdiction, over the respondent's objection. What can the respondent do? Nothing immediately. Under section 16(5) the tribunal continues and makes an award, and under section 16(6) the respondent may then apply to set it aside under section 34. Only the acceptance of such a plea is appealable, under section 37(2)(a).

3. Is an order appointing an arbitrator under section 11 appealable? No. Section 11(7) makes a decision on a matter entrusted by sections 11(4), (5) or (6) final and provides that no appeal, including a Letters Patent Appeal, shall lie against it. Section 37 does not list it either.

4. What does section 37(3) permit and prohibit? It prohibits a second appeal from an order passed in appeal under section 37, and it preserves any right to appeal to the Supreme Court, which in practice means special leave under article 136 of the Constitution.

5. Which orders of the arbitral tribunal itself are appealable? Only two, under section 37(2): an order accepting a plea referred to in section 16(2) or 16(3), and an order granting or refusing to grant an interim measure under section 17.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in210

Chapter Forty-Two

Deposits, Lien, Death, Insolvency, Jurisdiction, Confidentiality and Limitation

Syllabus topic rule 1.3 sweep of the tail of Part I. MU names no topic here.

In one line

The tail of Part I covers who pays the tribunal in advance, what happens if a party dies or goes insolvent, which court keeps the case, whether an arbitration is confidential, and how limitation applies.

In exam wording: sections 38 to 43 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 are the miscellaneous provisions of Part I, dealing with deposits, the tribunal's lien, the effect of death and insolvency, the jurisdiction of a single court, confidentiality, protection of the arbitrator, and the application of the Limitation Act 1963.

Section 38: deposits

Section 38(1): the tribunal may fix the amount of the deposit or supplementary deposit as an advance for the costs under section 31(8) which it expects to be incurred in respect of the claim. A proviso allows separate deposits for the claim and the counterclaim.

Section 38(2): the deposit is payable in equal shares by the parties. First proviso: where one party fails to pay his share, the other party may pay it. Second proviso: where the other party also does not pay, the tribunal may suspend or terminate the proceedings in respect of that claim or counterclaim.

Notice the structure. The claimant who wants its claim heard can carry the respondent's share, and if nobody pays, the claim or counterclaim concerned can be suspended or terminated. The sanction is targeted: a respondent who refuses to fund the counterclaim loses the counterclaim, not the defence.

Section 38(3): on termination, the tribunal shall render an accounting of deposits received and return any unexpended balance.

Section 39: the tribunal's lien

Section 39(1): subject to sub-section (2) and to any contrary provision in the arbitration agreement, the tribunal shall have a lien on the arbitral award for any unpaid costs of the arbitration.

A lien is a right to retain something until a debt is paid. So the tribunal may hold back the award until its costs are paid, which is a powerful practical tool and the only real security an arbitrator has.

Section 39(2): if the tribunal refuses to deliver the award except on payment of the costs it demands, the Court may order that it deliver the award to the applicant on payment into Court of the costs demanded, and may then, after such inquiry as it thinks fit, order that only such sum as the Court considers reasonable be paid out to the tribunal, with the balance refunded to the applicant.

That is the safeguard against an excessive demand: the party gets the award, and the Court decides what the arbitrator is actually worth.

Section 39(3): such an application may be made by any party unless the fees demanded have been fixed by written agreement between him and the tribunal, and the tribunal is entitled to appear and be heard.

munotes.in211

Deposits, Lien, Death, Insolvency, Jurisdiction, Confidentiality and Limitation

Section 39(4): the Court may make such orders as it thinks fit about the costs of the arbitration where a question arises about them and the award contains no sufficient provision concerning them.

Section 40: death does not end the arbitration

Section 40(1): an arbitration agreement shall not be discharged by the death of any party, either as respects the deceased or any other party, but shall be enforceable by or against the legal representative of the deceased.

Section 40(2): the mandate of an arbitrator shall not be terminated by the death of the party who appointed him.

Section 40(3): nothing in the section affects any law by which a right of action is extinguished by death.

Sub-section (3) is the limit, and it matters. The agreement survives, but if the cause of action itself dies with the person, as a purely personal claim does, there is nothing left to arbitrate. Read with section 2(1)(g), which defines legal representative, and section 35, which binds persons claiming under a party.

Section 41: insolvency

Section 41(1): where a contract to which an insolvent is a party contains an arbitration term, that term, if the receiver adopts the contract, is enforceable by or against him so far as it relates to such a dispute.

Section 41(2): where a person adjudged insolvent had become a party to an arbitration agreement before the insolvency proceedings commenced, and a matter to which the agreement applies must be determined in connection with the insolvency, then, if sub-section (1) does not apply, any other party or the receiver may apply to the judicial authority having jurisdiction in the insolvency proceedings for an order that the matter be submitted to arbitration, and that authority may so order if it thinks the matter ought to be determined by arbitration.

Section 41(3): "receiver" includes an Official Assignee.

Note the relationship with arbitrability, chapter 250. Booz Allen lists insolvency and winding up among the non-arbitrable categories, and that remains right: what section 41 permits is the arbitration of a dispute connected with the insolvency, on the terms it sets, not the arbitration of the insolvency itself.

Section 42: one court, and it is the first one

Notwithstanding anything contained elsewhere in this Part or in any other law for the time being in force, where with respect to an arbitration agreement any application under this Part has been made in a Court, that Court alone shall have jurisdiction over the arbitral proceedings and all subsequent applications arising out of that agreement and the arbitral proceedings shall be made in that Court and in no other Court.

munotes.in212

Deposits, Lien, Death, Insolvency, Jurisdiction, Confidentiality and Limitation

This is one of the most practically important sections in Part I and it is short enough to learn by heart.

The rule: the first court in which an application under Part I is made keeps everything afterwards.

Why it exists: without it a party could make its section 9 application in one district, its section 11 application in another High Court, and its section 34 application somewhere else again, producing inconsistent orders and forum shopping. Section 42 concentrates supervision in one court.

Two limits worth stating. The section speaks of an application under this Part, so it applies to Part I applications. And the first court must have been a court competent to entertain the application; an application to a court with no jurisdiction at all does not fix the forum. Compare section 11(11), which has its own first-in-time rule for competing appointment requests.

Section 42A: confidentiality

Notwithstanding anything contained by any other law for the time being in force, the arbitrator, the arbitral institution and the parties to the arbitration agreement shall maintain confidentiality of all arbitral proceedings except award where its disclosure is necessary for the purpose of implementation and enforcement of award.

Inserted by the 2019 amendment.

Confidentiality is one of the reasons commercial parties choose arbitration, and until 2019 the Act said nothing about it in Part I, although Part III had always protected conciliation under section 75. Section 42A closes that gap.

Read the exception carefully, because the drafting is awkward. The duty covers all arbitral proceedings, and the carve-out is for the award where disclosure is necessary for its implementation and enforcement. That is a narrow exception: an award-holder may disclose the award to enforce it, not to publicise it.

Note also who is bound: the arbitrator, the arbitral institution and the parties. Witnesses and experts are not named.

Section 42B: protection of the arbitrator

No suit or other legal proceedings shall lie against the arbitrator for anything which is in good faith done or intended to be done under this Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder.

Also inserted in 2019. Compare section 24 of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, chapter 180, which protects that Act's office-holders in the same words. The reason is identical: a decision-maker who can be sued by every dissatisfied party will not decide freely. And the limit is identical too: the protection is for what is done in good faith.

Section 43: limitation

Section 43(1): the Limitation Act 1963 shall apply to arbitrations as it applies to proceedings in court.

Section 43(2): for the purposes of the section and of the Limitation Act, an arbitration shall be deemed to have commenced on the date referred in section 21.

munotes.in213

Deposits, Lien, Death, Insolvency, Jurisdiction, Confidentiality and Limitation

So the date fixed by section 21, chapter 320, the date the request to refer is received by the respondent, is the date on which time stops running. That is why section 21 matters so much in practice.

Section 43(3): where an arbitration agreement provides that a claim shall be barred unless some step is taken within a time fixed by the agreement, and a dispute arises to which the agreement applies, the Court, if of opinion that in the circumstances of the case undue hardship would otherwise be caused, may extend the time, on such terms as it thinks fit, notwithstanding that the time so fixed has expired.

Section 43(4): where the Court orders that an award be set aside, the period between the commencement of the arbitration and the date of the order shall be excluded in computing the time prescribed by the Limitation Act 1963 for the commencement of proceedings, including arbitration, with respect to the dispute submitted.

Sub-section (4) is the one to know, and it answers the obvious question: if my award is set aside after four years, is my claim now time-barred? No. The whole period from the commencement of the arbitration to the setting aside order is excluded, so the claimant is put back where it was.

A worked example

An arbitration between two firms. The claimant serves its request on 3 August 2023, received the same day. The tribunal fixes a deposit; the respondent refuses to pay its share and also refuses to fund its own counterclaim. Midway through, the respondent's sole proprietor dies. The claimant had earlier applied under section 9 to the District Court at Aurangabad.

Did the arbitration commence in time? Section 43(1) applies the Limitation Act, and section 43(2) fixes commencement at the section 21 date, so time stopped on 3 August 2023.

The unpaid deposit. Under the first proviso to section 38(2) the claimant may pay the respondent's share. If it does not, the tribunal may suspend or terminate the proceedings in respect of the relevant claim or counterclaim under the second proviso. Since only the counterclaim is unfunded on the respondent's side, the counterclaim is what is at risk.

The death. Section 40(1): the arbitration agreement is not discharged, and is enforceable by or against the legal representative. Section 40(2): the arbitrator's mandate does not end. But under section 40(3), if the claim were one that the law extinguishes on death, it would go anyway.

Where must the section 34 application be filed? In the District Court at Aurangabad, under section 42, because that is the court in which the first Part I application was made, and it alone has jurisdiction over the arbitral proceedings and all subsequent applications.

munotes.in214

Deposits, Lien, Death, Insolvency, Jurisdiction, Confidentiality and Limitation

The tribunal refuses to hand over the award until it is paid. That is its lien under section 39(1). A party may apply under section 39(2) and the Court may order delivery on payment into Court of the sum demanded, then pay out only what it considers reasonable and refund the balance.

The award is set aside three years later. Is the claim time-barred? Not by that delay. Section 43(4) excludes the period between the commencement of the arbitration and the date of the setting aside order.

May the claimant post the award online to embarrass the respondent? No. Section 42A requires the parties, the arbitrator and the institution to maintain confidentiality of all arbitral proceedings, the exception being disclosure of the award where necessary for its implementation and enforcement.

What beginners get wrong

Section 42 fixes the first court, not the most convenient one, and it overrides other laws.

Death does not end an arbitration agreement, unless the right of action itself dies, under section 40(3).

Section 41 does not make insolvency arbitrable. It allows disputes connected with an insolvency to go to arbitration on the terms it states.

Section 42A's exception is narrow. It is for the award, and only where disclosure is necessary for implementation and enforcement.

Section 43(4) excludes time when an award is set aside, so a claimant is not defeated by the years spent on an award that fell.

Quick revision

  • 38: the tribunal may fix deposits as an advance for costs, separately for claim and counterclaim; payable in equal shares; one party may pay the other's share; if neither pays, the tribunal may suspend or terminate that claim or counterclaim; and it must account and refund on termination.
  • 39: a lien on the award for unpaid costs; the Court may order delivery on payment into Court, pay the tribunal only what is reasonable and refund the rest; no application where the fees were fixed by written agreement; the tribunal may be heard.
  • 40: the agreement is not discharged by death and binds the legal representative; the arbitrator's mandate survives; but a right of action extinguished by death is unaffected.
  • 41: an arbitration term is enforceable by or against a receiver who adopts the contract; otherwise the insolvency authority may direct a connected matter to arbitration. "Receiver" includes an Official Assignee.
  • 42: the first Court in which a Part I application is made has exclusive jurisdiction over the proceedings and all subsequent applications, notwithstanding any other law.
  • 42A: confidentiality binding the arbitrator, the institution and the parties, except the award where disclosure is necessary for implementation and enforcement.
  • 42B: no proceedings against an arbitrator for anything done in good faith.
  • 43: the Limitation Act 1963 applies; commencement is the section 21 date; the Court may extend an agreed time bar to avoid undue hardship; and where an award is set aside, the period from commencement to that order is excluded.
munotes.in215

Deposits, Lien, Death, Insolvency, Jurisdiction, Confidentiality and Limitation

Test yourself

1. A section 9 application was made in the District Court at Nashik. Where must a later section 34 application be filed? In that same Court. Section 42 provides that where any application under Part I has been made in a Court, that Court alone shall have jurisdiction over the arbitral proceedings and all subsequent applications arising out of that agreement, and no other Court.

2. One party will not pay its share of the deposit. What can happen? Under the provisos to section 38(2), the other party may pay that share; and if it does not, the tribunal may suspend or terminate the proceedings in respect of the claim or counterclaim concerned.

3. A party dies during the arbitration. Does the arbitration end? No. Section 40(1) provides that the arbitration agreement is not discharged by death and is enforceable by or against the legal representative, and section 40(2) preserves the arbitrator's mandate. Section 40(3) preserves any law by which the right of action itself is extinguished by death.

4. The tribunal will not release the award until its fees are paid. What can a party do? Apply under section 39(2). The Court may order the tribunal to deliver the award on payment into Court of the costs demanded, and after such inquiry as it thinks fit direct that only such sum as it considers reasonable be paid to the tribunal, with the balance refunded. No such application lies if the fees were fixed by written agreement between that party and the tribunal.

5. An award is set aside after four years. Is a fresh claim time-barred? Not by reason of those four years. Section 43(4) excludes the period between the commencement of the arbitration, fixed by section 21, and the date of the order setting aside the award, when computing the time prescribed by the Limitation Act 1963.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in216

Chapter Forty-Three

Part IA: The Arbitration Council of India, In Force but Not in Existence

Syllabus topic rule 1.3 sweep of Part IA. MU names no topic here.

In one line

Parliament created a national body to grade arbitral institutions and accredit arbitrators, the law creating it has been in force since October 2023, and the body itself has never been set up.

In exam wording: Part IA of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, sections 43A to 43M, was inserted by the Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act 2019 and provides for the establishment and incorporation of the Arbitration Council of India, its composition, duties and functions.

Why Parliament wanted a Council

Indian arbitration has been overwhelmingly ad hoc, which chapter 210 explains: run by the parties and the tribunal themselves rather than administered by an institution with rules, a panel and a fee scale.

Ad hoc arbitration has costs that are easy to see once listed. Every appointment goes to court under section 11 because there is no institution to make it. Fees are negotiated case by case. There is no quality control over who calls himself an arbitrator. And India loses work to Singapore and London, where institutional arbitration is the norm.

The 2019 amendment's answer was a national body to grade institutions, accredit arbitrators, and take over appointments from the courts. Part IA is that body.

The commencement, which is the fact most notes get wrong

Part IA is in force. The footnote to the Part in the consolidated text reads:

Ins. by Act 33 of 2019, s. 10 (w.e.f. 12-10-2023).

So sections 43A to 43M have been law since 12 October 2023, four years after the amending Act was passed. It is not a dead letter, an unnotified provision, or a proposal.

And the Council does not exist. On 6 February 2026, answering Lok Sabha Unstarred Question No. 1223, the Minister of State for Law and Justice told Parliament, of the seven-member body Part IA provides for:

The Arbitration Council of India has not been constituted as yet.

Say both, in that order. A student who says only the first is wrong about the facts, and one who says only the second is wrong about the law. The correct statement is that the enabling law is in force and the institution has not been established.

What Part IA provides

Section 43A: definitions. Defines "Chairperson", "Council", "Member", "arbitral institution" and "prescribed" for the Part.

Section 43B: establishment and incorporation. The Central Government shall, by notification, establish for the purposes of the Act a Council to be known as the Arbitration Council of India. It shall be a body corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal, able to acquire, hold and dispose of property, contract, and sue and be sued. Its head office shall be at Delhi, and it may, with the prior approval of the Central Government, establish offices elsewhere in India.

munotes.in217

Part IA: The Arbitration Council of India, In Force but Not in Existence

Note the machinery: establishment is by notification of the Central Government. That is the step that has not been taken.

Section 43C: composition. A seven-member body:

  • (a) a person who has been a Judge of the Supreme Court, or Chief Justice of a High Court, or a Judge of a High Court, or an eminent person having special knowledge and experience in the conduct or administration of arbitration, appointed by the Central Government in consultation with the Chief Justice of India, as Chairperson;
  • (b) an eminent arbitration practitioner with substantial knowledge and experience in institutional arbitration, domestic and international, nominated by the Central Government, as Member;
  • (c) an eminent academician with experience in research and teaching in arbitration and alternative dispute resolution laws, appointed by the Central Government in consultation with the Chairperson, as Member;
  • (d) the Secretary to the Government of India, Department of Legal Affairs, or a representative not below the rank of Joint Secretary, Member ex officio;
  • (e) the Secretary to the Government of India, Department of Expenditure, or such a representative, Member ex officio;
  • (f) one representative of a recognised body of commerce and industry, chosen on a rotational basis by the Central Government, Part-time Member; and
  • (g) the Chief Executive Officer, Member-Secretary, ex officio.

Section 43C(2): the Chairperson and Members other than ex officio Members hold office for three years, and a proviso bars holding office after attaining seventy years in the case of the Chairperson and sixty-seven years in the case of a Member.

The remaining sections complete the scheme, and it is worth naming each rather than reciting a range, because a Part IA question can ask for any of them.

  • Section 43D: duties and functions of the Council, including framing policies for grading arbitral institutions, for accrediting arbitrators, and for the uniform professional standards of all alternative dispute resolution matters.
  • Section 43E: vacancies, etc., not to invalidate proceedings of Council. The standard saving, so an act of the Council is not void merely because a seat was empty or the constitution defective. Compare section 3(8) of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, chapter 40.
  • Section 43F: resignation of Members. A Member may resign by writing addressed to the Central Government.
  • Section 43G: removal of Member. The grounds and the procedure for removing the Chairperson or a Member.
  • Section 43H: appointment of experts and constitution of Committees thereof. The Council may appoint experts and constitute committees of experts on such terms as it thinks necessary to discharge its functions.
  • Section 43-I: general norms for grading arbitral institutions, on which the 2019 scheme for appointments under section 11 depends.
  • Section 43J: norms for accreditation of arbitrators. Read with chapter 450: the Eighth Schedule, which originally prescribed those qualifications, was omitted by the 2021 amendment.
  • Section 43K: depository of awards. The Council is to maintain an electronic depository of arbitral awards and related records.
  • Section 43L: power to make regulations by Council, consistent with the Act and the rules.
  • Section 43M: Chief Executive Officer, who is to be responsible for the day to day administration of the Council, together with a secretariat.
munotes.in218

Part IA: The Arbitration Council of India, In Force but Not in Existence

Two of those are worth naming for an examination answer, because they are the substance of what the Council was for: section 43-I, general norms for the grading of arbitral institutions, and section 43J, norms for the accreditation of arbitrators. Section 43K, the depository of awards, is the other novelty: a national record of awards.

Why the vacancy matters beyond Part IA

The gap is not confined to this Part, and this is what makes it worth a chapter rather than a paragraph.

The 2019 amendment also rewrote section 11, chapter 270, so that appointments would be made by arbitral institutions designated by the Supreme Court or the High Courts, those institutions being graded by the Council under section 43-I. A scheme that depends on graded institutions cannot operate while there is nobody to grade them.

So the practical position is that appointments continue to be made by the courts and their designates under section 11 as chapter 270 sets it out, and the institutional appointment machinery waits on the Council.

There is a close parallel in Module III. The Mediation Act 2023 establishes a Mediation Council of India, and the Government told the Lok Sabha on 13 February 2026 that its Chairperson and Members are yet to be appointed and that the Council is yet to be established. Chapter 620 works through that. Two councils, two Acts, the same gap between the statute book and the institution. That parallel is worth drawing in an answer about the state of ADR in India.

A worked example

A student is asked: "Discuss the Arbitration Council of India."

A weak answer describes section 43C's composition and stops, leaving the reader to assume the Council is sitting in Delhi doing this work.

A wrong answer says Part IA has not been brought into force. It has, since 12 October 2023.

A complete answer does four things.

One, the purpose. Explains why a Council was thought necessary: an ad hoc arbitration culture, court-driven appointments, no quality control, and the ambition to make India a seat of international arbitration.

munotes.in219

Part IA: The Arbitration Council of India, In Force but Not in Existence

Two, the scheme. Sets out establishment by notification under section 43B, the seven-member composition under section 43C, and the core functions, grading of institutions under section 43-I, accreditation of arbitrators under section 43J, and the depository of awards under section 43K.

Three, the status. States that Part IA came into force on 12 October 2023, and that the Government informed the Lok Sabha on 6 February 2026 that the Council has not been constituted as yet.

Four, the consequence. Notes that the 2019 scheme for appointments through graded arbitral institutions under section 11 therefore cannot operate, so appointments continue through the courts, and draws the parallel with the Mediation Council of India.

What beginners get wrong

Part IA is in force. Do not describe it as unnotified.

The Council has not been constituted. Do not describe it as functioning.

The Chairperson need not be a judge. Section 43C(1)(a) allows an eminent person with special knowledge and experience in the conduct or administration of arbitration.

It is a body corporate, with perpetual succession and a common seal, not a departmental committee.

Its absence has consequences elsewhere in the Act, principally for the 2019 scheme of institutional appointments under section 11.

Quick revision

  • Part IA, sections 43A to 43M, inserted by Act 33 of 2019, s.10, w.e.f. 12 October 2023.
  • 43B: the Central Government shall by notification establish the Arbitration Council of India, a body corporate, head office at Delhi.
  • 43C: seven members: a Chairperson who has been a Supreme Court Judge, a Chief Justice or Judge of a High Court, or an eminent person, appointed in consultation with the Chief Justice of India; an eminent arbitration practitioner; an eminent academician; the Secretaries of the Departments of Legal Affairs and Expenditure ex officio; one representative of a recognised body of commerce and industry as Part-time Member; and the Chief Executive Officer as Member-Secretary. Term three years; age limits seventy and sixty-seven.
  • Functions include grading arbitral institutions (43-I), accrediting arbitrators (43J) and a depository of awards (43K).
  • In force since 12 October 2023, and not constituted: Lok Sabha USQ 1223, answered 6 February 2026, "The Arbitration Council of India has not been constituted as yet."

Test yourself

1. Is Part IA of the Act in force? Yes. It was inserted by Act 33 of 2019, section 10, with effect from 12 October 2023.

2. Does the Arbitration Council of India exist? No. Answering Lok Sabha Unstarred Question No. 1223 on 6 February 2026, the Government stated that the Arbitration Council of India has not been constituted as yet.

3. Who may be Chairperson of the Council? Under section 43C(1)(a), a person who has been a Judge of the Supreme Court, or Chief Justice of a High Court, or a Judge of a High Court, or an eminent person having special knowledge and experience in the conduct or administration of arbitration, appointed by the Central Government in consultation with the Chief Justice of India.

munotes.in220

Part IA: The Arbitration Council of India, In Force but Not in Existence

4. Name three functions the Council was to perform. Framing general norms for the grading of arbitral institutions under section 43-I; laying down norms for the accreditation of arbitrators under section 43J; and maintaining a depository of arbitral awards under section 43K.

5. What practical consequence follows from the Council not existing? The 2019 scheme under section 11, by which appointments would be made by arbitral institutions designated by the Supreme Court or the High Courts and graded by the Council, cannot operate, so appointments continue to be made by the courts and their designates.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in221

Chapter Forty-Four

Part IV: Rules, Repeals, and the Section the Supreme Court Struck Down

Syllabus topic rule 1.3 sweep of Part IV. MU names no topic here.

In one line

The last six sections of the Act make rules, repeal the old statutes, and include one provision that is printed in the Act and is not law.

In exam wording: Part IV of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 contains the supplementary provisions, sections 82 to 87, dealing with rule-making by the High Courts and the Central Government, the removal of difficulties, the repeal of the earlier arbitration statutes and of the 1996 Ordinance, and section 87.

Why a chapter on the housekeeping

Because one of the six sections is the clearest example a law student will meet of something that is printed in a statute and is not law, and because sections 85 and 86 are what date the whole subject.

Section 82: rules by the High Court

The High Court may make rules consistent with this Act as to all proceedings before the Court under this Act.

Short and practical. It is the source of the arbitration rules a High Court applies to section 9, 11, 34 and 37 matters: the form of applications, fees, and listing. Read with section 11(14), chapter 270, under which a High Court may frame rules for the fees of the tribunal having regard to the Fourth Schedule.

Section 83: removal of difficulties

Section 83(1): if any difficulty arises in giving effect to the Act, the Central Government may, by order published in the Official Gazette, make such provisions, not inconsistent with the Act, as appear necessary for removing the difficulty, with a proviso that no such order be made after the expiry of two years from the commencement of the Act.

Section 83(2): every such order shall be laid before each House of Parliament as soon as may be after it is made.

The Act commenced on 22 August 1996, so the power expired on 22 August 1998 and section 83 is spent. Compare section 26 of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, chapter 180, which is spent for exactly the same reason. Clauses of this kind are always time-limited, because they let the executive alter the working of a statute.

Section 84: rules by the Central Government

Section 84(1): the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, make rules for carrying out the provisions of the Act.

Section 84(2): every rule made shall be laid before each House of Parliament, in the usual form, and is subject to modification or annulment.

Distinguish the three rule-making powers in this Act, which examiners like: section 82, a High Court, for proceedings before the Court; section 84, the Central Government, generally; and section 11(14), a High Court, for arbitrators' fees. Part IA adds the Council's power to make regulations under section 43L.

munotes.in222

Part IV: Rules, Repeals, and the Section the Supreme Court Struck Down

Sections 85 and 86: the repeals that date the subject

Section 85(1): the Arbitration (Protocol and Convention) Act 1937, the Arbitration Act 1940 and the Foreign Awards (Recognition and Enforcement) Act 1961 are hereby repealed.

Section 85(2): notwithstanding that repeal:

  • (a) the provisions of the repealed enactments shall apply in relation to arbitral proceedings which commenced before this Act came into force, unless the parties otherwise agree, but this Act shall apply in relation to arbitral proceedings which commenced on or after this Act comes into force; and
  • (b) all rules made and notifications published under those enactments shall, so far as not repugnant to this Act, be deemed to have been made or issued under this Act.

Section 85 is the answer to a question of transition, and it uses the same technique the later amendments tried to use and got into trouble over: it draws the line at the commencement of the arbitral proceedings, which section 21 defines. Chapter 200 sets out what the three repealed statutes did.

Section 86(1): the Arbitration and Conciliation (Third) Ordinance 1996 is hereby repealed.

Section 86(2): notwithstanding the repeal, anything done or any action taken under the Ordinance is deemed to have been made, done or taken under the corresponding provisions of this Act.

The Ordinance is mentioned because the 1996 Act was preceded by three Ordinances that year. An Ordinance is temporary legislation promulgated when Parliament is not in session.

Section 87: a section that is printed and is not law

Section 87, inserted by Act 33 of 2019, section 13, headed "Effect of arbitral and related court proceedings commenced prior to 23rd October, 2015", provides that, unless the parties otherwise agree, the amendments made by the 2015 Amendment Act shall:

  • (a) not apply to (i) arbitral proceedings commenced before the commencement of the 2015 Amendment Act, and (ii) court proceedings arising out of or in relation to such arbitral proceedings, irrespective of whether those court proceedings were commenced before or after the 2015 Amendment Act; and
  • (b) apply only to arbitral proceedings commenced on or after that date and to court proceedings arising out of them.

And it is not law. In Hindustan Construction Company Ltd v. Union of India, decided 27 November 2019 by R.F. Nariman J with Surya Kant and V. Ramasubramanian JJ, the Supreme Court held:

the deletion of Section 26 of the 2015 Amendment Act, together with the insertion of Section 87 into the Arbitration Act, 1996 by the 2019 Amendment Act, is struck down as being manifestly arbitrary under Article 14 of the Constitution of India.

munotes.in223

Part IV: Rules, Repeals, and the Section the Supreme Court Struck Down

Why it was struck down. The 2015 amendment had ended the automatic stay on enforcement, chapter 410. Section 87 restored the pre-2015 position for the large body of arbitrations begun before 23 October 2015, and so revived the automatic stay for them. Among the Court's reasons was that money was not reaching award-holders because of automatic stays, exposing such award-holders to the rigours of the Insolvency Code.

The lesson for a student is general and worth stating in any answer about reading a statute. The consolidated text prints section 87 with its footnote recording its insertion, because a court striking down a provision does not delete words from the statute book. A printed section is not necessarily a living one, and the same discipline that makes you check commencement, as chapters 440 and 620 do, makes you check whether a provision has survived challenge.

Manifestly arbitrary is the article 14 standard applied: a law is manifestly arbitrary where it is capricious or lacks an adequate determining principle.

A worked example

An arbitration commenced in March 2014 and the award was made in 2018. The losing party applied under section 34 in 2019 and asked for enforcement to be stayed automatically.

Which version of section 34 applies? On Ssangyong, chapter 400, section 34 as amended applies to section 34 applications made on or after 23 October 2015, whatever the date the arbitration began. The application here was made in 2019, so the amended section applies.

Would section 87 have changed that? Yes, that was its purpose: it would have disapplied the 2015 amendments to an arbitration commenced in March 2014 and to court proceedings arising out of it, whenever those court proceedings began.

Does it? No. Section 87 was struck down in Hindustan Construction as manifestly arbitrary under article 14, so the amended provisions apply and there is no automatic stay. The applicant must make a separate stay application under section 36(2) and (3).

And if the arbitration had commenced in 1995, before the Act itself? Then section 85(2)(a) answers it: the repealed enactments continue to apply to arbitral proceedings commenced before the 1996 Act came into force, unless the parties agree otherwise.

What beginners get wrong

Section 87 is printed but is not law. Do not state it as the transitional rule.

Section 83 is spent, the two years from 22 August 1996 having long expired.

Section 85 repealed three Acts, not one.

There are several rule-making powers, and they belong to different bodies: sections 82 and 11(14) to a High Court, section 84 to the Central Government, section 43L to the Council.

A repeal does not undo what was done under the repealed law. Sections 85(2) and 86(2) both say so.

munotes.in224

Part IV: Rules, Repeals, and the Section the Supreme Court Struck Down

Quick revision

  • 82: a High Court may make rules for proceedings before the Court under the Act.
  • 83: removal of difficulties by the Central Government, spent two years after commencement on 22 August 1996; orders to be laid before Parliament.
  • 84: the Central Government may make rules, to be laid before Parliament.
  • 85: repeals the Arbitration (Protocol and Convention) Act 1937, the Arbitration Act 1940 and the Foreign Awards (Recognition and Enforcement) Act 1961; the old law governs arbitrations commenced before the Act came into force, and rules and notifications under them are deemed made under this Act.
  • 86: repeals the Arbitration and Conciliation (Third) Ordinance 1996, saving anything done under it.
  • 87: inserted by Act 33 of 2019 to disapply the 2015 amendments to pre-23 October 2015 arbitrations and related court proceedings, and struck down in Hindustan Construction (27 November 2019) as manifestly arbitrary under article 14.

Test yourself

1. Which statutes did section 85 repeal, and what happens to arbitrations begun under them? The Arbitration (Protocol and Convention) Act 1937, the Arbitration Act 1940 and the Foreign Awards (Recognition and Enforcement) Act 1961. Under section 85(2)(a) the repealed enactments continue to apply to arbitral proceedings commenced before the 1996 Act came into force, unless the parties otherwise agree, and this Act applies to those commenced on or after it.

2. Can the Central Government still issue an order under section 83 to remove a difficulty? No. The proviso bars such an order after two years from the commencement of the Act, which was 22 August 1996, so the power lapsed on 22 August 1998.

3. What did section 87 provide, and is it in force? It provided that, unless the parties otherwise agree, the 2015 amendments would not apply to arbitral proceedings commenced before 23 October 2015 or to court proceedings arising out of them whenever begun, and would apply only to arbitrations commenced on or after that date. It is not law: it was struck down in Hindustan Construction Company Ltd v. Union of India as manifestly arbitrary under article 14.

4. Why does the consolidated Act still print section 87? Because a court declaring a provision unconstitutional does not remove the words from the statute book. The section remains printed, with the footnote recording its insertion, while being of no legal effect, which is why a reader must check both commencement and any successful challenge.

5. Name the rule-making powers in the Act and who holds each. Section 82, a High Court, for proceedings before the Court; section 11(14), a High Court, for the fees of the arbitral tribunal having regard to the Fourth Schedule; section 84, the Central Government, generally; and section 43L, the Arbitration Council of India, for regulations.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in225

Chapter Forty-Five

The Schedules: Grounds of Ineligibility, Fees, and the One That Was Deleted

Syllabus topic rule 1.3 sweep of the Schedules. MU names no topic here.

In one line

The Act keeps its lists in eight Schedules: two Conventions on foreign awards, a fee table, two lists about arbitrator independence, a disclosure form, and one Schedule that was deleted in 2021.

In exam wording: the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 has eight Schedules, of which the First, Second and Third reproduce the New York and Geneva Convention texts, the Fourth prescribes model fees, the Fifth and Seventh govern the independence and eligibility of arbitrators, the Sixth prescribes the form of disclosure, and the Eighth was omitted by the 2021 amendment.

Why a chapter on the Schedules

Because two of them decide cases. A Schedule is part of the Act, and the Fifth and Seventh Schedules in particular are not background reading: they are the operative content of section 12, which chapter 280 works through. A student who knows section 12 but has never looked at the Seventh Schedule knows only half of it.

The eight, at a glance

ScheduleGoverning sectionWhat it contains
Firstsection 44The New York Convention 1958
Secondsection 53The Geneva Protocol on Arbitration Clauses, 1923
Thirdsection 53The Geneva Convention on the Execution of Foreign Arbitral Awards, 1927
Fourthsection 11(14)Model fees of the arbitral tribunal
Fifthsection 12(1)(b)Grounds that guide justifiable doubts as to independence or impartiality
Sixthsection 12(1)(b)The form of disclosure
Seventhsection 12(5)Relationships making a person ineligible to be appointed
Eighthformerly section 43JOmitted by the 2021 amendment

The First, Second and Third Schedules: the Conventions

These reproduce the treaty texts that Part II gives effect to, and they belong to Module III.

The First Schedule is the Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards, the New York Convention of 1958, referred to in section 44. Chapters 500 to 530 work through the scheme built on it.

The Second Schedule is the Protocol on Arbitration Clauses of 1923 and the Third Schedule the Convention on the Execution of Foreign Arbitral Awards of 1927, the Geneva instruments, both referred to in section 53. Chapter 540 works through them.

Reproducing a treaty as a Schedule is how India gives a treaty domestic effect. It also means the treaty text itself is available to a court construing Part II, which is why article I of the New York Convention, printed in the First Schedule, is worth reading beside section 44.

The Fourth Schedule: model fees

Referred to in section 11(14), under which a High Court may frame rules for determining the fees of the arbitral tribunal after taking into consideration the rates specified in the Fourth Schedule.

The Schedule is a table of model fees graded by the sum in dispute, beginning at Rs. 45,000 for a sum in dispute up to Rs. 5,00,000, and rising in bands, each band adding a fixed sum plus a percentage of the claim amount.

munotes.in226

The Schedules: Grounds of Ineligibility, Fees, and the One That Was Deleted

Three points that carry marks.

It is a model, not a tariff. Section 11(14) says a High Court may frame rules "after taking into consideration" the rates. The Schedule does not itself fix what an arbitrator is paid.

It does not apply to international commercial arbitration, nor to other arbitrations where the parties have agreed that fees be determined by the rules of an arbitral institution. The Explanation to section 11(14) says so.

It can be amended without Parliament. Under section 11A, chapter 270, the Central Government may amend the Fourth Schedule by notification, subject to laying a draft before both Houses.

Because the figures can move by notification, do not quote the bands as though they were fixed for all time. Quote the mechanism and the starting figure, and check the current Schedule.

The Fifth Schedule: grounds that guide justifiable doubts

Referred to in Explanation 1 to section 12(1): the grounds stated in the Fifth Schedule shall guide in determining whether circumstances exist which give rise to justifiable doubts as to the independence or impartiality of an arbitrator.

It is a long list, organised by the kind of relationship, and its main groupings are worth knowing:

  • the arbitrator's relationship with the parties or counsel, including being an employee, consultant, adviser, or having a past or present business relationship;
  • the arbitrator's relationship to the dispute, including having given advice or an opinion on it, or having previous involvement in it;
  • the arbitrator's direct or indirect interest in the dispute, including a financial interest in the outcome or in a party;
  • previous services for one of the parties or other involvement in the case, including having served as counsel or arbitrator in a related matter within a stated period;
  • relationships between the arbitrator and another arbitrator or counsel, including being in the same chambers or firm; and
  • the arbitrator's relationship with the subject matter, and the extent of any social or professional relationship with a party.

Notice the effect the Schedule has, which is procedural as much as substantive. Because Explanation 1 makes these grounds a guide, a prospective arbitrator preparing the section 12(1) disclosure works through them; and because they are only a guide, the presence of one does not disqualify. It produces a disclosure, and then a party may challenge under section 12(3)(a) and section 13.

The Sixth Schedule: the form of disclosure

Referred to in Explanation 2 to section 12(1): the disclosure shall be made in the form specified in the Sixth Schedule.

munotes.in227

The Schedules: Grounds of Ineligibility, Fees, and the One That Was Deleted

It is a short prescribed form in which the prospective arbitrator states any past or present relationship with or interest in the parties or the subject matter, and any circumstances likely to affect his ability to devote sufficient time and to complete the arbitration within twelve months.

That second item is the link to section 12(1)(b) and to section 29A, chapter 360. The disclosure is about availability as well as independence.

The Seventh Schedule: ineligibility

Referred to in section 12(5): notwithstanding any prior agreement to the contrary, a person whose relationship with the parties, counsel or the subject matter falls within a Seventh Schedule category shall be ineligible to be appointed as an arbitrator, waivable only by an express written agreement after the dispute has arisen.

The categories are drawn from the same material as the Fifth Schedule but are the serious ones, and they include, among others, where the arbitrator:

  • is an employee, consultant, adviser or has any past or present business relationship with a party;
  • is a manager, director or part of the management, or has a similar controlling influence, in a party, or in an affiliate of a party involved in the dispute;
  • regularly advises a party or an affiliate and derives significant financial income from it;
  • has a significant financial interest in a party or in the outcome of the case;
  • has previously advised or been consulted on the dispute, or has previous involvement in it; or
  • is a lawyer in the same law firm as the counsel for a party.

The whole force of chapter 280's cases comes from this Schedule. It is because an employee of a party falls within it that the Managing Director in TRF was ineligible, and it is because the ineligibility arises from an interest in the outcome that Perkins Eastman extended the reasoning to a party's power to appoint.

Keep the two Schedules apart when answering. Fifth: guides doubts, supports a challenge. Seventh: makes ineligible, cannot be contracted around in advance.

The Eighth Schedule: inserted, then deleted

The Eighth Schedule was inserted by the 2019 amendment and prescribed qualifications, experience and norms for accreditation of arbitrators under section 43J.

The consolidated text now reads:

[THE EIGHTH SCHEDULE.] Omitted by the Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act, 2021 (3 of 2021), s. 4 (w.e.f. 4-11-2020).

Why it was deleted is examinable and is a good illustration of policy meeting drafting. As enacted, the Schedule listed the categories of person qualified to be an arbitrator in India, and it was read as effectively excluding foreign lawyers and foreign professionals from acting as arbitrators here, since the qualifications listed were Indian ones. For a country trying to attract international arbitration, that was self-defeating. The 2021 amendment removed the Schedule and left accreditation norms to be laid down under section 43J by the Arbitration Council of India.

munotes.in228

The Schedules: Grounds of Ineligibility, Fees, and the One That Was Deleted

And chapter 440 supplies the sting in the tail: the Council has not been constituted, so there are at present no accreditation norms from that source either.

Note also the retrospective effect: the omission takes effect from 4 November 2020, which is earlier than the 2021 Act itself, so the Schedule is treated as never having operated after that date.

A worked example

A party proposes as sole arbitrator a chartered accountant who audited the claimant's accounts three years ago and whose firm still does occasional work for the claimant's subsidiary.

Which Schedule applies? Both, and they do different things.

Disclosure first. Under section 12(1) he must disclose in writing, in the Sixth Schedule form, any past or present relationship with or interest in a party. The Fifth Schedule guides what counts, and a past professional relationship and a continuing one with an affiliate are squarely within its groupings.

Is he merely challengeable, or ineligible? That depends on whether the relationship falls within the Seventh Schedule. Being a consultant or adviser to a party, or regularly advising a party or an affiliate and deriving significant financial income from it, is within it. If it does, section 12(5) makes him ineligible notwithstanding any prior agreement, and the parties can only waive that by express written agreement after the dispute has arisen.

If it falls only within the Fifth Schedule? Then he may act unless challenged. A party may challenge under section 12(3)(a) by the section 13 procedure, and chapter 290 explains that the tribunal decides it.

What if the parties want him anyway? If he is ineligible, they may waive under the proviso to section 12(5), but only after the dispute has arisen and in writing. A clause in the original contract will not do.

What are his fees? If a High Court has framed rules under section 11(14) having taken the Fourth Schedule into account, those rules apply, unless this is an international commercial arbitration or the parties have agreed on institutional fee rules.

What beginners get wrong

The Schedules are part of the Act, not appendices, and the Fifth and Seventh are operative law through section 12.

The Fifth Schedule does not disqualify. It guides justifiable doubts. Only the Seventh Schedule makes a person ineligible.

The Fourth Schedule is a model, not a binding tariff, and it does not apply to international commercial arbitration or where institutional fee rules are agreed.

munotes.in229

The Schedules: Grounds of Ineligibility, Fees, and the One That Was Deleted

The Eighth Schedule no longer exists, having been omitted with effect from 4 November 2020.

The First to Third Schedules are treaty texts, and they support Part II, not Part I.

Quick revision

  • First (s.44) New York Convention 1958; Second and Third (s.53) the Geneva Protocol 1923 and Geneva Convention 1927.
  • Fourth (s.11(14)) model fees by sum in dispute, starting at Rs. 45,000 up to Rs. 5,00,000; a model only; not for international commercial arbitration or where institutional fee rules are agreed; amendable by the Central Government under section 11A.
  • Fifth (Explanation 1 to s.12(1)) grounds that guide justifiable doubts; supports a challenge under s.12(3)(a).
  • Sixth (Explanation 2 to s.12(1)) the form of disclosure, covering independence and the ability to finish within twelve months.
  • Seventh (s.12(5)) relationships making a person ineligible, notwithstanding any prior agreement; waiver only by express written agreement after the dispute has arisen. The basis of TRF and Perkins Eastman.
  • Eighth: inserted 2019 for accreditation qualifications under s.43J; omitted by Act 3 of 2021, s.4, w.e.f. 4 November 2020, having been read as excluding foreign lawyers.

Test yourself

1. What is the difference in effect between the Fifth and Seventh Schedules? The Fifth Schedule, through Explanation 1 to section 12(1), guides whether circumstances give rise to justifiable doubts as to independence or impartiality, and so supports a challenge under section 12(3)(a). The Seventh Schedule, through section 12(5), makes a person ineligible to be appointed at all, notwithstanding any prior agreement, subject only to an express written waiver made after the dispute has arisen.

2. Does the Fourth Schedule fix what an arbitrator is paid? No. Section 11(14) permits a High Court to frame rules for the fees of the tribunal after taking into consideration the rates specified in the Fourth Schedule, and the Explanation excludes international commercial arbitration and cases where the parties have agreed on an arbitral institution's fee rules.

3. Which Schedule was omitted, when, and why? The Eighth Schedule, omitted by the Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act 2021, section 4, with effect from 4 November 2020. It had prescribed qualifications for accreditation of arbitrators under section 43J and was read as effectively excluding foreign lawyers and professionals from acting as arbitrators in India.

4. Which Schedules reproduce treaties, and which sections refer to them? The First Schedule reproduces the New York Convention 1958 and is referred to in section 44; the Second and Third Schedules reproduce the Geneva Protocol 1923 and the Geneva Convention 1927 and are referred to in section 53.

5. In what form must an arbitrator make his disclosure? In the form specified in the Sixth Schedule, under Explanation 2 to section 12(1), covering past or present relationships with or interests in the parties or the subject matter and any circumstances affecting his ability to devote sufficient time and to complete the arbitration within twelve months.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in230

Module III

Foreign awards, conciliation, mediation, negotiation and counselling

munotes.in

Chapter Forty-Six

Foreign Awards: Why Part II Has Two Chapters, and What a Convention Does

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Enforcement of Certain Foreign Awards (In light of New York Convention Awards Geneva Convention Awards)"

In one line

An award made in another country is enforced in India under Part II, which has two separate schemes because India is party to two different treaties on the subject.

In exam wording: Part II of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 deals with the enforcement of certain foreign awards, Chapter I governing New York Convention awards as defined in section 44 and Chapter II governing Geneva Convention awards as defined in section 53.

The problem a Convention solves

Start with why any of this is necessary.

An award made by a tribunal sitting in Paris has no force in India by itself. India's courts execute Indian decrees; a foreign arbitral award is, to an Indian court, a piece of paper produced by a private tribunal in a country whose law it does not administer.

If that were the end of it, international arbitration would be pointless. A party would win an award and be unable to touch the assets, which are usually in the loser's own country.

A treaty is the answer, and the technique is reciprocity. States agree with one another that each will recognise and enforce awards made in the others' territories, on limited and agreed grounds of refusal. A party then knows before it contracts that its award will travel.

That is what makes arbitration, rather than litigation, the normal way of resolving international commercial disputes. A foreign arbitral award is easier to enforce across borders than a foreign court judgment, because there is no comparable global treaty on judgments. It is worth stating that in an answer, because it explains why so much international business chooses arbitration.

The two Conventions, and why India has both

The Geneva scheme came first. The Protocol on Arbitration Clauses, Geneva, 1923 and the Convention on the Execution of Foreign Arbitral Awards, Geneva, 1927. They are reproduced in the Second and Third Schedules to the Act.

The New York Convention replaced it. The Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards, New York, 1958, reproduced in the First Schedule.

The 1958 Convention was drafted precisely because the Geneva scheme did not work well enough, and the central defect it cured is worth knowing by name.

Double exequatur. Under the Geneva scheme, the party seeking enforcement had to show that the award had become final in the country where it was made, which in practice meant obtaining a decision there first and then a second one in the enforcing country. Two rounds of litigation in two countries, and the burden was on the party who had already won.

The New York Convention reversed the burden. The award-holder produces the award and the agreement, and the party resisting enforcement must prove one of the listed grounds. That single change is why the 1958 Convention is one of the most successful commercial treaties ever made.

munotes.in231

Foreign Awards: Why Part II Has Two Chapters, and What a Convention Does

So why does India still have the Geneva chapter? Because a treaty binds only its parties. India is party to both, and if a State is party to the Geneva instruments but not to the New York Convention, an award from there is dealt with under Chapter II. Chapter 540 works it through. In practice New York Convention awards are almost all of the traffic.

Section 52 keeps them apart: Chapter II shall not apply in relation to foreign awards to which Chapter I applies. So an award cannot be pursued under both.

Section 44: what a New York Convention foreign award is

"Foreign award" means an arbitral award on differences between persons arising out of legal relationships, whether contractual or not, considered as commercial under the law in force in India, made on or after the 11th day of October, 1960:

  • (a) in pursuance of an agreement in writing for arbitration to which the Convention set forth in the First Schedule applies; and
  • (b) in one of such territories as the Central Government, being satisfied that reciprocal provisions have been made, may by notification in the Official Gazette declare to be territories to which the Convention applies.

Four elements, and each of them can defeat an application.

"Considered as commercial under the law in force in India." India made the commercial reservation the Convention permits. A non-commercial award is outside Part II.

"Made on or after 11 October 1960." The date India's accession took effect.

"An agreement in writing." The Convention's own requirement, matching section 7(3) in Part I.

"In one of such territories as the Central Government ... may by notification declare."

This is the reciprocity reservation and it is the trap in the section. It is not enough that the award was made in a country which is party to the New York Convention. The Central Government must have notified that territory. If it has not, the award is not a "foreign award" within section 44 and Chapter I does not apply to it, whatever the Convention says between the States.

Section 53: what a Geneva Convention foreign award is

"Foreign award" means an arbitral award on differences relating to matters considered as commercial under the law in force in India, made after the 28th day of July, 1924:

  • (a) in pursuance of an agreement for arbitration to which the Protocol set forth in the Second Schedule applies; and
  • (b) between persons of whom one is subject to the jurisdiction of one of the Powers which the Central Government, being satisfied that reciprocal provisions have been made, has by notification declared to be parties to the Convention set forth in the Third Schedule, and of whom the other is subject to the jurisdiction of some other of those Powers; and in a territory the Central Government has declared to be one to which the Convention applies.
munotes.in232

Foreign Awards: Why Part II Has Two Chapters, and What a Convention Does

Note the structural difference. Section 44 asks where the award was made. Section 53 also asks about the persons: one subject to the jurisdiction of one declared Power and the other subject to another. That is a further condition the New York scheme does not impose.

Both sections carry the same two features: commercial under Indian law, and a notification by the Central Government based on reciprocity.

The two schemes side by side

Chapter I, New York, ss.44 to 52Chapter II, Geneva, ss.53 to 60
TreatyConvention of 1958, First ScheduleProtocol 1923 and Convention 1927, Second and Third Schedules
Awards from11 October 1960 onwardsafter 28 July 1924
Reference to arbitrationsection 45section 54
When bindingsection 46section 55
Evidence to producesection 47section 56
Grounds of refusalsection 48section 57
Enforcementsection 49, deemed a decreesection 58, deemed a decree
Appealssection 50section 59
BurdenOn the party resistingConditions the applicant must satisfy, section 57
Double exequaturNoYes, in substance

What "enforcement" means here, and one word to be careful with

Two expressions are used and they are not the same.

Recognition means the court accepts the award as binding, typically so a party can rely on it as a defence or a set-off. Enforcement means the court lends its machinery to execute it.

Section 46 captures both in one sentence: a foreign award which would be enforceable under Chapter I is treated as binding for all purposes on the persons between whom it was made, and may be relied on by way of defence, set off or otherwise in any legal proceedings in India, and references to enforcing an award include references to relying on an award. Chapter 510 works through it.

What Part II does not allow

A foreign award cannot be set aside in India. Section 34 is in Part I, and Part I applies where the place of arbitration is in India, as chapter 210 explains. The Indian court's role under Part II is to enforce or refuse to enforce, and refusal leaves the award standing; only the courts of the country where the award was made, or under whose law it was made, can set it aside. Section 48(1)(e) recognises exactly that, by making it a ground of refusal that the award has been set aside or suspended by a competent authority of the country in which, or under the law of which, it was made.

munotes.in233

Foreign Awards: Why Part II Has Two Chapters, and What a Convention Does

That distinction, setting aside against refusing enforcement, is the single most useful thing to keep straight across Modules II and III, and chapter 520 returns to it.

A worked example

An Indian company loses an arbitration seated in Zurich to a Swiss company. The award orders it to pay two million francs. Its assets are in Gujarat.

Where does the winner go? To an Indian court, under Part II, because the award was made outside India.

Which Chapter? Chapter I, if the award answers section 44: a commercial difference under Indian law, made on or after 11 October 1960, under a written arbitration agreement to which the New York Convention applies, and in a territory notified by the Central Government. Switzerland is a New York Convention State, but the operative question is whether it has been notified.

Which court? The Explanation to section 47 answers it: for these sections, "Court" means the High Court having original jurisdiction to decide the questions forming the subject matter of the award had they been the subject of a suit, and otherwise the High Court having jurisdiction to hear appeals from courts subordinate to it. Chapter 510 works through it.

Can the Indian company apply to set the award aside here? No. That would be a section 34 application, and section 34 is in Part I. It may resist enforcement under section 48, and it may apply to set the award aside in Switzerland, whose courts supervise the arbitration.

Suppose Switzerland had not been notified. Then the award is not a section 44 foreign award, Chapter I does not apply, and the winner is left to whatever rights section 51 preserves, which chapter 530 explains.

What beginners get wrong

Being party to the New York Convention is not enough. The territory must be notified by the Central Government under section 44(b).

A foreign award cannot be set aside in India. It can only be enforced or refused enforcement.

The Geneva chapter is not dead law, although it is rarely used. Section 52 keeps the two chapters apart.

"Commercial" is judged by the law in force in India, not by the law of the seat.

Recognition and enforcement are different things, and section 46 covers both.

Quick revision

  • Part II, Chapter I ss.44 to 52, New York Convention 1958, First Schedule; Chapter II ss.53 to 60, Geneva Protocol 1923 and Convention 1927, Second and Third Schedules.
  • Section 44: an award on commercial differences under Indian law, made on or after 11 October 1960, under a written arbitration agreement to which the Convention applies, in a territory notified by the Central Government on the basis of reciprocity.
  • Section 53: commercial differences, made after 28 July 1924, under an agreement to which the Geneva Protocol applies, between persons subject to the jurisdiction of different declared Powers, in a declared territory.
  • The New York Convention removed double exequatur and put the burden on the party resisting enforcement.
  • Section 52: Chapter II does not apply to awards to which Chapter I applies.
  • Section 46: a foreign award is binding for all purposes and may be relied on by way of defence, set off or otherwise; enforcing includes relying on.
  • A foreign award cannot be set aside in India; section 34 is in Part I. Section 48(1)(e) recognises that only the courts of the country of origin can set it aside.
munotes.in234

Foreign Awards: Why Part II Has Two Chapters, and What a Convention Does

Test yourself

1. An award is made in a country that has ratified the New York Convention, but which India has never notified. Is it a foreign award under section 44? No. Section 44(b) requires the award to be made in a territory that the Central Government, being satisfied that reciprocal provisions have been made, has declared by notification to be one to which the Convention applies. Ratification by the other State is not enough.

2. What was double exequatur, and which Convention removed it? The requirement under the Geneva scheme that the award-holder first obtain a decision in the country where the award was made showing that the award had become final there, and then a second decision in the enforcing country. The New York Convention of 1958 removed it by putting the burden on the party resisting enforcement.

3. Can an Indian court set aside an award made in Singapore? No. Setting aside is under section 34, which is in Part I, and Part I applies where the place of arbitration is in India. The Indian court may only enforce or refuse to enforce under Part II. Section 48(1)(e) confirms that setting aside belongs to the country in which, or under the law of which, the award was made.

4. What does section 46 add to the idea of enforcement? That a foreign award enforceable under Chapter I is binding for all purposes on the persons between whom it was made, may be relied on by way of defence, set off or otherwise in legal proceedings in India, and that references to enforcing an award include references to relying on it.

5. Why does the Act still contain the Geneva chapter? Because a treaty binds only its parties. India is party to both schemes, and an award from a territory party to the Geneva instruments but not to the New York Convention falls under Chapter II. Section 52 prevents overlap by disapplying Chapter II to awards to which Chapter I applies.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in235

Chapter Forty-Seven

New York Convention Awards: Definition, Reference to Arbitration, and When an Award Binds

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Enforcement of Certain Foreign Awards"

In one line

A court asked to try a dispute covered by a foreign arbitration agreement must send the parties to arbitration, and a party who then wants to enforce the award produces three things to a High Court.

In exam wording: section 45 requires a judicial authority seized of an action in a matter covered by a section 44 agreement to refer the parties to arbitration, section 46 makes a foreign award binding for all purposes, and section 47 prescribes the evidence to be produced on an application for enforcement.

Section 45: the foreign-award counterpart of section 8

Notwithstanding anything contained in Part I or in the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, a judicial authority, when seized of an action in a matter in respect of which the parties have made an agreement referred to in section 44, shall, at the request of one of the parties or any person claiming through or under him, refer the parties to arbitration, unless it prima facie finds that the said agreement is null and void, inoperative or incapable of being performed.

Compare it with section 8, chapter 240, because the differences are examinable.

Section 8, Part ISection 45, Part II
Opens withNothing correspondingNotwithstanding anything in Part I or in the Code of Civil Procedure
Who may applyA party, or a person claiming through or under himThe same
DeadlineNot later than the first statement on the substanceNone stated: "at the request of one of the parties"
Test for refusingPrima facie no valid arbitration agreement existsThe agreement is null and void, inoperative or incapable of being performed
Document requirementSection 8(2): original or certified copyNone in the section

Three points.

The three-fold formula is taken straight from article II(3) of the New York Convention, printed in the First Schedule. Null and void means invalid from the start. Inoperative means it was valid but has ceased to operate, for instance because the parties abandoned it. Incapable of being performed means something makes it impossible to carry out, such as the death of a named sole arbitrator with no replacement mechanism.

The words "unless it prima facie finds" were substituted by the 2019 amendment. Before that the section read "unless it finds". The change aligns section 45 with the reference-stage philosophy that chapters 240 and 270 describe: a shallow look, with the tribunal deciding the rest.

There is no express deadline corresponding to section 8's "first statement on the substance", although a party who takes part in the action without objecting may face difficulties of a different kind.

Section 46: when a foreign award binds

Any foreign award which would be enforceable under this Chapter shall be treated as binding for all purposes on the persons as between whom it was made, and may accordingly be relied on by any of those persons by way of defence, set off or otherwise in any legal proceedings in India, and any references in this Chapter to enforcing a foreign award shall be construed as including references to relying on an award.

munotes.in236

New York Convention Awards: Definition, Reference to Arbitration, and When an Award Binds

Read the words "would be enforceable". The award is binding if it would be enforceable under the Chapter; there is no requirement that it has already been enforced. That is the difference between recognition and enforcement in one phrase.

Why that matters practically. Suppose an Indian company loses a foreign arbitration and then sues in India on the same claim, hoping the award will be ignored. The other side does not need to enforce the award to stop it: under section 46 the award is binding for all purposes and may be relied on by way of defence. The section is a shield as well as a sword.

"By way of defence, set off or otherwise" is deliberately wide, and the closing words put the matter beyond argument: references to enforcing include references to relying on.

Section 47: what the applicant must produce

Section 47(1): the party applying for enforcement shall, at the time of the application, produce before the court:

  • (a) the original award or a copy duly authenticated in the manner required by the law of the country in which it was made;
  • (b) the original agreement for arbitration or a duly certified copy; and
  • (c) such evidence as may be necessary to prove that the award is a foreign award.

Learn those three as a list; they are exactly the sort of thing a practical training paper asks a student to prepare. Note what clause (c) is for: it is where the applicant proves the section 44 elements, including that the territory has been notified.

Section 47(2): if the award or agreement is in a foreign language, the party seeking enforcement shall produce a translation into English certified as correct by a diplomatic or consular agent of the country to which that party belongs, or certified as correct in such other manner as may be sufficient according to the law in force in India.

Note that a translation by any competent translator is not automatically enough; the section prescribes how it is to be certified.

The Explanation to section 47: which court

In this section and in the sections following in this Chapter, "Court" means the High Court having original jurisdiction to decide the questions forming the subject matter of the arbitral award if the same had been the subject matter of a suit on its original civil jurisdiction, and in other cases, the High Court having jurisdiction to hear appeals from decrees of courts subordinate to such High Court.

munotes.in237

New York Convention Awards: Definition, Reference to Arbitration, and When an Award Binds

The court for a foreign award is always a High Court. This Explanation was inserted by the 2015 amendment, and it removed a real difficulty: before it, enforcement could be sought in a district court, which meant a foreign award-holder might have to work through the whole hierarchy.

Compare the three definitions of "Court" in this Act, which is a fair question:

  • section 2(1)(e)(i): domestic arbitration, the principal Civil Court of original jurisdiction in a district, or a High Court with ordinary original civil jurisdiction;
  • section 2(1)(e)(ii): international commercial arbitration seated in India, the High Court;
  • Explanation to section 47: foreign awards under Chapter I, the High Court.

A worked example

An Indian buyer loses an arbitration seated in London to a German seller, over a shipment of machinery. The award, in English, orders it to pay 800,000 euros. The buyer then files a suit in Mumbai against the seller for damages on the same contract.

Can the seller stop the suit? Yes, two ways, and they are different.

First, section 45. The contract contains an arbitration agreement to which the New York Convention applies, so on the seller's request the judicial authority shall refer the parties to arbitration unless it prima facie finds the agreement null and void, inoperative or incapable of being performed. Note that section 45 begins "notwithstanding anything contained in Part I or in the Code of Civil Procedure".

Second, section 46. There is already an award. Because it would be enforceable under Chapter I, it is binding for all purposes between these parties and may be relied on by way of defence in the Mumbai suit. The seller does not have to enforce it first.

Now the seller wants the money. It applies for enforcement, and under section 47(1) it produces the original award or a duly authenticated copy, the original arbitration agreement or a certified copy, and evidence that the award is a foreign award, which means proving the section 44 elements including the notification of the United Kingdom.

Which court? A High Court, under the Explanation to section 47.

The award had been in German. Then under section 47(2) the seller must produce an English translation certified as correct by a diplomatic or consular agent of Germany, or certified in another manner sufficient under Indian law.

What beginners get wrong

Section 45's test is not section 8's test. Null and void, inoperative or incapable of being performed, and since 2019 found prima facie.

munotes.in238

New York Convention Awards: Definition, Reference to Arbitration, and When an Award Binds

A foreign award binds before it is enforced. Section 46 turns on whether it would be enforceable.

Section 46 is a defence as well as a claim. It may be relied on by way of defence or set off.

The court is a High Court, under the Explanation to section 47, not a district court.

A translation must be certified in the prescribed way, under section 47(2).

Quick revision

  • Section 45: notwithstanding Part I or the Code of Civil Procedure, a judicial authority seized of an action in a matter covered by a section 44 agreement shall refer the parties to arbitration at the request of a party or one claiming through or under him, unless it prima facie finds the agreement null and void, inoperative or incapable of being performed. "Prima facie" inserted in 2019.
  • Section 46: an award which would be enforceable is binding for all purposes between the parties and may be relied on by way of defence, set off or otherwise; enforcing includes relying on.
  • Section 47(1): produce (a) the original award or a duly authenticated copy, (b) the original arbitration agreement or a certified copy, (c) evidence that the award is a foreign award. 47(2): a foreign-language document needs a certified English translation.
  • Explanation to section 47: "Court" for this Chapter means a High Court.

Test yourself

1. On what grounds may a court refuse to refer parties under section 45? Only if it prima facie finds that the agreement is null and void, inoperative or incapable of being performed. The words "prima facie" were inserted by the 2019 amendment.

2. Must a foreign award be enforced before it can be relied on? No. Section 46 makes an award that would be enforceable under Chapter I binding for all purposes between the parties, and it may be relied on by way of defence, set off or otherwise, references to enforcement including references to relying on the award.

3. What three things must an applicant produce under section 47(1)? The original award or a copy duly authenticated in the manner required by the law of the country where it was made; the original arbitration agreement or a duly certified copy; and such evidence as may be necessary to prove that the award is a foreign award.

4. Which court hears an application to enforce a New York Convention award? A High Court. The Explanation to section 47 defines "Court" for that section and the following sections of the Chapter as the High Court having original jurisdiction over the subject matter had it been a suit, and otherwise the High Court having jurisdiction to hear appeals from courts subordinate to it.

munotes.in239

New York Convention Awards: Definition, Reference to Arbitration, and When an Award Binds

5. The award is in French. What must the applicant do? Produce a translation into English certified as correct by a diplomatic or consular agent of the country to which that party belongs, or certified as correct in such other manner as may be sufficient according to the law in force in India, under section 47(2).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in240

Chapter Forty-Eight

Section 48: The Grounds for Refusing a Foreign Award, and the Narrow Public Policy Test

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Enforcement of Certain Foreign Awards"

In one line

A foreign award is refused enforcement only on a short list of grounds, most of which the resisting party must prove, and the public policy ground is narrower here than it is for an Indian award.

In exam wording: section 48 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 sets out the conditions for enforcement of foreign awards, sub-section (1) listing five grounds which the party against whom the award is invoked must prove and sub-section (2) two grounds which the Court may find.

The structure, which mirrors section 34 and is not identical to it

Section 48 has the same shape as section 34: grounds the resisting party must prove, and grounds the court may find of its own motion. That is not a coincidence; both derive from article V of the New York Convention, and section 34 was drafted from the same model.

But the two are not the same, and the differences are where the marks are. Set them out at the end of the chapter and the whole topic falls into place.

Section 48(1): the five grounds the resisting party must prove

Enforcement may be refused, at the request of the party against whom it is invoked, only if that party furnishes to the court proof that:

  • (a) the parties to the section 44 agreement were, under the law applicable to them, under some incapacity, or the agreement is not valid under the law to which the parties have subjected it or, failing any indication, under the law of the country where the award was made;
  • (b) the party against whom the award is invoked was not given proper notice of the appointment of the arbitrator or of the arbitral proceedings, or was otherwise unable to present his case;
  • (c) the award deals with a difference not contemplated by or not falling within the terms of the submission to arbitration, or contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the submission, with a proviso that if the decisions on matters submitted can be separated from those not submitted, that part which contains decisions on matters submitted may be enforced;
  • (d) the composition of the arbitral authority or the arbitral procedure was not in accordance with the agreement of the parties, or, failing such agreement, was not in accordance with the law of the country where the arbitration took place; or
  • (e) the award has not yet become binding on the parties, or has been set aside or suspended by a competent authority of the country in which, or under the law of which, that award was made.

Three observations that carry marks.

"Only if that party furnishes proof." The burden is on the resister and the grounds are exhaustive. This is the New York Convention's central achievement, chapter 500.

munotes.in241

Section 48: The Grounds for Refusing a Foreign Award, and the Narrow Public Policy Test

Ground (c)'s proviso runs the opposite way from section 34's. Section 34(2)(a)(iv) says the part not submitted may be set aside; section 48(1)(c) says the part submitted may be enforced. Same idea of severability, expressed from the enforcing end.

Ground (d) is where the difference between a domestic and a foreign award is starkest. The fallback is the law of the country where the arbitration took place, not Indian law. An Indian court enforcing a Swedish award tests the procedure against Swedish law, not its own.

Ground (e) is the setting-aside link, and it is the answer to a question chapter 500 raised. An Indian court cannot set aside a foreign award, but if the courts of the seat have set it aside or suspended it, that is a ground for refusing enforcement here.

Section 48(2): the two grounds the Court may find

Enforcement may also be refused if the Court finds that:

  • (a) the subject matter of the difference is not capable of settlement by arbitration under the law of India; or
  • (b) the enforcement of the award would be contrary to the public policy of India.

Explanation 1, inserted in 2015, in the same words as section 34: an award is in conflict with the public policy of India only if (i) the making of the award was induced or affected by fraud or corruption or was in violation of section 75 or section 81; (ii) it is in contravention with the fundamental policy of Indian law; or (iii) it is in conflict with the most basic notions of morality or justice.

Explanation 2: the test of contravention with the fundamental policy of Indian law shall not entail a review on the merits of the dispute.

Note the wording in clause (b): it is the enforcement of the award that must be contrary to public policy, not the award in the abstract. That is a real distinction and it keeps the enquiry on the consequences in India.

And note ground (2)(a) uses "the law of India", unlike ground (1)(d)'s reference to the law of the seat. Arbitrability is judged by Indian law, because it is India's courts being asked to lend their machinery.

What is missing, and it is the point of the chapter

There is no patent illegality ground in section 48. Section 34(2A) creates it for domestic arbitrations only, and it has no counterpart here. Nor is there any equivalent to a review of the merits: Explanation 2 forbids it in terms.

munotes.in242

Section 48: The Grounds for Refusing a Foreign Award, and the Narrow Public Policy Test

So the correct statement, which is what an examiner is looking for, is: the public policy ground is narrower for a foreign award than for a domestic one, and patent illegality is not available against a foreign award at all.

Renusagar: where the narrow test came from

Renusagar Power Co Ltd v. General Electric Co, AIR 1994 SC 860, decided 7 October 1993.

Facts. A challenge to the enforcement in India of a foreign award, decided under the Foreign Awards (Recognition and Enforcement) Act 1961, whose section 7(1)(b)(ii) made it a ground of refusal that enforcement would be contrary to public policy. The question was how wide that expression was.

Held. The Court reasoned that because the Act was concerned with the recognition and enforcement of foreign awards, governed by the principles of private international law, "public policy" had to be construed in the sense in which the doctrine is applied in that field. It held that the expression had been used in a narrower sense, and that to attract the bar of public policy the enforcement of the award must invoke something more than the violation of the law of India. Applying that criterion, enforcement of a foreign award would be refused as contrary to public policy only if it would be contrary to (i) the fundamental policy of Indian law, (ii) the interests of India, or (iii) justice or morality.

Why it matters. It is the origin of the narrow test, and the phrase to remember is "something more than the violation of the law of India". Compare Saw Pipes, chapter 400, which read the same words in the setting aside context far more widely.

Shri Lal Mahal: the narrow test restored under the 1996 Act

Shri Lal Mahal Ltd v. Progetto Grano SpA, decided 3 July 2013, R.M. Lodha J with Madan B. Lokur and Kurian Joseph JJ.

Facts. Objections to the enforcement of two foreign awards, in which it was argued that the wider meaning of "public policy of India" given in Saw Pipes, and applied to section 48(2)(b) by the earlier decision in Phulchand Exports, governed the enforcement of foreign awards too.

Held. The Court held that Renusagar must apply for the purposes of section 48(2)(b) of the 1996 Act, while the principles in Saw Pipes govern the scope of proceedings to set aside under section 34. It accordingly held that enforcement of a foreign award would be refused under section 48(2)(b) only if such enforcement would be contrary to (i) the fundamental policy of Indian law, (ii) the interests of India, or (iii) justice or morality, and that the wider meaning given to public policy in section 34(2)(b)(ii) in Saw Pipes is not applicable where the objection is to the enforcement of a foreign award. The statement in Phulchand Exports that public policy in section 48(2)(b) had to be given a wider meaning and that the award could be set aside if patently illegal was held not to lay down correct law, and was overruled.

munotes.in243

Section 48: The Grounds for Refusing a Foreign Award, and the Narrow Public Policy Test

Why it matters. It is the case that keeps the two tests apart under the present Act, and it is the direct authority for saying that patent illegality is not a ground against a foreign award.

Both judgments predate the 2015 amendment, which enacted Explanation 1 to section 48(2). Compare the three heads: Renusagar and Shri Lal Mahal say fundamental policy of Indian law, the interests of India, justice or morality; the enacted Explanation says fraud or corruption or violation of section 75 or 81, contravention of the fundamental policy of Indian law, or conflict with the most basic notions of morality or justice. "The interests of India" is gone, exactly as it went from section 34, and morality or justice has been narrowed to its most basic notions. State the statutory list as the current law and use the cases for the reasoning.

Section 48(3): adjournment and security

If an application for the setting aside or suspension of the award has been made to a competent authority referred to in clause (e) of sub-section (1), the Court may, if it considers it proper, adjourn the decision on the enforcement of the award, and may also, on the application of the party claiming enforcement, order the other party to give suitable security.

A neat balance. If the loser is challenging the award at the seat, the Indian court may wait rather than decide in a vacuum; but the winner can ask that the loser be made to give security in the meantime, so that the delay is not free.

Section 34 and section 48 side by side

Section 34, domestic awardSection 48, foreign award
What the court doesSets asideRefuses enforcement; the award survives
BurdenApplicant establishes, on the record of the tribunalResisting party furnishes proof
Fallback law for procedurePart IThe law of the country where the arbitration took place, s.48(1)(d)
Severability provisoThe part not submitted may be set asideThe part submitted may be enforced
Award set aside at the seatNot applicableA ground of refusal, s.48(1)(e)
ArbitrabilityUnder the law for the time being in forceUnder the law of India
Public policyExplanation 1, same three headsExplanation 1, same three heads, but read narrowly, per Renusagar and Shri Lal Mahal
Patent illegalityYes, s.34(2A), domestic arbitrations onlyNo
Time limitThree months plus thirty days, s.34(3)None in the section
munotes.in244

Section 48: The Grounds for Refusing a Foreign Award, and the Narrow Public Policy Test

A worked example

An Indian company resists enforcement of an award made in Rotterdam. It says four things: the tribunal applied Dutch law although the contract chose Indian law; the sole arbitrator was appointed by a body not named in the clause; it was given only five days' notice of the final hearing; and the award orders it to pay in a way that would breach an Indian foreign exchange requirement.

The choice of law point. This is an attack on the merits, and it is not a ground. Explanation 2 to section 48(2) forbids a review on the merits, and there is no patent illegality ground here.

The appointment point. Section 48(1)(d): the composition of the arbitral authority was not in accordance with the parties' agreement. This is a real ground, and the company must furnish proof of it.

The five days' notice. Section 48(1)(b): not given proper notice of the arbitral proceedings, or otherwise unable to present its case. Again the burden is on the resisting party.

The exchange control point. This is the public policy argument, and it must be put through Explanation 1: is enforcement in contravention of the fundamental policy of Indian law? On Renusagar, refusal requires something more than the violation of the law of India, and on Shri Lal Mahal the narrow Renusagar test governs section 48(2)(b). A breach of a statutory requirement is not automatically enough; the argument must reach the fundamental policy of Indian law.

It has also applied to the Dutch courts to set the award aside. Under section 48(3) the Indian court may adjourn its decision, and on the winner's application may order the company to give suitable security meanwhile.

Suppose the Dutch court sets the award aside while that is pending. Then section 48(1)(e) is made out: the award has been set aside by a competent authority of the country in which it was made.

What beginners get wrong

A court under section 48 does not set the award aside. It refuses enforcement, and the award survives to be enforced elsewhere.

Patent illegality is not a ground against a foreign award. Shri Lal Mahal overruled the contrary statement in Phulchand Exports.

The procedural fallback is the law of the seat, not Indian law.

"The interests of India" is no longer part of the statutory test. Explanation 1 as enacted in 2015 does not contain it, although Renusagar and Shri Lal Mahal do.

Section 48 has no limitation period of its own, unlike section 34(3).

Quick revision

  • 48(1), the resisting party furnishes proof of: (a) incapacity or an invalid agreement, under the law the parties chose or that of the country where the award was made; (b) no proper notice or otherwise unable to present his case; (c) beyond the scope of the submission, with a proviso allowing the submitted part to be enforced; (d) composition or procedure contrary to the agreement or to the law of the country where the arbitration took place; (e) the award not yet binding, or set aside or suspended at the seat.
  • 48(2), the Court finds: (a) not arbitrable under the law of India; (b) enforcement contrary to the public policy of India, with Explanation 1's three heads and Explanation 2's bar on reviewing the merits.
  • No patent illegality ground.
  • Renusagar (7 October 1993): public policy in this context is used in a narrower sense; refusal requires something more than the violation of the law of India; the heads are the fundamental policy of Indian law, the interests of India, and justice or morality.
  • Shri Lal Mahal (3 July 2013): Renusagar applies to section 48(2)(b), Saw Pipes governs section 34, and the contrary statement in Phulchand Exports is overruled.
  • 48(3): where a setting aside application is pending at the seat, the Court may adjourn and may order suitable security.
munotes.in245

Section 48: The Grounds for Refusing a Foreign Award, and the Narrow Public Policy Test

Test yourself

1. Who bears the burden under section 48(1), and what does that reflect? The party against whom the award is invoked, who must furnish proof of a listed ground. It reflects the New York Convention's central reform, which was to shift the burden from the award-holder to the resister and so end double exequatur.

2. Is patent illegality available against a foreign award? No. It exists only under section 34(2A) and only for arbitrations other than international commercial arbitrations. Shri Lal Mahal overruled the statement in Phulchand Exports that the wider Saw Pipes meaning of public policy applied to section 48(2)(b).

3. State the Renusagar test. That public policy in the enforcement context is used in a narrower sense, so that to attract the bar the enforcement of the award must invoke something more than the violation of the law of India, and enforcement would be refused only if it would be contrary to the fundamental policy of Indian law, the interests of India, or justice or morality.

4. An award has been set aside by the courts of the seat. What follows in India? Section 48(1)(e) is made out: the award has been set aside by a competent authority of the country in which, or under the law of which, it was made, and enforcement may be refused on that ground.

munotes.in246

Section 48: The Grounds for Refusing a Foreign Award, and the Narrow Public Policy Test

5. How does section 48(1)(c)'s proviso differ in expression from section 34(2)(a)(iv)'s? Both are severability provisions. Section 34's says that where the decisions on matters submitted can be separated, only the part containing decisions on matters not submitted may be set aside; section 48's says that the part which contains decisions on matters submitted may be enforced.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in247

Chapter Forty-Nine

Enforcing a Foreign Award in India: Procedure, Appeals and Savings

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Enforcement of Certain Foreign Awards"

In one line

Once the court is satisfied a foreign award is enforceable, the award is simply deemed to be a decree of that court, and only a refusal can be appealed.

In exam wording: section 49 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 provides that where the Court is satisfied that a foreign award is enforceable under Chapter I, the award shall be deemed to be a decree of that Court; section 50 lists the appealable orders; section 51 is a saving; and section 52 excludes the Geneva chapter.

Section 49: the deeming provision, and the single word that matters

Where the Court is satisfied that the foreign award is enforceable under this Chapter, the award shall be deemed to be a decree of that Court.

Compare that with section 36(1) for a domestic award, chapter 410, which says the award shall be enforced in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure in the same manner as if it were a decree.

The difference is real. A domestic award is enforced as if it were a decree; a foreign award, once the court is satisfied, is deemed to be a decree of that court. So there is no separate enforcement order, no suit on the award, and no execution proceeding distinct from the enforcement application: the successful applicant emerges holding a decree of a High Court.

Note the single-stage character of the enquiry, which is the New York Convention's design showing through. The court considers the section 47 evidence and the section 48 objections together; if it is not persuaded to refuse, the award is a decree. There is nothing further to apply for.

Section 50: appeals

Section 50(1): notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, an appeal shall lie from the order refusing to:

  • (a) refer the parties to arbitration under section 45;
  • (b) enforce a foreign award under section 48,

to the court authorised by law to hear appeals from such order.

Section 50(2): no second appeal shall lie from an order passed in appeal under this section, but nothing in this section shall affect or take away any right to appeal to the Supreme Court.

Look at what is appealable and what is not, because the asymmetry is the same one as in section 37 and it is examinable.

OrderAppealable?
Refusing to refer under section 45Yes, section 50(1)(a)
Referring the parties under section 45No
Refusing to enforce under section 48Yes, section 50(1)(b)
Enforcing the awardNo
A second appealNo, section 50(2)
An appeal to the Supreme CourtPreserved, section 50(2)

The policy is consistent with section 37, chapter 420: an order that stops the arbitral process is appealable; an order that gives effect to it is not. Enforcing an award gives effect to it, so no appeal lies; refusing enforcement destroys it in India, so one does.

munotes.in248

Enforcing a Foreign Award in India: Procedure, Appeals and Savings

The non obstante clause at the start of section 50(1) was inserted by the 2019 amendment, in the same terms and for the same reason as in section 37(1): to close off a right of appeal claimed under some other statute.

Section 51: the saving

Nothing in this Chapter shall prejudice any rights which any person would have had of enforcing in India of any award or of availing himself in India of any award if this Chapter had not been enacted.

A saving of pre-existing rights. Chapter I gives an additional route; it does not take away whatever other route a person might have had. So an award that falls outside section 44, for example because the territory has not been notified, is not necessarily worthless in India; the holder is left to whatever rights existed independently of the Chapter, such as suing on the award as a contract, on ordinary private international law principles.

Do not overstate it. Section 51 preserves rights; it does not create a parallel enforcement machinery, and the practical position of a non-Convention award is much weaker.

Section 52: the two chapters do not overlap

Chapter II of this Part shall not apply in relation to foreign awards to which this Chapter applies.

Short, and it does exactly what chapter 500 said: an award cannot be pursued under both the New York and the Geneva schemes. If Chapter I applies, Chapter II does not.

PASL Wind Solutions: can two Indian parties choose a foreign seat?

The question this section provoked is a good one, and a student meeting it for the first time usually gets it wrong.

PASL Wind Solutions Private Ltd v. GE Power Conversion India Private Ltd, AIR 2021 SC 2517, decided 20 April 2021, R.F. Nariman J with B.R. Gavai and Hrishikesh Roy JJ.

Facts. Two Indian companies had agreed to arbitrate, and the arbitration was seated in Hong Kong. An objection was taken to the arbitrator's jurisdiction on the ground that two Indian parties could not choose a foreign seat. The parties had chosen a foreign seat but not a foreign substantive law. The question then arose whether the resulting award was a foreign award enforceable under Part II.

Held. The Court rejected the argument that two Indian parties are confined to arbitrating in India. It noted that exception 1 to section 28 of the Indian Contract Act 1872 saves the arbitration of disputes between two persons without reference to their nationality, and that there is nothing in either section 23 or section 28 of the Contract Act which interdicts two Indian parties from getting their disputes arbitrated at a neutral forum outside India.

munotes.in249

Enforcing a Foreign Award in India: Procedure, Appeals and Savings

It also rejected the argument built on section 28(1)(a) and section 34(2A) of the Arbitration Act. Read with sections 2(2), 2(6) and 4, section 28(1)(a) only makes clear that where the place of arbitration is situated in India, in an arbitration other than an international commercial arbitration, the tribunal shall decide in accordance with the substantive law in force in India. Section 28(1)(a) makes no reference to an arbitration conducted between two Indian parties in a country other than India, and cannot be held, by any tortuous process of reasoning, to interdict two Indian parties from resolving their disputes at a neutral forum abroad.

Why it matters. It settles that two Indian parties may choose a foreign seat, and that the award so made is a foreign award enforced under Part II rather than a domestic award challengeable under section 34. It also shows the analytical route: the question is answered from the Contract Act and from the limited reach of section 28(1)(a), not from any general principle that Indians must arbitrate in India.

Note carefully what the case does not say. The parties had chosen a foreign seat, not a foreign substantive law, and the Court's reasoning on section 28(1)(a) turns on the place of arbitration being outside India. Chapter 350 explains the section itself.

A worked example

An award made in Singapore between an Indian company and a Singapore company orders payment of five crore rupees. The Indian company resists enforcement in the Bombay High Court on the ground that it was given inadequate notice of the hearing.

What does the court do? It considers the section 47 evidence and the section 48(1)(b) objection. If it is not persuaded to refuse enforcement, section 49 applies: the Court being satisfied that the award is enforceable, the award is deemed to be a decree of that Court.

Does the winner then apply to execute? It executes the decree. There is no further enforcement order to obtain, because the award has become the Court's decree.

The Indian company wants to appeal against enforcement. It cannot. Section 50(1) allows an appeal only from an order refusing to refer under section 45 or refusing to enforce under section 48. An order enforcing the award is not appealable.

Had the Court refused enforcement, could the winner appeal? Yes, under section 50(1)(b), and there would be no second appeal from the appellate order, though the right to move the Supreme Court is preserved.

munotes.in250

Enforcing a Foreign Award in India: Procedure, Appeals and Savings

Change the parties. Make both companies Indian, still arbitrating in Singapore. On PASL Wind Solutions, that is permissible: there is nothing in section 23 or section 28 of the Contract Act to prevent two Indian parties arbitrating at a neutral forum abroad, and section 28(1)(a) of the Arbitration Act says nothing about arbitrations between Indian parties held outside India. The award remains a foreign award under Part II, and it cannot be challenged under section 34.

What beginners get wrong

Section 49 does not require a separate execution decree. The award is deemed to be a decree of that Court.

An order enforcing a foreign award is not appealable. Only refusals are, under section 50(1).

Section 51 does not create an alternative enforcement route. It saves rights that existed independently of the Chapter.

Two Indian parties may choose a foreign seat, per PASL Wind Solutions, and the resulting award is a foreign award.

Section 52 keeps the chapters apart, so an award is pursued under one scheme or the other, not both.

Quick revision

  • Section 49: on being satisfied the award is enforceable, the Court's order is that the award shall be deemed to be a decree of that Court. Contrast section 36(1)'s "as if it were a decree" for domestic awards.
  • Section 50(1): notwithstanding any other law, an appeal lies only from an order refusing to refer under section 45 or refusing to enforce under section 48. 50(2): no second appeal; the right of appeal to the Supreme Court is preserved.
  • Section 51: nothing in the Chapter prejudices rights a person would have had of enforcing or availing himself of an award had the Chapter not been enacted.
  • Section 52: Chapter II does not apply to awards to which Chapter I applies.
  • PASL Wind Solutions (20 April 2021): two Indian parties may choose a foreign seat; exception 1 to section 28 of the Contract Act saves arbitration without reference to nationality, nothing in sections 23 or 28 interdicts it, and section 28(1)(a) of the Arbitration Act says nothing about arbitrations between Indian parties held abroad.

Test yourself

1. What happens once a court is satisfied that a foreign award is enforceable? Under section 49 the award shall be deemed to be a decree of that Court. No separate enforcement order or suit on the award is needed.

2. Can a party appeal against an order enforcing a foreign award? No. Section 50(1) permits an appeal only from an order refusing to refer the parties to arbitration under section 45 or refusing to enforce a foreign award under section 48. An order enforcing the award is not among them.

munotes.in251

Enforcing a Foreign Award in India: Procedure, Appeals and Savings

3. What does section 51 preserve? Any rights a person would have had of enforcing an award in India, or of availing himself of an award in India, if Chapter I had not been enacted. It saves pre-existing rights; it does not create a parallel enforcement machinery.

4. May two Indian companies agree to arbitrate in Paris? Yes. In PASL Wind Solutions the Supreme Court held that exception 1 to section 28 of the Indian Contract Act saves arbitration between two persons without reference to nationality, that nothing in sections 23 or 28 of that Act interdicts two Indian parties arbitrating at a neutral forum outside India, and that section 28(1)(a) of the Arbitration Act makes no reference to such an arbitration.

5. An award between two Indian parties is made in Hong Kong. Can it be set aside under section 34? No. It is a foreign award, so Part II governs it and the Indian court's role is to enforce or refuse enforcement under section 48. Setting aside is a Part I remedy, and Part I applies where the place of arbitration is in India.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in252

Chapter Fifty

Geneva Convention Awards: The Older Scheme, and Why It Still Sits in the Act

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Enforcement of Certain Foreign Awards"

In one line

The Geneva scheme is the older way of enforcing a foreign award, and it is harder for the winner: the award must be final where it was made, and the applicant must prove the conditions rather than the loser proving the objections.

In exam wording: Chapter II of Part II of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, sections 53 to 60, gives effect to the Geneva Protocol on Arbitration Clauses 1923 and the Geneva Convention on the Execution of Foreign Arbitral Awards 1927, set out in the Second and Third Schedules.

How to study this chapter

Do not learn Chapter II as a separate scheme to be memorised. Learn it as the contrast with Chapter I, because that is how it is examined and because the contrast is what makes the New York Convention's achievement visible.

Every section here has a counterpart in Chapter I, and in each case the Geneva version asks more of the winner.

Section 53: the definition, recalled

Chapter 500 works it through. A foreign award under this Chapter is an award on commercial differences under Indian law, made after 28 July 1924, in pursuance of an agreement to which the Geneva Protocol of 1923 applies, between persons of whom one is subject to the jurisdiction of one declared Power and the other to the jurisdiction of another, and in a territory declared by the Central Government.

Note again the extra requirement about the persons, which section 44 does not have.

Section 54: reference to arbitration

Notwithstanding anything contained in Part I or in the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, a judicial authority, on being seized of a dispute regarding a contract made between persons to whom section 53 applies and including an arbitration agreement, whether referring to present or future differences, which is valid under that section and capable of being carried into effect, shall refer the parties on the application of either of them or any person claiming through or under him to the decision of the arbitrators; and such reference shall not prejudice the competence of the judicial authority in case the agreement or the arbitration cannot proceed or becomes inoperative.

Two differences from section 45. The agreement must be valid and capable of being carried into effect, put as a positive requirement rather than as an exception. And the closing words expressly preserve the court's competence if the arbitration cannot proceed or becomes inoperative, so the reference is not a final surrender of jurisdiction.

Section 55: when binding

Word for word the same as section 46. An award which would be enforceable under the Chapter is binding for all purposes between the persons as between whom it was made, may be relied on by way of defence, set off or otherwise, and references to enforcing include references to relying on the award.

munotes.in253

Geneva Convention Awards: The Older Scheme, and Why It Still Sits in the Act

Section 56: the evidence, and here the difference starts to bite

Section 56(1): the applicant shall, at the time of application, produce before the Court:

  • (a) the original award or a copy duly authenticated in the manner required by the law of the country in which it was made;
  • (b) evidence proving that the award has become final; and
  • (c) such evidence as may be necessary to prove that the conditions in section 57(1)(a) and (c) are satisfied.

Clause (b) is double exequatur. The applicant must prove the award has become final in the country where it was made, which chapter 500 identifies as the defect the New York Convention was written to cure. Compare section 47(1), where the applicant produces the award, the agreement and evidence that it is a foreign award, and nothing about finality.

Section 56(2) is the same translation requirement as section 47(2), and the Explanation defines "Court" in the same words: a High Court.

Section 57: the conditions, and who must satisfy them

Section 57(1): in order that a foreign award may be enforceable under this Chapter, it shall be necessary that:

  • (a) the award has been made in pursuance of a submission to arbitration which is valid under the law applicable thereto;
  • (b) the subject matter of the award is capable of settlement by arbitration under the law of India;
  • (c) the award has been made by the arbitral tribunal provided for in the submission, or constituted in the manner agreed upon by the parties and in conformity with the law governing the arbitration procedure;
  • (d) the award has become final in the country in which it has been made, in the sense that it will not be considered as such if it is open to opposition or appeal, or if it is proved that any proceedings for the purpose of contesting the validity of the award are pending; and
  • (e) the enforcement of the award is not contrary to the public policy or the law of India.

Read the opening words: "it shall be necessary that". These are conditions the applicant must establish, not objections for the resister to prove. That is the second great difference from Chapter I, where section 48(1) requires the party against whom the award is invoked to furnish proof.

Clause (e) is wider than section 48(2)(b): "contrary to the public policy or the law of India". Contrast Renusagar, chapter 520, which held that in the enforcement context something more than a violation of the law of India is needed. The Geneva provision on its face includes the law of India as well as public policy.

munotes.in254

Geneva Convention Awards: The Older Scheme, and Why It Still Sits in the Act

Explanations 1 and 2 were inserted in 2015 in the same words as in sections 34 and 48: public policy means only fraud or corruption or a violation of sections 75 or 81, contravention of the fundamental policy of Indian law, or conflict with the most basic notions of morality or justice; and the fundamental policy test does not entail a review on the merits.

Section 57(2): even if the conditions in sub-section (1) are fulfilled, enforcement shall be refused if the Court is satisfied that:

  • (a) the award has been annulled in the country in which it was made;
  • (b) the party against whom it is sought to use the award was not given notice of the arbitration proceedings in sufficient time to enable him to present his case, or, being under a legal incapacity, he was not properly represented; or
  • (c) the award does not deal with the differences contemplated by or falling within the terms of the submission, or contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the submission.

So the structure is two-tier: the applicant must satisfy sub-section (1), and even then the award falls if the court is satisfied of a sub-section (2) matter. Compare that with section 48's single tier of objections.

Sections 58, 59 and 60

Section 58: where the Court is satisfied that the foreign award is enforceable under this Chapter, the award shall be deemed to be a decree of the Court. The same deeming as section 49.

Section 59: an appeal lies from an order refusing to refer under section 54 or refusing to enforce under section 57, with no second appeal and the right of appeal to the Supreme Court preserved. The same structure as section 50.

Section 60: a saving in the same terms as section 51, preserving rights a person would have had of enforcing or availing himself of an award if the Chapter had not been enacted.

Chapter I and Chapter II side by side

This is the table to learn. It answers most questions on topic 3.1 directly.

Chapter I, New YorkChapter II, Geneva
Definitions.44s.53, with the extra requirement about the persons
Awards from11 October 1960after 28 July 1924
References.45: refer unless prima facie null and void, inoperative or incapable of being performeds.54: refer where the agreement is valid and capable of being carried into effect; the court's competence is preserved if the arbitration cannot proceed
Bindings.46s.55, identical wording
Evidences.47: award, agreement, proof it is a foreign awards.56: award, proof it has become final, proof of s.57(1)(a) and (c)
Who bears the burdenThe resisting party, s.48(1)The applicant, s.57(1), with further refusals in s.57(2)
FinalityNot required as such; s.48(1)(e) is an objectionRequired, s.56(1)(b) and s.57(1)(d): double exequatur
Public policys.48(2)(b), with Explanationss.57(1)(e), "public policy or the law of India", with the same Explanations
Enforcements.49, deemed a decrees.58, deemed a decree
Appealss.50s.59
Savings.51s.60
Overlaps.52: Chapter II does not apply where Chapter I does
munotes.in255

Geneva Convention Awards: The Older Scheme, and Why It Still Sits in the Act

A worked example

An award is made in a State that is party to the Geneva Protocol and Convention but not to the New York Convention, and which the Central Government has declared under section 53. The Indian respondent has appealed against the award in that State, and the appeal is pending.

Which chapter applies? Chapter II. Section 52 keeps Chapter I and Chapter II apart, and Chapter I cannot apply because the award is not one to which the New York Convention applies.

What must the applicant produce? Under section 56(1), the original award or a duly authenticated copy; evidence proving that the award has become final; and evidence proving the conditions in section 57(1)(a) and (c).

Can it prove finality? No. Section 57(1)(d) says an award will not be considered final if it is open to opposition or appeal, or if it is proved that proceedings contesting its validity are pending. An appeal is pending, so the condition fails and the award is not presently enforceable.

Would the position be different under Chapter I? Materially, yes. There is no finality condition for the applicant to prove; the pendency of a challenge is dealt with by section 48(1)(e), which the resisting party must prove, and by section 48(3), under which the court may adjourn and order security. The winner is therefore in a much better position under the New York scheme, which is exactly why it was written.

Suppose finality is later established and the respondent then says it had only four days' notice of the hearing. Under section 57(2)(b), enforcement shall be refused if the Court is satisfied that the party was not given notice of the arbitration proceedings in sufficient time to enable him to present his case.

And if the court is satisfied the award is enforceable? Section 58: the award is deemed to be a decree of the Court.

What beginners get wrong

The burden is on the applicant under Chapter II. Section 57(1) states conditions that "it shall be necessary" to satisfy, not objections for the resister.

munotes.in256

Geneva Convention Awards: The Older Scheme, and Why It Still Sits in the Act

Finality is a condition here. Sections 56(1)(b) and 57(1)(d), which is double exequatur in the Act.

Section 57(1)(e) refers to the public policy or the law of India, wider on its face than section 48(2)(b), although the 2015 Explanations now confine the public policy limb in the same way.

Chapter II is not repealed. It is disapplied by section 52 only where Chapter I applies.

Section 57(2) applies even if sub-section (1) is satisfied, so the scheme is two-tier.

Quick revision

  • 53: definition, requiring the persons to be subject to the jurisdiction of different declared Powers.
  • 54: refer where the agreement is valid and capable of being carried into effect; the court's competence survives if the arbitration cannot proceed or becomes inoperative.
  • 55: binding for all purposes, identical to section 46.
  • 56: produce the award, evidence that it has become final, and evidence of section 57(1)(a) and (c); certified translation; "Court" means a High Court.
  • 57(1): conditions the applicant must satisfy: valid submission; arbitrable under the law of India; tribunal as agreed and in conformity with the law governing the procedure; award final and not open to opposition or appeal; and enforcement not contrary to the public policy or the law of India, with the 2015 Explanations.
  • 57(2): refusal even so where the award was annulled where made; insufficient notice or a party under legal incapacity not properly represented; or the award goes beyond the submission.
  • 58 deemed a decree; 59 appeals only from refusals, no second appeal, Supreme Court preserved; 60 saving.

Test yourself

1. What is the single biggest practical difference between Chapter I and Chapter II? Who bears the burden. Under section 48(1) the party resisting a New York Convention award must furnish proof of a ground of refusal; under section 57(1) the applicant must satisfy the stated conditions before a Geneva Convention award is enforceable at all.

2. What is double exequatur, and where is it in the Act? The requirement that the award be shown to have become final in the country where it was made, so that the winner must in substance obtain a decision there and another here. It appears in section 56(1)(b) and section 57(1)(d).

3. When is an award not final for the purposes of section 57(1)(d)? Where it is open to opposition or appeal, or where it is proved that any proceedings for the purpose of contesting the validity of the award are pending.

4. Does satisfying section 57(1) guarantee enforcement? No. Section 57(2) provides that even if those conditions are fulfilled, enforcement shall be refused if the Court is satisfied that the award has been annulled where it was made, that the party against whom it is used had insufficient notice or, being under legal incapacity, was not properly represented, or that the award goes beyond the submission.

munotes.in257

Geneva Convention Awards: The Older Scheme, and Why It Still Sits in the Act

5. Why does the Act keep Chapter II at all? Because a treaty binds only its parties. An award from a territory party to the Geneva instruments but not to the New York Convention falls outside Chapter I, and section 52 disapplies Chapter II only where Chapter I applies.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in258

Chapter Fifty-One

Conciliation: What It Is, and How Proceedings Begin

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Conciliation"

In one line

Conciliation is a neutral third person helping two parties reach their own settlement, and in India it has a complete statutory code of its own in Part III of the arbitration Act.

In exam wording: Part III of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, sections 61 to 81, applies to the conciliation of disputes arising out of legal relationships, whether contractual or not, section 62 governing the commencement of proceedings and sections 63 and 64 the number and appointment of conciliators.

What conciliation is, and how it differs from what surrounds it

Conciliation is a process in which a neutral third person, the conciliator, assists the parties to reach an amicable settlement of their dispute. The conciliator decides nothing. Whatever emerges is what the parties themselves agree.

Set that against the two things it is most often confused with.

Against arbitration. An arbitrator adjudicates: he hears both sides and makes an award that binds them whether they like it or not. A conciliator cannot impose anything. Chapter 10 makes the general distinction.

Against mediation. This is harder in India than elsewhere, and chapter 590 works it through properly. In the international literature a mediator is often described as purely facilitative, helping the parties talk, while a conciliator may be more active and propose terms. Indian law reflects that: section 67(4) expressly permits a conciliator to make proposals for a settlement at any stage. But the two words have also been used interchangeably in Indian statutes for decades, so do not build too much on the label alone.

The reason Part III matters is that it makes conciliation worth doing. A settlement reached in an unstructured negotiation is a contract; a settlement reached under Part III has, by section 74, the same status and effect as an arbitral award on agreed terms, which means it is enforceable as a decree. Chapter 570 works that through.

Section 61: what Part III applies to

Section 61(1): save as otherwise provided by any law for the time being in force and unless the parties have otherwise agreed, this Part shall apply to conciliation of disputes arising out of legal relationship, whether contractual or not, and to all proceedings relating thereto.

Section 61(2): this Part shall not apply where by virtue of any law for the time being in force certain disputes may not be submitted to conciliation.

Three points.

"Whether contractual or not" matches section 7(1) for arbitration agreements. The relationship need not be a contract.

"Unless the parties have otherwise agreed" makes Part III a default code. Parties may adopt their own conciliation rules, or an institution's.

Section 61(2) is the conciliation counterpart of section 2(3), chapter 250. Just as some disputes cannot be arbitrated, some cannot be conciliated, and the Act defers to other laws rather than making its own list.

munotes.in259

Conciliation: What It Is, and How Proceedings Begin

Section 62: how a conciliation starts

This is the section most likely to be tested on its detail, because it contains a rule with a number in it.

Section 62(1): the party initiating conciliation shall send to the other party a written invitation to conciliate under this Part, briefly identifying the subject of the dispute.

Section 62(2): conciliation proceedings shall commence when the other party accepts in writing the invitation to conciliate.

Section 62(3): if the other party rejects the invitation, there will be no conciliation proceedings.

Section 62(4): if the initiating party does not receive a reply within thirty days from the date on which he sends the invitation, or within such other period of time as specified in the invitation, he may elect to treat this as a rejection, and if he so elects he shall inform the other party in writing accordingly.

Four things to carry away, and each is a fair question.

Conciliation is wholly consensual at the outset. It commences on written acceptance. Contrast arbitration, where a party bound by an arbitration agreement can be compelled: section 8 makes the court refer them.

Silence is not consent. Under sub-section (4) the initiator may elect to treat thirty days' silence as a rejection. Note the word: it is an election, not an automatic lapse, and having elected he must inform the other party in writing.

The thirty days can be varied by specifying another period in the invitation.

Contrast section 21, chapter 320. An arbitration commences when the request is received by the respondent, whatever he thinks of it. A conciliation commences only when the invitation is accepted in writing. The difference is the difference between adjudication and settlement.

Section 63: how many conciliators

Section 63(1): there shall be one conciliator unless the parties agree that there shall be two or three conciliators.

Section 63(2): where there is more than one, they ought, as a general rule, to act jointly.

Compare section 10 for arbitrators, chapter 270. There the number must not be even and the default is a sole arbitrator. Here two conciliators are expressly permitted, because a conciliator does not decide anything and so cannot deadlock. That contrast is worth a sentence in an answer: the odd-number rule exists only where somebody has to decide.

"Ought, as a general rule, to act jointly" is unusually soft language for a statute, and deliberately so.

Section 64: appointing them

Section 64(1), subject to sub-section (2):

munotes.in260

Conciliation: What It Is, and How Proceedings Begin

  • (a) with one conciliator, the parties may agree on the name of a sole conciliator;
  • (b) with two conciliators, each party may appoint one;
  • (c) with three conciliators, each party may appoint one and the parties may agree on the name of the third, who shall act as the presiding conciliator.

Section 64(2): parties may enlist the assistance of a suitable institution or person in connection with the appointment of conciliators, and in particular:

  • a party may request such an institution or person to recommend the names of suitable individuals to act as conciliator; or
  • the parties may agree that the appointment of one or more conciliators be made directly by such an institution or person.

In recommending or appointing, the institution or person shall have regard to such considerations as are likely to secure the appointment of an independent and impartial conciliator and, with respect to a sole or third conciliator, shall take into account the advisability of appointing a conciliator of a nationality other than the nationalities of the parties.

Notice what is absent. There is no section 11 for conciliation: no power in a court to appoint a conciliator when the parties cannot agree. That is not an oversight. Arbitration produces a binding award, so the process must be capable of going forward against an unwilling party; conciliation produces only what the parties accept, so there is nothing to force.

The nationality provision echoes section 11(9), and the independence and impartiality language echoes section 11(8) and section 12.

Conciliation and arbitration, started side by side

Arbitration, Part IConciliation, Part III
BasisAn arbitration agreement, section 7An invitation accepted in writing, section 62
Can it be forced on a partyYes, section 8No; rejection ends it, section 62(3)
CommencesWhen the request is received, section 21When the invitation is accepted in writing, section 62(2)
SilenceDoes not stop the arbitrationMay be elected to be a rejection after thirty days, section 62(4)
NumberNot an even number; default one, section 10One, unless the parties agree on two or three, section 63
If the parties cannot agree on the neutralThe court appoints, section 11No such power; an institution may assist, section 64(2)
OutcomeAn award, binding whether or not acceptedA settlement agreement, only if the parties sign it, section 73

A worked example

A supplier and a hospital are in dispute over an equipment contract. There is no arbitration clause. On 2 May the supplier's advocate sends the hospital a letter headed "Invitation to conciliate under Part III of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996", identifying the dispute as non-payment for two ultrasound machines.

munotes.in261

Conciliation: What It Is, and How Proceedings Begin

Has a conciliation commenced? Not yet. Under section 62(2) it commences only when the hospital accepts in writing.

The hospital says nothing for six weeks. Under section 62(4) the supplier, having received no reply within thirty days, may elect to treat the silence as a rejection, and if he so elects he shall inform the hospital in writing. It is an election: he could equally wait.

The hospital then writes accepting. The conciliation commences on that acceptance.

How many conciliators? One, under section 63(1), unless they agree on two or three. Suppose they agree on two: that is permitted here, though it would be forbidden for arbitrators by section 10(1). Under section 64(1)(b) each party appoints one.

They cannot agree on a name for a sole conciliator. There is no court to go to. Under section 64(2) they may ask a suitable institution or person to recommend names, or agree that the institution appoint directly, and that institution must have regard to what will secure an independent and impartial conciliator.

Could the supplier have forced the hospital into conciliation? No. A rejection ends the matter under section 62(3). Contrast an arbitration clause, which would have let it apply under section 8 or section 11.

What beginners get wrong

A conciliation cannot be forced on anybody. Section 62(3), and there is no section 11 equivalent.

It commences on written acceptance, not on sending the invitation. Contrast section 21.

Thirty days' silence is not automatically a rejection. The initiator must elect and must inform in writing.

Two conciliators are allowed, unlike two arbitrators.

Part III is a default code. It applies unless the parties otherwise agree, and not at all where another law forbids conciliation of the dispute.

Quick revision

  • 61(1): Part III applies to conciliation of disputes arising out of legal relationships, whether contractual or not, save as otherwise provided by law and unless the parties otherwise agree. 61(2): not where another law forbids submission to conciliation.
  • 62: a written invitation briefly identifying the subject; proceedings commence on written acceptance; rejection ends it; thirty days' silence, or another period specified, may be elected to be a rejection, and the election must be communicated in writing.
  • 63: one conciliator unless the parties agree on two or three; where more than one, they ought as a general rule to act jointly.
  • 64(1): one, by agreement; two, one each; three, one each and an agreed presiding conciliator. 64(2): an institution or person may recommend or, by agreement, appoint, having regard to independence and impartiality and, for a sole or third conciliator, to the advisability of a different nationality.
  • There is no court power to appoint a conciliator.
munotes.in262

Conciliation: What It Is, and How Proceedings Begin

Test yourself

1. When do conciliation proceedings commence? When the other party accepts the written invitation to conciliate in writing, under section 62(2). Sending the invitation is not enough.

2. The other party ignores the invitation for two months. What can the initiator do? Under section 62(4), having received no reply within thirty days of sending the invitation, or within any other period specified in it, he may elect to treat that as a rejection, and if he so elects he must inform the other party in writing.

3. Why may there be two conciliators when there cannot be two arbitrators? Because an arbitral tribunal decides, and section 29 requires a majority, so section 10(1) forbids an even number to prevent deadlock. A conciliator decides nothing, so an even number causes no difficulty, and section 63(1) permits two.

4. Who appoints a conciliator if the parties cannot agree on a name? Nobody can be compelled to. There is no equivalent of section 11. Under section 64(2) the parties may enlist a suitable institution or person to recommend names, or agree that the institution or person appoint directly.

5. Does Part III apply to every dispute? No. Section 61(1) makes it subject to any other law and to the parties' contrary agreement, and section 61(2) excludes disputes which by virtue of any law for the time being in force may not be submitted to conciliation.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in263

Chapter Fifty-Two

The Conciliator's Role, and How a Conciliation Is Conducted

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Conciliation"

In one line

The conciliator collects each side's case, meets them together or separately, and may put forward his own proposals for settling, but he must tell each side what the other has told him unless it was given in confidence.

In exam wording: sections 65 to 72 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 govern the conduct of a conciliation, section 67 defining the role of the conciliator and empowering him to make proposals for a settlement at any stage.

Section 65: the statements

Section 65(1): the conciliator, upon his appointment, may request each party to submit a brief written statement describing the general nature of the dispute and the points at issue. Each party shall send a copy to the other party.

Section 65(2): the conciliator may request a further written statement of the party's position and the facts and grounds in support, supplemented by documents and other evidence. Again each party shall send a copy to the other party.

Section 65(3): at any stage, the conciliator may request a party to submit such additional information as he deems appropriate.

Explanation: in this section and all the following sections of this Part, the term "conciliator" applies to a sole conciliator, two or three conciliators, as the case may be.

Note the drafting: "may request". Nothing here is compulsory in the way section 23 is for an arbitration. And note the repeated obligation to copy the other party, which is the first appearance of the transparency principle that section 70 completes.

Section 66: free of the Code and the Evidence Act

The conciliator is not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 or the Indian Evidence Act 1872.

Identical in effect to section 19(1) for an arbitral tribunal, chapter 320, and for the same reason: a settlement process cannot be run on the rules of a trial.

Section 67: the role, and the four sub-sections that define conciliation

This is the central section of Part III.

Section 67(1): the conciliator shall assist the parties in an independent and impartial manner in their attempt to reach an amicable settlement of their dispute.

Read the words carefully. He assists; the attempt is theirs; the outcome is an amicable settlement, not a decision. That single sentence tells you he is not an adjudicator.

Section 67(2): he shall be guided by principles of objectivity, fairness and justice, giving consideration to, among other things:

  • the rights and obligations of the parties;
  • the usages of the trade concerned; and
  • the circumstances surrounding the dispute, including any previous business practices between the parties.

Compare section 28(3) for an arbitral tribunal, chapter 350, which requires it to take into account the terms of the contract and trade usages. The conciliator's list is wider and softer: it includes previous business practices between these parties, which no court would treat as governing a contract but which is exactly what makes a commercial settlement possible.

munotes.in264

The Conciliator's Role, and How a Conciliation Is Conducted

Section 67(3): he may conduct the proceedings in such manner as he considers appropriate, taking into account the circumstances of the case, the wishes the parties may express, including any request that the conciliator hear oral statements, and the need for a speedy settlement.

Section 67(4): the conciliator may, at any stage of the conciliation proceedings, make proposals for a settlement of the dispute. Such proposals need not be in writing and need not be accompanied by a statement of the reasons therefor.

This is the most important sentence in Part III for distinguishing conciliation from mediation, and chapter 590 builds on it.

A mediator on the classical facilitative model does not propose terms; he helps the parties find their own. An Indian conciliator may propose terms at any stage, and the sub-section goes further: those proposals need not be in writing and need not be reasoned. He can simply say what he thinks would settle it.

Note the limit that is not stated but follows from section 67(1): a proposal is a proposal. He cannot impose it, and section 73 requires the parties to sign before anything binds.

Section 68: administrative assistance

In order to facilitate the conduct of the conciliation proceedings, the parties, or the conciliator with the consent of the parties, may arrange for administrative assistance by a suitable institution or person.

Word for word the counterpart of section 6, chapter 220, and with the same condition: the conciliator may arrange it only with the parties' consent.

Section 69: how he communicates, and the caucus

Section 69(1): the conciliator may invite the parties to meet him or may communicate with them orally or in writing. He may meet or communicate with the parties together or with each of them separately.

"Or with each of them separately" is the statutory basis of what practitioners call a caucus or private session: the conciliator sees one side alone. It is the single most useful tool in settlement practice, because a party will tell a neutral in private what it will never say across the table.

And it is exactly why section 70 exists. A process in which the neutral hears secrets from both sides needs a rule about what he may repeat.

Section 69(2): unless the parties have agreed on the place of meetings, the conciliator determines it after consultation with the parties, having regard to the circumstances of the proceedings.

munotes.in265

The Conciliator's Role, and How a Conciliation Is Conducted

Section 70: disclosure, and the proviso that qualifies it

When the conciliator receives factual information concerning the dispute from a party, he shall disclose the substance of that information to the other party in order that the other party may have the opportunity to present any explanation which he considers appropriate.

Proviso: when a party gives any information to the conciliator subject to a specific condition that it be kept confidential, the conciliator shall not disclose that information to the other party.

Learn both halves, because the section is meaningless without either.

The rule is disclosure. The default is that factual information goes to the other side, so that it can explain. That is the fairness principle, and it is the conciliation analogue of section 24(3) in an arbitration.

The exception is express confidence. A party may hand over information subject to a specific condition that it be kept confidential, and then the conciliator shall not disclose it.

Note how narrow the exception is: the condition must be specific. Information handed over without any such condition must be disclosed, however sensitive the party thought it was. That is a trap for a party in a caucus and a good point for an answer.

Note also that the rule speaks of factual information concerning the dispute. A party's private view of its own negotiating position is not obviously factual information about the dispute, which is part of why a caucus works.

Sections 71 and 72: what the parties must do

Section 71: the parties shall in good faith co-operate with the conciliator and, in particular, shall endeavour to comply with requests to submit written materials, provide evidence and attend meetings.

There is no sanction stated. A party who does not co-operate cannot be punished; the conciliation simply fails, and section 76 lets it be terminated. Compare section 22C(6) of the Legal Services Authorities Act, chapter 150, which imposes the same duty in a Permanent Lok Adalat, where the consequence is quite different because that body can go on to decide.

Section 72: each party may, on his own initiative or at the invitation of the conciliator, submit to the conciliator suggestions for the settlement of the dispute.

Read sections 67(4) and 72 together and the picture is complete: proposals may come from the conciliator and suggestions may come from the parties, in either direction, at any time. Part III is designed to keep ideas moving.

Conciliator and arbitrator, compared

Arbitral tribunalConciliator
FunctionDecides, section 31Assists the parties to settle, section 67(1)
Bound by the Code and the Evidence ActNo, section 19(1)No, section 66
Guided byThe substantive law, section 28; the contract and trade usages, section 28(3)Objectivity, fairness and justice, the parties' rights and obligations, trade usages, and previous business practices, section 67(2)
May meet one party aloneNo; that would breach section 18Yes, section 69(1)
May propose an outcomeNo; it decides oneYes, at any stage, orally and without reasons, section 67(4)
What binds the partiesThe awardOnly a signed settlement agreement, section 73
munotes.in266

The Conciliator's Role, and How a Conciliation Is Conducted

The row that matters most is the caucus. An arbitrator who met one party privately would almost certainly destroy his award, because section 18 requires equal treatment and a full opportunity to present the case. A conciliator is expressly permitted to do it. That single difference explains why sections 80 and 81 have to exist, and chapter 580 takes them up.

A worked example

Two family companies are in a distribution dispute. They appoint a sole conciliator, a retired judge.

What does she do first? Under section 65(1) she may ask each side for a brief written statement of the nature of the dispute and the points at issue, each copied to the other; and under section 65(2) for a fuller statement with documents.

Must she follow the Evidence Act? No, section 66.

She meets the parties separately. Permitted by section 69(1), and it is where the real work happens.

In her private meeting, the first company's director says the company's bank has threatened to recall a loan, so it badly needs an early settlement. Is that disclosable? It is factual information concerning the dispute in the broad sense, so section 70 would require her to disclose the substance unless it was given subject to a specific condition that it be kept confidential. This is precisely the moment at which an experienced representative says the words "in confidence", and one who does not may find the information passed on.

She thinks the case will settle at 40 lakhs and says so. Permitted by section 67(4): she may make proposals at any stage, and they need not be in writing or reasoned.

One company then stops attending meetings. Section 71 requires good faith co-operation, but there is no sanction. If the conciliation cannot go on, it is terminated under section 76, chapter 580.

The other company has its own idea for settling. Section 72 lets it put suggestions to the conciliator on its own initiative.

What beginners get wrong

A conciliator may meet one party alone. Section 69(1). An arbitrator may not.

Section 70's duty of disclosure is the rule, and confidentiality the exception, and the exception needs a specific condition.

munotes.in267

The Conciliator's Role, and How a Conciliation Is Conducted

A conciliator may propose terms. Section 67(4), orally and without reasons. This is the main statutory difference from a facilitative mediator.

Section 71's duty of co-operation has no sanction. Non-co-operation ends the conciliation; it does not produce a decision against the party.

Nothing in this chapter binds anybody. Only a signed settlement agreement does, under section 73.

Quick revision

  • 65: the conciliator may request a brief statement, then a fuller one with documents, then further information; each copied to the other party. The Explanation makes "conciliator" cover one, two or three.
  • 66: not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure or the Evidence Act.
  • 67(1): assist the parties, independently and impartially. (2): guided by objectivity, fairness and justice, considering the parties' rights and obligations, trade usages and previous business practices. (3): conduct proceedings as he considers appropriate, taking account of the parties' wishes including a request for oral statements, and the need for speed. (4): may make proposals for a settlement at any stage; not necessarily in writing; no reasons required.
  • 68: administrative assistance by the parties, or by the conciliator with the parties' consent.
  • 69: may meet or communicate with the parties together or separately; the place is fixed by the conciliator after consultation, failing agreement.
  • 70: shall disclose the substance of factual information received from a party, unless it was given subject to a specific condition of confidentiality.
  • 71: the parties shall in good faith co-operate. 72: either party may put suggestions for settlement.

Test yourself

1. May a conciliator meet one party without the other present? Yes. Section 69(1) expressly permits him to meet or communicate with the parties together or with each of them separately. An arbitrator could not, because section 18 requires equal treatment and a full opportunity to present the case.

2. State the rule and the exception in section 70. The rule is that when the conciliator receives factual information concerning the dispute from a party he shall disclose the substance to the other party, so that it may present any explanation it considers appropriate. The exception, in the proviso, is that where a party gives information subject to a specific condition that it be kept confidential, the conciliator shall not disclose it.

3. Can a conciliator suggest what the settlement should be? Yes. Section 67(4) permits him to make proposals for a settlement of the dispute at any stage, and provides that such proposals need not be in writing and need not be accompanied by a statement of reasons.

4. What is a conciliator guided by in deciding what to propose? Section 67(2): principles of objectivity, fairness and justice, giving consideration among other things to the rights and obligations of the parties, the usages of the trade concerned, and the circumstances surrounding the dispute including any previous business practices between the parties.

munotes.in268

The Conciliator's Role, and How a Conciliation Is Conducted

5. What happens if a party refuses to co-operate? Section 71 imposes a duty to co-operate in good faith but provides no sanction. In practice the conciliation fails and is terminated under section 76, since a conciliator cannot decide anything against a party.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in269

Chapter Fifty-Three

The Settlement Agreement: How It Is Made, and Why It Is as Good as an Award

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Conciliation"

In one line

When the parties sign a conciliation settlement, it becomes as good as an arbitral award, which means it can be enforced like a decree.

In exam wording: section 73 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 prescribes the procedure by which a settlement agreement is formulated, signed and authenticated, and section 74 provides that it shall have the same status and effect as if it were an arbitral award on agreed terms rendered under section 30.

Section 73: four steps, and every one of them matters

Section 73(1): when it appears to the conciliator that there exist elements of a settlement which may be acceptable to the parties, he shall formulate the terms of a possible settlement and submit them to the parties for their observations. After receiving the observations of the parties, the conciliator may reformulate the terms of a possible settlement in the light of such observations.

Section 73(2): if the parties reach agreement on a settlement of the dispute, they may draw up and sign a written settlement agreement. If requested by the parties, the conciliator may draw up, or assist the parties in drawing up, the settlement agreement.

Section 73(3): when the parties sign the settlement agreement, it shall be final and binding on the parties and persons claiming under them respectively.

Section 73(4): the conciliator shall authenticate the settlement agreement and furnish a copy thereof to each of the parties.

Set the steps out as a sequence, because that is how the case below tests them:

  1. The conciliator formulates terms of a possible settlement and submits them to the parties for observations.
  2. He may reformulate in the light of those observations.
  3. The parties draw up and sign a written settlement agreement; he may draw it up or assist if requested.
  4. On signature, it is final and binding on the parties and those claiming under them.
  5. He authenticates it and furnishes a copy to each party.

Notice where the binding force comes from. Not from the conciliator's view, not from his formulation, not from his authentication: from the parties' signatures under sub-section (3). Authentication under sub-section (4) is a duty that follows; it is not what creates the agreement.

Notice also the direction of travel in sub-section (1). The conciliator submits terms to the parties for their observations, and may then reformulate. He is not handing down a decision; he is testing a draft.

Section 74: the effect, in one sentence

The settlement agreement shall have the same status and effect as if it is an arbitral award on agreed terms on the substance of the dispute rendered by an arbitral tribunal under section 30.

This is the most consequential sentence in Part III, and it works by a chain of references that a good answer sets out explicitly:

munotes.in270

The Settlement Agreement: How It Is Made, and Why It Is as Good as an Award

  • Section 74 gives the settlement agreement the status and effect of an award on agreed terms under section 30;
  • section 30(4), chapter 370, gives an award on agreed terms the same status and effect as any other arbitral award on the substance of the dispute;
  • section 35 makes an arbitral award final and binding; and
  • section 36 makes it enforceable in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure as if it were a decree of the court.

So a conciliation settlement is enforced as a decree. The party who breaks it is not sued on a contract; it is executed against.

Compare the three settlement instruments in this book, which is a table worth learning across Modules I and III:

Made whereMade binding byEffect
Lok Adalat awardA Lok Adalat sittingSection 21, Legal Services Authorities Act 1987Deemed a decree; no appeal
Award on agreed termsDuring an arbitrationSection 30(4)Same status as any award; enforced under section 36
Conciliation settlement agreementA Part III conciliationSection 74Same status as an award on agreed terms, so enforced under section 36

Haresh Dayaram Thakur: what happens when the steps are skipped

Haresh Dayaram Thakur v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 2000 SC 2281, decided 5 May 2000.

Facts. A conciliator, a former Judge of the High Court, held some meetings with the parties at which there was discussion. He then drew up the so called settlement agreement himself, in secrecy, and sent it to the court in a sealed cover. The document did not bear the signatures of the parties, and its terms had not been disclosed to them. The court below treated that settlement as binding and refused to entertain any objection to it.

Held. The Supreme Court set out the statutory scheme and held that the procedure prescribed by Part III had not been followed. Its reasoning is worth having in its own words:

The settlement takes shape only when the parties draw up the settlement agreement or request the conciliator to prepare the same and affix their signatures to it. Under sub-section (3) of section 73 the settlement agreement signed by the parties is final and binding on the parties and persons claiming under them. It follows therefore that a successful conciliation proceeding comes to an end only when the settlement agreement signed by the parties comes into existence. It is such an agreement which has the status and effect of legal sanctity of an arbitral award under section 74.

The Court held that the conciliator was vested with wide powers to decide his own procedure, untrammelled by the Code of Civil Procedure or the Evidence Act, but that when it appears to him that there exists an element of settlement which may be acceptable to the parties he must proceed in accordance with section 73: formulate the terms, make them over to the parties for their observations, and draw up a settlement in the light of those observations. It found that the conciliator and the judge below had failed to notice the clear distinction between an arbitration proceeding and a conciliation proceeding, and that the court had wrongly given the document a status even higher than an arbitral award by refusing to entertain any objection to it.

munotes.in271

The Settlement Agreement: How It Is Made, and Why It Is as Good as an Award

Why it matters. It is the authority for the proposition that the signature of the parties is constitutive, not formal. A document produced by a conciliator, however eminent, that the parties have not signed is not a settlement agreement, has no section 74 status, and cannot be enforced. It also warns against the confusion the whole of Module III exists to prevent: a conciliator is not an arbitrator, and his opinion is not an award.

Mysore Cements: the same point, applied

Mysore Cements Ltd v. Svedala Barmac Ltd, AIR 2003 SC 3493, (2003) 10 SCC 375, decided 12 March 2003, Shivaraj V. Patil J with Doraiswamy Raju J.

Facts. It was contended that a document described as a Letter of Comfort amounted to a settlement agreement under section 73 and was enforceable as such.

Held. Setting section 73 out sub-section by sub-section, the Court found no such formulation and reformulation by the conciliator as sub-section (1) requires, and held that on the undisputed facts and the record all the requirements of section 73 were not complied with, so the documents could not be given the status of a settlement agreement under that section. It quoted paragraph 19 of Haresh Dayaram Thakur in full, and applied the settled principle that where a statute prescribes a procedure for doing a thing in a particular way, it has to be done accordingly.

Why it matters. It confirms and applies Haresh Dayaram Thakur, and adds the general principle. The section 73 steps are not a formality to be inferred from the parties' conduct: a document that has not been through them is not a settlement agreement, whatever the parties call it.

A worked example

Two companies conciliate a payment dispute. After four meetings the conciliator can see the shape of a deal.

What must she do? Under section 73(1), because it appears to her that there exist elements of a settlement which may be acceptable, she shall formulate the terms of a possible settlement and submit them to the parties for their observations.

munotes.in272

The Settlement Agreement: How It Is Made, and Why It Is as Good as an Award

Both sides comment, and one wants the instalments restructured. She may reformulate the terms in the light of those observations, under the second limb of sub-section (1).

They agree. Who writes it up? Under section 73(2) the parties may draw up and sign the agreement, and if they request it she may draw it up or assist them.

When does it bind? On signature, under section 73(3). Not on her formulation, and not on her authentication.

What must she then do? Under section 73(4), authenticate the agreement and furnish a copy to each party.

One company then fails to pay the second instalment. The other executes. By section 74 the agreement has the same status and effect as an award on agreed terms under section 30, which by section 30(4) has the status of any award, which by section 36 is enforced as a decree.

Now change the facts to Haresh Dayaram. Suppose the conciliator, after the meetings, had written out terms herself, never shown them to the parties, obtained no signatures, and sent the document to a court saying the matter was settled. That is not a settlement agreement. There is nothing to enforce, and a court that treated it as binding would be doing exactly what the Supreme Court condemned.

What beginners get wrong

Authentication does not make the agreement binding. Signature does, under section 73(3). Authentication is the conciliator's duty afterwards.

A conciliator's formulation is not a decision. It is submitted to the parties for observations and may be reformulated.

A conciliation settlement is not merely a contract. Section 74 gives it the status of an award on agreed terms, so it is enforced under section 36.

The conciliator drafts only if asked. Section 73(2) puts drawing up the agreement on the parties, with the conciliator assisting on request.

Do not describe Haresh Dayaram as a case about the merits. It is about the procedure of section 73, and the point is that skipping the steps leaves nothing binding.

Quick revision

  • 73(1): where it appears there are elements of a settlement acceptable to the parties, the conciliator shall formulate terms and submit them for observations, and may reformulate.
  • 73(2): the parties may draw up and sign a written settlement agreement; the conciliator may draw it up or assist if requested.
  • 73(3): on signature it is final and binding on the parties and persons claiming under them.
  • 73(4): the conciliator authenticates it and furnishes a copy to each party.
  • 74: the agreement has the same status and effect as an arbitral award on agreed terms under section 30, hence section 30(4), section 35 and enforcement under section 36.
  • Haresh Dayaram Thakur (5 May 2000): a conciliation succeeds only when the settlement agreement signed by the parties comes into existence; a document drawn up by the conciliator in secrecy and unsigned by the parties has no such status, and the courts below had failed to notice the clear distinction between arbitration and conciliation.
munotes.in273

The Settlement Agreement: How It Is Made, and Why It Is as Good as an Award

Test yourself

1. At what moment does a conciliation settlement become binding? When the parties sign the written settlement agreement, under section 73(3). The conciliator's formulation of terms and his later authentication under section 73(4) do not create the binding force.

2. What is the effect of section 74? It gives the settlement agreement the same status and effect as if it were an arbitral award on agreed terms on the substance of the dispute rendered under section 30. Through section 30(4), section 35 and section 36, that means it is final, binding and enforceable in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure as if it were a decree of the court.

3. What did the conciliator do wrong in Haresh Dayaram Thakur? He held meetings, then drew up the so called settlement agreement himself in secrecy and sent it to the court in a sealed cover, without disclosing its terms to the parties and without their signatures. The Supreme Court held that a successful conciliation comes to an end only when a settlement agreement signed by the parties comes into existence, and that it is such an agreement which has the status of an award under section 74.

4. Who drafts the settlement agreement? Under section 73(2) the parties may draw up and sign it, and the conciliator may draw it up or assist in drawing it up only if the parties request him to.

5. How does a conciliation settlement compare with a Lok Adalat award? Both are consensual outcomes given statutory force. A Lok Adalat award is deemed a decree of a civil court by section 21 of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, with no appeal. A conciliation settlement takes the status of an arbitral award on agreed terms under section 74, and is therefore enforced under section 36 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act as if it were a decree.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in274

Chapter Fifty-Four

Confidentiality, Termination, Costs, and What the Conciliator May Never Do Afterwards

Syllabus topic 3.2, "Conciliation"

In one line

What is said in a conciliation stays there, the conciliator can never later be the arbitrator or a witness, and either party can walk out at any time.

In exam wording: sections 75 to 81 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 govern confidentiality, the termination of conciliation proceedings, resort to arbitral or judicial proceedings, costs and deposits, the role of the conciliator in other proceedings, and the admissibility of evidence in other proceedings.

Why these seven sections are the ones that make conciliation work

Chapter 560 explained that a conciliator may meet one party alone, and may propose terms. That only works if the parties can speak freely, and they will only speak freely if they know two things:

  • that what they say will not be repeated, which is section 75; and
  • that what they say cannot be used against them if the conciliation fails, which is sections 80 and 81.

Without those, no sensible party would make a concession in a conciliation, because every concession would be evidence of weakness in the litigation that follows.

So this chapter is not housekeeping. It is the reason the process is capable of producing settlements at all.

Section 75: confidentiality

Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, the conciliator and the parties shall keep confidential all matters relating to the conciliation proceedings. Confidentiality shall extend also to the settlement agreement, except where its disclosure is necessary for purposes of implementation and enforcement.

Three points.

It binds the conciliator and the parties, and it covers all matters relating to the proceedings, not merely what was said at a meeting.

It extends to the settlement agreement itself, with one exception: disclosure necessary for purposes of implementation and enforcement. A party enforcing the settlement obviously has to produce it.

The non obstante clause puts it above other laws.

Compare section 42A for arbitration, chapter 430, inserted only in 2019 and drafted in almost the same words. Conciliation has had a confidentiality provision since 1996; arbitration waited twenty-three years for one. That is worth a sentence in an answer about the design of the Act.

Section 76: how a conciliation ends

The proceedings shall be terminated:

  • (a) by the signing of the settlement agreement by the parties, on the date of the agreement;
  • (b) by a written declaration of the conciliator, after consultation with the parties, that further efforts at conciliation are no longer justified, on the date of the declaration;
  • (c) by a written declaration of the parties addressed to the conciliator that the proceedings are terminated, on the date of the declaration; or
  • (d) by a written declaration of a party to the other party and the conciliator, if appointed, that the proceedings are terminated, on the date of the declaration.
munotes.in275

Confidentiality, Termination, Costs, and What the Conciliator May Never Do Afterwards

Clause (d) is the one to notice. A single party can end a conciliation by a written declaration, and needs no reason and nobody's agreement. That is the logical end of the consensual principle that began with section 62(3): a process nobody can be forced into is a process anybody can leave.

Note the differences in form. Clause (b) requires consultation with the parties before the conciliator declares; clauses (c) and (d) require nothing but a written declaration. And note that each clause fixes its own date of termination, which matters for section 78 costs and section 77.

Section 77: no parallel proceedings, with an exception

The parties shall not initiate, during the conciliation proceedings, any arbitral or judicial proceedings in respect of a dispute that is the subject matter of the conciliation proceedings, except that a party may initiate arbitral or judicial proceedings where, in his opinion, such proceedings are necessary for preserving his rights.

The exception is broad and it is deliberately subjective: "where, in his opinion, such proceedings are necessary for preserving his rights." The obvious cases are a limitation period about to expire, or assets about to be dissipated so that an interim order is needed.

Compare section 22C(2) of the Legal Services Authorities Act, chapter 150, under which a party who has applied to a Permanent Lok Adalat shall not invoke the jurisdiction of any court in the same dispute at all. There is no "preserving his rights" exception there. The contrast is examinable: conciliation is voluntary throughout and so its bar is softer.

Sections 78 and 79: costs and deposits

Section 78(1): on termination, the conciliator shall fix the costs of the conciliation and give written notice to the parties.

Section 78(2): "costs" means reasonable costs relating to the fee and expenses of the conciliator and of witnesses requested by the conciliator with the consent of the parties, any expert advice requested by the conciliator with the parties' consent, any assistance provided under section 64(2)(b) and section 68, and any other expenses incurred in connection with the conciliation proceedings and the settlement agreement.

Section 78(3): the costs shall be borne equally by the parties unless the settlement agreement provides for a different apportionment, and all other expenses incurred by a party shall be borne by that party.

Equal sharing is the default here, which is different from the arbitration position: section 31A(2)(a), chapter 380, makes the general rule that the unsuccessful party pays. The reason is obvious once stated: in a conciliation there is no unsuccessful party.

munotes.in276

Confidentiality, Termination, Costs, and What the Conciliator May Never Do Afterwards

Section 79: the conciliator may direct each party to deposit an equal amount as an advance for the costs he expects will be incurred; may direct supplementary deposits during the proceedings; if the required deposits are not paid in full by both parties within thirty days, the conciliator may suspend the proceedings or make a written declaration of termination to the parties, effective on the date of that declaration; and on termination he shall render an accounting of the deposits received and return any unexpended balance.

Compare section 38 for arbitration, chapter 430. There, if one party does not pay, the other may pay its share, because the claimant may want its claim heard whatever the respondent does. Here, non-payment simply lets the conciliator suspend or terminate, because there is no claim to be decided.

Section 80: what the conciliator may never do afterwards

Unless otherwise agreed by the parties:

  • (a) the conciliator shall not act as an arbitrator or as a representative or counsel of a party in any arbitral or judicial proceeding in respect of a dispute that is the subject of the conciliation proceedings; and
  • (b) the conciliator shall not be presented by the parties as a witness in any arbitral or judicial proceedings.

This is the answer to the problem chapter 560 identified. A conciliator has met each party alone, has heard what each will really accept, and may have been told things in confidence under the proviso to section 70. A person who knows all that cannot then decide the case, and must not be turned into a witness about what he was told.

Note the two limbs of clause (a): not an arbitrator, and not a representative or counsel either. And note clause (b) bars the parties from presenting him as a witness.

Note also the opening words: "unless otherwise agreed by the parties". So the parties may, if they wish, agree that their conciliator becomes the arbitrator. That is the statutory hook for what practitioners call med-arb, the practice of moving from a settlement process to an adjudicative one with the same neutral. Chapter 370 shows section 30 working in the opposite direction, from arbitration into mediation or conciliation.

Section 81: what cannot be used as evidence

The parties shall not rely on or introduce as evidence in arbitral or judicial proceedings, whether or not such proceedings relate to the dispute that is the subject of the conciliation proceedings:

  • (a) views expressed or suggestions made by the other party in respect of a possible settlement;
  • (b) admissions made by the other party in the course of the conciliation proceedings;
  • (c) proposals made by the conciliator; and
  • (d) the fact that the other party had indicated his willingness to accept a proposal for settlement made by the conciliator.
munotes.in277

Confidentiality, Termination, Costs, and What the Conciliator May Never Do Afterwards

Learn the four, and notice how wide the opening words are: the bar applies whether or not the later proceedings relate to the same dispute. So an admission made in a conciliation about contract A cannot be used in a later suit about contract B either.

Clause (d) is the subtlest and the most important in practice. It is not enough to exclude what a party said; the Act also excludes the fact that it was willing to accept the conciliator's proposal. Without clause (d), a party could say in the later litigation "they were ready to settle at forty lakhs, so their claim for ninety is obviously inflated". That is precisely the inference the section forbids.

Why sections 75 and 81 appear in three other chapters of this book

Look again at Explanation 1 to section 34(2)(b)(ii), and at the identical Explanations to sections 48(2) and 57(1). Each provides that an award is in conflict with the public policy of India only if, among other things, the making of the award was induced or affected by fraud or corruption or was in violation of section 75 or section 81.

So a breach of conciliation confidentiality, or the use in an arbitration of material section 81 excludes, is put on the same footing as fraud and corruption: it makes the resulting award contrary to public policy, and the award can be set aside under section 34 or refused enforcement under section 48 or section 57.

That is a strong protection, and it is the clearest signal in the Act of how seriously conciliation confidentiality is meant to be taken.

A worked example

A conciliation over a construction dispute runs for three months. In a private meeting the contractor's director admits that a subcontractor's bill was inflated. The conciliator proposes settlement at Rs. 1.2 crore, and the employer indicates it would accept. The contractor then walks away.

Can the contractor simply leave? Yes. Section 76(d): a written declaration by one party to the other party and the conciliator terminates the proceedings on the date of the declaration. No reason is needed.

The employer now starts an arbitration. Can it use the admission about the inflated bill? No. Section 81(b) bars the parties from relying on or introducing admissions made by the other party in the course of the conciliation, and the bar applies whether or not the later proceedings relate to the same dispute.

Can it tell the tribunal that the contractor's own conciliator proposed 1.2 crore? No. Section 81(c) bars proposals made by the conciliator.

munotes.in278

Confidentiality, Termination, Costs, and What the Conciliator May Never Do Afterwards

Can it say that it, the employer, had been willing to accept that figure? Clause (d) bars a party from relying on the fact that the other party indicated willingness to accept the conciliator's proposal. Here the willing party is the employer itself, so clause (d) does not bar it saying so; but a party rarely gains by it, and section 75's confidentiality still binds both of them as to all matters relating to the proceedings.

Can the employer appoint the conciliator as the arbitrator, since she knows the case? Not unless the contractor agrees. Section 80(a): unless otherwise agreed, the conciliator shall not act as arbitrator, representative or counsel in any arbitral or judicial proceeding in respect of the dispute.

Can it call her as a witness about what the contractor admitted? No. Section 80(b): she shall not be presented by the parties as a witness.

Suppose the tribunal nonetheless admits the conciliation material and makes an award. That award is exposed under Explanation 1 to section 34(2)(b)(ii): an award whose making was in violation of section 75 or section 81 is in conflict with the public policy of India and may be set aside.

Who pays the conciliator? Under section 78(1) she fixes the costs on termination and gives written notice, and under section 78(3) they are borne equally unless the settlement agreement provides otherwise. There is no settlement here, so equally.

What beginners get wrong

One party can end a conciliation on its own. Section 76(d).

Section 77's bar on parallel proceedings has a wide exception, where in a party's own opinion proceedings are necessary to preserve its rights.

Costs are shared equally by default, unlike arbitration's loser-pays rule in section 31A(2)(a).

Section 81 applies even to unrelated later proceedings. Read the opening words.

Section 80 can be contracted out of. "Unless otherwise agreed by the parties" is how med-arb becomes possible.

Sections 75 and 81 are not confined to Part III. They are named in the public policy Explanations to sections 34, 48 and 57.

Quick revision

  • 75: notwithstanding any other law, the conciliator and the parties keep confidential all matters relating to the proceedings, and the settlement agreement too, except where disclosure is necessary for implementation and enforcement.
  • 76: termination by (a) signing the settlement, (b) the conciliator's written declaration after consultation that further efforts are no longer justified, (c) a written declaration of the parties, or (d) a written declaration of one party.
  • 77: no arbitral or judicial proceedings during the conciliation on the same dispute, except where in a party's opinion they are necessary for preserving his rights.
  • 78: the conciliator fixes costs on termination with written notice; "costs" defined; borne equally unless the settlement provides otherwise.
  • 79: equal advance deposits and supplementary deposits; if not paid in full within thirty days the conciliator may suspend or terminate; accounting and refund on termination.
  • 80: unless otherwise agreed, the conciliator shall not act as arbitrator, representative or counsel, and shall not be presented as a witness.
  • 81: the parties shall not rely on or introduce, whether or not the later proceedings relate to the same dispute, (a) the other party's views or suggestions on settlement, (b) the other party's admissions, (c) the conciliator's proposals, or (d) the fact that the other party indicated willingness to accept a proposal.
  • Breach of section 75 or section 81 makes an award contrary to public policy under the Explanations to sections 34, 48 and 57.
munotes.in279

Confidentiality, Termination, Costs, and What the Conciliator May Never Do Afterwards

Test yourself

1. Can one party end a conciliation without the other's agreement? Yes. Section 76(d) terminates the proceedings by a written declaration of a party to the other party and to the conciliator, if appointed, effective on the date of the declaration. No reason is required.

2. A party admits something in a conciliation that later fails. Can the admission be used in an arbitration about a different contract? No. Section 81 bars the parties from relying on or introducing admissions made in the course of the conciliation in arbitral or judicial proceedings, whether or not those proceedings relate to the dispute that was the subject of the conciliation.

3. May the conciliator later be appointed arbitrator in the same dispute? Only if the parties otherwise agree. Section 80(a) provides that, unless otherwise agreed, the conciliator shall not act as an arbitrator or as a representative or counsel of a party in any arbitral or judicial proceeding in respect of that dispute.

4. How are the costs of a conciliation borne? Under section 78(3), equally by the parties, unless the settlement agreement provides for a different apportionment. All other expenses incurred by a party are borne by that party.

5. Why do sections 75 and 81 appear in the definition of public policy in section 34? Because Explanation 1 provides that an award is in conflict with the public policy of India only if, among other things, the making of the award was induced or affected by fraud or corruption or was in violation of section 75 or section 81. Breaching conciliation confidentiality, or using material section 81 excludes, is put on the same footing as fraud, and the award may be set aside or refused enforcement.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in280

Chapter Fifty-Five

Mediation: What It Is, and How It Differs from Conciliation and Arbitration

Syllabus topic 3.3, "Mediation and Negotiation"

In one line

Mediation is a neutral third person helping two parties reach their own settlement, and in India it is the hardest of the ADR words to pin down because our statutes have used it and conciliation almost interchangeably.

In exam wording: mediation is a voluntary process in which a neutral third person, the mediator, assists the parties to a dispute to reach an amicable settlement, without any power to adjudicate or to impose an outcome.

The definition, and where it now comes from

Until 2023 no Indian statute defined mediation. Section 3(h) of the Mediation Act 2023 now does, describing mediation as a process, whether referred to by expressions such as mediation, pre-litigation mediation, online mediation, community mediation, conciliation or an expression of similar import, whereby parties seek an amicable resolution of their dispute with the assistance of a third person, the mediator, who does not have the authority to impose a settlement upon the parties.

Read the words in the middle: the definition expressly includes conciliation within mediation. Parliament, drafting in 2023, treated the two as the same family rather than trying to separate them. That is the best guide a student has, and it is the safest thing to say in an answer.

But section 3 of the Mediation Act is itself in force while the operative sections around it are not, which is chapter 620's subject. Use the definition; do not assume the Act's machinery is running.

The classical distinction, and how far it holds in India

The textbook distinction is between two models of what a neutral does.

Facilitative mediation. The mediator manages the conversation, tests each side's case privately, and helps the parties construct their own solution. He does not offer a view on the merits and does not propose terms.

Evaluative mediation, and conciliation. The neutral goes further: he assesses the strengths and weaknesses, tells the parties what he thinks, and may put forward terms.

Indian statute reflects that split in one place, and it is the sentence to cite: section 67(4) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 provides that the conciliator may, at any stage, make proposals for a settlement, and that those proposals need not be in writing and need not be accompanied by reasons. Chapter 560 works it through. A purely facilitative mediator would not do that.

Do not overstate it. Three things cut against a clean division in India:

  • Section 30 of the 1996 Act, chapter 370, lets a tribunal use "mediation, conciliation or other procedures", treating them as alternatives of the same kind.
  • Section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure lists both as separate options, and, as chapter 600 shows, the Supreme Court found its definitions of two of them to have been interchanged by a drafting error.
  • The Mediation Act 2023 definition folds conciliation into mediation outright.
munotes.in281

Mediation: What It Is, and How It Differs from Conciliation and Arbitration

So the honest answer, and the one that shows understanding rather than recitation, is: the distinction is real as a description of practice, and unstable as a matter of Indian statutory language. In an examination, state the practice distinction, cite section 67(4) as the one place the statute marks it, and then note that the Mediation Act 2023 has now defined mediation to include conciliation.

The three compared

MediationConciliation, Part IIIArbitration, Part I
Neutral's functionAssists the parties to settleAssists, and may propose terms, s.67(4)Decides, and makes an award
Source of the outcomeThe parties' agreementThe parties' signed settlement, s.73(3)The tribunal's decision
May meet a party aloneYes, normallyYes, s.69(1)No; s.18 forbids it
What bindsThe agreement, as recordedThe signed settlement, with the status of an award, s.74The award, s.35
Governing statute in IndiaMediation Act 2023, largely not in forceComplete code, ss.61 to 81Complete code, ss.2 to 43
Can it be imposed on a partyNoNo, s.62(3)Yes, on an arbitration agreement, s.8

The stages of a mediation

MU sets this as a clinical topic, so a student should be able to describe what actually happens, not only what it is called. A mediation ordinarily moves through six stages.

One, preparation. The mediator gets brief statements of each side's case and the documents, checks who will attend, and confirms that whoever comes has authority to settle. That last point is the commonest practical failure in Indian mediations: a representative arrives who must "check with the office", and nothing can be concluded.

Two, the opening. The mediator explains the process, the confidentiality, and his own role, and confirms that he decides nothing. Each side then makes an uninterrupted opening statement.

Three, joint session. The parties speak to each other, often for the first time about interests rather than positions.

Four, private sessions, the caucus. The mediator meets each side alone, tests the case, and finds out what each will really accept. Chapter 560 shows that section 69(1) authorises exactly this in a conciliation.

Five, negotiation and reality-testing. Offers move between the rooms. A skilled mediator asks each side what happens if there is no settlement, which chapter 630 calls the best alternative to a negotiated agreement.

Six, closing. If the parties agree, the terms are written down and signed before anybody leaves. Haresh Dayaram Thakur, chapter 570, is the authority for why: in a conciliation the settlement takes shape only when the parties sign, and an unsigned document produced by the neutral is worth nothing. The same practical lesson applies to a mediation.

munotes.in282

Mediation: What It Is, and How It Differs from Conciliation and Arbitration

Where mediation actually happens in India today

This is worth knowing, because the statute a student expects to govern it largely does not.

  • Court-annexed mediation under section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure, and the mediation centres attached to the High Courts and district courts. Chapter 600.
  • Pre-institution mediation under section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act 2015, which is compulsory for certain commercial suits. Chapter 610.
  • Lok Adalats and Permanent Lok Adalats under the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, which are settlement forums in substance, and the District ADR Centres and Nyaya Seva Sadans that house counselling, mediation, Lok Adalat and legal services under one roof. Chapters 100 to 170.
  • Conciliation under Part III of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996.
  • Private and institutional mediation by agreement.
  • The Mediation Act 2023, in the limited respects in which it is in force. Chapter 620.

Notice what that list means for an answer on this topic. Mediation in India is not principally governed by the Mediation Act. It runs on section 89, on section 12A, and on the legal services machinery.

What makes mediation work, and what it cannot do

What it does well. It is quick and cheap. It is private. It can produce outcomes a court cannot order: an apology, a continuing supply arrangement, a payment schedule, a change in how two companies deal with each other. And it preserves relationships, which is why it suits family, partnership and long-term commercial disputes.

What it cannot do.

  • It cannot decide. A party determined not to settle defeats it, and chapter 140 shows Parliament creating the Permanent Lok Adalat precisely because of that weakness.
  • It cannot bind a stranger. Only the parties who agree are bound.
  • It cannot produce a precedent, so where the point needs to be settled for many future cases, litigation is the right forum.
  • It is a poor fit where there is a serious power imbalance and no lawyer on one side, because the process depends on both sides assessing their own case realistically.
  • It is unsuitable where urgent coercive relief is needed, or where the matter is one the law does not permit to be settled privately. Chapter 250 explains arbitrability, and chapter 600 sets out the categories Afcons identifies as unsuitable for reference.

A worked example

A family company's two branches are in dispute over management and a property. They have been in litigation for six years and still have to attend the same weddings.

Is this suitable for mediation? Yes, and on Afcons' own list, chapter 600, cases arising from strained or soured relationships, including disputes relating to partition or division among family members, and cases where there is a need for continuation of the pre-existing relationship, are normally suitable for ADR processes.

munotes.in283

Mediation: What It Is, and How It Differs from Conciliation and Arbitration

What can a mediation give them that the court cannot? A division that both accept; a schedule of payments; an arrangement about the company's management; and an end to the litigation without either being publicly held to be in the wrong. A decree can order none of that.

Who mediates? If the suit is pending, the court may refer them under section 89, chapter 600. If not, they may agree on a private mediator, or use a District ADR Centre.

Will the mediator tell them who is right? A purely facilitative mediator will not. A conciliator under Part III may, under section 67(4), and may propose terms orally and without reasons.

Nothing is agreed until when? Until it is written and signed. That is the lesson of Haresh Dayaram Thakur, and it is why a mediation should not break for the day on a handshake.

One branch refuses to attend at all. Then mediation fails, because it cannot be imposed. Their remedies are the pending suit, or, if their dispute concerned a public utility service, the Permanent Lok Adalat, which can decide.

What beginners get wrong

A mediator does not decide anything. If a neutral imposes an outcome, the process was not a mediation.

"Mediation" and "conciliation" are not cleanly separated in Indian law. Section 67(4) is the one clear statutory marker, and the Mediation Act 2023 defines mediation to include conciliation.

The Mediation Act 2023 does not govern most mediation in India today. Section 89, section 12A and the legal services machinery do.

Mediation is not always the right answer. It cannot decide, bind strangers, create precedent, or supply urgent coercive relief.

Nothing binds until it is signed.

Quick revision

  • Mediation: a voluntary process in which a neutral third person assists the parties to reach their own settlement and has no authority to impose one.
  • Section 3(h) of the Mediation Act 2023 defines it to include conciliation and similar expressions.
  • The statutory marker of the distinction is section 67(4) of the 1996 Act: a conciliator may propose terms at any stage, orally and without reasons.
  • Stages: preparation and authority to settle; opening; joint session; caucus; negotiation and reality-testing; written and signed closing.
  • Where it happens in India: section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure and court-annexed centres; section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act 2015; Lok Adalats, Permanent Lok Adalats and District ADR Centres; Part III conciliation; private and institutional mediation; and the Mediation Act 2023 so far as it is in force.
  • Limits: it cannot decide, bind a non-party, create precedent, correct a serious power imbalance, or grant urgent coercive relief.
munotes.in284

Mediation: What It Is, and How It Differs from Conciliation and Arbitration

Test yourself

1. Define mediation, and say what makes it different from arbitration. Mediation is a voluntary process in which a neutral third person assists the parties to reach an amicable settlement of their dispute and has no authority to impose a settlement upon them. An arbitrator, by contrast, adjudicates: he hears both sides and makes an award that binds them whether they agree with it or not.

2. What is the clearest statutory difference in India between a conciliator and a mediator? Section 67(4) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, under which a conciliator may at any stage make proposals for a settlement, which need not be in writing and need not be reasoned. A purely facilitative mediator does not propose terms.

3. Does the Mediation Act 2023 keep mediation and conciliation apart? No. Its definition in section 3(h) describes mediation as a process whether referred to as mediation, pre-litigation mediation, online mediation, community mediation, conciliation or an expression of similar import, and so treats conciliation as a form of mediation.

4. Name three routes by which mediation actually happens in India. Court-annexed mediation on a reference under section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure; compulsory pre-institution mediation under section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act 2015; and settlement through the legal services machinery, that is Lok Adalats, Permanent Lok Adalats and District ADR Centres, together with conciliation under Part III and private or institutional mediation.

5. Give two kinds of dispute for which mediation is a poor choice, and say why. One where a party simply refuses to settle, because a mediator cannot decide and the process then fails; and one where a point of law needs to be settled for many future cases, because a mediated settlement binds only the parties and creates no precedent. Disputes needing urgent coercive relief, and matters the law does not permit to be settled privately, are equally unsuitable.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in285

Chapter Fifty-Six

Section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure: How a Court Sends a Case Out to Be Settled

Syllabus topic 3.3, "Mediation", applied

In one line

A civil court that thinks a case might settle must formulate terms, give them to the parties, and send the dispute to arbitration, conciliation, a Lok Adalat, judicial settlement or mediation.

In exam wording: section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, inserted by the Code of Civil Procedure (Amendment) Act 1999 with effect from 1 July 2002, empowers a court to refer a dispute for settlement outside the court by any of the four modes it specifies.

Why this section ties the whole subject together

Every other chapter in this book teaches one method. Section 89 is the door through which a pending case reaches any of them.

Look at what one sentence of the Code can do. A suit in a civil court can be sent to arbitration under the 1996 Act, Module II; to conciliation under Part III of the same Act, chapters 550 to 580; to a Lok Adalat under the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, Module I; to judicial settlement; or to mediation. It is the single provision that makes the syllabus one subject rather than four.

Section 89(1): what the court must do

Where it appears to the Court that there exist elements of a settlement which may be acceptable to the parties, the Court shall formulate the terms of settlement and give them to the parties for their observations and after receiving the observations of the parties, the Court may reformulate the terms of a possible settlement and refer the same for:

  • (a) arbitration;
  • (b) conciliation;
  • (c) judicial settlement including settlement through Lok Adalat; or
  • (d) mediation.

Notice the opening words. They are taken almost verbatim from section 73(1) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, chapter 570: "when it appears to the conciliator that there exist elements of a settlement which may be acceptable to the parties, he shall formulate the terms of a possible settlement and submit them to the parties for their observations."

And that borrowing is itself a difficulty, which chapter 570's structure explains. Section 73 describes what a conciliator does at the end of a conciliation, when he already knows the case. Section 89 asks a judge to do it at the beginning, before evidence. Afcons, below, is the case that made the section workable in the face of that.

Section 89(2): what happens after the reference

  • (a) for arbitration or conciliation, the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 shall apply as if the proceedings were referred for settlement under that Act;
  • (b) to Lok Adalat, the Court shall refer it in accordance with section 20(1) of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, and all other provisions of that Act shall apply;
  • (c) for judicial settlement, the Court shall refer it to a suitable institution or person, and such institution or person shall be deemed to be a Lok Adalat and all the provisions of the Legal Services Authorities Act shall apply as if the dispute were referred to a Lok Adalat; and
  • (d) for mediation, the Court shall effect a compromise between the parties and shall follow such procedure as may be prescribed.
munotes.in286

Section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure: How a Court Sends a Case Out to Be Settled

Clause (b) is the bridge to Module I: a section 89 reference to a Lok Adalat runs through section 20(1), chapter 110, and produces an award that is deemed a decree under section 21, chapter 120.

Clause (c) is worth a mark: a person or institution to whom a case is sent for judicial settlement is deemed to be a Lok Adalat, which imports the whole of the Legal Services Authorities Act including the decree-status of the award.

Order X rules 1A, 1B and 1C

Section 89 does not stand alone. Order X, inserted at the same time, is its machinery.

Rule 1A: direction of the Court to opt for any one mode of alternative dispute resolution. After recording the admissions and denials, the Court shall direct the parties to the suit to opt for either mode of settlement outside the Court as specified in section 89, and on the option of the parties shall fix the date of appearance before such forum or authority as may be opted by the parties.

Rule 1B: appearance before the conciliatory forum or authority. Where a suit is referred under rule 1A, the parties shall appear before such forum or authority for conciliation of the suit.

Rule 1C: appearance before the Court consequent to the failure of efforts of conciliation. Where a suit is referred under rule 1A and the presiding officer of the forum or authority is satisfied that it would not be proper in the interest of justice to proceed with the matter further, he shall refer the matter again to the Court and direct the parties to appear before it on the date fixed by him.

Rule 1C is the safety valve, and it matches section 20(5) of the Legal Services Authorities Act, chapter 110: where the settlement forum cannot settle, the case goes back to the court and resumes.

Afcons: the case that made section 89 work

Afcons Infrastructure Ltd v. Cherian Varkey Construction Co (P) Ltd, decided 26 July 2010, R.V. Raveendran J with J.M. Panchal J.

The judgment does three things, and a good answer covers all three.

One: it corrects a drafting error

Section 89(2) defines what happens on a reference for judicial settlement in clause (c) and for mediation in clause (d). Read literally, the definitions describe each other's process: a "mediation" in which the Court shall effect a compromise, and a "judicial settlement" conducted by an outside institution deemed to be a Lok Adalat.

munotes.in287

Section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure: How a Court Sends a Case Out to Be Settled

The Court held that the mix-up of the definitions of "judicial settlement" and "mediation" in section 89 is apparently due to a clerical or typographical error in drafting, resulting in the two words being interchanged in clauses (c) and (d) of section 89(2), and that if the word "mediation" in clause (d) and the words "judicial settlement" in clause (c) are interchanged, the clauses make perfect sense.

That is a striking thing for a court to do, and it is the point students remember. Read the two clauses as interchanged: judicial settlement is settlement by the court or an institution deemed a Lok Adalat, and mediation is settlement by a mediator following the prescribed procedure.

Two: it makes the section workable at the right stage

The Court held that having a hearing after completion of pleadings to consider recourse to an ADR process under section 89 is mandatory, but that actual reference to an ADR process in all cases is not mandatory. Having regard to the tenor of Order X rule 1A, the civil court should invariably refer cases to an ADR process, and only in certain recognised excluded categories may it choose not to. Where a case is unsuited to any ADR process, the court must briefly record the reasons for not resorting to one.

So the rule is: consider always, refer usually, and give reasons if you do not.

Three: it lists what should not be referred, and what should

Categories normally NOT suitable for an ADR process:

  • (i) representative suits under Order I rule 8 involving public interest or the interest of numerous persons who are not parties;
  • (ii) disputes relating to election to public offices, as contrasted with disputes between groups seeking control of societies, clubs or associations;
  • (iii) cases involving grant of authority by the court after enquiry, such as suits for probate or letters of administration;
  • (iv) cases involving serious and specific allegations of fraud, fabrication of documents, forgery, impersonation, coercion and the like;
  • (v) cases requiring protection of courts, such as claims against minors, deities and mentally challenged persons, and suits for declaration of title against government; and
  • (vi) cases involving prosecution for criminal offences.

Categories normally suitable include all cases of a civil nature, and in particular:

  • (i) all cases relating to trade, commerce and contracts, including money claims, specific performance, and disputes between suppliers and customers, bankers and customers, developers and customers, landlords and tenants or licensors and licensees, and insurers and insured;
  • (ii) all cases arising from strained or soured relationships, including matrimonial causes, maintenance, custody of children, partition among family members, co-parceners or co-owners, and disputes among partners; and
  • (iii) all cases where there is a need for continuation of the pre-existing relationship in spite of the disputes.
munotes.in288

Section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure: How a Court Sends a Case Out to Be Settled

Compare that first list with Booz Allen's non-arbitrable categories, chapter 250. They overlap but are not the same, and the reason is that they answer different questions. Booz Allen asks what the law does not permit to be arbitrated at all. Afcons asks what a court should not send out for settlement. A case can be arbitrable and still unsuitable for a section 89 reference, and saying that shows the examiner you understand both.

Salem Advocate Bar Association

Salem Advocate Bar Association, Tamil Nadu v. Union of India, decided 2 August 2005, is the decision usually cited alongside section 89, in which the Supreme Court dealt with the 1999 and 2002 amendments to the Code and with the model rules for ADR and mediation prepared by a committee it had constituted.

That judgment is in the queue in authorities/cases.json and has not been read for facts and holding. This book does not state what it decided. Know that it is where the model civil procedure ADR and mediation rules came from, and read the judgment before attributing propositions to it.

A worked example

A suit between a builder and a flat purchaser is at the stage of admissions and denials under Order X. The judge thinks it could settle.

What must the court do first? Under section 89(1), form the view that there exist elements of a settlement which may be acceptable, formulate the terms of settlement, give them to the parties for their observations, and after receiving those observations it may reformulate them.

Must it refer? On Afcons, the hearing to consider recourse to ADR after completion of pleadings is mandatory; the reference itself is not, but the court should invariably refer unless the case falls in an excluded category, and if it does not refer it must briefly record its reasons.

Is this case excluded? No. It is a dispute between a developer and a customer, which Afcons lists as normally suitable.

Which mode? Any of the four. If the parties choose a Lok Adalat, section 89(2)(b) sends it through section 20(1) of the Legal Services Authorities Act and any settlement becomes an award deemed a decree under section 21. If they choose conciliation, section 89(2)(a) applies Part III, so sections 73 and 74 govern the settlement.

munotes.in289

Section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure: How a Court Sends a Case Out to Be Settled

Order X. Under rule 1A the court directs the parties to opt for a mode and fixes the date of appearance before that forum; under rule 1B they must appear.

The mediation fails. Under Order X rule 1C, the presiding officer of the forum, being satisfied that it would not be proper in the interest of justice to proceed further, refers the matter back to the Court and directs the parties to appear on a fixed date. If it had gone to a Lok Adalat, section 20(5) of the Legal Services Authorities Act sends the record back and the suit resumes from the stage reached.

Change the case. Make it a suit alleging that the builder forged the purchaser's signature on a cancellation deed. That is Afcons category (iv), serious and specific allegations of fraud, fabrication of documents, forgery, and it is normally not suitable for an ADR process. The court should record its reasons for not referring.

What beginners get wrong

Section 89 offers four modes, not one, and each is governed by a different statute through section 89(2).

The definitions in section 89(2)(c) and (d) are interchanged. Afcons holds it a clerical or typographical drafting error and reads them as swapped.

Considering ADR is mandatory; referring is not. Afcons, and reasons must be recorded for not referring.

Judicial settlement is not a hearing by the judge. The institution or person is deemed to be a Lok Adalat under clause (c).

Afcons' unsuitable list is not the same as Booz Allen's non-arbitrable list. One is about what a court should refer; the other about what the law permits to be arbitrated.

Quick revision

  • Section 89(1): where it appears there are elements of a settlement acceptable to the parties, the Court shall formulate the terms, give them to the parties for observations, may reformulate, and refer for (a) arbitration, (b) conciliation, (c) judicial settlement including through Lok Adalat, or (d) mediation.
  • Section 89(2): arbitration or conciliation, the 1996 Act applies; Lok Adalat, section 20(1) of the Legal Services Authorities Act; judicial settlement, a suitable institution or person deemed to be a Lok Adalat; mediation, the Court shall effect a compromise following the prescribed procedure.
  • Order X rule 1A: after admissions and denials, direct the parties to opt for a mode and fix the date of appearance. Rule 1B: the parties shall appear. Rule 1C: the forum may refer the matter back to the Court.
  • Afcons (26 July 2010): the definitions of judicial settlement and mediation are interchanged by a clerical or typographical error and should be read swapped; a hearing to consider ADR after pleadings is mandatory while reference is not, courts should invariably refer except in excluded categories, and reasons must be recorded for not referring; and it lists six categories normally unsuitable and three broad categories normally suitable.
  • Salem Advocate Bar Association (2 August 2005): the source of the model ADR and mediation rules. Unread here; do not state its ratio.
munotes.in290

Section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure: How a Court Sends a Case Out to Be Settled

Test yourself

1. What four modes may a court refer a dispute to under section 89? Arbitration; conciliation; judicial settlement including settlement through Lok Adalat; and mediation.

2. What did Afcons say about the definitions in section 89(2)? That the mix-up of the definitions of "judicial settlement" and "mediation" is apparently due to a clerical or typographical error in drafting, the two words having been interchanged in clauses (c) and (d), and that if "mediation" in clause (d) and "judicial settlement" in clause (c) are interchanged the clauses make perfect sense.

3. Is a court bound to refer every case to an ADR process? No. On Afcons, having a hearing after completion of pleadings to consider recourse to ADR is mandatory, but actual reference is not. The court should invariably refer except in recognised excluded categories, and where a case is unsuited it must briefly record its reasons.

4. Name four categories Afcons treats as normally unsuitable for ADR. Representative suits under Order I rule 8 involving public interest; disputes relating to election to public offices; cases involving grant of authority by the court after enquiry, such as probate or letters of administration; and cases involving serious and specific allegations of fraud, fabrication of documents, forgery, impersonation or coercion. Cases requiring the protection of courts, and cases involving prosecution for criminal offences, complete the list.

5. A section 89 reference to mediation fails. What happens to the suit? Under Order X rule 1C, where the presiding officer of the forum or authority is satisfied that it would not be proper in the interest of justice to proceed further, he refers the matter again to the Court and directs the parties to appear before it on the date he fixes, and the suit resumes.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in291

Chapter Fifty-Seven

Pre-Institution Mediation: The One Place Mediation Is Compulsory

Syllabus topic 3.3, "Mediation", applied

In one line

A commercial suit that does not need an urgent interim order cannot be filed at all until the plaintiff has tried mediation, and a plaint filed without it must be rejected.

In exam wording: section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act 2015, inserted by the Commercial Courts (Amendment) Act 2018 with effect from 3 May 2018, requires a plaintiff who does not contemplate urgent interim relief to exhaust the remedy of pre-institution mediation before instituting a suit.

Why this is the exception to everything else in the Module

Every other form of ADR in this subject depends on consent. A conciliation cannot start without a written acceptance, chapter 550. A Lok Adalat can only record what the parties agree, chapter 120. Even an arbitration rests on an agreement, chapter 230.

Section 12A is different. It makes mediation a condition precedent to the right to sue. A plaintiff who has not tried it does not get through the door.

And it is the clearest illustration of a point chapter 10 makes: "alternative" does not mean optional.

Section 12A(1): the requirement

A suit, which does not contemplate any urgent interim relief under this Act, shall not be instituted unless the plaintiff exhausts the remedy of pre-institution mediation in accordance with such manner and procedure as may be prescribed by rules made by the Central Government.

Three elements.

"A suit ... under this Act." It applies to a commercial dispute of a Specified Value under the Commercial Courts Act, not to civil suits generally.

"Which does not contemplate any urgent interim relief." This is the exception and it is where the litigation is. A plaintiff who genuinely needs an urgent interim order may file at once. A plaintiff who pleads urgency to escape mediation is doing something the courts examine closely.

"Shall not be instituted unless the plaintiff exhausts the remedy." Not "should try", but exhausts. The plaintiff must go through the process; it is not enough to have offered.

Section 12A(2): who conducts it

The Central Government may, by notification, authorise the Authorities constituted under the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 for the purposes of pre-institution mediation.

This is why the chapter belongs to Module I as much as Module III. The mediation is not run by a private mediator or a commercial institution: it is run by the legal services authorities whose constitution chapters 40 to 60 set out, under the machinery Module I teaches. The Government confirmed the same thing to the Lok Sabha in February 2026, describing the mechanism as one under which the parties must first exhaust pre-institution mediation before approaching the court.

Section 12A(3): the time limits

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, the Authority shall complete the process of mediation within a period of three months from the date of application made by the plaintiff under sub-section (1).

munotes.in292

Pre-Institution Mediation: The One Place Mediation Is Compulsory

First proviso: the period may be extended for a further period of two months with the consent of the parties.

Second proviso: the period during which the parties remained occupied with the pre-institution mediation shall not be computed for the purpose of limitation under the Limitation Act 1963.

Three months, extendable by two with consent, so five months at most. And the second proviso is essential: without it, a plaintiff compelled to mediate could watch its limitation period expire while doing what the statute required.

Note the non obstante clause. It overrides the Legal Services Authorities Act, which has no such timetable of its own.

Section 12A(4) and (5): the settlement and its force

Section 12A(4): if the parties arrive at a settlement, the same shall be reduced into writing and shall be signed by the parties to the dispute and the mediator.

Section 12A(5): the settlement shall have the same status and effect as if it is an arbitral award on agreed terms under sub-section (4) of section 30 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996.

Notice that the Act reaches for section 30(4) again, exactly as section 74 does for a conciliation settlement, chapter 570. That is the third time in this book: the Act's standard way of making a settlement enforceable is to give it the status of an award on agreed terms, which by section 35 is final and by section 36 is enforced as a decree.

Note the signature requirement in sub-section (4): the parties and the mediator. Compare section 73(2) and (3) for a conciliation, where the parties sign and the conciliator then authenticates. Here the mediator signs the settlement itself.

Patil Automation: section 12A is mandatory

M/s Patil Automation Private Limited v. Rakheja Engineers Private Limited, decided 17 August 2022, K.M. Joseph J with Hrishikesh Roy J.

Facts. Suits were instituted under the Commercial Courts Act without the plaintiffs having gone through pre-institution mediation, and no urgent interim relief was contemplated. The question was whether section 12A is mandatory or directory, and, if mandatory, what happens to a plaint filed in breach of it, in particular whether it can be rejected under Order VII rule 11 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

Held. The Court's declaration is worth learning in its own words:

We declare that Section 12A of the Act is mandatory and hold that any suit instituted violating the mandate of Section 12A must be visited with rejection of the plaint under Order VII Rule 11. This power can be exercised even suo moto by the court.

munotes.in293

Pre-Institution Mediation: The One Place Mediation Is Compulsory

The Court made the declaration effective from 20 August 2022, so that concerned stakeholders would become sufficiently informed, and gave directions protecting matters already concluded: where plaints had already been rejected and no steps taken within the period of limitation, the matter could not be reopened on the basis of the declaration; and where an order of rejection had been acted upon by filing a fresh suit, the prospective effect would not avail the plaintiff.

Why it matters. Three propositions, and each is examinable.

  • Section 12A is mandatory, not directory.
  • A suit filed in breach must be visited with rejection of the plaint under Order VII rule 11.
  • The court may do this of its own motion, without the defendant applying.

"Prospective overruling", which the judgment discusses at length, is the technique by which a court declares the law but applies its declaration only from a future date, to avoid unsettling transactions completed on the earlier understanding. That is why the date 20 August 2022 appears.

Section 12A and section 89 compared

Section 89, Code of Civil ProcedureSection 12A, Commercial Courts Act
WhenAfter the suit is filed, once pleadings are completeBefore the suit can be filed at all
Compulsory?The hearing is mandatory; the reference is not, per AfconsThe mediation is mandatory, per Patil Automation
Applies toCivil suits generallyCommercial disputes of a Specified Value
ExceptionCategories unsuited to ADR, reasons to be recordedSuits contemplating urgent interim relief
Who conductsArbitrator, conciliator, Lok Adalat, institution, or mediatorThe Legal Services Authorities, as authorised
Time limitNone statedThree months, extendable by two with consent
Effect of settlementDepends on the mode chosenStatus of an award on agreed terms under section 30(4)
Consequence of ignoring itThe suit proceedsPlaint rejected under Order VII rule 11, even suo motu

A worked example

A software company wants to sue a client for Rs. 90 lakhs in unpaid invoices. There is no arbitration clause, and the claim is a commercial dispute of Specified Value. The client is solvent and is not disposing of assets.

Can it file straight away? No. Section 12A(1) bars institution of a suit that does not contemplate urgent interim relief until the plaintiff has exhausted pre-institution mediation.

Where does it apply? To the authority under the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 authorised by the Central Government under section 12A(2).

How long will it take? The Authority must complete the process within three months of the application, extendable by two months with the parties' consent, under section 12A(3).

Is limitation running meanwhile? No. The second proviso excludes the period during which the parties remained occupied with the pre-institution mediation.

munotes.in294

Pre-Institution Mediation: The One Place Mediation Is Compulsory

They settle at Rs. 72 lakhs. Under section 12A(4) the settlement is reduced to writing and signed by the parties and the mediator, and under section 12A(5) it has the status of an award on agreed terms under section 30(4) of the 1996 Act, so it is enforced under section 36 as a decree.

Suppose instead it had filed without mediating. On Patil Automation, section 12A is mandatory and the plaint must be rejected under Order VII rule 11, and the court may do that suo motu.

Change one fact. Suppose the client is transferring its only asset and the company needs an urgent injunction. Then the suit does contemplate urgent interim relief and section 12A(1) does not bar it. But the urgency must be genuine, and a court asked to reject the plaint will look at whether the prayer for interim relief was a device.

What beginners get wrong

Section 12A is not confined to suits without an arbitration clause. It applies to commercial disputes of Specified Value that do not contemplate urgent interim relief.

The exception is urgent interim relief, not urgency generally.

The mediation is run by the legal services authorities, not by a private mediator, when the Government has so authorised.

A settlement is signed by the mediator too, under section 12A(4), unlike a conciliation settlement which the conciliator authenticates.

Breach is fatal to the plaint. Patil Automation requires rejection under Order VII rule 11, exercisable even suo motu, with effect from 20 August 2022.

Quick revision

  • 12A(1): a suit not contemplating urgent interim relief shall not be instituted unless the plaintiff exhausts pre-institution mediation in the prescribed manner. Inserted by Act 28 of 2018 w.e.f. 3 May 2018.
  • 12A(2): the Central Government may authorise the Legal Services Authorities to conduct it.
  • 12A(3): three months from the application, extendable by two months with consent; the period is excluded from limitation under the Limitation Act 1963.
  • 12A(4): a settlement is reduced to writing and signed by the parties and the mediator. 12A(5): it has the status of an arbitral award on agreed terms under section 30(4) of the 1996 Act.
  • Patil Automation (17 August 2022): section 12A is mandatory; a suit in breach must be visited with rejection of the plaint under Order VII rule 11; the power may be exercised suo motu; the declaration was made effective from 20 August 2022.

Test yourself

1. When can a commercial suit be filed without pre-institution mediation? Where the suit contemplates urgent interim relief under the Commercial Courts Act. Section 12A(1) bars institution only of a suit which does not contemplate such relief.

munotes.in295

Pre-Institution Mediation: The One Place Mediation Is Compulsory

2. Who conducts pre-institution mediation, and how long may it take? The Authorities constituted under the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, where authorised by the Central Government under section 12A(2). Under section 12A(3) the process must be completed within three months of the plaintiff's application, extendable by a further two months with the consent of the parties.

3. Does the mediation period eat into the limitation period? No. The second proviso to section 12A(3) provides that the period during which the parties remained occupied with the pre-institution mediation shall not be computed for the purpose of limitation under the Limitation Act 1963.

4. What did Patil Automation decide? That section 12A is mandatory; that any suit instituted in violation of it must be visited with rejection of the plaint under Order VII rule 11; and that the power may be exercised even suo motu by the court. The declaration was made effective from 20 August 2022, with directions protecting matters already concluded.

5. What is the effect of a settlement under section 12A? Under section 12A(4) it is reduced into writing and signed by the parties and the mediator, and under section 12A(5) it has the same status and effect as an arbitral award on agreed terms under section 30(4) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, so it is final and enforceable as a decree under sections 35 and 36.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in296

Chapter Fifty-Eight

The Mediation Act 2023: The Whole Scheme, and How Much of It Is Actually in Force

Syllabus topic 3.3, "Mediation"

In one line

India now has a standalone mediation statute, and the part of it that actually does the mediating has never been brought into force.

In exam wording: the Mediation Act 2023, Act 32 of 2023, received assent on 14 September 2023 and provides a comprehensive framework for mediation in India; by notification S.O. 4384(E) dated 9 October 2023 only certain of its provisions were brought into force under section 1(3).

Start with the commencement, because everything depends on it

This is the most important paragraph in Module III, and almost every free set of notes on this subject gets it wrong.

Section 1(3) provides that the Act shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification, appoint, and that different dates may be appointed for different provisions.

The footnote to that sub-section in the consolidated text records the whole of what has been done:

9th day of October, 2023, vide notification No. S.O. 4384(E), for Ss.1, 3, 26, Ss.31 to 38 (both inclusive), Ss. 45 to 47 (both inclusive), Ss. 50 to 54 (both inclusive), and Ss.56 to 57 (both inclusive), dated 9th October, 2023, see Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, sec. 3(ii).

Set that list against the Act's own arrangement of sections and see what is missing:

In forceNot in force
1 short title and commencement2 application
3 definitions4 to 25: the mediation agreement, pre-litigation mediation, disputes not fit for mediation, reference by a court, appointment and conduct, the mediated settlement agreement, confidentiality, termination and costs
26 Lok Adalat proceedings not affected27 to 30: enforcement, challenge, limitation, online mediation
31 to 38 the Mediation Council39 to 44: monitoring, mediation service providers, institutes, community mediation
45 to 47, 50 to 54, 56, 57 the Fund, accounts, directions, rules, regulations, transitional48, 49, 55, 58 to 65: schemes, Government settlements, amendments to other Acts

So sections 4 to 25 are not in force, and they are the subject. That is the mediation agreement, pre-litigation mediation (s.5), disputes not fit for mediation (s.6), reference by a court (s.7), the appointment and conduct provisions (ss.8 to 18), the mediated settlement agreement (s.19), confidentiality (s.22), and termination and costs (ss.24, 25). Sections 27 to 30, enforcement, challenge, limitation and online mediation, are not in force either.

What is in force is the institutional half: the definitions, and the Mediation Council with its Fund, rules and regulations.

The Government's own confirmation

The consolidated print is dated "as on the 6th October, 2025", so it cannot by itself prove the position today. Two answers in Parliament, four months more recent, do.

munotes.in297

The Mediation Act 2023: The Whole Scheme, and How Much of It Is Actually in Force

Lok Sabha Unstarred Question No. 2423, answered 13 February 2026, by the Minister of State (Independent Charge) for Law and Justice. After reciting that "As provided under section 1(3) of the Mediation Act, 2023, some provisions of the Act have been notified vide gazette notification dated 09.10.2023", and that three sets of Mediation Council of India rules were notified on 13 June 2024, the answer states:

The Chairperson and other Members of the Mediation Council of India are yet to be appointed.

and, of the provisions on mediation service providers, mediation institutes, community mediation and online mediation:

These provisions however have not been notified and the Mediation Council of India is yet to be established.

Read those two sentences together and the position is complete: the law establishing the Council is in force, the rules for its members have been made, and neither the Council nor its members exist.

Compare chapter 440. The Arbitration Council of India is in exactly the same position: Part IA in force since 12 October 2023, and the Government telling the Lok Sabha on 6 February 2026 that the Council "has not been constituted as yet." Two Acts, two councils, the same gap between the statute book and the institution. That parallel is worth drawing in any answer about the state of ADR in India.

The scheme Parliament enacted

Teach the Act in full, because MU's topic is "Mediation" and a student may be asked what the statute provides. State the scheme, then state what is in force.

Section 2, application. The Act applies where mediation is conducted in India and all or both parties habitually reside in, are incorporated in or have their place of business in India; or the mediation agreement provides for resolution under the Act; or there is an international mediation; or one party is the Central or a State Government or a public body and the matter is a commercial dispute; or in any other kind of dispute notified by a Government where such a body is a party.

Section 3, definitions. Including "commercial dispute" by reference to the Commercial Courts Act 2015, "community mediator", and the definition of mediation itself, which chapter 590 uses.

Section 4, mediation agreement. In writing, by or between the parties, and it may be a clause in a contract or a separate agreement.

Section 5, pre-litigation mediation. Whether or not a mediation agreement exists, the parties may, before filing any suit or proceeding of a civil or commercial nature, voluntarily and with mutual consent take steps to settle by pre-litigation mediation. A proviso preserves section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act for commercial disputes of Specified Value, which is chapter 610.

munotes.in298

The Mediation Act 2023: The Whole Scheme, and How Much of It Is Actually in Force

Note the word voluntarily. As enacted, section 5 is not a compulsory pre-litigation requirement; the Bill's earlier versions were, and Parliament changed it. So even if it were in force, it would not do what section 12A does.

Sub-section (3) says who may conduct it: a mediator registered with the Council, or empanelled by a court-annexed mediation centre, or empanelled by an Authority under the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, or empanelled by a recognised mediation service provider.

Section 6, disputes not fit for mediation. No mediation for a dispute in the indicative list in the First Schedule. A proviso lets a court refer compoundable offences, including compoundable matrimonial offences, to mediation; a second proviso provides that the outcome of such a mediation shall not be deemed a judgment or decree under section 27(2) and shall be further considered by the court. The Central Government may amend the First Schedule by notification.

Section 7, reference by a court or tribunal. Notwithstanding the non-settlement of a dispute under section 5(1), a court or tribunal may at any stage of a proceeding refer the parties to undertake mediation, may pass a suitable interim order to protect a party's interest, and the parties are under no obligation to come to a settlement.

Sections 8 to 17, the mediator. Appointment, including that a person of any nationality may be a mediator; the parties' preference; conflict of interest and disclosure; termination and replacement; territorial jurisdiction; commencement; conduct; and the mediator's role, including that he shall not act as an arbitrator or as a representative or counsel, or be presented as a witness, in later proceedings.

Section 18, time limit. Mediation shall be completed within one hundred and twenty days from the date fixed for the first appearance before the mediator, extendable by agreement of the parties by not more than sixty days.

Section 19, mediated settlement agreement. An agreement in writing between some or all of the parties resulting from mediation, settling some or all of the disputes, and authenticated by the mediator; its terms may extend beyond the disputes referred.

Sections 20 to 25. Registration of the settlement; the non-settlement report; confidentiality; admissibility and privilege against disclosure; termination; and costs.

Section 26. Proceedings of Lok Adalat and Permanent Lok Adalat not to be affected. This section is in force, and it is the Act's acknowledgement that the Legal Services Authorities machinery of Module I continues untouched.

Section 27, enforcement. A mediated settlement agreement signed by the parties and authenticated by the mediator shall be final and binding on the parties and persons claiming under them, and, subject to section 28, enforced in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 in the same manner as if it were a judgment or decree passed by a court, and may be relied on by way of defence, set off or otherwise.

munotes.in299

The Mediation Act 2023: The Whole Scheme, and How Much of It Is Actually in Force

Notice how much stronger that is than section 74 of the 1996 Act, chapter 570. A conciliation settlement takes the status of an arbitral award on agreed terms; a mediated settlement under section 27 would be enforced as a judgment or decree of a court directly. And section 27 is not in force.

Section 28, challenge. A mediated settlement agreement may be challenged only on the grounds of fraud, corruption, impersonation, or that the mediation was conducted in a dispute not fit for mediation under section 6, by application to the court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, within ninety days.

Sections 29 and 30. Limitation, and online mediation.

Sections 31 to 38, the Mediation Council of India. Establishment and incorporation; composition, a seven-member body under section 32; vacancies; resignation; removal; experts and committees; the secretariat and Chief Executive Officer; and duties and functions. All in force.

Sections 39 to 44. Monitoring and reporting; mediation service providers; their functions; mediation institutes; and community mediation, with its own procedure.

Sections 45 to 57. The Mediation Fund; accounts and audit; the Central Government's power to issue directions; schemes; settlements where a Government or its agency is a party; good faith protection; rules; regulations; laying; removal of difficulties; and the transitional provision.

Sections 58 to 65. Consequential amendments to other Acts, including the Indian Contract Act 1872, the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act 2006, the Companies Act 2013, the Commercial Courts Act 2015 and the Consumer Protection Act 2019. Not in force, so those Acts stand unamended by this one.

What a student should therefore say

Write the answer in three layers and it will be right whatever the examiner is testing.

One, the scheme. India's first standalone mediation statute, enacted in 2023, providing for mediation agreements, voluntary pre-litigation mediation, court references, the conduct of mediation, a one hundred and twenty day time limit, a mediated settlement agreement enforceable as a decree, a narrow ninety-day challenge on four grounds, online and community mediation, and a Mediation Council of India.

Two, the commencement. Only sections 1, 3, 26, 31 to 38, 45 to 47, 50 to 54 and 56 to 57 were brought into force, by S.O. 4384(E) of 9 October 2023. Sections 4 to 25 and 27 to 30 are not in force.

munotes.in300

The Mediation Act 2023: The Whole Scheme, and How Much of It Is Actually in Force

Three, the consequence. Mediation in India today runs on section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure, chapter 600, on section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act 2015, chapter 610, on Part III conciliation of the 1996 Act, chapters 550 to 580, and on the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 machinery, Module I. The Mediation Act supplies the vocabulary and the future framework, and, so far, the Council that has not been constituted.

A worked example

Two companies want to mediate a contract dispute in 2026. There is a mediation clause in their contract.

Does the Mediation Act govern it? Its section 4, on mediation agreements, is not in force, and nor are sections 5 to 25. So the Act does not supply the machinery.

Can they mediate anyway? Of course. Parties may agree to mediate at any time; what the Act would have added is a statutory framework and a directly enforceable settlement.

How do they make the outcome binding? Not under section 27, which is not in force. The routes available are: conduct it as a conciliation under Part III of the 1996 Act, so that a signed settlement takes the status of an award on agreed terms under section 74; or, if a suit is pending, obtain a reference under section 89 and, if it goes to a Lok Adalat, an award deemed a decree under section 21 of the Legal Services Authorities Act; or, for a commercial dispute of Specified Value, use section 12A, whose settlement takes the section 30(4) status.

Could they insist on pre-litigation mediation before the other sued? Not under section 5, which is not in force and which is in any event voluntary as enacted. Section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act is the only compulsory route, and it applies only to commercial disputes of Specified Value with no urgent interim relief.

What if the mediator turns out to have been bribed? Under the Mediation Act that would be a section 28 ground of challenge, within ninety days. As that section is not in force, the settlement is attacked on ordinary principles, or, if it was recorded as a conciliation settlement, through the routes that attach to an award.

What beginners get wrong

The Mediation Act 2023 is not fully in force, and the part that is missing is the mediation itself.

Section 5 is not compulsory pre-litigation mediation. Even as enacted it is voluntary and with mutual consent, and it preserves section 12A for commercial disputes.

The Mediation Council of India does not exist, on the Government's own statement of 13 February 2026, although sections 31 to 38 are in force.

munotes.in301

The Mediation Act 2023: The Whole Scheme, and How Much of It Is Actually in Force

Section 27 would have been stronger than section 74. It enforces the settlement as a judgment or decree of a court, not as an arbitral award on agreed terms.

The consequential amendments in sections 58 to 65 have not taken effect, so the other Acts stand as they were.

Quick revision

  • Mediation Act 2023, Act 32 of 2023, assent 14 September 2023.
  • In force by S.O. 4384(E) of 9 October 2023: ss.1, 3, 26, 31 to 38, 45 to 47, 50 to 54, 56 and 57.
  • Not in force: ss.4 to 25 and 27 to 30, and ss.39 to 44, 48, 49, 55 and 58 to 65.
  • Section 5: pre-litigation mediation is voluntary and with mutual consent, preserving section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act.
  • Section 6: no mediation for disputes in the First Schedule; a court may refer compoundable offences including matrimonial ones, but the outcome is not deemed a judgment or decree.
  • Section 7: a court or tribunal may refer at any stage, may pass an interim order, and the parties are under no obligation to settle.
  • Section 18: one hundred and twenty days from the first appearance, extendable by sixty by agreement.
  • Section 27: a settlement signed by the parties and authenticated by the mediator is final and binding and enforced as if it were a judgment or decree of a court.
  • Section 28: challenge only for fraud, corruption, impersonation, or a section 6 dispute, within ninety days.
  • Lok Sabha USQ 2423, 13 February 2026: the Chairperson and Members of the Mediation Council are yet to be appointed and the Council is yet to be established.

Test yourself

1. Is the Mediation Act 2023 in force? Partly. By notification S.O. 4384(E) dated 9 October 2023, sections 1, 3, 26, 31 to 38, 45 to 47, 50 to 54 and 56 to 57 were brought into force under section 1(3). Sections 4 to 25 and 27 to 30, which contain the mediation machinery itself, are not in force.

2. Does section 5 make pre-litigation mediation compulsory? No. As enacted it provides that the parties may voluntarily and with mutual consent take steps to settle by pre-litigation mediation before filing a suit, and a proviso preserves section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act 2015 for commercial disputes of Specified Value. In any event section 5 is not in force.

3. How would a mediated settlement have been enforced under section 27? As final and binding on the parties and persons claiming under them, and, subject to section 28, enforced in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 in the same manner as if it were a judgment or decree passed by a court, and relied on by way of defence, set off or otherwise.

munotes.in302

The Mediation Act 2023: The Whole Scheme, and How Much of It Is Actually in Force

4. On what grounds may a mediated settlement agreement be challenged under section 28? Only on fraud, corruption, impersonation, or that the mediation was conducted in a dispute or matter not fit for mediation under section 6, by application within ninety days.

5. Does the Mediation Council of India exist? No. Sections 31 to 38 establishing it are in force and three sets of rules were notified on 13 June 2024, but the Government told the Lok Sabha on 13 February 2026 that the Chairperson and other Members are yet to be appointed and that the Council is yet to be established.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in303

Chapter Fifty-Nine

Negotiation: The Skill Underneath Every Other Method

Syllabus topic 3.3, "Mediation and Negotiation"

In one line

Negotiation is the parties settling a dispute by talking to each other, with no neutral in the room, and it is the only ADR method with no statute behind it.

In exam wording: negotiation is a consensual process in which the parties to a dispute, by themselves or through their representatives, communicate directly with a view to reaching a mutually acceptable settlement, without the intervention of any third person.

Why a law syllabus teaches a skill

Because it is the one every lawyer uses every week and almost nobody is taught.

Look at the other methods in this book. Mediation and conciliation are negotiation with help. A Lok Adalat is negotiation with a bench encouraging it. Even an arbitration usually ends in a settlement, and section 30 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, chapter 370, exists to let the tribunal encourage one. Negotiation is what all of them are made of.

And this is a clinical paper, so the examiner may fairly ask what a lawyer actually does, not only what the process is called.

No statute, and what follows from that

There is no Negotiation Act. Nothing prescribes how it is conducted, who may do it, or how long it takes.

Three consequences, and each is examinable.

Nothing said in a negotiation is protected by any statutory confidentiality. Contrast section 75 of the 1996 Act for conciliation, chapter 580, and section 81, which keeps admissions and proposals out of later proceedings. A negotiation has neither, unless the parties create the protection themselves by agreement or by marking correspondence appropriately.

Nothing that emerges binds until it becomes a contract. Contrast a conciliation settlement, which by section 74 takes the status of an arbitral award, chapter 570; a Lok Adalat award, which by section 21 of the Legal Services Authorities Act is deemed a decree, chapter 120; and a section 12A settlement, chapter 610.

And nobody can be compelled to negotiate, or to continue.

So the whole legal content of this topic is at the two ends: protecting the discussion, and making the outcome stick. The middle is skill.

The two approaches

Distributive negotiation, sometimes called positional or zero-sum. The parties treat the dispute as a fixed quantity to be divided: every rupee one gains the other loses. Each opens high, concedes slowly, and they meet somewhere. Most money-only claims are negotiated this way.

Integrative negotiation, sometimes called principled or interest-based. The parties look behind their stated positions to their underlying interests, and try to find terms that serve both. It works where more than money is available.

The distinction that makes integrative negotiation possible is position against interest. A position is what a party says it wants. An interest is why it wants it. Two parties can have irreconcilable positions and compatible interests, and that gap is where settlements are found.

munotes.in304

Negotiation: The Skill Underneath Every Other Method

An example. A supplier demands Rs. 30 lakhs; the buyer offers Rs. 10 lakhs. Positions are irreconcilable. But the supplier's interest may be cash before its year end, and the buyer's may be continuity of supply. A settlement of Rs. 18 lakhs paid within a fortnight, with a two-year supply contract at agreed rates, may be worth more to both than their opening positions.

Do not present integrative negotiation as always superior. Where the only issue is how much money changes hands between parties who will never deal again, there is nothing to integrate.

Preparing, which is where negotiations are won

The single most useful idea in this topic, and it has a name a student should know.

The best alternative to a negotiated agreement. Before negotiating, work out what happens if there is no deal: how long the litigation takes, what it costs, what the realistic outcome is, and whether the other side can pay. That alternative is the floor. A party should not accept terms worse than its alternative, and should not reject terms better than it.

Two things follow, and both are practical.

It converts negotiation from instinct into analysis. "Is this a good offer?" is unanswerable; "is this better than what I get if we fight?" is answerable.

Improving the alternative improves the negotiation. A claimant who obtains an interim attachment under section 9, chapter 260, has improved its alternative and will negotiate from a stronger place without saying a word about it.

The rest of preparation, as a checklist:

  • know the facts and the documents better than the other side does;
  • know the law, including limitation and whether an arbitration clause or section 12A blocks a suit;
  • identify your interests and, as far as you can, theirs;
  • decide your opening, your target and your reservation point, the worst you will accept;
  • think about what you can give that costs you little and is worth much to them, such as time to pay, a phased schedule, or a reference; and
  • settle who has authority, which chapter 590 identifies as the commonest practical failure.

Conducting it

Separate the people from the problem. Attacking the other side's representative hardens positions and produces nothing.

Listen more than you speak. A party that talks throughout learns nothing about the other side's interests.

Ask open questions. "What would you need to see to make this work?" produces more than "will you take fifteen?".

Justify by a standard, not by assertion. An offer supported by a valuation, a market rate, or a comparable settlement is much harder to refuse than one supported by insistence.

munotes.in305

Negotiation: The Skill Underneath Every Other Method

Do not treat the first offer as the last. And do not bid against yourself by improving your own offer before the other side responds.

Keep a record, and confirm in writing what was agreed and what was not.

The two legal points that always attach

These are what make it a law topic rather than a management topic, and an answer that omits them is incomplete.

One: authority to settle

A settlement binds a party only if the person who agreed to it had authority to do so. Three practical rules follow.

An advocate's authority is not unlimited. Whether a lawyer can compromise a client's claim without express instructions is a real question, and the prudent course is always express written authority to settle within a stated range.

A company acts through those authorised to act for it. A settlement agreed by a manager without authority may not bind the company, and the other side should ask for a board resolution or a power of attorney where the sum is significant.

Confirm authority before you begin, not after terms are agreed. Chapter 590 makes the same point about mediation.

Two: recording it so that it binds

A negotiated settlement is a contract, so the Indian Contract Act 1872 governs it: offer, acceptance, consideration, capacity, free consent, lawful object. But a contract has to be sued upon if broken, which is exactly what the parties were trying to avoid.

So the practical question is always how to record the settlement so that it does more than create a fresh claim. The routes, all of them taught elsewhere in this book:

RouteProvisionEffect
A suit is pendingOrder XXIII rule 3, Code of Civil ProcedureThe court records the lawful agreement or compromise and passes a decree in its terms
An arbitration is on footSection 30, 1996 Act, chapter 370An award on agreed terms, enforced under section 36
Conduct it as a conciliationSections 73 and 74, chapter 570Status of an award on agreed terms
Take it to a Lok AdalatSections 19 to 21, Legal Services Authorities Act, chapters 100 to 120Award deemed a decree, no appeal
Commercial dispute, pre-suitSection 12A, Commercial Courts Act, chapter 610Status of an award on agreed terms under section 30(4)
Nothing else availableThe Contract ActA contract, which must be sued upon if broken

Order XXIII rule 3 is worth knowing precisely, because it is the commonest of these. Where a court is satisfied that a suit has been adjusted wholly or in part by any lawful agreement or compromise in writing signed by the parties, or where the defendant satisfies the plaintiff in respect of the whole or part of the subject matter, the court shall order such agreement, compromise or satisfaction to be recorded and shall pass a decree in accordance therewith so far as it relates to the parties to the suit. Note the requirements: lawful, in writing and signed by the parties.

munotes.in306

Negotiation: The Skill Underneath Every Other Method

Compare that with Haresh Dayaram Thakur, chapter 570, where an unsigned document produced by the conciliator was worth nothing. The principle is the same across every method in this book: write it down and get it signed before anybody leaves the room.

Negotiation compared with the assisted methods

NegotiationMediation and conciliationLok Adalat
Third personNoneA mediator or conciliator, who does not decideA bench, which does not decide
Governing statuteNoneMediation Act 2023, largely not in force; Part III of the 1996 ActLegal Services Authorities Act 1987
Confidentiality by statuteNoneSections 75 and 81 for conciliationNot expressly, but its award records only what was agreed
Outcome binds asA contract, unless recorded another waySection 74 status, or as recordedA decree, section 21
Can either side leaveYesYes, section 76(d)Yes

A worked example

A logistics company owes Rs. 26 lakhs to a fuel supplier. The supplier's advocate is instructed to recover it. There is no arbitration clause and no suit has been filed.

What is the first step? Not a notice demanding the full sum by return. It is preparation: check the invoices and the ledger, check limitation, and work out the alternative to a negotiated agreement. Suppose a suit would take four years, cost perhaps two lakhs, and face a defence about short deliveries that might reduce the claim by five lakhs.

What does that tell the supplier? That a prompt settlement above roughly eighteen or nineteen lakhs is likely to be better than fighting. That number is analysis, not instinct, and it is what the client needs to hear.

What are the interests? The supplier's is cash now. The logistics company's may be survival of a working relationship and not paying in one lump.

A possible integrative outcome. Rs. 21 lakhs, five lakhs within a week and the balance in four monthly instalments, with continued supply on cash terms. Both interests are served.

Who must agree? Somebody with authority. The supplier's advocate should confirm his own instructions in writing and should ask who on the other side can bind the company.

munotes.in307

Negotiation: The Skill Underneath Every Other Method

How is it recorded? No suit is pending, so Order XXIII rule 3 is not available. The options are a plain contract, or, better, to conduct the settlement as a conciliation under Part III so that the signed agreement takes the section 74 status, or, if the claim qualifies, through section 12A. If a suit had been pending, a compromise in writing and signed could be recorded and a decree passed under Order XXIII rule 3.

Two instalments are paid and then payment stops. If it was a bare contract, the supplier must sue on it, and is back where it started. If it was recorded under any of the other routes, it executes.

What beginners get wrong

Negotiation has no statute, so there is no statutory confidentiality and no statutory enforceability.

A negotiated settlement is only a contract unless it is recorded through one of the routes above.

Order XXIII rule 3 needs writing and signatures, and applies where a suit is pending.

Preparation is not optional. Without the alternative to a negotiated agreement, a party cannot tell a good offer from a bad one.

Authority to settle must be checked before terms are agreed, not after.

Quick revision

  • Negotiation: the parties settle directly, with no third person and no statute.
  • Consequences: no statutory confidentiality (contrast sections 75 and 81), no statutory enforceability (contrast section 74), and nobody can be compelled.
  • Distributive against integrative; positions against interests.
  • The alternative to a negotiated agreement is the floor: accept nothing worse, reject nothing better, and improve the alternative to improve the negotiation.
  • Preparation: facts, law and limitation, interests on both sides, opening, target and reservation point, low-cost concessions, and authority.
  • Conduct: separate people from problem; listen; open questions; justify by standards; record.
  • The two legal points: authority to settle, and recording it so it binds, through Order XXIII rule 3, section 30, sections 73 and 74, sections 19 to 21 of the Legal Services Authorities Act, or section 12A.

Test yourself

1. Why is there no statutory confidentiality in a negotiation? Because no statute governs negotiation. Sections 75 and 81 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 protect conciliation, and there is no equivalent for an unassisted negotiation, so any protection has to be created by the parties' own agreement.

2. What is the alternative to a negotiated agreement, and why does it matter? It is what a party will get if no settlement is reached, ordinarily the realistic outcome of litigation or arbitration after time, cost and recovery risk. It matters because it sets the floor: a party should not accept terms worse than its alternative or reject terms better than it, and improving the alternative strengthens its position.

munotes.in308

Negotiation: The Skill Underneath Every Other Method

3. A suit is pending and the parties settle. How is the settlement made binding? Under Order XXIII rule 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure. Where the court is satisfied that the suit has been adjusted wholly or in part by a lawful agreement or compromise in writing signed by the parties, it shall order the agreement to be recorded and shall pass a decree in accordance with it so far as it relates to the parties to the suit.

4. Distinguish a position from an interest, and say why it matters. A position is what a party says it wants; an interest is why it wants it. It matters because parties with irreconcilable positions may have compatible interests, and identifying the interests is what makes an integrative settlement possible where a purely distributive one would fail.

5. Two managers agree a settlement over lunch and shake hands. Is the company bound? Only if the manager had authority to bind it, and only to the extent that an enforceable contract was formed. Even then it is a contract, so a breach founds a fresh claim rather than an execution, unless the settlement is recorded through Order XXIII rule 3, a conciliation under sections 73 and 74, a Lok Adalat award, an award on agreed terms under section 30, or section 12A.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in309

Chapter Sixty

Counselling: The Lawyer's Duty to Advise Rather Than Litigate

Syllabus topic 3.4, "Counselling"

In one line

Counselling is the lawyer sitting with a client, finding out what has actually happened and what the client actually wants, and advising on the options, one of which is always not to sue.

In exam wording: counselling, in the sense in which it appears in a clinical legal education syllabus, is the process by which a legal practitioner interviews a client, identifies the legal and non-legal dimensions of the problem, advises on the available courses of action and their consequences, and assists the client to make an informed choice.

Why it closes Module III

Look at the order of MU's topics: foreign awards, conciliation, mediation and negotiation, and then counselling.

The first four are all things done after a dispute has been framed as a dispute. Counselling is what happens before any of them, and it is where the choice between them is made. A client does not arrive asking for arbitration. A client arrives upset. Turning that into a legal problem, and then into the right process, is the lawyer's first task and the subject of this chapter.

It is also the point at which the whole of this book becomes usable. A lawyer who knows Modules I to III and cannot counsel a client will send every case to court.

Counselling and advice are not the same

Legal advice is telling the client what the law is: your claim is time-barred; this clause is an arbitration agreement; the notice was bad.

Counselling is wider. It includes the advice, and adds the process by which the lawyer:

  • finds out the facts, including the ones the client did not think mattered;
  • identifies what the client actually wants, which is often not what the client first asks for;
  • sets out the options, legal and non-legal, with their cost, time and risk; and
  • helps the client decide, without deciding for them.

Nor is it therapy. A client in a matrimonial or family dispute may need emotional support, and the lawyer is not qualified to supply it. The boundary is at the end of this chapter.

Where it appears in the statutes this book teaches

There is no Counselling Act, but the idea appears in three places already met, and citing them shows the examiner this is a legal topic and not a soft one.

Section 2(1)(c) of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, chapter 80: "legal service" includes the rendering of any service in the conduct of any case ... and the giving of advice on any legal matter. A person entitled under section 12 can come for advice alone, with no case at all. That is counselling, funded by the State.

munotes.in310

Counselling: The Lawyer's Duty to Advise Rather Than Litigate

Regulation 4 of the NALSA (Free and Competent Legal Services) Regulations 2010, chapter 80: the front office is staffed by a retainer lawyer and para-legal volunteers, and a proviso allows a person with a Master's degree in Social Work, or a diploma or Master's in psychiatry or psychology, to be called to the front office when necessary. That proviso is the clearest statutory recognition in Indian law that some people who walk into a legal services office need something a lawyer cannot give.

Regulation 2(b) of the NALSA (Legal Services Clinics) Regulations 2011, chapter 160: a District ADR Centre, including a Nyaya Seva Sadan, provides facilities for counselling, mediation, Lok Adalat and legal services under a single roof. Counselling is named first, and beside the ADR methods.

Section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure, chapter 600, is the other side of the same coin: the court's duty to consider whether a case should be settled outside it presupposes that somebody has advised the client on the options.

The interview: how it is actually done

MU sets this as a clinical topic, so a student should be able to describe the steps.

One, prepare and put the client at ease. A person who has never been in a lawyer's office is frightened. Explain what the meeting is for and how long it will take. Confirm confidentiality, which is the duty that makes candour possible.

Two, let the client tell the story their own way, without interruption. This is the step most often skipped and the most valuable. A lawyer who starts asking about limitation in the first minute will get answers to those questions and nothing else. The facts that decide cases are usually volunteered, not extracted.

Three, then ask questions, moving from open to closed. Begin with "what happened next?" and narrow to "was that before or after Diwali?". Fix the dates, because limitation depends on them.

Four, get the documents. Ask what is in writing, and ask for it. A client's account of a contract and the contract itself are frequently different documents.

Five, identify the client's objective. Ask directly: what would a good outcome look like? The answer is often not money. It may be an apology, the return of a specific thing, the continuation of a business relationship, custody arrangements that work, or simply an end to it. Chapter 630 makes the same distinction between position and interest.

Six, check for the things the client will not raise. Whether anybody is at risk of harm; whether a limitation period is about to expire; whether there is a criminal dimension; whether there are children.

Seven, advise. Which is the next section.

munotes.in311

Counselling: The Lawyer's Duty to Advise Rather Than Litigate

Eight, record. Note what was said, what advice was given, and what the client decided. That note protects the client and the lawyer both.

Advising on the options, including not suing

This is the heart of the topic, and the sentence to carry away is: the options always include doing nothing, and a lawyer who never says so is not counselling.

A complete advice covers, for each available course:

  • what it involves, in plain words;
  • how long it takes;
  • what it costs, including the client's own time;
  • the realistic prospects, stated honestly and not optimistically;
  • what can actually be recovered, which is a separate question from whether the claim is good; and
  • the consequences beyond the case, including on relationships and reputation.

The courses themselves are the whole of this book:

OptionWhere it is taught
Do nothing, or write off the claimThis chapter
Negotiate directlyChapter 630
Mediate, or conciliate under Part IIIChapters 550 to 620
Take it to a Lok Adalat, including at the pre-litigation stageChapters 100 to 130
A Permanent Lok Adalat, if it concerns a public utility serviceChapters 140 and 150
Arbitration, if there is an arbitration agreementModule II
Pre-institution mediation, if it is a commercial dispute of Specified ValueChapter 610
A civil suit, a consumer complaint, or a statutory forumThe general law
Free legal services, if the client qualifies under section 12Chapter 70

And the advice must include the things that remove choices: an arbitration clause, which sends the dispute to arbitration; section 12A, which blocks a commercial suit until mediation has been tried; and limitation, which can remove every option at once.

What the professional rules require

Counselling is regulated, indirectly but really.

Section 35 of the Advocates Act 1961 makes an advocate liable for professional or other misconduct, on which a State Bar Council's disciplinary committee may reprimand, suspend or remove him from the roll.

Section 49(1)(c) empowers the Bar Council of India to make rules prescribing the standards of professional conduct and etiquette to be observed by advocates. Chapter 780 works through the office side of those rules.

The duties that bear on counselling are the familiar ones: to advise honestly even when the client will not like it; to keep the client's confidence; not to accept a matter in which there is a conflict of interest; to keep the client informed; and not to encourage litigation the lawyer knows to be hopeless.

There is an obvious tension here and an examiner may want it named. A lawyer is paid to litigate and is professionally obliged to advise a client that litigation may not be worth it. That tension is the reason counselling appears on a clinical syllabus at all.

munotes.in312

Counselling: The Lawyer's Duty to Advise Rather Than Litigate

The boundary with therapeutic counselling

Be careful, because the word carries two meanings and MU's syllabus does not say which it intends. Treat both, briefly, and mark the line.

Legal counselling is what this chapter describes: interview, advise, help the client choose.

Therapeutic counselling is the work of a trained counsellor, psychologist or social worker, dealing with grief, trauma, addiction or the breakdown of a relationship.

A lawyer meets clients who need the second, particularly in matrimonial, family and criminal matters. Three rules follow.

Recognise it. A client who cannot get through the facts without breaking down may need help the lawyer cannot give.

Refer, do not attempt. Family courts have counsellors; NALSA's own regulation 4 proviso lets a person qualified in social work or psychology be called to a legal services front office; and legal services clinics can direct a person to appropriate support.

Do not let the legal work wait for it. Limitation runs regardless.

The honest summary for an answer: a lawyer counsels on the legal problem and refers on the human one, and knowing the difference is part of the professional skill.

A worked example

Rekha comes to a legal services clinic. Her husband died eight months ago. His employer has not paid the gratuity or the provident fund; her brother-in-law has occupied part of the house; and she is frightened of him. She begins by asking whether she can "file a case against everybody".

Step one: let her tell it. A lawyer who begins with "which case do you want to file?" will get one answer and miss two problems.

Step two: separate the problems. There are at least three: an employment claim against the employer; a property dispute with the brother-in-law; and a safety concern.

Step three: the objective. Ask what a good outcome looks like. It may well be the money and quiet possession of her house, not a judgment against her brother-in-law.

Step four: check the urgent things. Limitation on the employment dues; whether she is at risk; whether she has the death certificate, the employment records and the property documents.

Step five: is she entitled to legal services? Yes, under section 12(c) as a woman, with no income condition, chapter 70. And under section 2(1)(c) the service includes advice, whether or not any case is filed.

Step six: the options, problem by problem.

  • The employer. A demand letter first. If unpaid, the dues may go to a Lok Adalat as a pre-litigation matter under section 20(2), chapters 110 and 170, where the settlement becomes an award deemed a decree. That is faster and cheaper than a suit, and employers commonly settle at such sittings.
  • The brother-in-law. A civil suit is one route. But this is a family relationship that has to continue, and on Afcons, chapter 600, disputes relating to partition or division among family members and cases needing the continuation of a pre-existing relationship are normally suitable for an ADR process. Mediation should be advised, and a court could refer them under section 89.
  • Her safety. A legal question in part, and in part not. The lawyer advises on the legal protections available and, under the regulation 4 proviso, the clinic can call somebody qualified in social work if she needs support the lawyer cannot give.
munotes.in313

Counselling: The Lawyer's Duty to Advise Rather Than Litigate

Step seven: what she should be told plainly. That suing everybody is possible and would probably be slow, expensive and bad for the family; that the employer's dues are the strongest and quickest claim; that the house dispute may be better mediated; and that she does not have to decide today, except about limitation.

Step eight: record it, and confirm in writing what she decided.

What beginners get wrong

Counselling is not the same as legal advice. Advice is part of it; the interview and the client's decision are the rest.

The options always include not suing, and a lawyer must say so.

The client's stated demand is not necessarily the objective. Ask what a good outcome looks like.

A lawyer is not a therapist. Recognise, refer, and do not let the legal work wait.

Counselling is regulated. Section 35 of the Advocates Act and the Bar Council's standards of professional conduct under section 49(1)(c) bear on it directly.

Quick revision

  • Counselling: interview, identify the legal and non-legal problem, advise on the options and their consequences, and help the client choose.
  • Statutory footholds: section 2(1)(c) of the Legal Services Authorities Act includes advice in legal service; regulation 4 of the 2010 Regulations lets a person qualified in social work, psychiatry or psychology be called to the front office; regulation 2(b) of the 2011 Regulations puts counselling beside mediation and Lok Adalat in a District ADR Centre.
  • The interview: put at ease and confirm confidentiality; let the client tell it; open to closed questions; get the documents; find the objective; check the urgent and unraised; advise; record.
  • The advice covers what each option involves, how long, what it costs, the realistic prospects, what is recoverable, and the consequences beyond the case. Not suing is always an option.
  • Constraints to flag: an arbitration clause, section 12A, and limitation.
  • Professional duties: section 35 of the Advocates Act 1961 on misconduct, and standards of conduct under section 49(1)(c).
  • The boundary: legal counselling against therapeutic counselling. Recognise, refer, and do not delay the legal work.
munotes.in314

Counselling: The Lawyer's Duty to Advise Rather Than Litigate

Test yourself

1. How does counselling differ from giving legal advice? Legal advice tells the client what the law is. Counselling includes that but also the interview by which the facts and the client's real objective are identified, the setting out of all the options with their cost, time, risk and recoverability, and assisting the client to make an informed choice.

2. Which provision makes advice, without any case, a legal service? Section 2(1)(c) of the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, which defines legal service to include the rendering of any service in the conduct of any case or other proceeding and the giving of advice on any legal matter.

3. A client insists on suing although the claim is weak and the defendant has no assets. What should the lawyer do? Advise honestly on the realistic prospects, the cost and time, and in particular on recoverability, which is a separate question from whether the claim is good, and set out the alternatives including doing nothing. The decision is the client's, but the professional duty is to advise plainly rather than to accept instructions uncritically.

4. What does regulation 4 of the NALSA (Free and Competent Legal Services) Regulations 2010 add to this topic? Its proviso allows a person with a Master's degree in Social Work, or a diploma or Master's degree in psychiatry or psychology, to be called to the front office as and when necessary, which is a statutory recognition that some people seeking legal services need support a lawyer is not qualified to give.

5. Where is the boundary between legal and therapeutic counselling? A lawyer counsels on the legal problem: the facts, the options and the consequences. Where a client needs help with grief, trauma or the breakdown of a relationship, the lawyer should recognise it and refer the client to a qualified counsellor, a family court counsellor or the support available through a legal services institution, while continuing the legal work, because limitation runs regardless.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in315

Module IV

Legal writing, research for public interest litigation, computers in legal work, and law office management

munotes.in

Chapter Sixty-One

Legal Writing: How a Law Article Is Built

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Legal writing- Article and Case Comment, Editing of a Law Journal"

In one line

A law article answers one question that the law has not yet settled, argues one position on it, and proves every step from sources the reader can check.

In exam wording: legal writing is the presentation of legal analysis in a form that can be verified by the reader, and an article differs from an essay in that it advances a claim which the author accepts could be shown to be wrong.

What an article is not

Start here, because the commonest failure in a student article is not bad writing. It is that no claim was made.

It is not a summary of the law. A description of what section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure says is a note, not an article. If a reader can get the same content from the bare Act, nothing has been written.

It is not a collection of what other people have said. Ten paragraphs beginning "According to Sharma" and ending "thus we can see" is a literature review, and even that has to end somewhere.

It is not an opinion piece. "Arbitration in India is very slow and something must be done" states a mood. An article states a proposition, and the proposition has to be one that a reader could disagree with on the law.

It is not neutral. An article that carefully sets out both sides and then stops has done half a job. A judgment is neutral until the end; an article takes a position from the beginning and spends its length defending it.

The one thing an article must have: a research question

Everything else follows from this, so get it right before writing a sentence.

A research question is a question about the law that:

  • can be answered, so not "is arbitration fair";
  • is not already answered, so not "is a Lok Adalat award appealable", which section 21 of the Legal Services Authorities Act settles in a line;
  • is narrow enough to answer in the space you have, so not "should India reform arbitration";
  • and matters to somebody, so the article can say who is affected by the answer.

Compare three attempts at the same subject:

AttemptProblem
"Mediation in India"A topic, not a question. Nothing could answer it.
"Is mediation good for India?"A question, but not a legal one, and not answerable from sources.
"Does section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act make pre-institution mediation a condition precedent whose breach is curable by later mediation, or one that requires rejection of the plaint?"A legal question, answerable, and one on which the answer was contested until 2022.

The third is a real article. Notice that it names the section, states two possible answers, and could be got wrong.

munotes.in316

Legal Writing: How a Law Article Is Built

A useful test. Write the question, then write the two answers a court could give. If you cannot write a second answer, the question is not open, and there is no article in it.

The shape of an article

There is no rule of law about this. What follows is the shape used by Indian law journals, and a student who follows it will not be marked down for structure.

1. Title. Say the subject and hint at the claim. "Section 12A and the Rejected Plaint" tells a reader more than "A Study of Pre-institution Mediation".

2. Abstract. One paragraph, usually 150 to 250 words. State the question, the answer and how the answer is reached. The abstract gives the conclusion away, deliberately: it is not a trailer.

3. Introduction. What the problem is, why it matters now, what the article argues, and how it proceeds. Two to four paragraphs. The last of them should say, in plain words, "this article argues that ...".

4. The legal background. The statute, the scheme, the position before the problem arose. Keep this short: it is the part students inflate. Include only what the argument later uses.

5. The problem, stated precisely. The conflicting authorities, the gap in the statute, the two readings of the section. This is the heart of the article and it usually deserves the most space.

6. The argument. Your answer, and the reasons for it, one reason per sub-heading. Each reason should be capable of standing alone.

7. The counter-argument, answered. Not a token paragraph. Take the strongest thing that can be said against you, state it as well as its supporters would, and then answer it. An article that never states a counter-argument reads as though the author never looked for one.

8. Conclusion. What follows if you are right. Who should do what. Do not introduce new material here.

9. Footnotes and bibliography. Below.

Using authority: the rule that makes legal writing different

In most writing, a source supports a point. In legal writing, a source is either binding, persuasive or neither, and the whole weight of a sentence changes depending on which.

Binding. A ratio of the Supreme Court binds every court in India under Article 141 of the Constitution. A High Court binds the courts subordinate to it. If your argument rests on a binding authority, say so and the argument is close to finished.

Persuasive. A judgment of another High Court, a foreign judgment, a Law Commission report, an academic article. These support an argument; they do not conclude it. Say which you are relying on, because a reader who has to work it out will assume the worst.

munotes.in317

Legal Writing: How a Law Article Is Built

Neither. A blog post, a summary site, a coaching note, a large language model. These may point you to a source. They are not sources. Chapter 750 takes this up in detail, because it is now the commonest way a student's work goes wrong.

Two further rules that examiners enforce:

Cite the paragraph, not the case. "Balwant Singh Chaufal" tells a reader to read a hundred pages. "Balwant Singh Chaufal, para 198" takes them to the eight directions.

Never cite a case you have not read. This book's own case bank, authorities/cases.json, exists for exactly this reason: it separates cases whose facts and holding were read from cases that are only names. A proposition attributed to a case you have not read is the single fastest way to lose a reader, an examiner or, later, a judge.

A worked example, from question to paragraph

Take a real question this book had to answer: is the Mediation Act 2023 in force?

Step 1, the question. Not "what is the Mediation Act". The question is whether the Act that the syllabus names as governing mediation actually governs anything yet.

Step 2, why it is a question at all. Because the answer is not obvious. The Act received assent in 2023, is printed as an Act, is described everywhere as India's mediation law, and yet a student who applies it to a problem may be applying nothing.

Step 3, the primary source. The consolidated print of the Act, and specifically the footnote to section 1(3), which records that only sections 1, 3, 26, 31 to 38, 45 to 47, 50 to 54 and 56 to 57 were brought into force on 9 October 2023 by S.O. 4384(E). Sections 4 to 25, which contain mediation itself, are not in that list.

Step 4, corroboration. A footnote could be wrong or out of date. So: two answers of the Government of India in the Lok Sabha, unstarred question 1223 of 6 February 2026 and unstarred question 2423 of 13 February 2026, in which the Government states that the Mediation Council of India's Chairperson and Members are yet to be appointed. A Council that does not exist cannot be running the registration the unnotified sections require.

Step 5, the claim. "The Mediation Act 2023 is in force only in part, and the part that defines and regulates mediation is not among it."

Step 6, the counter-argument. Somebody will say the Act is in force because it has been notified in the Gazette and commenced. Answer it: commencement under section 1(3) is by notification for such sections as the Central Government appoints, and the notification appoints some and not others. Being an Act and being in force are different things.

munotes.in318

Legal Writing: How a Law Article Is Built

Step 7, what follows. The article can now say something useful to its reader: a mediation conducted in India today is still governed by Part III of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 or by the court-annexed schemes, not by the Mediation Act, and a lawyer who advises otherwise is wrong.

That is an article. It is short, it is checkable, and every step of it can be verified by a reader who does not trust the author. That last property is the whole point.

Citation format, briefly

Indian journals differ, and each one prints its own house style. What does not differ:

  • Statutes are cited by short title, section and year: the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, section 34(2)(b)(ii).
  • Cases are cited by party names, reporter, volume, page and year, and the neutral or official reporter is preferred: State of Uttaranchal v. Balwant Singh Chaufal, (2010) 3 SCC 402.
  • Subsequent references use a short form: Chaufal, para 198.
  • A source you did not read yourself is cited as "cited in", and never as though you had read it.

Whatever style a journal prescribes, apply it consistently. An editor reading a submission counts inconsistencies before reading the argument, and chapter 720 explains why.

What beginners get wrong

No question. The commonest failure. If the piece has no question, it has no thesis, and an examiner will say it reads like notes.

Too big a question. "Reforming arbitration in India" cannot be answered in 4,000 words. Narrow it until it can.

Background swallows the article. Ten pages of what the Act says and two of argument. Reverse the proportion.

Authority used decoratively. Cases named in a list to show reading, with no proposition attached to any of them.

No counter-argument. The reader concludes you did not look.

Citing a case for a proposition it does not contain. Fatal, and increasingly easy to do, because summaries of judgments are everywhere and judgments are long.

Quick revision

  • An article answers one open legal question and argues one position.
  • The research question must be answerable, unsettled, narrow, and matter to somebody. Test it by writing the two answers a court could give.
  • Standard shape: title, abstract, introduction, background, the problem, the argument, the counter-argument answered, conclusion, footnotes.
  • Authority is binding, persuasive or neither, and the sentence must show which.
  • Cite the paragraph. Never cite a case you have not read.
  • The article's test is that a reader who does not trust the author can check every step.

Test yourself

1. What distinguishes an article from a summary of the law? An article advances a claim that could be shown to be wrong and defends it with reasons. A summary reports what the sources say. If a reader could get the same content from the bare Act, no article has been written.

munotes.in319

Legal Writing: How a Law Article Is Built

2. State the four requirements of a good research question. It must be answerable, not already settled, narrow enough to answer in the space available, and of consequence to somebody whom the article can name.

3. Why must an article state the counter-argument? Because an argument that has not met the strongest objection to it has not been tested, and a reader who can think of an objection the author did not mention will assume the author did not look for one. The counter-argument is stated as its supporters would state it, and then answered.

4. What is the difference between binding and persuasive authority, and why does it matter to how you write? A binding authority, such as the ratio of a Supreme Court judgment under Article 141, must be followed by the court you are writing for, so an argument resting on it is close to complete. A persuasive authority, such as another High Court's judgment or a Law Commission report, supports but does not conclude. The sentence must make clear which is being relied on, because a reader will otherwise assume the weaker.

5. Why is "never cite a case you have not read" a rule and not advice? Because a case cited for a proposition it does not contain destroys the reader's ability to rely on anything else in the piece, and it cannot be detected by the author, who by definition did not read the case. The discipline is to separate what you have read from what you only know the name of, and to write only from the first.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in320

Chapter Sixty-Two

The Case Comment: A Worked Example from Start to Finish

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Legal writing- Article and Case Comment, Editing of a Law Journal"

In one line

A case comment takes one judgment, states exactly what it decided, and then says whether the court was right and what follows.

In exam wording: a case comment is a short critical analysis of a single decision, distinguishing the material facts, the issue, the ratio decidendi and the obiter dicta, and evaluating the reasoning and its consequences.

The four things a comment must do

A comment that does the first two and stops is a summary, and that is the mark students most often lose.

  1. Report what the court decided, accurately and briefly.
  2. Separate the ratio from the rest, which is the technical skill being tested.
  3. Evaluate the reasoning: is it right, is it consistent with what came before, does it prove what it claims.
  4. Say what follows: for litigants, for lower courts, for the statute, for the next case.

Ratio and obiter: getting this right is the whole exercise

Ratio decidendi is the rule of law on which the decision actually rests. It is what binds under Article 141 of the Constitution.

Obiter dictum is anything the court said that the decision did not need. It persuades; it does not bind.

The practical test is subtraction. Take the proposition out. Could the court still have reached the same result? If yes, it is obiter. If the result collapses, it is ratio.

Two traps:

The headnote is not the ratio. Headnotes are written by reporters, not judges, and they compress. A comment that argues with a headnote argues with a stranger.

Length is not weight. A court can spend twenty paragraphs on history and one on the point that decides the case. Chaufal spends most of its length on the three phases of public interest litigation, and its operative holding is eight numbered directions near the end.

The shape of a comment

Journals vary; this shape is safe.

1. Heading. Case name, citation, court, date, bench. Nothing else.

2. Facts, in a paragraph. Only the material facts, meaning the ones the decision turns on. If a fact could change without changing the outcome, leave it out.

3. The issue, as a question. One sentence, framed so it can be answered yes or no or in one of two ways. Getting the issue wrong makes everything after it wrong.

4. The decision and the reasoning. What the court held and why, in its own structure. Quote sparingly and exactly.

5. Analysis. The part that makes it a comment. Was the reasoning sound? Does it fit the earlier authorities? Did the court answer the question it set itself? Was there a better route to the same result?

6. Consequences. What changes now.

7. Conclusion. Two or three sentences.

munotes.in321

The Case Comment: A Worked Example from Start to Finish

Length: 1,500 to 3,000 words in most Indian journals. A case comment is short by design.

A worked example: a full comment, from heading to conclusion

The judgment is M/s Patil Automation Private Limited v. Rakheja Engineers Private Limited, decided 17 August 2022, K.M. Joseph J with Hrishikesh Roy J. The law is in chapter 610; read that first if section 12A is not familiar.

Facts

Commercial suits were instituted under the Commercial Courts Act 2015 without the plaintiffs having first gone through the pre-institution mediation required by section 12A. No urgent interim relief was contemplated, so the exemption in the section did not apply.

Note what has been left out: the parties' businesses, the amounts, the procedural history below. None of it changes the answer. That is what "material facts" means.

Issue

Two questions, and the second only arises if the first is answered one way:

  1. Is section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act 2015 mandatory or directory?
  2. If mandatory, may a plaint filed in breach of it be rejected under Order VII rule 11 of the Code of Civil Procedure?

Held

The Court declared section 12A mandatory, held that any suit instituted in violation of it must be visited with rejection of the plaint under Order VII rule 11, and held that this power may be exercised even suo motu by the court, that is, without the defendant applying for it.

The declaration was made effective from 20 August 2022, prospectively, so that stakeholders would become sufficiently informed, with directions covering plaints already rejected and cases where a rejection had already been acted upon by filing a fresh suit.

What is ratio here, and what is not

Apply the subtraction test.

Ratio. That section 12A is mandatory, and that breach attracts rejection under Order VII rule 11. Remove either and the suits could not have been dealt with as they were. Both are binding.

Also ratio, though it looks like a detail. That the power may be exercised suo motu. The Court needed it: a rule that only operates when a defendant objects would let the section be waived by silence, which would make it directory in substance.

Obiter, or close to it. The Court's observations on the object of the Commercial Courts Act, on delays in commercial litigation, and on the wider policy of mediation. Remove them and the holding stands.

Not ratio at all: the transitional directions. The prospective date and the treatment of pending matters are directions under the Court's own powers to do complete justice. They are binding as orders, but they are not a proposition of law that a later court applies to a different statute.

munotes.in322

The Case Comment: A Worked Example from Start to Finish

Distinguishing the third and fourth categories is the part that separates a good comment from an average one.

Analysis

Was the reasoning sound? The core of it was: the section says a suit "shall not be instituted" unless the plaintiff exhausts pre-institution mediation, and a provision framed as a prohibition on institution cannot sensibly be directory, because there is nothing left for it to direct once the suit is in. That is a strong argument, and it explains why the Court did not stop at declaring the section mandatory but went on to supply the consequence: a mandatory provision with no consequence for breach is a request.

Does it fit what came before? It fits Afcons Infrastructure Ltd v. Cherian Varkey Construction Co (P) Ltd, chapter 600, where the Court read section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure practically rather than literally in order to make court-referred alternative dispute resolution work. Both judgments treat the statutory push towards settlement as something to be given real effect. The difference is instructive and worth a paragraph in any comment: section 89 refers a case that is already in court, while section 12A stops it getting there. A comment that notices this is doing more than reporting.

Was there a weaker point? Yes, and a comment should say so. Order VII rule 11 lists the grounds on which a plaint is rejected, and "no pre-institution mediation" is not among them in terms; the Court reached it through rule 11(d), suits barred by law. That is orthodox, but it is an interpretive step and not a reading off the page, and the honest comment says so rather than presenting the conclusion as inevitable.

Did the Court answer the question it set itself? Yes, and it went one step further by adding the suo motu power, which was not strictly forced by the facts, since the point had been raised. A critical comment could argue that this went beyond what was needed. The answer is that without it the holding is unstable, which is the better view, but the point is arguable, and an arguable point is exactly what a comment is for.

The prospective declaration. The Court's own reason was that stakeholders should become sufficiently informed. A comment can note the tension: if the section was mandatory all along, it was mandatory before 20 August 2022 too, and prospective overruling is usually reserved for a change in the law rather than a declaration of what it always meant. The Court's answer is practical, that hundreds of suits filed on the earlier understanding should not fail. State the tension, state the answer, and let the reader judge. That is better than pretending there is no tension.

munotes.in323

The Case Comment: A Worked Example from Start to Finish

Consequences

  • For plaintiffs. Pre-institution mediation is now a condition precedent to a commercial suit, and skipping it is not curable by mediating later.
  • For defendants. No application is needed. The court may reject the plaint on its own.
  • For the courts. A screening duty at the point of filing.
  • For mediation generally. This is the one place in Indian law where mediation is compulsory before suit, and after this judgment it is compulsory in fact and not only on paper. That is the reason a book about alternative dispute resolution cares about a judgment on Order VII rule 11.

Conclusion

Patil Automation converts section 12A from an exhortation into a gate. The reasoning is sound at its core, the rejection route required an interpretive step the Court could have justified more fully, and the prospective effect sits uneasily with the declaration that the section was always mandatory. The practical result is that pre-institution mediation is, for the first time in Indian law, a condition a commercial plaintiff cannot avoid.

Comparing the two forms

ArticleCase comment
Starting pointA question in the lawA judgment
LengthUsually 4,000 to 8,000 wordsUsually 1,500 to 3,000
SourcesManyChiefly one, with context
Core skillFraming and defending a claimSeparating ratio from obiter, then evaluating
Failure modeNo claimSummary with no analysis

What beginners get wrong

Retelling the whole judgment. The court has already written it, and at greater length.

Every fact included. Material facts only.

The issue stated as a topic. "This case is about mediation" is not an issue. "Is section 12A mandatory?" is.

Treating the headnote as the ratio. It is a reporter's compression.

Praising the judgment throughout. A comment that agrees with everything has not tested anything. Find the weakest step and say why it is the weakest, even if you agree with the result.

No consequences section. The reader wants to know what changes.

Quick revision

  • A comment does four things: report, separate ratio from obiter, evaluate, state consequences.
  • Ratio is what the decision rests on and binds under Article 141; obiter is what the court said but did not need. Test by subtraction.
  • Shape: heading, material facts, issue as a question, held and reasoning, analysis, consequences, conclusion.
  • Material facts are the ones that, if changed, would change the outcome.
  • In Patil Automation the ratio is that section 12A is mandatory, that breach means rejection under Order VII rule 11, and that the power is exercisable suo motu; the transitional directions are not a proposition of law.
  • Length is short: 1,500 to 3,000 words.

Test yourself

1. How do you tell ratio from obiter? By subtraction. Remove the proposition from the judgment and ask whether the court could still have reached the same result. If it could, the proposition is obiter. If the result collapses without it, it is ratio, and it binds under Article 141.

munotes.in324

The Case Comment: A Worked Example from Start to Finish

2. Which facts belong in a case comment? Only the material facts, meaning those that the decision turns on. The test is whether changing the fact would change the outcome. Parties' identities, amounts and procedural history usually fail that test and should be left out.

3. State the ratio of Patil Automation. That section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act 2015 is mandatory; that a suit instituted in violation of it must be visited with rejection of the plaint under Order VII rule 11 of the Code of Civil Procedure; and that this power may be exercised even suo motu by the court.

4. Why is the Court's prospective declaration in Patil Automation not part of the ratio? Because it is a transitional direction about how the holding is to operate, made so that stakeholders should become sufficiently informed. It binds as an order but is not a proposition of law that a later court would apply to a different statute. The proposition of law is that the section is mandatory and that breach attracts rejection.

5. What separates a case comment from a case summary? Evaluation. A summary reports the decision. A comment additionally identifies which part binds, tests whether the reasoning proves what it claims, places the decision against the earlier authorities, names the weakest step in the reasoning even where the result is accepted, and states what changes as a result.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in325

Chapter Sixty-Three

Editing a Law Journal

Syllabus topic 4.1, "Legal writing- Article and Case Comment, Editing of a Law Journal"

In one line

Editing a law journal means deciding what gets published, making sure it is true, making sure it is the author's own, and getting the issue out on time.

In exam wording: the editorial function comprises selection, peer review, substantive and technical editing, enforcement of house style and citation format, screening for plagiarism, and production of the issue.

Why this is on a law syllabus at all

Two reasons, one of which surprises students.

Most law colleges run a journal, and the editorial board is made of students. This is one of the few topics in the course that a reader may have to do next month.

And an advocate is expressly permitted to do it. Rule 51 of the Bar Council of India Rules, in the Section headed "Restriction on other Employments", provides that an advocate may review Parliamentary Bills for a remuneration, edit legal text books at a salary, do press-vetting for newspapers, coach pupils for legal examination, set and examine question papers, and, subject to the rules against advertising and full-time employment, engage in broadcasting, journalism, lecturing and teaching.

Read that against Rule 47, which says an advocate shall not personally engage in any business, and Rule 49, which says he shall not be a full-time salaried employee of anyone while he continues to practise. Editorial work is one of the narrow things the Rules carve out. It is legitimate professional activity for an advocate, and chapter 780 explains why the carve-out has to be read strictly.

Who does what

A journal is not one job. Learn the roles, because an exam question on "editing a law journal" is usually asking for them.

Patron or Chief Patron. Usually the Vice Chancellor or Principal. Lends standing; does not edit.

Editor in Chief. Answerable for what is published. Decides in the last resort, sets the direction of the volume, and takes the consequences when something goes wrong.

Editorial Board. Academics and practitioners, often from other institutions. Their names on the masthead are a claim about quality, so a board that never meets is a misrepresentation.

Managing Editor. Runs the process: the calendar, the submissions, the correspondence with authors, the printer. This is the job that decides whether the issue appears.

Peer reviewers or referees. Outside experts who assess a submission on its merits. Usually anonymous.

Copy editors. Style, grammar, citations, consistency.

Student editors. In a college journal, most of the above. In many Indian law schools the journal is entirely student run, with a faculty adviser.

The submission's journey

This sequence is the answer to "describe the editorial process".

1. Submission and acknowledgement. Log it, give it a number, acknowledge receipt with a date. An unacknowledged submission is how a journal loses an author permanently.

munotes.in326

Editing a Law Journal

2. Desk screening. The editor asks four questions before anyone reads properly: is it within our subject and scope; does it meet the word limit and format; is it original and unpublished; is it simultaneously submitted elsewhere. A submission that fails any of these is returned now, not in four months.

3. Plagiarism check. Software, then a human. Below.

4. Peer review. Sent to two reviewers, usually blind (the reviewer does not know who wrote it) or double blind (neither knows the other). Reviewers report on originality, soundness of argument, adequacy of research, and whether the conclusions follow.

5. The decision. Four outcomes: accept, accept with minor revisions, revise and resubmit, reject. Communicate it with reasons. A rejection with no reasons teaches an author nothing and costs the journal its reputation among the people it needs.

6. Substantive editing. With the author. What can be cut, what needs support, what claim is stated more strongly than the sources allow.

7. Copy editing and citation check. Every footnote verified against the source. This is where a journal earns its name.

8. Proofs to the author. The author checks and returns. The author's approval is the last point at which a mistake is cheap.

9. Production and publication. Typesetting, ISSN, DOI where used, printing or hosting, indexing, dispatch.

Peer review: what it is for, and what it cannot do

Peer review tests whether an argument is sound, whether the research is adequate, and whether the piece adds anything. It is the reason a journal article is treated differently from a blog post.

What it cannot do:

  • It cannot detect fabrication reliably. A reviewer reads the argument, not the archives.
  • It cannot make a dull piece important.
  • It cannot fix a piece the author will not revise.

Blind review exists to stop the wrong question being asked. The question is whether the argument is right, not whether the author is senior. In a student journal that receives submissions from professors and from second-year students, blinding is the only thing that keeps the standard honest.

House style and citation format

A journal prescribes one citation style and applies it to everything. In India the common choices are the Bluebook (widely used in the national law universities), OSCOLA, or a house style the journal publishes itself.

The rule is not which style. The rule is consistency, for a reason that is practical rather than aesthetic: a reader who finds two formats on one page cannot tell whether the third is a third format or an error, and so cannot rely on any of them.

A house style sheet should settle, at minimum:

munotes.in327

Editing a Law Journal

  • how statutes, cases, books, chapters, articles and online sources are cited;
  • short forms for repeated citations;
  • whether footnotes or endnotes, and whether a bibliography;
  • spelling and capitalisation conventions;
  • how block quotations are set, and the maximum length of a quotation;
  • headings and their levels;
  • the treatment of Indian statutory references, since section 34(2)(b)(ii) and Section 34 (2) (b) (ii) should not both appear in one volume.

Plagiarism

What it is. Presenting someone else's words, ideas, data or structure as your own. It includes the paraphrase that follows a source sentence by sentence with the words changed, and it includes self plagiarism, meaning republishing your own earlier work as new.

How a journal screens. Similarity-detection software first, which produces a percentage and a report of matched passages. Then a human, because the percentage alone decides nothing: a properly quoted and attributed passage, a statutory text, and a standard case citation all raise the number without being plagiarism, while three stolen sentences may barely move it.

The consequence. For a journal, a retraction, a notice, and damage that lasts longer than the issue. For a student, the institution's academic misconduct machinery. For an advocate, the professional consequences chapter 780 sets out, since misrepresentation is not a smaller matter because it happened in print.

The editorial rule to remember: the percentage is evidence, not a verdict. The editor reads the matched passages.

Where a law journal stands in 2026

Students are often told to publish in a "UGC-CARE listed" journal. Check the position before repeating it.

As at the date this chapter was written, the Consortium for Academic and Research Ethics states on its own site that the UGC-CARE List has not been updated since October 2024 and will not be updated further, as per the UGC Public Notice dated 11 February 2025, and that the website is available for information purposes only. The saved copy is in authorities/ugc-care-notice.txt.

So a reference to "the CARE list" now describes a frozen list, not a current one. What that means for an editor is simple and it is the point worth taking from this section: a journal's standing has to rest on what it actually does, which is real peer review, a real board, honest turnaround times, an ISSN, and archives that stay online, rather than on an entry in a list somebody else maintains.

This is exactly the kind of fact that goes stale. Check the source before repeating it in an answer, which is what chapter 750 is about.

Getting the issue out

The part nobody teaches, and the part that decides whether a journal exists after two years.

Work backwards from the publication date. Printing and dispatch, final proofs, author proofs, copy editing, revisions, decisions, review, screening, submission deadline, call for papers. Put dates on each and publish the ones that concern authors.

munotes.in328

Editing a Law Journal

Publish the turnaround time and keep it. "Decision within eight weeks" is a promise. A journal that keeps it gets better submissions than one with a better masthead that does not.

Keep the correspondence. Every decision, every reviewer report, every author permission. When a dispute arises, and it will, the file is the answer.

Do not fill an issue to reach a page count. One weak article costs more than four pages saved.

A worked example: one submission, from arrival to decision

A college journal receives an article on section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act. The author is a professor at another university. Take it through the process.

It arrives by e-mail on 3 March. Log it, give it a number, and acknowledge receipt the same day with the date. That acknowledgement is also where the journal states its turnaround time, and having stated it, it is bound by it.

Desk screening. Four questions. Is it within scope: yes, the journal publishes on procedure and dispute resolution. Does it meet the word limit and format: it is 9,000 words against a stated limit of 8,000, so the author is asked to cut before review rather than after. Is it original and unpublished: the author confirms. Is it under consideration elsewhere: the author confirms it is not. Nothing has been read on the merits yet, and that is correct: screening is cheap and review is expensive.

Plagiarism check. The software returns 24 per cent similarity. The editor reads the matched passages and finds that almost all of it is the text of section 12A, quotations from Patil Automation, and standard case citations, each properly attributed. The percentage is evidence, not a verdict, and this one resolves to nothing. Had the report instead shown three unattributed sentences matching a blog, the percentage would have been lower and the finding far worse.

Anonymising. The author's name, institution and acknowledgements are removed before the piece goes out, because the reviewers must judge the argument and not the professorship. In a student journal this is the step that most needs enforcing, and it is enforced by the managing editor, not by the reviewer.

Peer review. Two reviewers. The first reports that the argument is sound but that the article does not deal with the prospective effect of the declaration from 20 August 2022, which is a real gap. The second reports "interesting, publish", which tells the editor nothing and is why two reviewers are asked rather than one.

The decision. Not accept, and not reject. Revise and resubmit, communicated with reasons: the word limit, and the missing treatment of prospectivity. The reasons matter, because the author is someone the journal wants to hear from again.

munotes.in329

Editing a Law Journal

Substantive editing. The revised piece overstates one claim, saying the judgment "abolished" the exemption for urgent interim relief. It did not. The editor asks for the claim to be brought back to what the source supports, which is chapter 700's discipline applied by somebody other than the author.

Copy editing and citation check. Every footnote is checked against the source. Two citations give the SCC report only, where house style requires the neutral citation first; one refers to a paragraph number that does not exist in the judgment. That last one is why the check exists.

Proofs and publication. The proof goes to the author, who returns it with two corrections. Then typesetting, the ISSN, hosting, and dispatch. The whole sequence took eleven weeks against a published promise of twelve.

Now change one fact. Suppose the author, who is a practising advocate, asks that the article carry a footnote naming his chambers and inviting arbitration referrals. The journal declines. Rule 51 of the Bar Council of India Rules permits him to write; Rule 36 forbids soliciting work, and chapter 780 sets out what a violation exposes him to.

What beginners get wrong

Confusing copy editing with editing. Fixing commas is not deciding what to publish.

Treating peer review as a formality. Two reviewers who both say "good, publish" have told the editor nothing.

Treating the similarity percentage as the finding. It is a pointer to passages a human must read.

Rejecting without reasons. It costs the journal its next submission from that author.

Believing a masthead makes a journal. A board that has never met is a claim, not a fact.

Assuming an advocate may take any editorial job. Rule 51 permits editing and journalism, but Rule 49 still forbids full-time salaried employment while practising, and Rule 47 still forbids personally engaging in business.

Quick revision

  • Roles: Patron, Editor in Chief, Editorial Board, Managing Editor, peer reviewers, copy editors, student editors.
  • Process: submission and acknowledgement, desk screening, plagiarism check, peer review, decision, substantive editing, copy editing and citation check, author proofs, production.
  • Four decisions: accept, accept with minor revisions, revise and resubmit, reject, each with reasons.
  • Blind and double blind review keep the question on the argument rather than the author.
  • House style: one style, applied consistently; consistency matters because it is what makes footnotes checkable.
  • Plagiarism: software then a human; the percentage is evidence, not a verdict.
  • UGC-CARE: the site itself says the List has not been updated since October 2024 and will not be updated further, per the UGC Public Notice of 11 February 2025.
  • Rule 51, BCI Rules: an advocate may edit legal text books at a salary and engage in journalism, subject to the rules against advertising and full-time employment.
munotes.in330

Editing a Law Journal

Test yourself

1. Set out the stages a submission passes through in a law journal. Submission and acknowledgement with a date; desk screening for scope, format, originality and simultaneous submission; a plagiarism check by software and then by a person; peer review, usually by two reviewers, blind or double blind; a decision of accept, accept with minor revisions, revise and resubmit, or reject, communicated with reasons; substantive editing with the author; copy editing and verification of every citation; proofs to the author; production and publication.

2. Why is peer review conducted blind? So that the submission is judged on the argument rather than on the author's seniority or institution. In a student-run journal that receives work from professors and from students in the same intake, blinding is what keeps the standard consistent.

3. What does a similarity-detection report actually establish? Very little on its own. Properly attributed quotations, statutory text and standard case citations raise the percentage without being plagiarism, while a few stolen sentences may barely register. The report tells the editor which passages to read; the editor decides.

4. May a practising advocate edit a law journal? Yes. Rule 51 of the Bar Council of India Rules expressly permits an advocate to edit legal text books at a salary and, subject to the rules against advertising and full-time employment, to engage in journalism, lecturing and teaching. It remains subject to Rule 47, which forbids personally engaging in business, and Rule 49, which forbids full-time salaried employment while continuing to practise.

5. What is the current position of the UGC-CARE list, and why does it matter to an editor? The Consortium's own site states that the List has not been updated since October 2024 and will not be updated further, per the UGC Public Notice dated 11 February 2025, and that the site is for information purposes only. It matters because a journal can no longer point at a current external list as its credential, so its standing rests on what it demonstrably does: genuine peer review, a working board, published and kept turnaround times, an ISSN, and archives that remain available.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in331

Chapter Sixty-Four

Public Interest Litigation: What It Is, and How It Came About

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Research for Public Interest Litigation"

In one line

Public interest litigation is a case brought by someone who has suffered no injury himself, on behalf of people who have and who cannot come to court.

In exam wording: public interest litigation is the exercise by the Supreme Court under Article 32 and by the High Courts under Article 226 of their writ jurisdiction at the instance of a public spirited person acting pro bono publico, the traditional requirement of locus standi having been relaxed for persons unable by reason of poverty, helplessness, disability or a socially or economically disadvantaged position to approach the court themselves.

The problem it was invented to solve

The old rule was simple: only a person whose own legal right has been infringed may sue. It has an obvious virtue, which is that it keeps strangers out of other people's disputes.

It also has an obvious consequence. The people whose rights are violated most severely are the least able to come to court. An undertrial who has been in jail longer than his maximum sentence cannot file a writ petition. A bonded labourer in a stone quarry cannot instruct counsel. If only the injured may sue, and the injured cannot sue, the right is real and the remedy is not.

Public interest litigation is the answer the Supreme Court gave to that. Everything else about it follows from this one problem, and an answer that starts anywhere else has started in the wrong place.

The constitutional text it is built on

Read the words, because two of the leading cases turn on them.

Article 32(1): the right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by this Part is guaranteed.

Article 32(2): the Supreme Court shall have power to issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, whichever may be appropriate, for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by Part III.

Article 226(1): notwithstanding anything in Article 32, every High Court shall have power, throughout the territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction, to issue to any person or authority, including in appropriate cases any Government, directions, orders or writs, including the five writs, for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by Part III and for any other purpose.

Three things to notice, and each is worth a mark:

Article 32(1) says "appropriate proceedings" and stops. It prescribes no form. That is the hook on which the whole jurisdiction hangs, and Bandhua Mukti Morcha says so expressly.

Article 32 is itself a fundamental right. It sits in Part III, and Article 32(4) says the right shall not be suspended except as the Constitution provides.

munotes.in332

Public Interest Litigation: What It Is, and How It Came About

Article 226 is wider in subject and narrower in reach. Wider, because it extends to "any other purpose" and not only to fundamental rights. Narrower, because it is territorial. So a public interest matter that is not about a fundamental right can go to a High Court and cannot go to the Supreme Court under Article 32.

S.P. Gupta: the case that opened the door

S.P. Gupta v. Union of India, decided 30 December 1981, P.N. Bhagwati J with A.C. Gupta, S.M. Fazal Ali, V.D. Tulzapurkar and D.A. Desai JJ.

Facts. Practising advocates challenged a circular of the Law Minister seeking the consent of Additional Judges to appointment elsewhere, and challenged short-term appointments and a transfer of Chief Justices. A preliminary objection was taken that the petitioners had suffered no legal injury of their own and therefore had no locus standi, the argument being that only a person who has suffered legal injury may maintain a writ petition, and that no third party may seek redress for the person injured.

Held. The Court rejected the objection and restated locus standi for public law. Where a legal wrong or legal injury is caused to a person or to a determinate class of persons, and that person or class is by reason of poverty, helplessness or disability or a socially or economically disadvantaged position unable to approach the court for relief, any member of the public may maintain an application for an appropriate direction, order or writ in the High Court under Article 226, and, where a fundamental right is breached, in the Supreme Court under Article 32.

Then the passage that created the epistolary jurisdiction. Where the weaker sections of the community are concerned, the Court said, it would not insist on a regular writ petition and would "readily respond even to a letter addressed by such individual acting pro bono publico", because "procedure is but a handmaiden of justice"; it would cast aside the technical rules of procedure and treat the letter of the public-minded individual as a writ petition and act upon it.

And, in the same passage, the limit. The individual who moves the court must be acting bona fide with a view to vindicating the cause of justice, and if he is acting for personal gain or private profit or out of political motivation or other oblique consideration, the court should reject his application at the threshold, whether it comes as a letter or as a regular writ petition. As a matter of prudence and not as a rule of law, the Court added, the jurisdiction should so far as possible be confined to a determinate class or group rather than to individual wrongs raised by a third party.

munotes.in333

Public Interest Litigation: What It Is, and How It Came About

Why it matters. It is the foundation. It relaxed locus standi, it created the epistolary jurisdiction, and, in the same breath, it stated the bona fide limit that Balwant Singh Chaufal would turn into directions almost thirty years later. Students who present S.P. Gupta as pure expansion have read half of it.

Bandhua Mukti Morcha: why a letter is an "appropriate proceeding"

Bandhua Mukti Morcha v. Union of India, AIR 1984 SC 802, decided 16 December 1983, P.N. Bhagwati J with R.S. Pathak and Amarendra Nath Sen JJ.

Facts. An organisation working for the release of bonded labourers addressed a letter to Bhagwati J alleging that labourers from different parts of the country were working in stone quarries in Faridabad, Haryana, in inhuman and intolerable conditions, that many were bonded labourers, and that the social welfare laws were not being implemented for them. The letter named the quarries and gave particulars of the labourers. The Court treated the letter as a writ petition and appointed commissioners to inquire. The State Government objected that the petition was not maintainable under Article 32, that commissioners could not be appointed, and that reports resting on ex parte statements untested by cross-examination had no evidentiary value.

Held. Rejecting all the contentions and allowing the petition, the Court held that Article 32 lays down no procedure. Article 32(1) guarantees the right to move the Court by appropriate proceedings, and the Constitution leaves it to the Court to determine what is an appropriate proceeding. The Supreme Court Rules prescribe the procedure normally to be followed, and a party should ordinarily conform to them, but the Rules cannot limit the Court's jurisdiction to entertain a proceeding made otherwise. In an appropriate case the Court is competent to treat a proceeding not in conformity with the Rules as an appropriate proceeding under Article 32, because fundamental rights are "too sacred to be ignored or trifled with merely on the ground of technicality or any rule of procedure."

The Court also called the State Government's objection to maintainability reprehensible, saying that a Government charged under the constitutional scheme with bringing about social and economic justice should welcome rather than baulk an inquiry by the court into a complaint that workers are held in bondage.

Why it matters. S.P. Gupta said the Court would treat a letter as a petition. Bandhua Mukti Morcha explains why it may, and does it out of the words of Article 32(1) itself. It is also the authority for the Court's own fact-finding machinery, the appointment of commissioners, which is what makes research for a public interest petition a different exercise from research for a suit, and chapter 740 builds on that.

munotes.in334

Public Interest Litigation: What It Is, and How It Came About

Ashok Kumar Pandey: what public interest litigation is not

Ashok Kumar Pandey v. State of West Bengal, AIR 2004 SC 280, (2004) 3 SCC 349, decided 18 November 2003, Doraiswamy Raju J with Arijit Pasayat J.

Facts. A petitioner appearing in person filed a petition under Article 32 asking that a death sentence, already affirmed by the High Court and the Supreme Court, be converted to life imprisonment because it had not been executed for a long time. He had learnt of the matter from a television news item. Mercy petitions had already been rejected by the Governor of West Bengal and by the President in 1994. Asked what his locus standi was, he answered that as a public spirited citizen he could present the petition.

Held. The petition was dismissed, without costs. Neither the Code of Criminal Procedure nor any other statute permits a third party stranger to question the correctness of a conviction and sentence. Where there is material to show that a petition styled as a public interest litigation is a camouflage to foster personal disputes, it is to be thrown out. Public interest litigation, the Court said, should not become "publicity interest litigation" or "private interest litigation" or "politics interest litigation". Only a person acting bona fide and having sufficient interest has locus standi, and not one acting for personal gain, private profit, political motive or any oblique consideration. Such a petitioner must come not only with clean hands but with a clean heart, a clean mind and a clean objective.

The Court described busybodies, meddlesome interlopers and officious interveners as breaking the queue of genuine litigants by wearing the mask of public interest litigation, and said their petitions deserve to be thrown out at the threshold, in appropriate cases with exemplary costs.

Why it matters. It is the case most often quoted for what public interest litigation is not, and it supplies the practical test. The question is not whether the subject sounds important. It is whether this petitioner is acting bona fide, and whether a stranger is permitted to raise this grievance at all.

Balwant Singh Chaufal: the history, and the eight directions

State of Uttaranchal v. Balwant Singh Chaufal, AIR 2010 SC 2550, (2010) 3 SCC 402, decided 18 January 2010, Dalveer Bhandari J with Dr Mukundakam Sharma J.

Facts. The appointment of L.P. Nathani as Advocate General of Uttarakhand was challenged by public interest litigation in the High Court on the ground that, having attained the age of 62 before appointment, he was ineligible under Article 165 read with Article 217. The High Court entertained the petition and directed the State Government to decide the issue within fifteen days. The State appealed. Despite service of notice, the petitioners who had filed the writ petition did not appear before the Supreme Court, which the Court said demonstrated their non-seriousness and non-commitment in filing the petition.

munotes.in335

Public Interest Litigation: What It Is, and How It Came About

Held, on the history. The Court traced public interest litigation through three phases:

  • Phase I, in which the rule of locus standi was relaxed so that the fundamental rights of the poor and marginalised could be protected. The Court said the Supreme Court and the High Courts earned great respect and credibility for it.
  • Phase II, from the 1980s, in which directions were given to protect ecology and environment. The Court noted that it has a regular Forest Bench, and gave the conversion of Delhi's public transport to CNG as a recent example.
  • Phase III, in which the courts intervened for probity in governance and against corruption.

Held, on the abuse. Saying it had become imperative to streamline public interest litigation and to preserve its purity and sanctity, the Court issued eight directions:

  1. The courts must encourage genuine and bona fide PIL and effectively discourage and curb PIL filed for extraneous considerations.
  2. Rather than every judge devising his own procedure, each High Court should frame rules for encouraging genuine PIL and discouraging PIL filed with oblique motives, within three months, and send a copy to the Secretary General of the Supreme Court.
  3. The courts should prima facie verify the credentials of the petitioner before entertaining a PIL.
  4. The court should be prima facie satisfied regarding the correctness of the contents of the petition.
  5. The court should be fully satisfied that substantial public interest is involved.
  6. Petitions involving larger public interest, gravity and urgency must be given priority.
  7. The court should ensure the PIL is aimed at redressal of genuine public harm or public injury and that there is no personal gain, private motive or oblique motive behind it.
  8. Petitions filed by busybodies for extraneous and ulterior motives must be discouraged by imposing exemplary costs or by adopting similar novel methods.

Why it matters. It is the modern authority. It states the history in a form a student can use, and directions 3, 4 and 5 are the reason the research in chapter 740 has to be done properly: the court will now test the petitioner's credentials and the correctness of the contents before it entertains the petition at all.

Public interest litigation and the representative suit compared

Students confuse these, and the Code of Civil Procedure supplies a clean contrast.

munotes.in336

Public Interest Litigation: What It Is, and How It Came About

Order I rule 8 allows one or more of numerous persons having the same interest in one suit to sue or be sued on behalf of all so interested, with the permission of the court or on its direction. The court must then give notice to all persons so interested, at the plaintiff's expense, personally or by public advertisement. Any person on whose behalf the suit is brought may apply to be made a party, and the decree binds all of them.

Order I rule 8A is different again: it lets the court permit a person or body of persons interested in a question of law directly and substantially in issue to present an opinion, where it is necessary in the public interest.

Representative suit, Order I rule 8Public interest litigation
CourtCivil court, in a suitSupreme Court under Article 32; High Court under Article 226
Who suesOne of the numerous persons having the same interestA stranger with no interest of his own
PermissionOf the court, expresslyLocus standi relaxed by the court's own decisions
Notice to those representedMandatory, at the plaintiff's expenseNo equivalent requirement
Binding effectDecree binds all representedOrder binds the parties; the law declared binds under Article 141
PurposeAvoiding a multiplicity of identical suitsAccess to justice for those who cannot come

The distinction to hold on to: a representative plaintiff is one of the injured; a public interest petitioner is not injured at all. Order I rule 8A, which lets an outsider offer an opinion in the public interest without becoming a party, sits between the two and is worth a sentence in an answer.

A worked example

A journalist learns that a district hospital's neonatal unit has had no functioning oxygen supply for four months, and that the State has not filled sanctioned posts of paediatricians. No patient has come forward.

Can she petition? On S.P. Gupta, yes. There is a legal injury to a determinate class, the patients of that hospital, and that class is by reason of poverty and helplessness unable to approach the court itself. She is a member of the public acting pro bono publico.

Which court? If the claim is framed as a breach of the right to life under Article 21, either the Supreme Court under Article 32 or the High Court under Article 226. If it is framed only as a failure to comply with State health rules, Article 226 alone, because Article 32 reaches only fundamental rights while Article 226 extends to "any other purpose".

Must it be a formal petition? No. On Bandhua Mukti Morcha the court may treat a letter as an appropriate proceeding under Article 32. But see chapter 740: in practice a properly drawn petition with annexures is far more likely to be entertained, and Chaufal direction 4 is the reason.

munotes.in337

Public Interest Litigation: What It Is, and How It Came About

What will the court ask first? On Chaufal directions 3 and 4, who she is and whether the contents are correct. Her answer to the first should be her work and her lack of any interest in the outcome; her answer to the second is the research.

Suppose she is a member of a political party contesting the seat. On Ashok Kumar Pandey the petition is in danger. Political motivation is an oblique consideration, and a petition that is a camouflage for something else is to be thrown out. The remedy is not to conceal the fact, which would be worse, but to have the facts so well established that the petition does not depend on who brought it.

Suppose instead she asks for compensation for one named patient. Then it is an individual wrong raised by a third party, which S.P. Gupta itself said should as a matter of prudence not be entertained where the class is not determinate, and Ashok Kumar Pandey shows what happens to a stranger who takes up one person's cause.

What beginners get wrong

Treating PIL as a separate jurisdiction. It is not. It is Article 32 and Article 226, exercised with locus standi relaxed. There is no PIL Act.

Thinking any citizen may raise anything. Ashok Kumar Pandey: a third party stranger cannot question a conviction, however public spirited.

Presenting S.P. Gupta as unqualified expansion. The bona fide limit is in the same passage.

Forgetting that Article 226 is wider. It is not confined to fundamental rights.

Reciting Chaufal's three phases and stopping. The eight directions are the operative part.

Confusing PIL with a representative suit. A representative plaintiff is one of the injured; a public interest petitioner is not.

Quick revision

  • PIL is Article 32 and Article 226 with locus standi relaxed; there is no separate statute.
  • Article 32(1): the right to move the Court by appropriate proceedings is guaranteed. 32(2): the five writs. 226: every High Court, within its territories, for Part III rights and for any other purpose.
  • S.P. Gupta (30 December 1981): any member of the public may move the court where a determinate class is unable by poverty, helplessness, disability or disadvantage to come itself; the court will respond even to a letter, because procedure is the handmaiden of justice; but the petitioner must be bona fide, and one acting for personal gain, private profit or political motivation is to be rejected at the threshold.
  • Bandhua Mukti Morcha (16 December 1983): Article 32 prescribes no procedure, the Court decides what is an appropriate proceeding, and the Rules cannot limit its jurisdiction; fundamental rights are too sacred to be trifled with on a technicality. Commissioners may be appointed to find facts.
  • Ashok Kumar Pandey (18 November 2003): a third party stranger cannot question a conviction; PIL must not be publicity, private or politics interest litigation; the petitioner needs clean hands, clean heart, clean mind and clean objective; busybodies break the queue and may be met with exemplary costs.
  • Balwant Singh Chaufal (18 January 2010): three phases, locus standi, then ecology and environment, then probity in governance; and eight directions, of which High Court rules within three months, verifying the petitioner's credentials, checking the correctness of the contents, requiring substantial public interest, prioritising urgent matters, and exemplary costs against busybodies are the ones to name.
  • Order I rule 8 is a representative suit by one of the injured, with mandatory notice and a decree binding all; Order I rule 8A lets an outsider present an opinion in the public interest.
munotes.in338

Public Interest Litigation: What It Is, and How It Came About

Test yourself

1. On what constitutional provisions does public interest litigation rest, and how do they differ? Article 32, which guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of Part III rights and empowers it to issue the five writs, and Article 226, under which every High Court may issue the same writs within its territories both for Part III rights and for any other purpose. Article 226 is therefore wider in subject matter and narrower in territorial reach. There is no separate PIL statute.

2. What did S.P. Gupta decide about locus standi, and what limit did it state in the same passage? That where a legal wrong or injury is caused to a person or determinate class who cannot approach the court by reason of poverty, helplessness, disability or a socially or economically disadvantaged position, any member of the public may move the High Court under Article 226 or the Supreme Court under Article 32, and that the court will treat even a letter from such a person as a writ petition because procedure is the handmaiden of justice. The limit is that the person must act bona fide to vindicate the cause of justice, and if he acts for personal gain, private profit, political motivation or other oblique consideration the court should reject the application at the threshold.

3. Why is a letter an "appropriate proceeding" under Article 32? Because Article 32(1) prescribes no procedure. It guarantees the right to move the Court by appropriate proceedings, leaving it to the Court to determine what is appropriate. As Bandhua Mukti Morcha held, the Supreme Court Rules lay down the procedure normally followed but cannot limit the Court's jurisdiction to entertain a proceeding made otherwise, fundamental rights being too sacred to be trifled with merely on a technicality or rule of procedure.

munotes.in339

Public Interest Litigation: What It Is, and How It Came About

4. State the eight directions in Balwant Singh Chaufal. Encourage genuine PIL and curb PIL filed for extraneous considerations; each High Court to frame rules within three months and send a copy to the Secretary General of the Supreme Court; prima facie verify the petitioner's credentials; be prima facie satisfied of the correctness of the contents; be fully satisfied that substantial public interest is involved; give priority to petitions involving larger public interest, gravity and urgency; ensure the petition is aimed at genuine public harm or injury with no personal gain, private motive or oblique motive; and discourage busybodies by exemplary costs or similar methods.

5. Distinguish a public interest petition from a representative suit under Order I rule 8. A representative suit is brought in a civil court by one or more of numerous persons who themselves have the same interest, with the permission or direction of the court, and mandatory notice must be given at the plaintiff's expense to all those represented, the decree binding them all. A public interest petition is brought in the writ jurisdiction by a person who has suffered no injury at all, on behalf of a class that cannot come to court, with no equivalent notice requirement. The first exists to avoid a multiplicity of identical suits; the second exists to give access to justice to people who would otherwise have none.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in340

Chapter Sixty-Five

Researching and Drafting a Public Interest Petition

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Research for Public Interest Litigation"

In one line

Researching a public interest petition means proving four things before you draft: that the facts are true, that a legal duty has been broken, that the person bringing it may bring it, and that no court is already dealing with it.

In exam wording: research for public interest litigation consists in the establishment of the factual foundation by documentary and official sources, the identification of the constitutional or statutory duty breached, the verification of the petitioner's standing and bona fides, and the ascertainment of prior or parallel proceedings, before the petition under Article 32 or Article 226 is drawn.

Why this is a research problem and not a drafting problem

In an ordinary suit the plaintiff knows the facts. He was there. He has the contract, the notice, the receipt.

In a public interest petition the petitioner was not there. He read about it, or was told, or noticed a pattern. The people who know the facts are the ones who cannot come to court. So the whole difficulty of the exercise sits in the first stage, and everything else follows from it.

And since Balwant Singh Chaufal, chapter 730, this is not merely good practice. Direction 3 requires the court to prima facie verify the credentials of the petitioner, direction 4 to be prima facie satisfied regarding the correctness of the contents of the petition, and direction 5 to be fully satisfied that substantial public interest is involved. A petition that cannot survive those three questions at the threshold will not be entertained, however serious the grievance behind it.

The five stages

Stage 1: state the wrong in one sentence

Before any research, write the wrong as a single sentence naming who is affected, what is being done or not done, and by whom.

  • Weak: "There is a problem with sanitation in municipal schools."
  • Strong: "Children in the 41 municipal schools of X ward have had no functioning toilets since June 2025 because the municipal corporation has not renewed the cleaning contract."

The strong version can be researched. Each of its three parts is checkable, and each will need a document. The weak version cannot be researched at all, because nothing in it is capable of being proved or disproved.

Stage 2: establish the facts

A newspaper report is a starting point, not a fact. It tells you where to look. A petition annexing only press clippings invites the court to ask direction 4's question and get no answer.

Sources that carry weight, in roughly descending order:

  1. The public authority's own records: sanction orders, tender documents, inspection reports, budget allocations and utilisation, minutes. These are the best evidence there is, because the respondent cannot dispute its own file.
  2. Statutory returns and published data: audit reports, annual reports, data the authority is required by law to publish.
  3. Reports of statutory or constitutional bodies: the Comptroller and Auditor General, a Human Rights Commission, a Law Commission.
  4. Affidavits of the persons affected, or of those who work with them. First-hand, and the only source that speaks to conditions rather than paperwork.
  5. Photographs, video and site records, with the date and place established.
  6. Press reports, as corroboration and as evidence that the matter is in the public domain.
munotes.in341

Researching and Drafting a Public Interest Petition

A pattern is worth more than an incident. One school without a toilet is a complaint to the corporation. Forty-one schools for eight months is a systemic failure, and it is what makes the matter substantial public interest under direction 5.

Stage 3: get the documents, using the Right to Information Act

This is the tool the topic is really about, because it is the only lawful way an outsider gets a public authority's own file.

Section 6(1). A person who desires to obtain any information shall make a request in writing or through electronic means, in English or Hindi or in the official language of the area, with the prescribed fee, to the Central or State Public Information Officer of the concerned public authority, or to the Assistant Public Information Officer, specifying the particulars of the information sought. Where the request cannot be made in writing, the Public Information Officer shall render all reasonable assistance to reduce an oral request to writing.

Section 6(2), the provision that matters most here. An applicant shall not be required to give any reason for requesting the information, or any personal details except those necessary for contacting him. So a researcher need not disclose that a petition is contemplated, and an authority may not demand to know.

Section 6(3). If the information is held by another public authority, or is more closely connected with its functions, the authority shall transfer the application and inform the applicant, as soon as practicable and in no case later than five days.

Section 7(1). The Public Information Officer shall, as expeditiously as possible and in any case within thirty days, either provide the information on payment of the prescribed fee or reject the request for a reason in sections 8 or 9. Proviso: where the information concerns the life or liberty of a person, within forty-eight hours.

Section 7(2). Failure to decide within that period is a deemed refusal, which is what makes the appeal available even when the authority simply says nothing.

Section 19(1). An appeal lies within thirty days to an officer senior in rank to the Public Information Officer in the same public authority, with power to condone delay for sufficient cause.

munotes.in342

Researching and Drafting a Public Interest Petition

Four practical rules for drafting the application itself:

Ask for documents, not for opinions. "Provide a copy of the cleaning contract for municipal schools in X ward, valid during 2025-26, and of any renewal or extension order" will be answered. "Why are the toilets dirty?" will not: it asks for a reason, not information.

One subject per application. A single application spanning four departments invites transfers and delay.

Give a date range and a document description. Vague applications are refused as not specifying particulars under section 6(1).

Note the life or liberty proviso. Where the subject really does concern life or liberty, say so and cite the proviso, because the timeline changes from thirty days to forty-eight hours.

Stage 4: find the duty that has been breached

A petition needs a legal peg. Grievance alone is not one. Look, in this order:

  1. A fundamental right. Article 21 is the usual one, and it is the route into Article 32.
  2. A statutory duty. The Act that requires the authority to do the thing it has not done. This is stronger than a general right, because it identifies precisely who must do what.
  3. Rules, regulations, schemes and guidelines made under that Act.
  4. A direction of a court already binding on the respondent. If one exists, the case may be contempt rather than a fresh petition, which is faster and stronger.
  5. A constitutional obligation outside Part III, such as a Directive Principle, which does not found a right by itself but shapes the reading of Article 21.

Then match the duty to the forum. If the peg is a fundamental right, either Article 32 or Article 226. If it is only a statutory duty with no fundamental right engaged, Article 226 alone, because that Article extends to "any other purpose" and Article 32 does not.

Stage 5: check the petitioner, and check for parallel proceedings

The petitioner. Chaufal direction 3 requires credentials to be verified, and Ashok Kumar Pandey shows what happens when they fail. Establish and be ready to state: who the petitioner is, what work he does in the field, that he has no personal gain, private motive or oblique motive, and that he is not a third party stranger raising what only the affected person may raise, which was fatal in Ashok Kumar Pandey. Political affiliation is not automatically disqualifying, but it is exactly the "oblique consideration" S.P. Gupta warned of, and it must be disclosed rather than concealed.

Parallel proceedings. Search for an existing petition on the same subject in the same High Court, in other High Courts and in the Supreme Court. If one exists, the options are intervention, an application in the pending matter, or a transfer, and filing afresh is usually the worst of them. This is a search problem, and chapter 750 is about how to do it.

munotes.in343

Researching and Drafting a Public Interest Petition

What goes into the petition

The form differs between the Supreme Court Rules and each High Court's rules, and since Chaufal direction 2 every High Court has been required to frame rules for public interest litigation, so check the rules of the court you are filing in. What follows is the substance those rules require.

1. Cause title. The court, the jurisdiction invoked, the parties. Respondents are the authorities under a duty, joined through the appropriate government department, and the State or Union as the case may be.

2. The petitioner's credentials and bona fides. Who he is, what he does, why he is bringing it, and an express statement that he has no personal interest in the outcome. Since Chaufal this is not a formality; the court is directed to verify it.

3. Facts, in chronological order, each fact tied to an annexure. A fact with no document behind it should be identified as such rather than blended with the rest.

4. The legal duty breached, with the Article, section, rule or scheme named.

5. Grounds, each a separate numbered proposition of law with its authority.

6. Prayers, specific and capable of being obeyed. "Direct the respondents to act in accordance with law" gives a court nothing to enforce. "Direct respondent 2 to restore the cleaning contract for the 41 schools listed in Annexure P-4 within eight weeks and to file a compliance affidavit" can be enforced, and its breach is contempt.

7. Interim relief, if the harm continues while the case is heard, with reasons why waiting causes irreparable injury.

8. Annexures, indexed and paginated, each referred to by number in the body.

9. Affidavit verifying the contents, distinguishing what is true to the petitioner's knowledge from what is true to his information and belief. A verification that swears to everything as personal knowledge, when the petitioner was never at the place, is false on its face and is the quickest way for a petition to fail direction 4.

10. Statement that no similar petition is pending, or full particulars of any that is.

The court's own fact-finding

Research does not end at filing, and this is a distinctive feature of the jurisdiction. Bandhua Mukti Morcha, chapter 730, upheld the appointment of commissioners to inquire into the conditions in the stone quarries, over the objection that reports based on statements untested by cross-examination had no evidentiary value.

munotes.in344

Researching and Drafting a Public Interest Petition

That has two consequences for the researcher:

The petition need not prove everything. It must establish enough for the court to be prima facie satisfied under direction 4. If it does, the court has machinery to find the rest.

But the court will not investigate a case the petitioner has not begun. A petition with nothing but newspaper cuttings gives the court no basis on which to appoint anybody.

A worked example, carried through

Return to the neonatal unit from chapter 730: a district hospital's oxygen supply has been non-functional for four months, and sanctioned posts of paediatricians are unfilled.

Stage 1. "Since 12 April 2026 the neonatal intensive care unit at the District Hospital, Y, has operated without a functioning central oxygen supply, and 6 of 9 sanctioned paediatrician posts are vacant, the State Health Department having neither repaired the plant nor filled the posts."

Stage 2. What would prove that: the hospital's own equipment register and maintenance records; the sanction order creating the nine posts and the current staffing statement; correspondence between the hospital and the department; the department's budget head for equipment maintenance and its utilisation; affidavits from parents and from a paediatrician; the district health society's minutes.

Stage 3. Four separate applications under section 6(1), one per subject, each asking for named documents over a stated period, each addressed to the Public Information Officer of the right authority: the hospital, the district health office, the department, and the district health society. No reasons given, because section 6(2) says none may be required. Where the information concerns the life or liberty of a person, the forty-eight hour proviso to section 7(1) is invoked expressly. If thirty days pass with no answer, section 7(2) makes it a deemed refusal and section 19(1) gives an appeal within thirty days.

Stage 4. The duty. Article 21 as read to include health care, which opens Article 32 as well as Article 226; the State's own staffing sanction, which is a specific and undisputed obligation; and any State public health rules or scheme prescribing equipment standards for a district hospital. Naming the sanction order is worth more than naming Article 21, because the respondent cannot argue about the existence of its own order.

Stage 5. The petitioner is a journalist with published work on district health services and no interest in the outcome; that is stated on affidavit. A search shows a pending petition in the same High Court on oxygen supply across the State: so the right course is an intervention application in that matter, not a fresh petition, and the research done is what makes the intervention useful.

The prayers. Repair or replacement of the plant within a stated period; filling of the sanctioned posts within a stated period; a compliance affidavit; interim direction to make alternative oxygen arrangements pending repair. Each is specific, and each can be tested against a date.

munotes.in345

Researching and Drafting a Public Interest Petition

What beginners get wrong

Filing on press reports. They locate a case; they do not make one.

Giving reasons in the RTI application. Section 6(2) says none may be required, and volunteering that litigation is planned invites obstruction.

Asking questions instead of asking for documents. The Act gives access to information held by an authority, not to explanations.

Prayers that cannot be obeyed. "Do the needful" is unenforceable and its breach is uncontemptible.

Verifying everything as personal knowledge. The petitioner was not there. Say what is on information and belief.

Not searching for parallel proceedings. The court will find out, and it looks worse coming from the other side.

Concealing an affiliation. Ashok Kumar Pandey: the petition is thrown out when public interest turns out to be a camouflage. Disclosure is survivable; concealment discovered is not.

Quick revision

  • Five stages: state the wrong in one sentence; establish the facts; obtain documents under the RTI Act; find the duty breached; check the petitioner and check for parallel proceedings.
  • Chaufal directions 3, 4 and 5 are why: credentials verified, correctness of contents, substantial public interest.
  • RTI s.6(1): written or electronic request in English, Hindi or the official language of the area, with fee, to the PIO or APIO, specifying particulars; oral requests to be reduced to writing with the PIO's assistance.
  • s.6(2): no reason need be given, and no personal details beyond those needed to contact the applicant.
  • s.6(3): transfer to the right authority within five days.
  • s.7(1): decide within thirty days; forty-eight hours where life or liberty is concerned. s.7(2): silence is a deemed refusal. s.19(1): appeal within thirty days to an officer senior to the PIO.
  • Duty first, then forum: fundamental right means Article 32 or 226; statutory duty alone means Article 226 only.
  • Petition contents: cause title, credentials and bona fides, dated facts tied to annexures, the duty, grounds, specific prayers, interim relief, indexed annexures, an honest verification, and a statement on pending proceedings.
  • Bandhua Mukti Morcha: the court may appoint commissioners, so the petition need not prove everything, but it must give the court something to act on.

Test yourself

1. Why is establishing facts the hardest part of a public interest petition? Because the petitioner has no personal knowledge of them. He was not present and has no documents of his own, while the people who do know cannot come to court. The facts must therefore be built from the public authority's own records, statutory returns, reports of constitutional bodies and affidavits of those affected, which is why the Right to Information Act is the central research tool for this jurisdiction.

munotes.in346

Researching and Drafting a Public Interest Petition

2. What does section 6(2) of the Right to Information Act provide, and why does it matter to a researcher? That an applicant shall not be required to give any reason for requesting information, nor any personal details except those necessary to contact him. It matters because a researcher preparing a petition need not disclose that fact to the authority whose conduct is being examined, and the authority may not demand it as a condition of answering.

3. What happens if a Public Information Officer does not answer within thirty days? Section 7(2) deems the request refused. The applicant may then appeal under section 19(1) within thirty days to an officer senior in rank to the Public Information Officer within the same public authority, and that officer may condone delay for sufficient cause. Where the information concerns the life or liberty of a person the period under section 7(1) is forty-eight hours, not thirty days.

4. How does the duty you identify determine the court you file in? If a fundamental right is engaged, the petition may go either to the Supreme Court under Article 32 or to a High Court under Article 226. If the breach is only of a statutory duty with no fundamental right involved, Article 32 is not available, because it extends only to Part III rights, and the petition must go to a High Court under Article 226, which extends to any other purpose as well.

5. Why must prayers be specific? Because a court can only direct what can be performed and later tested. A prayer to act in accordance with law gives the respondent nothing to do and the court nothing to enforce, so its breach cannot be contempt. A prayer naming the act, the respondent, the time limit and a compliance affidavit produces an order that can be obeyed, checked and enforced.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in347

Chapter Sixty-Seven

e-Courts, e-Filing and Virtual Hearings

Syllabus topic 4.3, "Use of Computer and internet in professional legal work"

In one line

An electronic record satisfies a legal requirement of writing, an electronic signature satisfies a requirement of signature, and that is what makes filing and hearing a case online possible at all.

In exam wording: sections 4 and 5 of the Information Technology Act 2000 confer legal recognition on electronic records and electronic signatures respectively, and the e-Courts project of the Government of India, implemented under the e-Committee of the Supreme Court, provides the infrastructure for case information, electronic filing, virtual courts and hearings by video conferencing.

Why an Act of 2000 is the foundation

Every legal system runs on two requirements that predate computers: that certain things be in writing and that documents be signed. Neither is satisfied by a file on a screen unless a statute says so.

Section 4, legal recognition of electronic records. Where any law provides that information or any other matter shall be in writing or in the typewritten or printed form, then, notwithstanding anything contained in such law, that requirement shall be deemed to have been satisfied if the information or matter is:

  • (a) rendered or made available in an electronic form; and
  • (b) accessible so as to be usable for a subsequent reference.

Read clause (b) carefully, because it is the condition students omit. An electronic record does not satisfy the requirement merely by existing. It must be accessible so as to be usable for a subsequent reference, which is why a format nobody can open later, or a document that cannot be retrieved, is not a record for this purpose.

Section 5, legal recognition of signatures. Where any law provides that information or any matter shall be authenticated by affixing the signature, or that a document shall be signed or bear the signature of a person, then, notwithstanding anything in such law, that requirement is deemed satisfied if the information or matter is authenticated by means of an electronic signature affixed in such manner as may be prescribed by the Central Government.

Explanation to section 5: "signed", with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions, means, with reference to a person, affixing of his hand written signature or any mark on any document, and "signature" is construed accordingly.

The word that changed: digital to electronic

This is a small point of legislative history worth knowing, because it is the difference between the Act as printed in 2000 and the Act as it stands.

As enacted, section 5 was headed "Legal recognition of digital signatures" and spoke of a digital signature. Section 2 of the Information Technology (Amendment) Act 2008, Act 10 of 2009, substituted the words "electronic signature" for "digital signature" in a table of provisions, of which entry 2 is "section 5 and its marginal heading".

munotes.in354

e-Courts, e-Filing and Virtual Hearings

The same amendment inserted the definition in section 2(1)(ta): "electronic signature" means authentication of any electronic record by a subscriber by means of the electronic technique specified in the Second Schedule, and includes digital signature.

And it inserted section 3A, under which a subscriber may authenticate an electronic record by an electronic signature or electronic authentication technique which is considered reliable and may be specified in the Second Schedule; reliability turning on matters including that the signature creation data are, in the context in which they are used, linked to the signatory and to no other person, and were under the signatory's control at the time of signing.

Why the change matters. A digital signature is one specific technology, based on a key pair and a hash function. By 2008 it was clear that tying the statute to one technology would date it. "Electronic signature" is technology neutral: it covers digital signatures and whatever else the Second Schedule specifies, which is how Aadhaar based e-signature became usable without amending section 5 again.

Note in passing what this book's own research had to notice. India Code lists Act 10 of 2009 as "(Rep., Act 23 of 2016)". That is a repeal of a spent amending Act and does not restore the word "digital" to section 5. It is the same trap chapter 750 records for the arbitration amendments.

What the e-Courts project actually is

Not a statute. A project of the Government of India implemented under the e-Committee of the Supreme Court of India, which is why its portals carry that attribution rather than a ministry's.

The public-facing parts a law student and a junior advocate use:

Case status and cause lists, at the eCourts services portal. Search by case number, party name, advocate, filing number or FIR number, across district courts and High Courts, with the next date and the order sheet.

Judgment search, at the eCourts judgments portal: full text of district and High Court judgments.

The National Judicial Data Grid, which publishes pendency by court, by age of case and by type. This is the source for a figure about delay, and chapter 740 notes why a public interest petition may want one.

e-Filing, at the eCourts e-filing portal, through which litigants and advocates file cases electronically.

Virtual Courts, a separate portal, which is not the same thing as a hearing by video conference. Below.

Electronic service and notice, and payment of court fees online, where a State has enabled them.

munotes.in355

e-Courts, e-Filing and Virtual Hearings

Two things students confuse: virtual courts and virtual hearings

They sound identical and are not.

A Virtual Court is a court in which a case is decided without either party appearing at all. The portal is used in India chiefly for traffic challans: the notice reaches the person, the person pleads guilty and pays the fine online, and the case is disposed of. There is no hearing because there is nothing contested. It handles enormous volume, and the portal itself publishes running totals of proceedings completed and fines paid.

A virtual hearing is an ordinary hearing in an ordinary court conducted by video conference. The parties appear, counsel argue, the judge hears. Only the medium is different.

The rule to hold on to: a Virtual Court removes the hearing; a video-conference hearing removes only the room.

Hearings by video conferencing

Video conferencing moved from an occasional expedient to normal practice during 2020, and the arrangements settled after it are the ones in use.

The framework. The Supreme Court exercised its powers to direct that courts may conduct proceedings through video conferencing, and High Courts were left to determine the modalities for themselves and for the courts subordinate to them. Model rules for video conferencing for courts were then prepared under the e-Committee and adopted, with variations, by the High Courts.

What the rules typically settle, and what an answer should mention:

  • that a video conference hearing is a court proceeding, and the place from which a party or advocate appears is deemed to be a court room for the purposes of the law of contempt;
  • decorum: dress, background, the requirement to be seated in a quiet place, and the prohibition on anyone else being present off camera;
  • no recording or photography by participants, the official record being the court's own;
  • the procedure for examination of witnesses, including who administers the oath, who may be present with the witness, and how documents are shown;
  • arrangements for persons in custody to appear from prison, which is where court video conferencing in India began;
  • the requirement of prior application or intimation to appear remotely, and the court's discretion to refuse;
  • provision for assistance and connectivity, since a right to appear that depends on private bandwidth is not equally available.

The rules are per High Court. There is no single national code, so the correct answer to "what are the rules for video conferencing" always includes: those made by the High Court having jurisdiction. Chapter 750's discipline applies here too.

The gains and the costs, briefly. Gains: an advocate can appear in a distant court, an undertrial need not be moved, a witness abroad can be examined, and a hearing survives a closed courthouse. Costs: unequal access to connectivity, the difficulty of assessing a witness on a screen, the loss of the informal exchange that settles many matters outside the court room, and the security of the link. An examiner asking about virtual hearings wants both columns.

munotes.in356

e-Courts, e-Filing and Virtual Hearings

Where alternative dispute resolution meets all this

This is a book about settlement, and the connection is direct.

Section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure, chapter 600, requires the court, where it appears that there exist elements of a settlement, to formulate the terms and refer the parties to arbitration, conciliation, judicial settlement including settlement through a Lok Adalat, or mediation. The reference happens in a case that is already in the court's electronic file, so the referral, the record of it and the return of the matter all run through the same system.

Lok Adalats. National Lok Adalats are organised across the country on a single day, and case identification, notice and disposal figures now run through the courts' systems. Chapter 160 has the practice.

Online mediation. The Mediation Act 2023 contains an express provision for online mediation, section 30 of that Act, and this book's chapter 620 explains the position of the Act's unnotified sections. So the statutory scheme for online mediation exists on paper and is not in force in the part that would govern it, while online conciliation under Part III of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 has nothing to stop it, because nothing in sections 61 to 81 requires anybody to be in a room.

Arbitration. Nothing in the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 requires a physical hearing. Section 19(1) frees the tribunal from the Code and the Evidence Act, section 19(2) and (3) let the parties or the tribunal determine the procedure, and section 20 deals with the place of arbitration while expressly permitting the tribunal to meet at any place it considers appropriate. So an arbitration may be conducted entirely by video conference by agreement, and the seat remains what the parties chose.

A worked example

A junior is asked to file a commercial suit and to appear at the first hearing from another city.

Is an electronically filed plaint "in writing"? Yes. Section 4 of the Information Technology Act deems a requirement of writing satisfied where the matter is rendered or made available in electronic form and is accessible so as to be usable for a subsequent reference.

Is the electronic signature on the vakalatnama a signature? Yes, if it is an electronic signature affixed in the manner prescribed by the Central Government, under section 5 as it now stands after the 2008 substitution, the technique being one specified in the Second Schedule and satisfying the reliability conditions in section 3A.

munotes.in357

e-Courts, e-Filing and Virtual Hearings

What must be done before the plaint is filed at all? Pre-institution mediation under section 12A of the Commercial Courts Act, unless urgent interim relief is contemplated. Chapters 610 and 710: Patil Automation makes it mandatory, and the plaint may be rejected under Order VII rule 11 even without the defendant applying.

How does the junior appear from another city? By applying under the video conferencing rules of the High Court having jurisdiction, in advance, and appearing subject to the decorum requirements, remembering that the place from which she appears is treated as a court room for contempt.

The court raises settlement at the first hearing. That is section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure. The reference and its outcome are recorded in the same electronic file.

Could the case have gone to a Virtual Court instead? No. A Virtual Court disposes of matters in which nothing is contested, chiefly challans. A contested commercial suit is heard, whether in a room or over a link.

What beginners get wrong

Saying section 5 covers "digital signatures". It did until the 2008 Act substituted "electronic signature" in section 5 and its marginal heading. Say electronic, and know why.

Quoting section 4 without clause (b). Accessibility for subsequent reference is a condition, not decoration.

Treating e-Courts as a statute. It is a project under the e-Committee of the Supreme Court, not an Act.

Confusing Virtual Courts with virtual hearings. One removes the hearing; the other removes the room.

Assuming one national set of video conferencing rules. Model rules exist; each High Court adopts its own.

Thinking a remote hearing is informal. The place from which the advocate appears is treated as a court room for contempt.

Quick revision

  • IT Act s.4: a requirement of writing, typewriting or printing is satisfied by matter rendered or made available in electronic form and accessible so as to be usable for a subsequent reference.
  • IT Act s.5: a requirement of signature is satisfied by authentication by an electronic signature affixed as prescribed by the Central Government. The Explanation defines "signed" as affixing a handwritten signature or any mark.
  • The word was "digital signature" until section 2 of the IT (Amendment) Act 2008, Act 10 of 2009, substituted "electronic signature" in section 5 and its marginal heading; the same Act inserted the definition in s.2(1)(ta) and the reliability test in s.3A.
  • e-Courts is a project under the e-Committee of the Supreme Court: case status and cause lists, judgment search, the National Judicial Data Grid, e-filing, Virtual Courts, e-service and online fees.
  • Virtual Court = disposal without a hearing, chiefly challans. Virtual hearing = an ordinary hearing by video conference.
  • Video conferencing runs on model rules adopted High Court by High Court; the remote location is treated as a court room for contempt, recording by participants is barred, and witness examination is specifically provided for.
  • ADR links: s.89 CPC referrals run through the electronic file; online mediation is in the Mediation Act 2023 but that Act's operative sections are not in force; arbitration may be wholly remote by agreement, since ss.19 and 20 leave procedure and meeting place to the parties and the tribunal.
munotes.in358

e-Courts, e-Filing and Virtual Hearings

Test yourself

1. State section 4 of the Information Technology Act 2000 and identify the condition students usually omit. Where any law requires information or any other matter to be in writing or in typewritten or printed form, that requirement is deemed satisfied, notwithstanding anything in such law, if the matter is rendered or made available in an electronic form and is accessible so as to be usable for a subsequent reference. The omitted condition is the second: accessibility for subsequent reference. An electronic record in a form that cannot later be retrieved or opened does not satisfy section 4.

2. What did the 2008 amendment change in section 5, and why? Section 2 of the Information Technology (Amendment) Act 2008, Act 10 of 2009, substituted "electronic signature" for "digital signature" in section 5 and its marginal heading, among other provisions. The reason is technology neutrality: a digital signature is one particular technique, whereas "electronic signature" is defined by section 2(1)(ta) to mean authentication by the electronic technique specified in the Second Schedule and to include digital signature, so new techniques can be recognised by adding to the Schedule rather than by amending the section.

3. Distinguish a Virtual Court from a hearing by video conference. A Virtual Court disposes of a case without either party appearing, and is used in India chiefly for traffic challans where the person pleads guilty and pays the fine online, so there is no hearing at all. A hearing by video conference is an ordinary hearing in an ordinary court in which the parties and counsel appear and argue, with only the medium changed.

4. Who makes the rules for video conferencing in courts, and what do they typically provide? Model rules were prepared under the e-Committee of the Supreme Court and are adopted, with variations, by each High Court for itself and the courts subordinate to it, so there is no single national code. They typically provide that the proceeding is a court proceeding and the remote location is deemed a court room for contempt, prescribe decorum and prohibit recording by participants, set the procedure for examining witnesses and administering the oath, provide for persons in custody to appear from prison, require prior application to appear remotely, and address connectivity and assistance.

munotes.in359

e-Courts, e-Filing and Virtual Hearings

5. Can an arbitration be conducted entirely by video conference? Yes, by agreement. Nothing in the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 requires a physical hearing: section 19 frees the tribunal from the Code of Civil Procedure and the Evidence Act and leaves the procedure to the parties and, failing agreement, to the tribunal, and section 20 permits the tribunal to meet at any place it considers appropriate while leaving the seat as the parties chose. The position differs from mediation under the Mediation Act 2023, whose provision for online mediation sits among sections that have not been brought into force.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in360

Chapter Sixty-Eight

Law Office Management: Files, Diary, Accounts and Clients

Syllabus topic 4.4, "Law office Management"

In one line

A law office is a system for making sure that every file has an owner, every date is in a diary, and the client's money is never mixed with the office's.

In exam wording: law office management comprises the organisation of case files and records, the maintenance of a cause and limitation diary, the keeping of client accounts in accordance with the Bar Council of India Rules, conflict checking, engagement and fee terms, and the supervision of staff and juniors.

Who may run one: the statutory frame

Three sections of the Advocates Act 1961 define who is in the office at all.

Section 29: subject to the Act and the rules, there shall, from the appointed day, be only one class of persons entitled to practise the profession of law, namely, advocates.

Section 30: every advocate whose name is entered in the State roll shall be entitled as of right to practise throughout the territories to which the Act extends, (i) in all courts including the Supreme Court; (ii) before any tribunal or person legally authorised to take evidence; and (iii) before any other authority or person before whom such advocate is by or under any law entitled to practise.

Section 33: except as otherwise provided in the Act or in any other law, no person shall be entitled to practise in any court or before any authority or person unless he is enrolled as an advocate under the Act.

Section 49 is the power under which the Bar Council of India makes the rules that govern the office, including, by section 49(1)(c), the standards of professional conduct and etiquette to be observed by advocates.

Read section 33 against section 30 and the practical consequence for an office appears at once. Clerks, paralegals, article assistants, interns and typists are not advocates. They may prepare, draft, index, file, diarise and organise. They may not practise, and they may not appear. Chapter 780 takes up what happens when an office lets them.

The file

The unit of work in a law office is the file, and the discipline is that a file must be intelligible to somebody who has never seen it. That is not a counsel of perfection; it is the condition under which an office survives a person leaving, falling ill, or being briefed at short notice.

One matter, one file, one number. The file number is how the matter is referred to in the diary, the accounts and the correspondence.

What a file contains, kept in separate parts:

  1. The index and the file note. The first page. What the matter is, who the parties are, the court and case number, the stage, the next date, and what is to be done next.
  2. Client papers, as received, unaltered, with the date of receipt. Originals separately, and receipted.
  3. Pleadings and court documents, in order.
  4. Correspondence, chronological.
  5. Research and drafts, marked as drafts.
  6. The engagement letter and fee record.
  7. Accounts, or a cross-reference to the client account ledger.
  8. Attendance notes: what the client said, what advice was given, on what date. Below.
munotes.in361

Law Office Management: Files, Diary, Accounts and Clients

Attendance notes are the part juniors omit, and they are the part that matters. A note made on the day of a conference recording what the client was told is the only evidence of the advice. Where a client later says he was never warned of a risk, the file answers or it does not.

Originals. Title deeds, share certificates, wills, agreements. Receipt them, record where they are kept, and return them against a receipt. Return of originals is a separate entry, not an assumption.

The diary: the single most important system in the office

If a law office keeps only one system, it keeps this one, because the commonest professional negligence claim against an advocate anywhere is a missed limitation date.

Three things go in it, and they are different:

1. The cause diary. Every listed date in every matter, with the file number, the court, the stage and who is appearing. Checked the previous evening, always.

2. The limitation diary. The last date for filing a suit, an appeal, a revision, an application to set aside, an objection. This is the one that has to be built by hand, because nothing external will remind you. A court sends no notice that a period of limitation is running out on a suit not yet filed.

3. The internal deadline diary. Dates the office has set itself: a draft promised, a report due, a reply to a notice.

Four rules that make it work:

Enter the date when the matter is opened, not later. The limitation period is calculated on the day the file is created and entered then.

Enter a reminder before the date. The convention is a series: thirty days, fifteen days, seven days, and the day itself. A single entry on the last day is not a system.

Never keep it in one head. A diary that exists only in one person's memory or one person's phone fails the day that person is unavailable.

Reconcile against the file list every month. Every open file must appear somewhere in the diary. A file that appears nowhere is the one that will be missed.

Court software helps and does not replace this. The eCourts portals give case status and cause lists, chapter 760, and they are excellent for a case already filed. They know nothing about a suit that has not been filed yet, which is precisely where limitation bites.

munotes.in362

Law Office Management: Files, Diary, Accounts and Clients

Client money: the rules, in the Bar Council's own words

This is the part of law office management that is actually regulated, and the rules are specific. They are Rules 24 to 32 of Chapter II of Part VI of the Bar Council of India Rules, made under section 49(1)(c) of the Advocates Act.

Rule 24. An advocate shall not do anything whereby he abuses or takes advantage of the confidence reposed in him by his client.

Rule 25. An advocate should keep accounts of the client's money entrusted to him, and the accounts should show the amounts received from the client or on his behalf, the expenses incurred for him, and the debits made on account of fees, with respective dates and all other necessary particulars.

Rule 26. Where moneys are received from or on account of a client, the entries should contain a reference as to whether the amounts have been received for fees or expenses, and during the course of the proceeding no advocate shall, except with the consent in writing of the client, be at liberty to divert any portion of the expenses towards fees.

Rule 27. Where any amount is received or given to him on behalf of his client, the fact of such receipt must be intimated to the client as early as possible.

Rule 28. After the termination of the proceeding, the advocate shall be at liberty to appropriate towards the settled fee due to him any sum remaining unexpended out of the amount paid or sent for expenses, or any amount that has come into his hands in that proceeding.

Rule 29. Where the fee has been left unsettled, the advocate is entitled to deduct, out of any moneys of the client remaining in his hands at the termination of the proceeding, the fee payable under the rules of the Court in force or as then settled, and the balance, if any, shall be refunded to the client.

Rule 30. A copy of the client's account shall be furnished to him on demand, provided the necessary copying charge is paid.

Rule 31. An advocate shall not enter into arrangements whereby funds in his hands are converted into loans.

Rule 32. An advocate shall not lend money to his client for the purpose of any action or legal proceedings in which he is engaged by such client. Explanation: he is not guilty of a breach if, in the course of a pending suit and without any arrangement with the client, he feels compelled by reason of the rule of the Court to make a payment to the Court on account of the client for the progress of the suit.

munotes.in363

Law Office Management: Files, Diary, Accounts and Clients

The four propositions to carry out of this:

  1. Expenses money is not fee money. Rule 26: the entry must say which, and diverting expenses to fees needs the client's written consent.
  2. Tell the client when money arrives. Rule 27, as early as possible. Money received for a client and not reported is the fact pattern behind a large share of misconduct complaints.
  3. Appropriation waits for the end. Rule 28 permits it after termination of the proceeding; Rule 29 caps it where the fee was never settled and requires the balance to be refunded.
  4. No lending, in either direction. Rules 31 and 32, with one narrow exception for a court-ordered payment made without any arrangement.

And note what Rules 25 to 30 amount to together. They require a client account that is written up contemporaneously, itemised by date, split between fees and expenses, reported to the client, and producible to the client on demand. An office that cannot produce that account on a day's notice is not compliant, whatever its intentions.

Conflict checking

Rule 33 of the same Chapter, in the Section on the duty to the opponent, provides that an advocate who has at any time advised in connection with the institution of a suit, appeal or other matter, or has drawn pleadings, or acted for a party, shall not act, appear or plead for the opposite party.

That is a rule about the whole office's memory, not about one advocate's recollection. So an office needs a searchable index of every party and every matter it has ever touched, including matters where advice was given and no file was opened, and it must be checked before an engagement is accepted, not after.

Three practical points:

  • Advice counts. Rule 33 begins with "has at any time advised", not "has appeared".
  • Check every name, including group companies, directors and family members in a matrimonial or succession matter.
  • A conflict found before acceptance costs a declined brief. Found afterwards, it costs the client's case and the office's standing.

The engagement

Settle in writing, at the start:

  • The scope: what the office is retained to do, and what it is not.
  • The fee: how it is calculated, when it is payable, what is included, and what is billed separately.
  • Expenses: court fees, process fees, travel, printing, and whether an advance is taken.
  • Who does the work, and who is answerable for it.
  • Communication: how, how often, and to whom.
  • Termination: how either side may end it, and what happens to papers and money.
munotes.in364

Law Office Management: Files, Diary, Accounts and Clients

Section 30's list is relevant here too. An engagement should say which court, tribunal or authority the appearance covers, because an advocate's right to practise extends to courts, tribunals and persons legally authorised to take evidence, and to other authorities only where a law entitles him.

The fee cannot be a share of the result. Rule 20 of the same Chapter forbids an advocate to stipulate for a fee contingent on the results of litigation or to agree to share the proceeds. Chapter 780 takes this up with the rest of the prohibitions.

What a junior is actually expected to do

Worth stating plainly, because the syllabus topic covers it and no textbook does.

  • Read the whole file before the conference, not the last order.
  • Note the next date, and put it in the diary yourself. Do not assume it was entered.
  • Draft with the section number in front of you, not from memory. Chapter 750.
  • Make the attendance note the same day. A note made a week later is a reconstruction.
  • Check limitation on every new matter, and say so out loud.
  • Never give the client a view that has not been approved, and never let silence be taken for a view.
  • Keep the client's money and papers separate from your own, from the first day.
  • Ask when you do not know. The file that goes wrong is usually the one where a junior guessed.

A worked example

A client hands over a demand notice, ten thousand rupees, and a bundle of original invoices, and asks the office to reply and, if needed, to sue.

Opening. New file, new number. Conflict check against the client, the opposite party and any group companies, remembering that advice at any time disqualifies under Rule 33.

Limitation, at once. Calculate the last date for the suit on the day the file opens, and enter it in the limitation diary with reminders at thirty, fifteen and seven days.

The originals. Receipted, listed in the file index, and stored separately, with the storage place recorded.

The money. Entered in the client account on the day of receipt, with the entry stating whether it is for fees or for expenses, Rule 26. If for expenses, it cannot be diverted to fees without the client's written consent.

The engagement letter. Scope, fee, expenses, who does the work, how the client will be told what is happening.

Two weeks later the opposite party sends five thousand rupees in part settlement. Under Rule 27 the fact of receipt must be intimated to the client as early as possible. It goes into the client account, not the office account.

The matter settles without a suit. Under Rule 28, unexpended expenses money may be appropriated towards the settled fee. If the fee was never settled, Rule 29 allows only the fee payable under the rules of the Court or as then settled, and the balance must be refunded.

munotes.in365

Law Office Management: Files, Diary, Accounts and Clients

The client asks for a statement. Under Rule 30 a copy of his account is furnished on demand, on payment of copying charges. An office that has kept Rule 25's dated, itemised account produces it the same day.

The client then asks the office to lend him money to pay a supplier while the settlement clears. Rule 31 forbids converting funds in hand into loans, and Rule 32 forbids lending to a client for the purposes of a proceeding in which the advocate is engaged. Decline, and record the request and the refusal in the file.

What beginners get wrong

Thinking the diary is a calendar. A calendar records dates you were told. A limitation diary records dates nobody will tell you.

Keeping client money in the office account "temporarily". Rules 25 to 30 assume a separate, itemised, contemporaneous client account.

Diverting expenses to fees. Rule 26 requires the client's consent in writing.

Appropriating before the matter ends. Rules 28 and 29 operate at termination, and Rule 29 requires the balance to be refunded.

Treating a conflict check as a memory test. Rule 33 covers anyone the office has ever advised.

Skipping the attendance note. It is the only record of the advice.

Letting a clerk advise or appear. Sections 29 and 33: only enrolled advocates practise.

Quick revision

  • Advocates Act s.29: one class only, advocates. s.30: an advocate on the State roll practises as of right in all courts including the Supreme Court, before tribunals and persons authorised to take evidence, and before other authorities where a law entitles him. s.33: nobody else may practise. s.49(1)(c): the BCI's power to prescribe standards of professional conduct and etiquette.
  • The file: index and file note, client papers, pleadings, correspondence, research, engagement and fees, accounts, attendance notes; originals receipted and separately kept.
  • Three diaries: cause, limitation, internal deadlines. Enter on opening, remind at 30, 15 and 7 days, never keep it in one head, reconcile monthly against the file list.
  • BCI Rules 24 to 32: no abuse of confidence; keep dated itemised accounts of client money; state whether received for fees or expenses and no diversion without written consent; intimate receipt as early as possible; appropriate only after termination, and where the fee is unsettled deduct only the fee under the Court's rules and refund the balance; furnish a copy of the account on demand; no converting funds into loans; no lending to a client, save a court-compelled payment made without arrangement.
  • Rule 33: having at any time advised, drawn pleadings or acted for a party bars acting for the opposite party. Conflict checks are an office index, not a memory.
  • Engagement in writing: scope, fee, expenses, who works, communication, termination. Rule 20 forbids a fee contingent on the result.
munotes.in366

Law Office Management: Files, Diary, Accounts and Clients

Test yourself

1. Which sections of the Advocates Act determine who may work in a law office and in what capacity? Section 29 provides that there is only one class of persons entitled to practise law, namely advocates. Section 30 entitles an advocate on the State roll to practise as of right in all courts including the Supreme Court, before any tribunal or person legally authorised to take evidence, and before any other authority before whom a law entitles him to practise. Section 33 bars anyone not enrolled as an advocate from practising in any court or before any authority. Clerks and paralegals may prepare, index, file and diarise, but may not practise or appear.

2. Why is the limitation diary treated separately from the cause diary? Because the cause diary records dates the court has given, which the court and the eCourts portals will also show, whereas the limitation diary records the last date for filing something that has not been filed at all. Nothing external will produce that date or remind anyone of it, and a missed limitation period is the commonest professional negligence claim against an advocate.

3. State the rules on client money in the Bar Council of India Rules. An advocate should keep accounts of the client's money showing amounts received, expenses incurred and debits for fees with dates and particulars (Rule 25); entries must state whether money was received for fees or for expenses, and expenses may not be diverted to fees except with the client's written consent (Rule 26); receipt of money on the client's behalf must be intimated to him as early as possible (Rule 27); appropriation towards a settled fee is permitted after termination of the proceeding (Rule 28); where the fee was left unsettled only the fee payable under the Court's rules or as then settled may be deducted and the balance must be refunded (Rule 29); and a copy of the account must be furnished on demand against copying charges (Rule 30). Rules 31 and 32 forbid converting funds in hand into loans and lending money to a client for a proceeding in which the advocate is engaged, subject to the narrow explanation for a payment to the Court compelled by its rules and made without any arrangement.

munotes.in367

Law Office Management: Files, Diary, Accounts and Clients

4. What must a conflict check cover, and when must it be done? It must cover everyone the office has at any time advised, or for whom it has drawn pleadings or acted, because Rule 33 bars acting, appearing or pleading for the opposite party in those circumstances. It therefore requires a searchable index of all parties and matters, including matters where advice was given without a file being opened, and it must be run before the engagement is accepted rather than after.

5. Why does the file need attendance notes? Because they are the only record of what the client said and what advice was given, and on what date. Where a client later asserts that a risk was never explained or an instruction never taken, a contemporaneous note answers the allegation and a reconstruction made afterwards does not.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in368

Chapter Sixty-Nine

Professional Conduct in the Office: What the Rules Allow, and What They Forbid

Syllabus topic 4.4, "Law office Management"

In one line

Running a law office is regulated: an advocate may not advertise, may not share a fee with a non-advocate, may not take a share of the result, and may not repeat what a client told him, and section 35 is what happens when he does.

In exam wording: the standards of professional conduct and etiquette prescribed by the Bar Council of India under section 49(1)(c) of the Advocates Act 1961 bind an advocate in the conduct of his practice, and a breach is professional misconduct punishable by the disciplinary committee of the State Bar Council under section 35, subject to appeal under sections 37 and 38.

Advertising: Rule 36, in full

This is the rule students are asked about most, and it is worth having exactly.

Rule 36, in the Section headed "Duty to Colleagues":

An advocate shall not solicit work or advertise, either directly or indirectly, whether by circulars, advertisements, touts, personal communications, interviews not warranted by personal relations, furnishing or inspiring newspaper comments or producing his photographs to be published in connection with cases in which he has been engaged or concerned. His sign-board or name-plate should be of a reasonable size. The sign-board or name-plate or stationery should not indicate that he is or has been President or Member of a Bar Council or of any Association or that he has been associated with any person or organisation or with any particular cause or matter or that he specialises in any particular type of worker or that he has been a Judge or an Advocate General.

Notice how much is prohibited beyond an advertisement: circulars, touts, unwarranted interviews, inspiring newspaper comment, and publishing photographs in connection with cases. Notice also the second half, which is about the name-plate and stationery and which students routinely forget: no claim to office in a Bar Council or association, no claim of association with a cause, no claim to specialisation, and no reference to having been a Judge or an Advocate General.

The website proviso, added in 2008

The Rule continues:

That this Rule will not stand in the way of advocates furnishing website information as prescribed in the Schedule under intimation to and as approved by the Bar Council of India. Any additional other input in the particulars than approved by the Bar Council of India will be deemed to be violation of Rule 36 and such advocates are liable to be proceeded with misconduct under Section 35 of the Advocates Act, 1961.

The print records that this was added vide Resolution No. 50/2008 dated 24 March 2008.

The Schedule lists what a website may carry:

  1. Name
  2. Address, telephone numbers, e-mail id
  3. (a) Enrolment Number; (b) Date of Enrolment; (c) Name of State Bar Council where originally enrolled; (d) Name of State Bar Council on whose roll the name stands currently; (e) Name of the Bar Association of which the Advocate is a Member
  4. Professional and Academic Qualifications
  5. Areas of Practice (the Schedule's own example: Civil, Criminal, Taxation, Labour, etc.)
munotes.in369

Professional Conduct in the Office: What the Rules Allow, and What They Forbid

followed by name and signature, and a declaration that the information given is true.

Three things follow, and they are the answer to the modern version of this question:

The list is exhaustive, not illustrative. The proviso says in terms that any additional other input in the particulars than approved is deemed to be a violation of Rule 36 and liable to be proceeded with as misconduct under section 35. So a website carrying client testimonials, case results, a list of reported wins, claims of being "leading" or "best", or fee offers is outside the Schedule.

"Areas of practice" is not the same as "specialises in". The Schedule permits areas of practice to be stated. The body of Rule 36 forbids the sign-board, name-plate or stationery from indicating specialisation. Read together: naming the fields you work in is permitted in the Schedule's form; asserting that you are a specialist is not.

It requires intimation to, and approval by, the Bar Council of India. The proviso is not a general permission to have a website. It permits website information as prescribed in the Schedule, under intimation to and as approved by the Bar Council of India.

Dabholkar: why Rule 36 is not read narrowly

Bar Council of Maharashtra v. M.V. Dabholkar, AIR 1976 SC 242, (1976) 2 SCC 291, decided 3 October 1975, V.R. Krishna Iyer J.

Facts. Advocates practising in the criminal courts were charged with professional misconduct under section 35(1) of the Advocates Act. They positioned themselves at the entrance to the Magistrates' Courts, watched for potential litigants arriving, and at sight rushed towards them in a scrimmage to snatch briefs, laying claim to engagements even by physical fight and by undercutting fees, sometimes carrying the exhibition into the Bar Library. The Disciplinary Committee of the State Bar Council found them guilty and suspended them for three years. On appeal, the Disciplinary Committee of the Bar Council of India held that to be liable under Rule 36 an advocate must have (i) solicited work (ii) from a particular person and (iii) with respect to a case, and, those three elements not being made out, absolved them. The State Bar Council appealed.

Held. The Supreme Court held that Rule 36, fairly construed, sets out wholesome rules of professional conduct, and that the dissection of the rule into three elements by the appellate Disciplinary Tribunal disfigured it. The exercise of discovering three elements in the rule was, in the Court's words, "as unserviceable as it was supererogatory", because section 35 of the Advocates Act and the provisions before it have never turned on splitting up the text of any rule but on the broad canons of ethics and high tone of behaviour long established by case law and accepted by the bar.

munotes.in370

Professional Conduct in the Office: What the Rules Allow, and What They Forbid

The Court also criticised the State Disciplinary Tribunal's own procedure, which had clubbed different charges into one common trial, mixed the evidence against many, recorded omnibus testimony, examined witnesses in the absence of some respondents, kept no record of each day's proceedings, and taken eight years over a trial involving four witnesses.

Why it matters. Two propositions, and both are examinable. First, professional conduct is judged by the broad canons of ethics, not by parsing a rule clause by clause for elements. Second, the disciplinary process is itself subject to fair procedure: a semi-penal proceeding cannot be run by clubbing charges and mixing evidence. A student who cites Dabholkar only for the first has read half of it.

The other prohibitions an office runs into

Rule 17, confidentiality. An advocate shall not, directly or indirectly, commit a breach of the obligations imposed by section 126 of the Indian Evidence Act. That obligation, professional communications privilege, is the reason an office cannot discuss a client's matter, and it binds the office's staff through the advocate.

Rule 17 names the Indian Evidence Act 1872. The corresponding provision now sits in the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam 2023, which replaced that Act. The rule has not been reworded, so cite Rule 17 as it stands and note where the underlying obligation now lives. This is the same discipline chapter 750 teaches.

Rule 18: an advocate shall not at any time be a party to fomenting of litigation.

Rule 19: an advocate shall not act on the instructions of any person other than his client or his authorised agent.

Rule 20: an advocate shall not stipulate for a fee contingent on the results of litigation or agree to share the proceeds thereof. This is the Indian rule against contingency fees, and it applies to a settlement as much as to a decree, which matters to a book about alternative dispute resolution: an advocate may not take a percentage of what a client recovers at a Lok Adalat or through a mediated settlement any more than of a decree.

Rule 37: an advocate shall not permit his professional services or his name to be used in aid of, or to make possible, the unauthorised practice of law by any law agency. Read with sections 29 and 33 of the Act, chapter 770, this is what governs the relationship between an office and its clerks, agents and consultants: the office may not be a front through which someone not enrolled practises.

munotes.in371

Professional Conduct in the Office: What the Rules Allow, and What They Forbid

Rules 47 to 52, other employment. An advocate shall not personally engage in any business, though he may be a sleeping partner if the State Bar Council thinks the business not inconsistent with the dignity of the profession (Rule 47). He may be a Director or Chairman of a company provided none of his duties are of an executive character, and shall not be a Managing Director or a Secretary (Rule 48). He shall not be a full-time salaried employee of any person, government, firm, corporation or concern so long as he continues to practise, and on taking such employment must intimate the Bar Council and cease to practise while it lasts (Rule 49). One who has inherited or succeeded by survivorship to a family business may continue it but may not personally participate in the management (Rule 50). He may review Parliamentary Bills for remuneration, edit legal text books at a salary, do press-vetting, coach pupils, set and examine question papers, and, subject to the rules against advertising and full-time employment, engage in broadcasting, journalism, lecturing and teaching (Rule 51). Part-time employment is possible only with the consent of the State Bar Council, where the nature of the employment does not conflict with professional work and is not inconsistent with the dignity of the profession (Rule 52).

Rule 46: every advocate shall bear in mind that anyone genuinely in need of a lawyer is entitled to legal assistance even though he cannot pay fully or adequately, and that free legal assistance to the indigent and oppressed is one of the highest obligations an advocate owes to society. That is the professional counterpart of Module I of this book, and chapter 20 is where the statutory right sits.

Section 35: what happens when the rules are broken

Section 35(1). Where, on receipt of a complaint or otherwise, a State Bar Council has reason to believe that any advocate on its roll has been guilty of professional or other misconduct, it shall refer the case for disposal to its disciplinary committee.

Two things to notice. "Or otherwise": a complaint is not required, and the Council may act on its own information. "Professional or other misconduct": the section is not confined to conduct in practice.

Section 35(1A). The State Bar Council may, of its own motion or on the application of a person interested, withdraw a proceeding pending before its disciplinary committee and direct the inquiry to be made by another of its disciplinary committees.

munotes.in372

Professional Conduct in the Office: What the Rules Allow, and What They Forbid

Section 35(2). The disciplinary committee shall fix a date for the hearing and give notice to the advocate concerned and to the Advocate-General of the State.

Section 35(3). After giving the advocate and the Advocate-General an opportunity of being heard, the committee may make any of the following orders:

  • (a) dismiss the complaint, or, where the proceedings were initiated at the instance of the State Bar Council, direct that the proceedings be filed;
  • (b) reprimand the advocate;
  • (c) suspend the advocate from practice for such period as it may deem fit;
  • (d) remove the name of the advocate from the State roll of advocates.

Section 35(4). An advocate suspended under clause (c) is, during the suspension, debarred from practising in any court or before any authority or person in India.

Section 35(5). Where notice is issued to the Advocate-General, he may appear in person or through any advocate on his behalf.

The appeals. Section 37(1): any person aggrieved by an order of the disciplinary committee of a State Bar Council under section 35, or the Advocate-General of the State, may within sixty days of communication of the order appeal to the Bar Council of India, which may pass such order as it deems fit including varying the punishment, provided that no order shall be varied so as to prejudicially affect the person aggrieved without giving him a reasonable opportunity of being heard. Section 38: any person aggrieved by an order of the disciplinary committee of the Bar Council of India under section 36 or section 37, or the Attorney-General of India or the Advocate-General of the State concerned, may within sixty days appeal to the Supreme Court.

Section 36 gives the Bar Council of India its own disciplinary jurisdiction where the advocate's name is not on any State roll.

So the ladder is: State Bar Council disciplinary committee, then the Bar Council of India within sixty days, then the Supreme Court within sixty days. Learn the two periods; they are the same, and they are asked.

A worked example

A newly independent advocate sets up an office and proposes the following. Take each in turn.

A website with her name, address, enrolment number, qualifications and areas of practice. Permitted, under the Rule 36 proviso and Schedule, under intimation to and as approved by the Bar Council of India.

Adding "successfully handled over 200 matters" and three client testimonials. Not permitted. Those are additional inputs beyond the Schedule, which the proviso deems a violation of Rule 36 and liable to be proceeded with as misconduct under section 35.

munotes.in373

Professional Conduct in the Office: What the Rules Allow, and What They Forbid

A name-plate reading "Advocate, Specialist in Arbitration, formerly Member, Bar Association". Two breaches in one plate. Rule 36 forbids the name-plate from indicating specialisation and from indicating that the advocate is or has been President or Member of a Bar Council or of any Association.

Paying a friend for every client he sends. Touting, expressly named in Rule 36, and it makes the friend a tout.

A fee of fifteen per cent of whatever the client recovers in a mediation. Prohibited by Rule 20: an advocate shall not stipulate for a fee contingent on the results of litigation or agree to share the proceeds. A mediated recovery is proceeds.

Letting an experienced clerk attend a small tribunal alone "since he knows the practice better than I do". Sections 29 and 33 of the Act, and Rule 37: the clerk is not an advocate, and an advocate may not permit his services or name to be used to make possible the unauthorised practice of law.

Taking a full-time salaried in-house post while keeping the practice going. Rule 49: not while she continues to practise. She must intimate the Bar Council and cease to practise for the duration.

Editing her college's law journal for an honorarium. Permitted by Rule 51, which allows editing legal text books at a salary and journalism, subject to the rules against advertising and full-time employment. Chapter 720.

Appearing free for a client who cannot pay. Not merely permitted. Rule 46 calls free legal assistance to the indigent and oppressed one of the highest obligations an advocate owes to society, and Module I of this book is the machinery the State provides for it.

Suppose a complaint is nonetheless made about the website. The State Bar Council, on the complaint or otherwise, refers it to its disciplinary committee under section 35(1). Notice goes to her and to the Advocate-General, section 35(2). After hearing, the committee may dismiss, reprimand, suspend or remove, section 35(3). If suspended she is debarred throughout India, section 35(4). She may appeal to the Bar Council of India within sixty days, section 37, and then to the Supreme Court within sixty days, section 38. And on Dabholkar she can expect the rule to be read by its broad purpose rather than parsed for elements, and can equally insist that her own charge be tried separately and fairly.

What beginners get wrong

Thinking a website is banned. It is permitted within the Schedule, on intimation to and approval by the Bar Council of India.

Thinking the Schedule is a minimum. It is a maximum: additional inputs are deemed a Rule 36 violation.

munotes.in374

Professional Conduct in the Office: What the Rules Allow, and What They Forbid

Confusing "areas of practice" with "specialisation". The first is in the Schedule; the second is forbidden on the name-plate and stationery.

Forgetting the name-plate half of Rule 36. No Bar Council office, no association with a cause, no former judgeship.

Thinking Rule 20 is only about litigation. A share of a settlement is a share of the proceeds.

Reading Dabholkar as only about touting. It is equally about fair procedure in a disciplinary trial.

Missing section 35's "or otherwise". No complaint is needed.

Forgetting the Advocate-General. Notice to him under section 35(2) is not optional, and he has his own right of appeal under section 37.

Quick revision

  • Rule 36: no soliciting or advertising, directly or indirectly, by circulars, advertisements, touts, personal communications, unwarranted interviews, inspiring newspaper comments, or photographs in connection with cases; sign-board of reasonable size; and no indication of Bar Council or association office, association with a person, organisation or cause, specialisation, or having been a Judge or Advocate General.
  • The 2008 proviso (Resolution No. 50/2008 of 24 March 2008) permits website information as prescribed in the Schedule, under intimation to and as approved by the Bar Council of India; any additional input is deemed a violation and liable to be proceeded with under section 35.
  • The Schedule: name; address, telephone, e-mail; enrolment number and date, State Bar Council of original and current enrolment, Bar Association; professional and academic qualifications; areas of practice; with a declaration that the information is true.
  • Dabholkar (3 October 1975): Rule 36 fairly construed sets out wholesome rules of professional conduct, and dissecting it into three elements disfigured it; conduct is judged by the broad canons of ethics, not by splitting the text; and the disciplinary tribunal's own clubbing of charges and eight-year trial of four witnesses was condemned.
  • Other prohibitions: Rule 17 confidentiality via section 126 of the Evidence Act; Rule 18 no fomenting litigation; Rule 19 instructions only from the client or his authorised agent; Rule 20 no contingent fee or share of proceeds; Rule 37 no lending one's name to unauthorised practice; Rules 47 to 52 on business, directorships, full-time and part-time employment, with Rule 51 permitting editing, journalism, lecturing and teaching; Rule 46 on free legal assistance.
  • Section 35: on a complaint or otherwise, the State Bar Council refers professional or other misconduct to its disciplinary committee; notice to the advocate and the Advocate-General; after hearing, dismiss, reprimand, suspend, or remove; suspension debars throughout India.
  • Appeals: sixty days to the Bar Council of India (s.37), then sixty days to the Supreme Court (s.38).

Test yourself

1. State Rule 36 and the effect of the proviso added in 2008. Rule 36 forbids an advocate to solicit work or advertise, directly or indirectly, by circulars, advertisements, touts, personal communications, interviews not warranted by personal relations, furnishing or inspiring newspaper comments, or producing his photographs for publication in connection with cases he has been engaged in; requires his sign-board or name-plate to be of reasonable size; and forbids the sign-board, name-plate or stationery from indicating that he is or has been President or Member of a Bar Council or association, that he is associated with any person, organisation or cause, that he specialises in any particular type of work, or that he has been a Judge or an Advocate General. The proviso added by Resolution No. 50/2008 dated 24 March 2008 permits website information as prescribed in the Schedule, under intimation to and as approved by the Bar Council of India, and provides that any additional input beyond what is approved is deemed a violation of Rule 36, the advocate being liable to be proceeded against for misconduct under section 35.

munotes.in375

Professional Conduct in the Office: What the Rules Allow, and What They Forbid

2. May a law firm's website state that it has a 90 per cent success rate? No. The Schedule to Rule 36 permits only name, address and contact details, enrolment particulars and Bar Association, professional and academic qualifications, and areas of practice, with a declaration of truth. A success rate is an additional input beyond the approved particulars, which the proviso deems a violation of Rule 36 and liable to be proceeded with as misconduct under section 35.

3. What did the Supreme Court hold in Bar Council of Maharashtra v. Dabholkar? That Rule 36, fairly construed, sets out wholesome rules of professional conduct, and that the appellate Disciplinary Tribunal's dissection of the rule into three elements, that work must have been solicited from a particular person with respect to a case, disfigured it and was as unserviceable as it was supererogatory, because section 35 and its predecessors turn on the broad canons of ethics and the high tone of behaviour established by case law rather than on splitting up the text of a rule. The Court also condemned the State Disciplinary Tribunal's procedure for clubbing separate charges in one trial, mixing the evidence, examining witnesses in the absence of some respondents and taking eight years over four witnesses.

4. Set out the procedure and the orders available under section 35 of the Advocates Act. Where on a complaint or otherwise a State Bar Council has reason to believe that an advocate on its roll is guilty of professional or other misconduct, it shall refer the case to its disciplinary committee. The committee fixes a date and gives notice to the advocate and to the Advocate-General of the State. After giving both an opportunity of being heard, it may dismiss the complaint or direct that proceedings initiated by the Council be filed, reprimand the advocate, suspend him from practice for such period as it deems fit, or remove his name from the State roll. A suspended advocate is debarred during the suspension from practising in any court or before any authority or person in India. An appeal lies to the Bar Council of India within sixty days under section 37, and from its order to the Supreme Court within sixty days under section 38.

munotes.in376

Professional Conduct in the Office: What the Rules Allow, and What They Forbid

5. May an advocate agree to be paid a percentage of what his client recovers in a mediated settlement? No. Rule 20 forbids an advocate to stipulate for a fee contingent on the results of litigation or to agree to share the proceeds. A recovery obtained through mediation, conciliation or a Lok Adalat is proceeds just as a decree is, so the prohibition applies to a settlement in the same way as to a contested outcome.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in377

The rest of this subject

These notes are cut from the University's printed syllabus. Open the syllabus itself for the same subject.

Report or request
Done!